Couverture_V7.0 EN 489956 Catalog

111721-Catalog 1 111721-Catalog_1 111721-Catalog_1 783510 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 489956-Catalog 489956-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 376

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

The essential guide
of Automation
& Control
helping you easily
select the right product

2010

The go to guide
for the most efficient selection

Make the most of your energy

Contents
Detection

p Photo-electric, inductive and ultrasonic sensors
p Limit switches
p Sensors for pressure control
p Rotary encoders and radio frequency identification

1

Operator dialog

p Control and signalling units
p Human/Machine Interfaces

2

Automation

p Relays
p Programmable controllers
p Automation platforms
p Configuration software

3

Motion and Drives

p Soft starters and variable speed drives
p Motion controllers and servo drives

4

Motor control

p Motor control components
p Components for power control applications

5

Power supplies
p Power supplies
p Transformers
p Connection

6

Interfaces and I/O

p Distributed Inputs/Outputs
p Interfaces
p Accessories and Cabling

7

Networks connectivity and Web servers
p ConneXium cabling system
p AS-Interface cabling system
p Servers and Gateways

8

Machine safety

p Safety solutions provide maximum protection in all the safety
functions of your automation system

9

Explosive atmospheres
p Detection
p Operator dialog
p Machine safety
p Automation

10

Innovative and simple products for all Autom
Interfaces & I/O

Mounting systems

Power supplies

Connectors
Cable-ends, terminal blocs

Enclosures
Wall mounted enclosures
Floor standing enclosures,
suite type cubicles
Industrial boxes

Power supplies
Switch mode power
supplies
Filtered rectified power
supplies, transformers

Equipment and accessories
Thermal control equipment
Power splitter blocks
Mounting accessories

AS-Interface
Power supplies

Interfaces
Plug-in relays, analog
converters, discrete
interfaces
Pre-wired interfaces,
IP20/IP67 distributed I/O
AS-Interface
IP20/IP67 interfaces,
cables, repeaters,
accessories,adressing and
adjustment terminals
Machine safety
Safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
Software
Software to design and
install AS-Interface system,
safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
programming software

Automation
Relays
Plug-in relays, electronic
timers, control relays,
counts
Smart relays
PLCs, PC based control,
distributed I/O
Programmable controllers
PLC platforms
PC based control
Distributed I/O, I/O
controllers
AS-Interface
Master modules for
Modicon PLCs
Machine safety
Safety PLCs, controllers
and modules
Software
PLCs and safety controllers
programming software

Systems &
Architectures
Connecting Ethernet
devices
Web-enabling PLCs
on Ethernet
Application protocols
and field buses

mation and Control functions
Motion & Drives

Motor control

Soft starters, drives
and linear axes
Soft starters
Variable speed drives
Motion controllers
Servo drives and motors
Stepper drives and motors
Integrated drives
Single axes and multi-axis
systems

Motor starters
Contactors
Circuit breakers, fuse carriers
Thermal relays
Combinations,
motor controllers

Software
Setup and Programming
software

Mounting solutions
Motor starter mounting kit
AS-Interface
Motor controllers,
enclosures, variable speed
drives
Machine safety
Switch disconnectors,
thermal-magnetic motor
circuit breakers, enclosed
starters
Software
Motor control programming
software

Detection
Sensors
Limit switches
Proximity sensors
Photo-electric and ultrasonic
sensors
Pressure switches
Rotary encoders
RFID
Inductive identification
Operator dialog
Control & signalling units
Control and signalling units,
Cam switches,
Beacons and indicator banks
Human machine interfaces
Operator interface terminals,
industrial PCs, Web servers,
HMI and SCADA PC-based
software
Control stations, mounting
solutions
Control and pendant stations,
front panels mounting kits
Software tools
Global software
Generation of application
systems
Application control
Collaborative development
Dedicated software
See Software in other
functions

AS-Interface
Control stations, keypads,
beacons
Machine safety
Emergency stops, control
stations, enabling switches,
foot switches
Software
Operator terminal software

Machine safety
Switches, light curtains,
mats
Software
Safety mats configuration
software

A complete offer for resolving your most
commonly encountered detection problems:
• product selection simplified
• product availability simplified
• installation and setting-up simplified
• maintenance simplified
• detection simplified using a single supplier.
Improved simplicity for improved
productivity.

OsiSense
It’s the schneider Electric range name
of all the detection products.
Select the sensor according to your
specific requirements
A selection of 1500 products, with the
top 500 selling products (referenced
in bold characters in this document).

Detection
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Limit switches

.....................................................................................................................................1/2 to 1/11

Detection by contact of rigid objects
Object speed ≤ 1.5 m/s, OsiSense XC

Sensors for pressure control

3

................................................................................................... 1/12 to 1/17

Detection by contact with fluid
Electronic or electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches,
pressure sensors, OsiSense XM

4

Inductive proximity sensors ...................................................................................................... 1/18 to 1/28
Detection without contact of metal objects
Sensor / object distance ≤ 60 mm, OsiSense XS

Capacitive proximity sensors

5

.............................................................................................................. 1/29

Detection of insulating materials or conductive materials
Specific products for particular applications, OsiSense XT

Photo-electric sensors

.................................................................................................................. 1/30 to 1/41

6

Detection without contact of any object
Detection from a few millimetres to several tens of metres, OsiSense XU

Ultrasonic sensors

........................................................................................................................ 1/42 and 1/43

Detection without contact of any object of any material

7

Detection from a few millimetres up to 8 metres, OsiSense XX

Rotary encoders ............................................................................................................................... 1/44 and 1/45
Opto-electronic detection
Incremental or absolute - single turn and multiturn, OsiSense XCC

Radio frequency identification

8

............................................................................................. 1/46 and 1/47

13.56 MHz RFID detection
Complete range of RFID tags and compact stations, OsiSense XG

9
Sensors for explosive atmospheres
See chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”

10

1/1

OsiSense XC

Limit switches
Compact and miniature, complete switches
(variable composition, see pages 34-35)
13

21

14

22

BU

XCKT
2-pole contact
NC+NO
GN-YE snap action

2-pole contact
NC+NO
snap action

2-pole contact
NC+NO
GN-YE slow break

BK
WH
BN

1

BK BK
WH
BU BN

BK

XCMD

Miniature XCMD metal, pre-cabled; fixing by the body or by the head

2

Type of operator

Metal
end plunger

Steel roller
plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Steel
roller lever

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

M12 head
metal
end plunger

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

10

10

10

10

10

10

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

3

4

5

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 66 and IP 67

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Fixing centres (mm)

20

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H

30 x 16 x 50

Connection

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request)

Cable

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action

M12 x 1

XCMD2110L1

XCMD2102L1

XCMD2115L1

XCMD2116L1

XCMD2145L1

XCMD21F0L1

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCMD2510L1

XCMD2502L1

XCMD2515L1

XCMD2516L1

XCMD2545L1

XCMD25F0L1

Connector

M12

Complete switch NC+NO snap action (M12-5 pins)

XCMD2110C12 XCMD2102C12 XCMD2115C12 XCMD2116C12 XCMD2145C12 XCMD21F0C12

1C/O snap action (M12-4 pins) (1)

XCMD2110M12 XCMD2102M12 XCMD2115M12 XCMD2116M12 XCMD2145M12 XCMD21F0M12

(1) Although their design is identical to the pre-cabled switches, the switches incorporating an M12 4-pin connector cannot be marked with the symbol because they are single-pole C/O.
Positive opening operation.
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

21
22

21
22

13

13
14

6

14

XCKP/XCKD
2-pole contact
NC+NO
snap action

2-pole contact
NC+NO
slow break

Positive opening operation.

7

8

9

Compact XCKD metal and XCKP plastic conforming to standard EN 50047
Type of operator

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

M18 head
metal
end plunger

M18 head
steel
roller plunger

10

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
in 1 direction
15

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

15

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

10

10

0.5

1

0.5

0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3
Product certification

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 66 and IP 67

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry

1 tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (3) or M12 connector

Fixing centres (mm)

20

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H

31 x 30 x 65

20

20

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

Metal switches
Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action

10

XCKD2110P16

XCKD2102P16

XCKD2121P16

XCKD21H0P16

XCKD21H2P16

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKD2510P16

XCKD2502P16

XCKD2521P16

XCKD25H0P16

XCKD25H2P16

2-pole NC+NO snap action (M12-5 pins)

XCKD2110M12

XCKD2102M12

XCKD2121M12

XCKD21H0M12

XCKD21H2M12
XCKP21H2P16

Plastic, double insulated switches
Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKP2110P16

XCKP2102P16

XCKP2121P16

XCKP21H0P16

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKP2510P16

XCKP2502P16

XCKP2521P16

XCKP25H0P16

XCKP25H2P16

2-pole NC+NO snap action (M12-4 pins)

XCKP2110M12

XCKP2102M12

XCKP2121M12

XCKP21H0M12

XCKP21H2M12

(3) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKD2110P16 becomes XCKD2110G11.
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/2

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

1
Compact XCKT plastic, 2 cable entries
Thermoplastic
roller lever

Thermoplastic
roller lever
plunger, horizontal actuation

“Cat’s whisker”

“Cat’s whisker”

Retractable
steel roller lever
plunger

M12 head
steel
roller plunger

“Cat’s whisker”

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

10

10

5

15

10

10

15

5

5

0,5

0.1

1

0.5

0.5

1.5

1

1

1

–

–

–

2

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

3

IP 66 and IP 67
AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
20

M12 x 1

20

20 or 40
58 x 30 x 51
2 tapped entries for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (2)

XCMD2124L1

XCMD21F2L1

XCMD2106L1

XCKT2110P16

XCKT2102P16

XCKT2118P16

XCKT2145P16

XCKT2121P16

XCKT2106P16

XCMD2524L1

XCMD25F2L1

XCMD2506L1

–

–

–

–

–

–

XCMD2124C12

XCMD21F2C12

XCMD2106C12

–

–

–

–

–

–

XCMD2124M12

XCMD21F2M12

XCMD2106M12

–

–

–

–

–

–

4

(2) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKT2110P16 becomes XCKT2110G11.

5

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

6

Application - XCPR and XCDR with manual reset
Thermoplastic
roller lever

Variable length
Thermoplastic
roller lever

Thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50 mm

“Cat’s whisker”

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

10

10

10

5

1

1

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
in 1 direction
1

1.5

1.5

1.5

1

0.5

0.5

1

7

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
vertical actuation
in 1 direction
1

Thermoplastic
roller lever

1

1.5

8

9

1

–
CE - CSA - CCC - GOST
IP 66 and IP 67
AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (4)
20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

XCDR2118P20

31 x 30 x 95
XCKD2118P16

XCKD2145P16

XCKD2139P16

XCKD2106P16

XCDR2110P20

XCDR2102P20

XCDR2121P20

XCDR2127P20

XCKD2518P16

XCKD2545P16

XCKD2539P16

XCKD2506P16

XCDR2510P20

XCDR2502P20

XCDR2521P20

XCDR2527P20

XCDR2518P20

XCKD2118M12

XCKD2145M12

XCKD2139M12

XCKD2106M12

–

–

–

–

–

XCKP2118P16

XCKP2145P16

XCKP2139P16

XCKP2106P16

XCPR2110P20

XCPR2102P20

XCPR2121P20

XCPR2127P20

XCPR2118P20

XCKP2518P16

XCKP2545P16

XCKP2539P16

XCKP2506P16

XCPR2510P20

XCPR2502P20

XCPR2521P20

XCPR2527P20

XCPR2518P20

XCKP2118M12

XCKP2145M12

XCKP2139M12

XCKP2106M12

–

–

–

–

–

10

(4) For Pg 13.5 cable entries, replace P20 by G13. Example: XCDR2110P20 becomes XCDR2110G13.
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/3

OsiSense XC

Limit switches
Customised assembly of miniature and compact

Heads - common to miniature and compact bodies

Metal plunger and multi-directional heads

1

Metal
end plunger

Description

Metal end plunger
with protective
elastomer boot

Steel
roller plunger

Retractable steel
roller lever plunger

ZCE02

ZCE24 (2)

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation

2

3

Reference

ZCE10

ZCE11

ZCE21

Metal rotary heads and levers
Description

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Rotary head
without lever,
spring return, for
actuation from
LH or RH side

4

Steel
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

5
Reference

6

ZCE01
ZCY15 (2)
ZCY16 (2)
(1) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT...

ZCY25 (2)
ZCY25 (2)
(2) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCMD...

Bodies

Miniature

8

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
Snap action

Reference of metal body

ZCMD21

ZCMD39

ZCMD25

Cable

L=1m

–

–

–

L=2m

–

–

–

L=5m

–

–

–

2-pole
NC+NO
Slow break

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
Slow break

VT

BK

BU

RD

BK

GN-YE

VT-WH

BN

BK-WH

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK
WH
BN

GN-YE

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

BK
WH
BN

2-pole
NO+NC
Snap action

BU

BU

BK

RD

BK

GN-YE

GN-YE

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

BK
WH
BN

GN-YE

BU

BU

BK

RD

BK

Type of contact

BU

7
1-pole
4-pole
1C/O
NC+NC+NO+NO
Snap action
Snap action
Connector 4 pin

2-pole
NO+NC
Snap action

2-pole
NC+NO
Snap action
Connector 5 pin

ZCMD37

–

ZCMD21C12 ZCMD21M12 –

–

ZCMD21L1 (3) –

–

ZCMD41L1

–

ZCMD21L2 (3) –

–

ZCMD41L2

–

ZCMD21L5 (3) –

–

ZCMD41L5

(3) For contact 2-pole NC+NO slow break, replace 21 by 25. Example: ZCMD21L1 becomes ZCMD25L1

9

Connection of miniature bodies
Specific pre-cabled
connection components

Option: pre-wired M12
connector, L = 2 m
5-pin
for
ZCMD21

10

for
ZCMD39

for
ZCMD25

4-pin

for
ZCMD37

L=1m

ZCMC21L1 ZCMC39L1 ZCMC25L1 ZCMC37L1

L=2m

ZCMC21L2 ZCMC39L2 ZCMC25L2 ZCMC37L2

L=5m

ZCMC21L5 ZCMC39L5 ZCMC25L5 ZCMC37L5

XZCP1164L2 XZCP1141L2

Positive opening operation.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/4

switches

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
vertical actuation

M12 head
metal
end plunger

M18 head
metal
end plunger

M12 head
steel
roller plunger

M18 head
steel
roller plunger

Spring rod

Spring rod with
plastic end

1

“Cat’s whisker”

2

ZCE27

ZCEF0(2)

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCEH0(1)

ZCEF2(2)

Steel
Ceramic
roller lever,
roller lever
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCE08

ZCE07

Metal
spring-rod
lever

Thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50 mm

ZCEH2(1)

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

Round,
glass fibre
rod lever
Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm

3

ZCE06

Adjustable thermoplastic roller lever
Ø 50 mm

4

5
ZCY18(1)

ZCY19(1)

ZCY22

ZCY55

ZCY45

ZCY91

ZCY39

ZCY49

6
Compact

7

ZCD39

ZCD25

ZCD27

ZCD28

ZCD29

ZCD37

ZCP21

ZCP39

ZCP25

ZCP27

ZCP28

ZCP29

ZCP37

2-pole NO+NO
Slow break

2-pole NC+NC
Snap action

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
Slow break

13

21
22

22

14

13

21

14

13
14

ZCD21

Ref. plastic body

2-pole NC+NC
Slow break

21

21

Ref. metal body

2-pole NC+NO
Slow break

22

31
32

22

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
Snap action

13

21

2-pole NC+NO
Snap action

14

11

22

23

12

13

24

21
22

14

11
12

21
22

13
14

13

21
22

14

31

21
22

32

13
14

Type of contact

2-pole NC+NO - Snap action
Connector
4-pin

2-pole NC+NO
Snap action

2-pole NC+NO
Slow break

ZCD21M12

–

–

–

–

ZCP21M12

ZCT21P16 (1) ZCT25P16 (1)

Connector
5-pin

8

(1)
ZCT Pg 11 cable gland versions:
replace the suffix P16 by G11.
Option: pre-wired M12 connector, Example:
ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21G11
L=2m

Connection of compact bodies
Interchangeable
outlet for cable
gland

5-pin
For ISO M16

For ISO M20

For Pg 11

For Pg 13.5

For 1/2" NPT

For PF 1/2 (G12)

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

Metal

ZCDEP16

ZCDEP20

ZCDEG11

ZCDEG13

ZCDEN12

ZCDEF12

Plastic

ZCPEP16

ZCPEP20

ZCPEG11

ZCPEG13

ZCPEN12

ZCPEF12

Description

4-pin

XZCP1164L2 XZCP1141L2

ZCT 1/2" NPT versions:
replace the suffix P16 by
N12 (adaptor).
Example:
ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21N12
1 Cable entry 1/2" NPT
1 Cable entry Pg11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/5

9

10

OsiSense XC

Limit switches
Classic - XCKM, XCKL, complete switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2-pole contact
NC+NO
slow break

31

21

13

22

14

2-pole contact
NC+NO
snap action

32

21
22

21
22

14

14

1

13

13

XCKM

3-pole contact
NC+NC+NO
snap action

Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries, XCKL metal, 1 cable entry

2

Type of operator

Metal

Steel

Roller lever plunger, Thermoplastic

end plunger

roller plunger

horizontal actuation

“Cat’s whisker”

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

20

20

20

15

10

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

0.5

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 665

roller lever

in 1 direction

3

Rated operational characteristics
Cable entry (1)

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
XCKM

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (2 entries fitted with blanking plugs)

XCKL

1 cable entry with cable gland

Fixing centres (mm)

41

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H

4

XCKM / XCKL

64 x 30 x 64 / 52 x 30 x 72

Complete switch XCKM
2-pole NC+NO snap action
2-pole NC+NO, break before make, slow break

XCKM110H29

XCKM102H29

XCKM121H29

XCKM115H29

XCKM106H29

XCKM510H29

XCKM502H29

XCKM521H29

XCKM515H29

–

XCKL110

XCKL102

XCKL121

XCKL115

XCKL106

Complete switch XCKL
2-pole NC+NO snap action

5

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entries delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKM110H29 becomes XCKM110.
Positive opening operation.

Classic - XCKM, XCKL,
Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

6

7

8
Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries

10

21

13

31
32

14

13
14

22

21

21
22

31

13
14

32

21
22

22

13

9

14

Type of contact

2-pole

2-pole

3-pole

3-pole

NC+NO

NC+NO

NC+NC+NO

NC+NC+NO

snap action

slow break

snap action

slow break

Reference of body with contact block

ZCKM1H29

ZCKM5H29

XCKL reference of body with contact block (2)

ZCKL1

ZCKL5

Reference of contact block only

XE2SP2151

XE2NP2151

ZCKMD39H29
–

ZCKMD37H29
–

XE3SP2141

XE3NP2141

(2) For cable entry 1/2" NPT, add H7. Example: XCKL1 becomes XCKL1H7
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/6

Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly

1
Complete switch

=

Body/contact assembly

+

Head

+

Lever

Rotary or multi-directional heads
with thermoplastic with steel roller

with variable length with Ø 6 mm

with thermoplastic with “Cat’s

roller lever (2)

thermoplastic

thermoplastic rod

roller lever (3)

roller lever (2)

L = 200 mm (3)

for actuation from

lever (2)

with spring rod

2

whisker”

left AND right
or
left OR right

3

4
ZCKD16

ZCKD41

ZCKD59

with metal

with metal end

with steel

with steel roller

with thermoplastic

end plunger

plunger and

roller plunger

plunger and

roller lever plunger, roller lever plunger,

protective boot

horizontal actuation horizontal actuation

Reference

ZCKD15

ZCKD31

ZCKD06

ZCKD08

5

Plunger heads

protective boot

in 1 direction

with steel

in 1 direction

6

Reference

ZCKD10

ZCKD109

ZCKD02

ZCKD029

ZCKD21

ZCKD23

7

Rotary heads and separate levers
spring return,

lever with

lever with

variable length

variable length

rod, Ø 6 mm

for actuation from

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

lever with

lever with

thermoplastic

left AND right

roller (2)

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

L = 200 mm (3)

8

roller (2)

or
left OR right

9

10
Reference
ZCKD05
ZCKY31
(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.

ZCKY33

ZCKY41

ZCKY43

ZCKY59

(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/7

OsiSense XC

Limit switches
Industrial - XCKJ, complete switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

31

21

13

22

14

2-pole contact
NC+NO
snap action

32

21
22

21
22

14

14

1

13

13

XCKJ

3-pole contact
NC+NC+NO
snap action

2-pole contact
NC+NO
slow break

Type XCKJ metal, fixed body, conforming to standard EN 50041

2

Type of operator

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

3

4

Metal

Steel

Thermoplastic

Steel

Variable length

Polyamide Ø 6

end plunger

roller plunger

roller lever

roller lever

thermoplastic

mm rod lever

roller lever

L = 200 mm

30

25

30

30

30

30

1

1.5

1,5

1.5

1.5

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 667

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1)

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm)

30 x 60

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H

40 x 44 x 77

Complete switch

M20

N2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKJ161H29

XCKJ167H29

XCKJ10511H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKJ561H29

XCKJ567H29

XCKJ50511H29

XCKJ161H7

XCKJ167H7

XCKJ10511H7

1/2" NPT 2-pole NC+NO snap action
M12 5P 2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKJ161D
XCKJ167D
(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161.

XCKJ10511D

XCKJ10513H29 XCKJ10541H29
XCKJ50513H29 XCKJ50541H29

XCKJ10559H29

XCKJ10513H7 XCKJ10541H7
XCKJ10513D XCKJ10541D

XCKJ10559H7

XCKJ50559H29
XCKJ10559D

Positive opening operation.

5
Industrial - XCKJ,
Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

6

7

8

2-pole
NC+NO
snap action
Cable entry (1)

10

Reference of body with contact block

Reference of contact block only

21

13
14

31
32

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
snap action

22

13

21
22

21

23
24

14

11

22

13
14

12

2 C/O
snap action
Simultaneous

31

21
22

2-pole
NC+NO
slow break

32

13
14

21
22

9

13

Type of contact

14

Type XCKJ metal, 1 cable entry

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
slow break

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland
M20

ZCKJ1H29

ZCKJ5H29

ZCKJ2H29

Pg13

ZCKJ1

ZCKJ5

ZCKJ2

–

–

1/2" NPT

ZCKJ1H7

ZCKJ5H7

ZCKJ2H7

–

–

M12 (5 pin)

ZCKJ1D

ZCKJ5D

–

–

XE2SP2151

XE2NP2151

–

ZCKJD39H29

ZCKJD37H29

–
XE3SP2141

XE3NP2141

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/8

Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly

1

=

Complete switch

Plunger or multi-directional heads
with reinforced
steel roller
end plunger

Référence

ZCKE67

with metal
side plunger

Body/contact assembly

with metal
end plunger

with thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
1 direct. of actuation

+

+

Head

with steel
roller lever plunger,
1 direct. of actuation

ZCKE61

ZCKE21

ZCKE23

Side steel roller
plunger,
horizontal

Side steel roller
plunger,
vertical

with spring rod

with steel roller
end plunger

with steel
ball bearing
end plunger

ZCKE62

Lever
End steel roller
plunger with
protective boot

ZCKE66

2

3

ZCKE629

with “Cat’s whisker”

4

5

Reference

ZCKE63

ZCKE64

ZCKE65

ZCKE08

ZCKE06

6

Separate rotary heads and levers
spring return lever with
for actuation thermoplastic
from
roller (2)
left AND right
or
left OR right

lever with
variable length variable length rod, Ø 6 mm
square rod lever, round rod lever,
steel roller (2) lever with
lever with
thermoplastic steel, U 3 mm steel, Ø 3 mm
thermoplastic steel roller (2) L = 200 mm (2) L = 125 mm (2) L = 125 mm (2)
roller (2)

spring lever
with
thermoplastic
end (3)

spring-metal
rod lever
(3)

7

8

Reference

ZCKE05

ZCKY11

ZCKY13

ZCKY41

ZCKY43

ZCKY59

ZCKY51

stay put

forked arm lever

forked arm lever

for actuation from

with thermoplastic

with thermoplastic

left AND right

rollers, 1 track (2)

rollers, 2 track (2)

ZCKY53

ZCKY81

ZCKY91

9

10
Reference

ZCKE09

ZCKY71

ZCKY61

(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.
(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/9

OsiSense XC

Limit switches
Classic - XCKS, complete switches
21
22
21
22

11
12
13
14

13
14

21

11

22
21
22

12
13
14

21
22
21

14

14

22

31

2-pole contact
NC+NO
slow break

22

13

2-pole contact
NC+NO
snap action

32

1

XCKMR

21

13

XCKS

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2 x 2-pole
contacts
NC+NC
staggered,
slow break

XCR

3-pole
NC+NC+NO
snap action

2 x 2-pole
contacts,
snap action

Type XCKS plastic, double insulated, conforming to standard EN 50041

2

3

4

Type of operator

Metal

Steel

Thermoplastic Variable length Rubber

end plunger

roller plunger

roller lever

rod lever

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

L = 200 mm

25

15

20

20

20

20

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

1

1

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 653

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1)

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm)

30 x 60

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H

40 x 36 x 72.5

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKS101H29

XCKS102H29

XCKS131H29

XCKS141H29

XCKS139H29

XCKS159H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKS501H29

XCKS502H29

XCKS531H29

XCKS541H29

XCKS539H29

XCKS559H29

2-pole NC+NO snap action

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

3-pole NC+NC+NO snap action

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKD01

ZCKD02

ZCKD31

ZCKD41

ZCKD39

ZCKD59

ZCKY31

ZCKY41

ZCKY39

ZCKY59

Associated head (including operator)
Operating lever for rotary head

–

–

ZCKSD39H29

Complete switch with 2-pole snap action contacts
2 x NC+NO contacts actuated in each direction

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 x NC+NO contact actuated in each direction

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Complete switch 2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts
2 x 2-pole NC+NC staggered, slow break contacts

6

roller lever

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

Body

5

Polyamide Ø 6 mm

thermoplastic

Positive opening operation.

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161.

For severe applications - XC2J,
Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

7

8
Type XC2J metal, fixed body, 1 cable entry incorporating cable gland

10

11

23

21

12

24

22

13

11
12

14

13

9

14

Type of contact

Single-pole
1 C/O contact

Double-pole
2 C/O simultaneous contacts

snap action

snap action

Reference of body with contact block

ZC2JC1

ZC2JC2

Reference of contact block only

XCKZ01

XESP1021

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/10

Severe duty for hoisting and materials handling applications
XCKMR and XCR, complete switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

1
Types XCKMR and XCR “Application - hoisting, materials handling, conveying”
Square rod levers

Square rod lever

Large roller rod lever

Square rod levers

Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches

6 mm, “crossed”

6 mm

Ø 50 mm

6 mm, “crossed” or “T”

Galvanised steel

Stainless steel

operating lever

operating lever

2

10

10

10

0.3

0.3

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

CE - UL - CSA - GOST

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

IP 545

2

3

IP 665

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
3 x ISO M20 x 1.5 entries

1 tapped entry for n° 13 cable gland (for ISO M20 x 1.5, adaptor DE9RA1620 must be ordered separately)

61.5

85 x 75

105 x 70

118 x 59 x 77

85 x 75 x 95

85 x 87 x 146

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XCRE18(2)

–

–

XCRF17(3)

–

–

XCRT115

XCRT315 (4)

–

–

–

XCRA11(2)

–

XCRB11(2)

XCRA15
–

–
XCKMR54D1H29 (2)
(2) Steel rods, L = 200 mm

–

–

–

(3) Steel “T” rods, L = 200 mm, W = 300 mm.

4

5

(4) Polyester enclosure

6

Operating heads, complete or for customer assembly
Plunger heads
with metal end plunger

with steel roller end plunger

7
Reference

ZC2JE61

ZC2JE62

8

Rotary heads and separate levers
spring return

spring return

variable length lever rigid rod

lever with

for actuation from

for actuation from

with thermoplastic

3 mm, steel

thermoplastic roller steel roller (1)

left AND right

left OR right

roller (1)

L = 125 mm (1)

(1)

lever with

spring lever

spring-rod lever

(1)

9

Reference

ZC2JE01

ZC2JE05

ZC2JY31

ZC2JY51

ZC2JY11

ZC2JY13

ZC2JY81

10

ZC2JY91

ry head(1) Adjustable throughout 360°. s and separate levers

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/11

OsiSense XM

Sensors for pressure control
Electronic sensors XMLG
Electrical connection by M12 connector

1

2

Pressure range
(bar) (1)

-1…0

0…1

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+125°C

Ambient air temperature

- 15…+ 85°C

Degree of protection

IP 66 and IP 67

0…6

0…10

0…16

0…25

0…100

0…250

0…400

(conforming to IEC 60529)
Product certification

3

CE - UL - CSA - GOST

Voltage limits

12…24 V DC, 8…33 V DC for 4…20 mA, 11.4…33V DC for 0…10 V

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 22.8 x 70 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2)

G 1/4" A (male)

Electrical connection (3)

M12 connector

Type of output (4)
Analogue output

4

4…20 mA, 2-wire technique, 0…10V, 3-wire technique
4…20 mA

XMLGM01D21 XMLG001D21 XMLG006D21 XMLG010D21 XMLG016D21 XMLG025D21 XMLG100D21 XMLG250D21 XMLG400D21

0…10 V

XMLGM01D71 XMLG001D71 XMLG006D71 XMLG010D71 XMLG016D71 XMLG025D71 XMLG100D71 XMLG250D71 XMLG400D71

Available in bulk packs for selling in lots, please consult us.
The XMLG range also includes pressure switches, please consult us.

Electronic sensors XMLE
Electrical connection by DIN 43650 connector

5

6
Setting range
(bar) (1)

7

-1…0

0…25

0…100

0…250

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature

- 15…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 65

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - GOST

Voltage limits

24 V DC, 11…33 V DC

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 40 x 90 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2)

G 1/4" A (male)

Type of output (4)
Analogue output

0…600

DIN 43650 connector
Transmitter

4…20 mA, 2-wire technique

Pressure switch

PNP or NPN, normally closed (NC)

4…20 mA

XMLEM01U1C21 XMLE001U1C21 XMLE010U1C21 XMLE025U1C21 XMLE100U1C21 XMLE250U1C21 XMLE600U1C21

NPN output

XMLEM01U1C31 XMLE001U1C31 XMLE010U1C31 XMLE025U1C31 XMLE100U1C31 XMLE250U1C31 XMLE600U1C31

PNP output

9

0…10

Fluids controlled

Electrical connection (3)

8

0…1

XMLEM01U1C41 XMLE001U1C41 XMLE010U1C14 XMLE025U1C41 XMLE100U1C41 XMLE250U1C41 XMLE600U1C41

(1) Other sizes, please consult us.
(2) Other fluid connections, please consult us.

(3) Other types of connection, please consult us.
(4) Other types of output; 0…5 V, 0…10 V, etc., please consult us.

Suitable female plug-in connectors
Pre-wired connectors, L = 5 m (without LED)

Other connectors

10
M12

elbowed

straight

Screw terminal

DIN 43650A

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1141L5

XZCC12FCM40B

XZCC43FCP40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/12

Electronic sensors XMLF

1
Setting range of lower limit (PB): vacuum switches
(bar)
of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

-0.08…-1

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature

- 25…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Voltage limits (V)

24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection

G 1/4" (female) (1)

Electrical connection

M12 connector (2)

0.08...1

0.2…2.5

0.8…10

3.2...40

2

3

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors,

4...20 mA

XMLFM01D2025 XMLF001D2025

XMLF002D2025

XMLF010D2025

XMLF040D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA (4)

0...10 V

XMLFM01D2125 XMLF001D2125

XMLF002D2125

XMLF010D2125

XMLF040D2125

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA

XMLFM01D2035 XMLF001D2035

XMLF002D2035

XMLF010D2035

XMLF040D2035

Analogue sensors

4...20 mA

XMLFM01D2015 XMLF001D2015

XMLF002D2015

XMLF010D2015

XMLF040D2015

0...10 V

XMLFM01D2115 XMLF001D2115

XMLF002D2115

XMLF010D2115

XMLF040D2115

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.3

1.2

(pressure switches)

Min. at high setting

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.3

1.2

Max. at high setting

0.95

0.95

2.38

9.5

38

4

5

6
Setting range of upper limit (PH): pressure switches
(bar)

8…100

12.8...160

20...250

32...400

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature

- 25…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Voltage limits (V)

24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection

G 1/4" (female) (1)

Electrical connection

M12 connector (2)

48...600

7

8

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors,

4...20 mA

XMLF100D2025

XMLF160D2025

XMLF250D2025

XMLF400D2025

XMLF600D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA (4)

0...10 V

XMLF100D2125

XMLF160D2125

XMLF250D2125

XMLF400D2125

XMLF600D2125

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA

XMLF100D2035

XMLF160D2035

XMLF250D2035

XMLF400D2035

XMLF600D2035

Analogue sensors

4...20 mA

XMLF100D2015

XMLF160D2015

XMLF250D2015

XMLF400D2015

XMLF600D2015

0...10 V

XMLF100D2115

XMLF160D2115

XMLF250D2115

XMLF400D2115

XMLF600D2115

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

3

4.8

7.5

12

18

(pressure switches)

Min. at high setting

3

4.8

7.5

12

18

Max. at high setting

95

152

237.5

380

570

9

(1) Available with other fluid connections: 1/4" NPT female and SAE 7/16-20 UNF.
(2) For M12 connection accessories, see previous page.

10

(3) AC 120 V version with 2.5 A relay output and SAE 7/8-16 UN connector also available.
(4) Programmable NPN or PNP and NO or NC.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/13

OsiSense XM

Sensors for pressure control

2

3

13

11
12

1

14

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches
XMLA and B

1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Size (bar)

-1

Environmental characteristics

Ambient air temperature (°C): - 25…+ 70 Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - BV - LROS - RINA - GL - DNV - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Fluid connection

G 1/4" (female) (other connections possible, please consult us)

Electrical connection

Screw terminals (1), tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland - For n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Fluids controlled

5

1

2.5

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils,

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

air up to 160°C

sea water, air up to 70°C

Type XMLA - fixed differential, single threshold detection

4

Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

-0.28…-1 (4)

–

0.03…1

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

162 x 110 x 110

158 x 55 x 77.5

With setting scale

XMLAM01V2S12

–

XMLA001R2S12

XMLA002A2S12

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

0.15…2.5

Natural differential (bar)

at low setting

0.24 (2)

–

0.02

0.13

subtract from PH to give PB

at high setting

0.24 (2)

–

0.04

0.13

Type XMLB - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

5

Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

-0.14...-1 (4)

-0.5...5

0.05...1

0.3...2.5

With setting scale

XMLBM02V2S12

XMLBM05A2S12

XMLB001R2S12

XMLB002A2S12

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.13 (3)

0.5

0.04

0.16

subtract from PH to give PB

Min. at high setting

0.13 (3)

0.5

0.06

0.21

Max. at high setting

0.8 (3)

6

0.75

1.75

XMLC and D

6

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

13

11

23

21

12

24

22

2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
simultaneous
snap action

13

11

23

21

12

24

22

XMLD

14

7

14

XMLC

2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
snap action
(1 per stage)

Fluids controlled

8

9

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils,

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

air up to 160°C

sea water, air up to 160°C

0.3...2.5

Type XMLC - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

-0.14...-1 (4)

-0.55...5

0.05...1

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

175 x 110 x 110

158 x 55 x 90

With setting scale

XMLCM02V2S12

XMLCM05A2S12

XMLC001R2S12

XMLC002B2S12

2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.13 (4)

0.45

0.03

0.13

subtract from PH to give PB

Min. at high setting

0.14 (4)

0.45

0.04

0.17

Max. at high setting

0.8 (4)

6

0.8

2

Type XMLD - fixed differential, dual stage, for detection at each threshold

10

Setting range

2nd stage switching point (PB2)

-0.12...-1 (4)

–

0.12...1

0.34...2.5

(bar)

1st stage switching point (PB1)

-0.10...-0.98

–

0.04...0.92

0.2...2.36

Spread between 2 stages (PB2 – PB1)

-0.02...-0.88

Without setting scale 2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts (1 per stage) XMLDM02V1S12

–

0.08...0.73

0.14...1.5

–

XMLD001R1S12

XMLD002B1S12

Natural differential (bar)

at low setting

0.1 (2)

–

0.03

0.14

subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2

at high setting

0.1 (2)

–

0.07

0.19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/14

1
4

10

20

35

70

160

300

500

2

conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1

tapped entry, replace the last number of the reference (2) by 1 (example: XMLA010A2S12 becomes XMLA010A2S11)
Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

3

sea water, air up to 70°C

0.4…4

0.6…10

1…20

1.5…35

5…70

10…160

20…300

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

30…500
113 x 35 x 75

XMLA004A2S12

XMLA010A2S12

XMLA020A2S12

XMLA035A2S12

XMLA070D2S12

XMLA160D2S12

XMLA300D2S12

XMLA500D2S12

0.35

0.5

0.4

1.25

3

5.5

16.5

20

0.35

0.5

1

1.25

7.5

18

35

45

4

0.25...4

0.7...10

1.3...20

3.5...35

7...70

10...160

22...300

30...500

XMLB004A2S12

XMLB010A2S12

XMLB020A2S12

XMLB035A2S12

XMLB070D2S12

XMLB160D2S12

XMLB300D2S12

XMLB500D2S12

0.02

0.57

1

1.7

4.7

9.3

19.4

23

0.25

0.85

1.6

2.55

8.8

20.8

37

52.6

7.5

11

20

50

100

200

300

2.4
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

5

For electrical connection by DIN 43650A connector (IP 65), replace the suffix “S12” in the reference by “C11”. Example: XMLB010A2S12 becomes XMLB010A2C11.
For vacuum switch: natural differential to be added to PB to give PH.
For vacuum switch: possible differential to be added to PB to give PH.
Setting range (bar) of lower limit (PB): vacuum switch.

6

7
Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

sea water, air up to 160°C

8

0.3...4

0.7...10

1.3...20

3.5...35

7...70

12...160

22...300

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

30...500
113 x 46 x 85

XMLC004B2S12

XMLC010B2S12

XMLC020B2S12

XMLC035B2S12

XMLC070D2S12

XMLC160D2S12

XMLC300D2S12

XMLC500D2S12

0.15

0.45

0.7

1

4.5

9

16

19

0.17

0.7

1

1.5

8.9

21

35

52

2.5

8

11

22

60

110

240

340

0.40...4

1.2...10

2.14...20

4.4...35

9.4...70

16.5...160

36...300

41...500

0.19...3.79

0.52...9.32

0.9...18.76

1.9...32.5

6.6...67.2

10.5...154

25...289

25...484

9

0.21...2.18

0.68...5.8

1.24...9.55

2.5...20.4

2.8...46

6...83

11...189

16...244

XMLD004B1S12

XMLD010B1S12

XMLD020B1S12

XMLD035B1S12

XMLD070D1S12

XMLD160D1S12

XMLD300D1S12

XMLD500D1S12

0.15

0.45

0.7

1.5

5

8.8

17

21

0.19

0.6

1.3

2.6

9.5

20

42

65

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/15

10

OsiSense XM

Sensors for pressure control

2

3

13

21
22

1

14

Electromechanical pressure switches XMX, XMA

1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1…6

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature

- 25…+ 70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 54

1.3…12

3.5…25

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

106 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

126 x 57 x 98

Type XMX with internal setting screw
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
XMXA06L2135

XMXA12L2135

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.8

1

3.4

subtract from PH to give PB

Min. at high setting

1.2

1.7

4.5

Max. at high setting

4.2

8.4

20

1…6

1.3…12

3.5…25

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

4

XMXA25L2135

13

21
22

6

14

5
1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

7

8

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature

- 25…+ 70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 54

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

133 x 57 x 98

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, tapped entry for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Type XMA with external setting screw (transparent cover)
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
XMAV06L2135

XMAV12L2135

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.8

1

3.4

subtract from PH to give PB

Min. at high setting

1.2

1.7

4.5

Max. at high setting

4.2

8.4

20

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

9

XMAV25L2135

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/16

3

1

4

2

1

Electromechanical pressure switches
for power circuits, adjustable differential
for regulation between 2 thresholds

2 NC 2-pole
contact, snap action

Degree of protection
Size (bar)

IP 20
4.6

7

10.5

IP 65
4.6

7

10.5

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1.4…4.6

2.8…7

5.6…10.5

1.4…4.6

2.8…7

5.6…10.5

Fluids controlled

Water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+55°C

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 cable entries with grommet

Product certification

CE

2

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries
for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Ambient air temperature

For operation: 0…+ 50°C. For storage: - 30…+ 80°C

Rated operational characteristics

Ie = 10 A, Ue = 250 V AC

Power rating

110 V

3

AC 2-pole, single-phase

0.75 kW (1 HP)

0.75 kW (1 HP)

AC 2-pole, 3-phase

1.1 kW (1.5 HP)

1.1 kW (1.5 HP)

AC 2-pole, single-phase

1.5 kW (2 HP)

1.5 kW (2 HP)

AC 2-pole, 3-phase

2.2 kW (3 HP)

2.2 kW (3 HP)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

96/105 x 72 x 102 94 x 72 x 102

115 x 72 x 106

115 x 72 x 106

Fluid connection

G 1/4 (BSP female)

FSG2

FYG22

FYG32

FSG2NE

FYG22NE

FYG32NE

R 1/4 (BSP male)

FSG9

FYG29

FYG39

–

–

–

G 3/8 (BSP female) rotating nut

–

–

–

FSG2NEG

–

–

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.

1 min. - 2.1 max.

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.

of controlled
motors

230 / 400 V

4

Possible differential (bar)

At low setting

1 min. - 2.1 max.

subtract from PH to give PB

At middle setting

1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max. 1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max.

At high setting

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max.

3

5

4

6

1

3
4

2 NC 2-pole contact, snap action

2

1
2

5

6

3 NC 3-pole contact, snap action

Size (bar)

6

12

25

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1…6

1.3.…12

3.5…25

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

7

Ambient air temperature

For operation: - 25…+ 70°C. For storage: - 40…+ 70°C

Decompression valve / ONOff knob

without

with

Fluid connection

G 1/4 (BSP female)

4 x G 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female)

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Degree of protection

IP 54

Product certification

CE - CCC

Rated insulation voltage
Electrical

Power

without

with

without

4 x G 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female)

IP 54

IP 54

8

Ui = 500 V
1.5 kW

durability

400 V AC 3-phase: 1 000 000 operating cycles
230 V AC 3-phase: 600 000 operating cycles

2.2 kW

400 V AC 3-phase: 700 000 operating cycles

3 kW

400 V AC 3-phase: 500 000 operating cycles

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

106 x 57 x 97.5

138 x 57 x 97.5

106 x 57 x 97.5

138 x 57 x 97.5

126 x 57 x 97.5

Type of contacts

2 NC 2-pole, snap action contact

XMPA06B2131

XMPE06B2431

XMPA12B2131

XMPE12B2431

XMPA25B2131

3 NC 3-pole, snap action contact

XMPA06C2131

XMPE06C2431

XMPA12C2131

XMPE12C2431

XMPA25C2131

Possible differential (bar)

Min. at low setting

0.8

0.8

1

1

3.4

subtract from PH to give PB

Min. at high setting

1.2

1.2

1.7

1.7

4.5

Max. at high setting

4.2

4.2

8.4

8.4

20

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/17

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors
Cylindrical metal

Non flush
mountable

1

2

3

Flush
mountable

Nominal sensing distance Sn

0…1.6

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

4 mm
0…3.2

pre-cabled: IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050, IP 68

Sensors for DC applications
Output function

NO

A

A

A

A

NC

B

B

B

B

PNP

M8 x 33 / M8 x 42

2-wire

M12 x 35 / M12 x 50

Cable (2 m)

XS508B1P A L2

XS108B3P A L2

XS512B1P A L2

Connector M8 / M12

XS508B1P A M8

XS108B3P A M8

XS512B1P A M12

XS112B3P A M12

Cable (2m)

XS508B1N A L2

XS108B3N A L2

XS512B1N A L2

XS112B3N A L2

XS112B3P A L2

Connector M8 / M12

XS508B1N A M8

XS108B3N A M8

XS512B1N A M12

XS112B3N A M12

non

Cable (2 m)

XS508BSC A L2

XS608B3C A L2

XS512BSD A L2

XS612B3D A L2

polarised (1)

Connecteur M12

XS508BSC A L01M12

XS608B3C A L01M12

XS512BSD A M12

XS612B3D A M12

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire

5000 / 4000

2500 / 3000

5000 / 4000

2500 / 2000

M8 x 51 / M8 x 62

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / connector
PNP

3-wire

6

NPN
2-wire

9

0…2

CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

8

2 mm

Product certification

NPN

7

2.5 mm

Temperature range (°C)

3-wire

5

M12

1.5 mm

Usable sensing distance S (mm) flush mountable / non flush mountable 0…1.2

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / Connector

4

Flush standard and increased range
M8

M12 x 53 / M12 x 62

Cable (2 m)

XS508BLP A L2

XS608B1P A L2

XS512BLP A L2

Connector M12

XS508BLP A M12

XS608B1P A M12

XS512BLP A M12

XS612B1P A M12

Cable (2 m)

XS508BLN A L2

XS608B1N A L2

XS512BLN A L2

XS612B1N A L2

XS612B1P A L2

Connector M12

XS508BLN A M12

XS608B1N A M12

XS512BLN A M12

XS612B1N A M12

non

Cable (2 m)

XS508B1D A L2

XS608B1D A L2

XS512B1D A L2

XS612B1D A L2

polarised

Connector M12

XS508B1D A M12

XS608B1D A M12

XS512B1D A M12

XS612B1D A M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58
200 / 100

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) 2-wire

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire

5000 / 4000

2500 / 3000

5000 / 4000

2500 / 2000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
–

–

M12 x 53 / M12 x 62

Cable (2 m)

–

–

XS512B1M A L2

XS612B1M A L2

Connector 1/2"-20 UNF

–

–

XS512B1M A U20

XS612B1M A U20

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

–

–

20…264

20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

–

–

200

200

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / connector
2-wire

LED output state indicator (⊗)

–

–

⊗

⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

–

–

≤ 0,8

≤ 0,8

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

–

–

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 1000 DC

(1) polarised for M8 short

Accessories

10

Fixing for cylindrical sensors
Fixing clamp with indexing pin
for cylindrical sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors
M8
M12
M18
M30

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

M8
Metal ring
M12 (4 pin)
Metal ring
Plastic ring

Straight
XZCC8FDM30S

Elbowed
XZCC8FCM30S

XZCC12FDM40B
XZCC12FDP40B

XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC12FCP40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/18

1
M18

M30

Non flush increased range
M12
M18

M30

5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

15 mm

7 mm

12 mm

22 mm

0…4

0…6.4

0…8

0…12

0…5.6

0…9.6

0…17.6

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK

CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK

2

pre-cabled: IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050, IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

(with connector: IP 67)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

M18 x 39 / M18 x 50

3

–

M30 x 43 / M30 x 55

XS518B1P A L2

XS118B3P A L2

XS530B1P A L2

XS130B3P A L2

–

XS518B1P A M12

XS118B3P A M12

XS530B1P A M12

XS130B3P A M12

–

XS518B1N A L2

XS118B3N A L2

XS530B1N A L2

XS130B3N A L2

–

XS518B1N A M12

XS118B3N A M12

XS530B1N A M12

XS130B3N A M12

–

XS518BSD A L2

XS618B3D A L2

XS530BSD A L2

XS630B3D A L2

–

XS518BSD A M12

XS618B3D A M12

XS530BSD A M12

XS630B3D A M12

–

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

–

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

–

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

–

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

–

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

–

2000 / 3000

1000 / 1000

1000 / 2000

500 / 500

–

4

5

M12 x 55 / M12 x 65

M18 x 62 / M18 x 74

M30 x 62 / M30 x 74

XS518BLP A L2

XS618B1P A L2

XS530BLP A L2

XS630B1P A L2

XS612B4P A L2

XS618B4P A L2

XS630B4P A L2

XS518BLP A M12

XS618B1P A M12

XS530BLP A M12

XS630B1P A M12

XS612B4P A M12

XS618B4P A M12

XS630B4P A M12

XS518BLN A L2

XS618B1N A L2

XS530BLN A L2

XS630B1N A L2

XS612B4N A L2

XS618B4N A L2

XS630B4N A L2

XS518BLN A M12

XS618B1N A M12

XS530BLN A M12

XS630B1N A M12

XS612B4N A M12

XS618B4N A M12

XS630B4N A M12

XS518B1D A L2

XS618B1D A L2

XS530B1D A L2

XS630B1D A L2

–

–

–

M18 x 62 / M18 x 74

M30 x 62

XS518B1D A M12

XS618B1D A M12

XS530B1D A M12

XS630B1D A M12

–

–

–

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / 100

200 / –

200 / –

200 / –

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

–

–

–

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/≤4

≤2/–

≤2/–

≤2/–

2000 / 3000

1000 / 1000

1000 / 2000

500 / 500

2500 / –

1000 / –

500 / –

M18 x 62 / M18 x 73
XS518B1M A L2

XS530B1M A L2

–

M18 x 60 / M18 x 72

M30 x 63 / M30 x 74

–

XS618B4M A L2

XS630B4M A L2
XS630B4M A U20

XS518B1M A U20

XS618B1M A U20

XS530B1M A U20

XS630B1M A U20

–

XS618B4M A U20

20…264

20…264

20…264

20…264

–

20…264

20…264

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

⊗

⊗

⊗

⊗

–

⊗

⊗

≤ 0.8

≤ 0.8

≤ 0.8

≤ 0.8

–

≤ 0.8

≤ 0.8

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

–

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 500 DC

25 AC / 500 DC

–

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 300 DC

Pre-wired connectors

Straight

Elbowed

M8 (3 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

2m

XZCP0566L2

XZCP0666L2

5m

XZCP0566L5

XZCP0666L5

10 m

XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10

7

XS630B1M A L2

M30 x 62 / M30 x 73
XS618B1M A L2

6

1/2"

8

9

Straight

Elbowed

M12 (4 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

Elbowed PNP LED

2m

XZCP1865L2

XZCP1965L2

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1340L2

5m

XZCP1865L5

XZCP1965L5

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1340L5

10 m

XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10

10 m

XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/19

10

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors
Rectangular plastic

Non flush
mountable

1

2

3

Flush
mountable

Nominal sensing distance Sn

7

U 40 x 40 x 15

U 80 x 80 x 26

2.5 mm

5 mm
0...4

10 mm
0…8

15 mm
0…12

40 mm
0…32

–

–

–

–

–

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

Product certification

CE

CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Sensors for DC applications
Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

2-wire (non polarised)

NO or NC

–

2-wire

non
polarised

NO function

–

–

–

–

XS7J1A1DAL2

XS7F1A1DAL2

XS7E1A1DAL2

XS7C1A1DAL2

XS7D1A1DAL2

4-wire

PNP

NO + NC

complementary outputs

XS7J1A1DBL2

XS7F1A1DBL2

XS7E1A1DBL2

XS7C1A1DBL2

XS7D1A1DBL2

–

–

–

–

NPN

NO + NC

complementary outputs

–

–

–

–

–

PNP

–

NO function

XS7J1A1PAL2

XS7F1A1PAL2

XS7E1A1PAL2

XS7C1A1PAL2

XS7D1A1PAL2

NC function

XS7J1A1PBL2

XS7F1A1PBL2

XS7E1A1PBL2

XS7C1A1PBL2

XS7D1A1PBL2

NO function

XS7J1A1NAL2

XS7F1A1NAL2

XS7E1A1NAL2

XS7C1A1NAL2

XS7D1A1NAL2

NC function

XS7J1A1NBL2

XS7F1A1NBL2

XS7E1A1NBL2

XS7C1A1NBL2

XS7D1A1NBL2

NO function

XS7J1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DAM8

XS7C1A1DAM8

XS7D1A1DAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DBM8

XS7C1A1DBM8

XS7D1A1DBM12

NO function

XS7J1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PAM8

XS7C1A1PAM8

XS7D1A1PAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PBM8

XS7C1A1PBM8

XS7D1A1PBM12

NO function

XS7J1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NAM8

XS7C1A1NAM8

XS7D1A1NAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NBM8

XS7C1A1NBM8

XS7D1A1NBM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

100

100

100

100

100

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

g/⊗/–

g/⊗/–

g/⊗/–

g/⊗/–

g/⊗/–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal cable / Connector

≤4/≤2

≤4/≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz) cable / Connector

4000 / 2000

5000 / 2000

1000

1000

100

NPN

6

U 26 x 26 x 13

Fine adjustment zone (mm) flush mountable / non flush mountable

3-wire

5

U 15 x 32 x 8

Usable sensing distance S (mm) flush mountable / non flush mountable 0...2

Connection

4

U 8 x 22 x 8

programmable

NC function

Connection
2-wire

non
polarised

3-wire

PNP
NPN

M8 connector

M12 connector

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
2-wire

8

NO function

–

–

–

–

–

NC function

–

–

–

–

–

AC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

–

AC/DC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

–

AC/DC

NO function

–

–

–

–

–

NC function

–

–

–

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

–

–

–

–

–

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

–

–

–

–

–

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

–

–

–

–

–

Residual current, open state (mA)

–

–

–

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

–

–

–

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

–

Connection
2-wire

9

AC/DC

(1) M8 connector on flying lead (L = 0.15 m).

Accessories

10

Fixing for flat sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors
flat

90°

flat
8x22x8
XSZBJ00
15x32x8 XSZBF00
26x26x13 XSZBE00
40x40x15 XSZBC00

90°
XSZBJ90
XSZBF90
XSZBE90
XSZBC90

M8
Metal ring
M12 (4 pin)
Metal ring
Plastic ring

Straight
XZCC8FDM30S

Elbowed
XZCC8FCM30S

XZCC12FDM40B
XZCC12FDP40B

XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC12FCP40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/20

1
U 40 x 40 x 117

U 26 x 26 x 13

U 40 x 40 x 15

U 80 x 80 x 26

0…8 / 0...12

25 mm
0…12 / 0...20

60 mm
0…32 / 0...48

5...10 / 5...15

8...15 / 8...25

20...40 / 20...60

15 mm

20 mm increased range 20 mm

40 mm increased range 15 mm

0…12

0…16

0…32

0…16

flush mountable

non flush mountable

2

flush mountable or non flush mountable via teach mode

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

IP 67

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Screw terminals (2)

3

Pre-cabled (2 m)

XS7C40DP210

–

XS8C40DP210

–

–

–

–

XS7C40DA210

–

XS8C40DA210

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS7C40PC440

XS7C40PC449

XS8C40PC440

XS8C40PC449

–

–

–

XS7C40NC440

XS7C40NC449

XS8C40NC440

XS8C40NC449

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1PAL2

XS8C1A1PAL2

XS8D1A1PAL2

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1PBL2

XS8C1A1PBL2

XS8D1A1PBL2

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1NAL2

XS8C1A1NAL2

XS8D1A1NAL2

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1NBL2

XS8C1A1NBL2

XS8D1A1NBL2

–

–

M8 connector

M8 connector

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1PAM8

XS8C1A1PAM8

XS8D1A1PAM12

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1PBM8

XS8C1A1PBM8

XS8D1A1PBM12

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1NAM8

XS8C1A1NAM8

XS8D1A1NAM12

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1NBM8

XS8C1A1NBM8

XS8D1A1NBM12

12…48

10…36

10…36

10…36

4-wire version = 200 – 2-wire version = 1.5…100

100

200

200

4-wire version = g / ⊗ / ⊗ – 2-wire version = g / ⊗ / –

g/⊗/⊗

g/⊗/⊗

g/⊗/⊗

4-wire version = ≤ 2 – 2-wire version = ≤ 4

≤2

≤2

≤2

1000

150

2-wire = 1500 / 4-wire = 1000

2-wire = 800 / 4-wire = 1000 (20mm) 500 (40mm) 2000

Screw terminals (2)

5

M12 connector

–

6

7

Pre-cabled (2 m)

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1MAL2

XS8C1A1MAL2

XS8D1A1MAL2

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1MBL2

XS8C1A1MBL2

XS8D1A1MBL2

XS7C40FP260

–

XS8C40FP260

–

–

–

–

XS7C40MP230

–

XS8C40MP230

–

–

–

–

8

1/2"-20 UNF connector
–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1MAL01U20

XS8C1A1MAL01U20

XS8D1A1MAU20

–

–

–

–

XS8E1A1MBL01U20

XS8C1A1MBL01U20

XS8D1A1MBU20

20…264

20…264

20…264

20…264

AC version = 500 – AC/DC version = 300 / 200

200 AC or DC

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–/⊗/–

–/⊗/⊗

–/⊗/⊗

–/⊗/⊗

AC version = ≤ 1.5 – AC/DC version = ≤ 0.8 / 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

25 AC / 50 DC

2000

1000

150

9

(2) Sensors supplied without cable gland. Suitable cable gland: 13P. Also available in M20, 1/2" NPT output and M12, 7/8" connectors.

Pre-wired connectors

Straight

Elbowed

M8 (3 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

1/2"

2m

XZCP0566L2

XZCP0666L2

5m

XZCP0566L5

XZCP0666L5

10 m

XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10

Straight

Elbowed

M12 (4 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

Elbowed PNP LED

2m

XZCP1865L2

XZCP1965L2

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1340L2

5m

XZCP1865L5

XZCP1965L5

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1340L5

10 m

XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10

10 m

XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/21

10

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors
Cylindrical Plastic

Non flush
mountable

1

2

3

4

Flush
mountable

M8

M12

M18

M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2.5 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0…2

4 mm
0…3.2

8 mm
0…6.4

15 mm
0…12

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

non flush mountable

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

M8 x 33

M12 x 33

M18 x 33.5

M30 x 40.5

2-wire (non polarised)

NO or NC

programmable

–

–

–

–

4-wire

PNP

NO + NC

complementary outputs

–

–

–

–

NPN

NO + NC

complementary outputs

–

–

–

–

PNP

NO function

XS4P08PA340

XS4P12PA340

XS4P18PA340

XS4P30PA340

NC function

XS4P08PB340

XS4P12PB340

XS4P18PB340

XS4P30PB340

NO function

XS4P08NA340

XS4P12NA340

XS4P18NA340

XS4P30NA340

NC function

XS4P08NB340

XS4P12NB340

XS4P18NB340

XS4P30NB340
M30 x 50

3-wire

NPN

5

Connection

M8 connector

M12 connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

M8 x 42

M12 x 48

M18 x 48

3-wire

NO function

XS4P08PA340S

XS4P12PA340D

XS4P18PA340D

XS4P30PA340D

NC function

XS4P08PB340S

XS4P12PB340D

XS4P18PB340D

XS4P30PB340D

PNP
NPN

6

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

NO function

XS4P08NA340S

XS4P12NA340D

XS4P18NA340D

XS4P30NA340D

NC function

XS4P08NB340S

XS4P12NB340D

XS4P18NB340D

XS4P30NB340D

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…38

10…38

10…38

10…38

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

200

200

200

200

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

5000

5000

2000

1000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

7

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H

M8 x 50

M12 x 50

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

NO function

XS4P08MA230

XS4P12MA230

XS4P18MA230

XS4P30MA230

NC function

XS4P08MB230

XS4P12MB230

XS4P18MB230

XS4P30MB230

AC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

AC/DC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

2-wire

AC/DC

not short-circuit protected (1)

Connection

8

1/2" connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

M8 x 61

M12 x 61

M18 x 70

M30 x 70

NO function

XS4P08MA230K

XS4P12MA230K

XS4P18MA230K

XS4P30MA230K

NC function

XS4P08MB230K

XS4P12MB230K

XS4P18MB230K

XS4P30MB230K

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

20…264

20…264

20…264

20…264
300 AC / 200 DC

2-wire

AC/DC

not short-circuit protected (1)

9

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

100

200

300 AC / 200 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗)

⊗

⊗

⊗

⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

25 AC / 3000 DC

25 AC / 3000 DC

25 AC / 2000 DC

25 AC / 1000 DC

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

Accessories

10

Fixing for cylindrical sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors

Fixing clamp with indexing pin
for cylindrical sensors

M8
Metal ring
M12 (4 pin)
Metal ring
Plastic ring

M4
M5
M6.5
M8

XSZB104
XSZB105
XSZB165
XSZB108

M12
M18
M30

XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Straight
XZCC8FDM30S

Elbowed
XZCC8FCM30S

XZCC12FDM40B
XZCC12FDP40B

XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC12FCP40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/22

Miniature cylindrical metal (assembly)

1
Ø4

M5

Ø 6.5

Nominal sensing distance Sn

1 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0…0.8

1 mm
0…0.8

1.5 mm
0…1.2

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

2.5 mm

2

0…2

3

Sensors for DC applications
Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 4 x 29

Connection
3-wire

M5 x 29

Ø 6.5 x 33

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

PNP
NPN

NO function

XS1L04PA310

XS1N05PA310

XS506B1PAL2

NC function

–

–

XS506B1PBL2

XS106B3PAL2
XS106B3PBL2

NO function

XS1L04NA310

XS1N05NA310

XS506B1NAL2

XS106B3NAL2

NC function

–

–

XS506B1NBL2

XS106B3NBL2

NO function

–

–

XS506BSCAL2

XS606B3CAL2

NC function

–

–

XS506BSCBL2

XS606B3CBL2

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 4 x 41

M5 x 41

Ø 6.5 x 42

Connection

M8

2-wire (polarised)

3-wire

PNP
NPN

4

NO function

XS1L04PA310S

XS1N05PA311S (1)

XS506B1PAM8

XS106B3PAM8

NC function

–

–

XS506B1PBM8

XS106B3PBM8

NO function

XS1L04NA310S

XS1N05NA311S (1)

XS506B1NAM8

XS106B3NAM8

NC function

–

–

XS506B1NBM8

XS106B3NBM8
XS506B3CAL01M12

Connection

5

M12

2-wire (polarised)

–

–

XS506BSCAL01M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

fonction NO

5…30

5…30

10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire

100 / –

100 / –

200 / 100

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire

≤2/–

≤2/–

≤2/≤4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire

5000 / –

5000 / –

5000 / 4000

6
2500 / 3000

(1) Stainless steel sensors, Sn = 0.8 mm

7

8

9

Pre-wired connectors

Straight

Elbowed

M8 (3 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

1/2"

2m

XZCP0566L2

XZCP0666L2

5m

XZCP0566L5

XZCP0666L5

10 m

XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10

Straight

Elbowed

M12 (4 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

Elbowed PNP LED

2m

XZCP1865L2

XZCP1965L2

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1340L2

5m

XZCP1865L5

XZCP1965L5

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1340L5

10 m

XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10

10 m

XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/23

10

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors
Multi-voltage with short-circuit protection

Non flush
mountable

1

2

Flush
mountable

Sensing distance Sn

M18

M30

non flush mountable

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

flush mountable

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

non flush mountable

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

flush mountable

Operating zone (mm)

3

M12

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

M

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Cable (Connector)

M12 x 55 (M12 x 66)

M18 x 60 (M18 x 72)

M30 x 60 (M30 x 72)

flush mountable

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

flush mountable (metal)

–

–

–

non flush mntbl. (metal)

–

–

–

non flush mntbl. (plastic)

–

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

flush mountable (metal)

–

–

–

non flush mntbl. (metal)

–

–

–

non flush mntbl. (plastic)

–

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

–

–

–

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

–

–

–

Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

–

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

–

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

4

4-wire

PNP

NO + NC

NPN

NO + NC

PNP+NPN

NO/NC

programmable

5

Connection
4-wire

PNP

NO + NC

NPN

6

7

NO + NC

PNP+NPN

NO/NC

programmable

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
2-wire AC/DC

8

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
NO function
NC function

flush mountable

XS1M12MA250

XS1M18MA250

XS1M30MA250

non flush mountable

XS2M12MA250

XS2M18MA250

XS2M30MA250

flush mountable

XS1M12MB250

XS1M18MB250

XS1M30MB250

non flush mountable

XS2M12MB250

XS2M18MB250

XS2M30MB250

Connection
2-wire AC/DC

NO function
NC function

9

10

1/2"-20 UNF connector
flush mountable

XS1M12MA250K

XS1M18MA250K

XS1M30MA250K

non flush mountable

XS2M12MA250K

XS2M18MA250K

XS2M30MA250K

flush mountable

XS1M12MB250K

XS1M18MB250K

XS1M30MB250K

non flush mountable

XS2M12MB250K

XS2M18MB250K

XS2M30MB250K

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz

20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

5…200

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 1.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

25 AC, 4000 DC

5…200 AC, 5…300 DC

25 AC, 2000 DC

25 AC, 2000 DC (1)

(1) 25 AC, 1000 DC for non flush mountable Ø 30 mm.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/24

PNP or NPN
NO + NC Complementary outputs

PNP + NPN outputs,
NO or NC programmable

1
M8

M12

M18

M30

M12

M18

M30

1.5 mm
2.5 mm

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

0…1.2

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

0…2

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

M

M or P depending on model

- 25…+ 70

2

- 25…+ 70

IP 67

IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
M8 x 50 (M8 x 61)

3

IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

M12 x 33 (M12 x 48)

M18 x 36.5 (M18 x 49)

M30 x 40.5 (M30 x 53)

M12 x 50 (M12 x 61)

M18 x 60 (M18 x 72)

M30 x 60 (M30 x 72)

XS1M08PC410

XS1N12PC410

XS1N18PC410

XS1N30PC410

–

XS2M08PC410

XS2N12PC410

XS2N18PC410

–

–

XS2N30PC410

–

–

–

XS1NM08NC410

XS1N12NC410

XS2M08NC410

XS2N12NC410

XS1N18NC410

XS1N30NC410

–

–

–

XS2N18NC410

XS2N30NC410

–

–
–

–

–

–

XS1M12KP340

XS1M18KP340

XS1M30KP340

–

–

–

XS2M12KP340

XS2M18KP340

–

XS2M30KP340

–

–

–

XS4P12KP340

XS4P18KP340

XS4P30KP340
–

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

M12 connector

4

5

M12 connector

XS1M08PC410D

XS1N12PC410D

XS1N18PC410D

XS1N30PC410D

–

–

XS2M08PC410D

XS2N12PC410D

XS2N18PC410D

XS2N30PC410D

–

–

–

XS1M08NC410D

XS1N12NC410D

XS1N18NC410D

XS1N30NC410D

–

–

–

XS2M08NC410D

XS2N12NC410D

XS2N18NC410D

XS2N30NC410D

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M12KP340D

XS1M18KP340D

XS1M30KP340D

–

–

–

–

XS2M12KP340D

XS2M18KP340D

XS2M30KP340D

–

–

–

–

XS4P12KP340D

XS4P18KP340D

XS4P30KP340D

2000

1000

10…36

10…36

200

200

g/⊗

g/–

≤2

≤ 2.6

5000

5000

2000

PNP

1000

5000

NPN

PNP

NO

NO

NPN

–

NC

7
+ BU/3

+

+

NC

+ BN/1

6

NO
NC

–

NPN

NPN

PNP

PNP
- BU/3

8
- BN/1

Accessories
Fixing clamps

M8
M12
M18
M30

9

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

With indexing pin for cylindrical sensors

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

M8 (or S)
M12 (or D)
1/2" (or K)

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/25

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Rotation control

Fixed sensing distance
(for ferrous or non ferrous materials)

Non flush
mountable

1

2

3

Flush
mountable

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

M30

M18

M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn

10 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0...8

15 mm
0...12

10 mm
0...8

5 mm
0...4

10 mm
0...8

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

P

P

M

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

flush mountable
M

M

0…+ 50

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

M30 x 81

M18 x 60 (M18 x 70) M30 x 60

Maximum speed of passing object (impulses/min)

48000

48000

6000...48000 (1)

–

–

Adjustable frequency range (impulses/min)

6...6000

6...6000

6...150 / 120...3000 (1) –

–

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

Cable (Connector)

Sensors for DC applications

4

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

4-wire

PNP/NPN NO/NC

programmable

–

–

–

XS1M18KPM40

XS1M30KPM40

3-wire

PNP

slow version

–

–

XSAV11373

–

–

fast version

–

–

XSAV12373

–

–

0…10 V output

plastic

–

–

–

–

–

4…20 mA output

metal, flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

plastic, flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

plastic, non flush mountable –

–

–

–

NC function

5
Connection

6

4-wire

PNP/NPN NO/NC

3-wire

PNP

programmable

–

–

–

XS1M18KPM40D

XS1M30KPM40LD

XS9E11RPBL01M12 (3) XS9C11RPBL01M12 (3) –

–

–

0…10 V output

–

–

–

4…20 mA output

–

NC function

–

–

–

–

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10...36

10...36

10...58

10...38

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

100

200

200

200

g/⊗/⊗

g/⊗/⊗

g/⊗/–
–

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗) (⊗)

7

–
M12 on 0.8 m flying lead

M8 or M12 connector

Linearity error

–

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤ 2.6

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

1000

Operating frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

g/⊗/–

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
2-wire

8

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
AC/DC

NC function

not short-circuit protected (2) NC function

XS9E11RMBL01U20 (5) XS9C11RMBL01U20 (5) –

–

–

slow version

–

–

–

fast version

–

–

XSAV12801

–

–

20...264

20...264

20...264

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz

9

–

XSAV11801

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

100

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/–

–

–

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.7

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

–

Accessories
Fixing
for flat sensors

10

90°

flat

8x22x8
15x32x8
26x26x13
40x40x15

flat

90°

XSZBJ00
XSZBF00
XSZBE00
XSZBC00

XSZBJ90
XSZBF90
XSZBE90
XSZBC90

substitution
of block type
sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD
–
XSZBE10
XSZBC10
XSZBD10

Fixing clamp with indexing pin
for cylindrical sensors

M12
M18
M30

XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/26

Analogue (Position control)

1
8 x 32 x 8

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

M12

M18

M30

5 mm

10 mm
1...10

15 mm
2...15

40 mm
5...40

M: 2 mm / P: 4 mm
M: 0.2…2 / P: 0.4…4

M: 5 mm / P: 8 mm
M: 0.5…5 / P: 0.8…8

M: 10 mm / P: 15 mm
M: 1…10 / P: 1.5…15

flush / non flush mountable flush / non flush mountable flush / non flush mountable

1...4
flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

P

P

P

P

M or P

M or P

M or P

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

2

IP 67

3

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
15 x 32 x 8

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

Ø 12 x 50

Ø 18 x 50

Ø 30 x 52.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS9F111A1L2
–

XS9E111A1L2

XS9C111A1L2

XS9D111A1L2

XS4P12AB110

XS4P18AB110

XS4P30AB110

–

–

–

XS1M12AB120

XS1M18AB120

XS1M30AB120

XS9F111A2L2

XS9E111A2L2

XS9C111A2L2

XS9D111A2L2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS4P12AB120

XS4P18AB120

XS4P30AB120

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS9F111A1L01M8 (4)

XS9E111A1L01M12 (4) XS9C111A1L01M12 (4) XS9D111A1M12

–

–

–

XS9F111A2L01M8 (4)

XS9E111A2L01M12 (4) XS9C111A2L01M12 (4) XS9D111A2M12

–

–

–

10...36

10...36

10...36

10...36

10…38

10…38

10…38

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

4

5

M8 or M12 connector

6

± 1 V for 0…10 V version / ± 2 mA for 4…20 mA version
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2000

1000

1000

100

1500

500

300

7

(1) 6...150 and 6000 impulses/min for XSAV11373 and XSAV11801 (slow version); 120...3000 and 48000 impulses/min for XSAV12373 and XSAV12801 (fast version).
(2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
(3) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating M12 connector.
(4) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end connector.

8

(5) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating 1/2"-20 UNF connector.

Accessories
Pre-wired connectors

Straight

Elbowed

M8 (3 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

1/2"

2m

XZCP0566L2

XZCP0666L2

5m

XZCP0566L5

XZCP0666L5

10 m

XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10

Straight

Elbowed

M12 (4 pin)
Straight

Elbowed

Elbowed PNP LED

2m

XZCP1865L2

XZCP1965L2

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1340L2

5m

XZCP1865L5

XZCP1965L5

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1340L5

10 m

XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10

10 m

XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

9

Suitable female plug-in connectors
M8
Steel ring
M12 (4 pin)
Steel ring
Plastic ring

Straight
XZCC8FDM30S

Elbowed
XZCC8FCM30S

XZCC12FDM40B
XZCC12FDP40B

XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC12FCP40B

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/27

OsiSense XS

Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Food and beverage processing

1

2

3

Type

M12

M18

Ø 18 plain

M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn

7 mm
0 …5.6

12 mm
0 … 9.6

12 mm

Operating zone (mm)

22 mm
0 … 17.6

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

non flush mountable

Case M (metal) (1)

M stainless steel 316 L

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 85

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) and IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050

0 … 9.6

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm)

M12 x 55

3-wire

4

M18 x 60

Ø 18 x 60

M30 x 62

PNP

NO function

XS212SAPAL2

XS218SAPAL2

XS2L2SAPAL2

XS230SAPAL2

NPN

NO function

XS212SANAL2

XS218SANAL2

XS2L2SANAL2

XS230SANAL2

Connection

M12 connector

Dimensions (mm)
3-wire

M12 x 61

M18 x 70

Ø 18 x 70

M30 x 70

PNP

NO function

XS212SAPAM12

XS218SAPAM12

XS2L2SAPAM12

XS230SAPAM12

NPN

NO function

XS212SANAM12

XS218SANAM12

XS2L2SANAM12

XS230SANAM12

10…36

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

5

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

≤ 200

Switching frequency (Hz)

2500

1000

1000

500

Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

6

Connection

Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm)

–

M18 x 60

–

M30 x 62

–

XS218SAMAL2

–

XS230SAMAL2

–

M18 x 72

–

M30 x 74

–

XS218SAMAU20

–

XS230SAMAU20

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 HZ

–

20 … 264

–

20 … 264

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

–

300 AC / 200 DC

–

300 AC / 200 DC

Switching frequency (Hz)

25 AC / 1000 DC
⊗

–
–

25 AC / 300 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗)

–
–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

–

≤ 5.5

–

≤ 5.5

Residual current, open state (mA)

–

≤ 0.8

–

≤ 0.8

2-wire (2)

AC/DC

NO function

Connection

1/2"-20 UNF connector

Dimensions (mm)
2-wire (2)

7

AC/DC

8

NO function

⊗

(1) Plastic range available. M12, M18, M30:

(2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a

To order, replace the second letter S in the reference by A

0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

(example: XS212SAPAL2 becomes XS212AAPAL2).

9

Accessories
Fixing clamps

M12 pre-wired connector

M12 jumper cable

Plastic

female, 4-pin, stainless steel clamping ring

male, 3-pin, stainless steel clamping ring

fixing centres 24.1 mm, with locking screw
for sensor
Ø 18 plain

10

Stainless steel
for sensor
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30

Straight connector

5 m cable

XZCPA1141L5

Straight connector

5m

Elbowed connector

5 m cable

XZCPA1241L5

1/2" pre-wired connector

XZCRA151140A5

XUZB2005

XSZBS12
XUZA118
XSZBS30

Straight
Elbowed

5m
5m

XZCP1865L5
XZCP1965L5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/28

OsiSense XT

Capacitive proximity sensors
Detection of insulating materials or
conductive materials

Non flush mountable
(plastic)

1

Flush mountable
(metal)

Suitability for flush mtg. M12
Nominal sensing distance Sn
Operating zone Sa (mm) (2)
Case M (metal) P (plastic)

flush mountable

M18

M30

Ø 32

40 x 40 x 117

non flush mountable

2 mm
–

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

15 mm
20 mm

15 mm
–

flush mountable

0…1.44

0…3.6

0…7.2

0…10

0…11

non flush mountable

–

0…5.8

0…11

0…15

–

flush mountable

M

M

M

M

P

non flush mountable

–

P

P

P

–

Product certification

CE

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

M12 x 70

2

CE - UL - CSA

M18 x 80

M30 x 80

M32 x 80

117 x 40 x 40

XT130B1PAL2

–

–

3

Sensors for DC applications
Connection
3-wire

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
PNP

NPN

NO function

flush mountable

XT112S1PAL2

non flush mountable

–

XT218A1PAL2

XT230A1PAL2

–

–

NO + NC functions

flush mountable

XT112S1PCL2

XT118B1PCL2

XT130B1PCL2

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

NO function

flush mountable
non flush mountable

XT112S1NAL2

XT118B1NAL2

XT130B1NAL2

–

–

–

XT218A1NAL2

XT230A1NAL2

–

–

Connection
3-wire

XT118B1PAL2

M12 connector
PNP
NPN

NO + NC functions
NO + NC functions

4

Screw terminals

flush mountable

XT112S1PCM12

XT118B1PCM12

XT130B1PCM12

–

XT7C40PC440 (3)

non flush mountable

–

XT218A1PCM12

XT230A1PCM12

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

XT7C40NC440 (3)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10...38

10...58

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

200

200

Short circuit-protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

300

5

6

≤2
100 (XT2) / 200 (XT1) 100 (XT2) / 150 (XT1)

–

100

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC applications
Connection
2-wire AC (1)

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
NO function

flush mountable

–

XT118B1FAL2

XT130B1FAL2

XT132B1FAL2

–

non flush mountable

–

XT218A1FAL2

XT230A1FAL2

XT232A1FAL2

–

NO function

flush mountable

–

XT118B1FBL2

XT130B1FBL2

XT132B1FBL2

–

non flush mountable

–

–

XT230A1FBL2

XT232A1FBL2

Connection

–
Screw terminals

–

–

–

–

XT7C40FP262

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz

–

20…264

20…264

20…264

20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

–

300

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

⊗/–
–

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤9

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

25

25

25

25

2-wire AC (1)

7

NO or NC programmable flush mountable

8

350

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
(2) The operating distance depends on the objet material.
(3) Only for detecting insulating materials.

9

Accessories
Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

M12

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1141L5

screw terminal

10
XZCC12FCM40B
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/29

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors
General Purpose

NO function:
Thru-beam

(T)

1

Diffuse

(T/R)

(T/R)

(R)

NC function:
Thru-beam

(T)

Object present / Output ON
Reflex

No object present / Output ON
Reflex
Diffuse

(R)

(T/R)

(T/R)

M18 Metal (1)
Cable

2

Diffuse

XUB5BPANL2

XUB5BP ANM12

XUB5AP A NL2

NPN

XUB5BNANL2

XUB5BNANM12

XUB5ANANL2

XUB5ANANM12

PNP/NPN

–

–

–

–

AC/DC 1C/O relay

–

–

–

–

Sensing distance (4)

2m
XUB9BPANL2

XUB9BP ANM12

XUB9AP ANL2

XUB9BNANL2

XUB9BNANM12

XUB9ANANL2

XUB9ANANM12

PNP/NPN

–

–

–

–

AC/DC 1C/O relay

–

–

–

–

Sensing distance (4)

4m
XUB1BPANL2

XUB1BP ANM12

XUB1AP ANL2

XUB1BNANL2

XUB1BNANM12

XUB1ANANL2

XUB1ANANM12

–

–

–

–

15 m
XUB2BP ANM12R

XUB2AP ANL2R

NPN

XUB2BNANL2R

XUB2BNANM12R

XUB2ANANL2R

XUB2ANANM12R

PNP/NPN

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUB2AP ANM12R

–

A

A

A

A

NC

B

B

B

B

DC

XUB2BKSNL2T

XUB2BKSNM12T

XUB2AKSNL2T

XUB2AKSNM12T

AC/DC

–

–

–

–

Background suppression: 0.12 m - Diffuse: 0.3 m

Sensing distance

Reflex polarised: 2 m - Thru beam: 18 m

6

Output type DC3 NO/NC

PNP

XUB0BPSNL2

XUB0BPSNM12

XUB0APSNL2

XUB0APSNM12

NPN

XUB0BNSNL2

XUB0BNSNM12

XUB0ANSNL2

XUB0ANSNM12

PNP/NPN

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

DC

XUB0BKSNL2T

XUB0BKSNM12T

XUB0AKSNL2T

XUB0AKSNM12T

AC/DC

–

–

–

–

AC/DC 1C/O relay
Thru beam Transmitter

7

15 m

XUB2BPANL2R

NO

Thru beam Transmitter
Multimode

XUB1AP ANM12

PNP

AC/DC 1C/O relay
Output function

4m

NPN
Sensing distance
Output type DC3 NO

XUB9AP ANM12

PNP

AC/DC 1C/O relay
Thru beam

2m

NPN

Output type DC3 NO

4

XUB5AP ANM12

PNP

Output type DC3 NO

Reflex

M12 connector

0.6 m (2) (3)

PNP

Output type DC3 NO

3

5

0.6 m (2) (3)

Sensing distance

Reflex Polarised

M18 Plastic
Cable

M12 connector

(1) Brass metal, aivailable also in stainless steel, see page food/beverage processing series
(2) For a sensing distance 0,1 m without sensitivity adjustment, change digit 5 by 4 into the reference (ex: XUB5BPANL2 becomes XUB4BPANL2)

8

Fixing

M18 x1

Dimensions

M18 x 64 mm / M18 x 78 mm

M18 x1

Product certifications

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…36

10…36

Switching frequency (Hz)

500

Common characteristics for DC versions

Switching capacity, max. (mA): 100

DC common characteristics
500
/

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state

AC/DC common characteristics

9

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)

–

–

Accessories
Reflectors

3D fixings with ball joint

10
XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

Reflectors (mm)
Ø 21
XUZC21
24 x 21
XUZC24
11 x 33
XUZC08
Ø 39
XUZC39
Ø 80
XUZC80
50 x 50
XUZC50
100 x 100 XUZC100

Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reflector
XUZC50
for
XUB…
XUM0…
XUK…
XUX…

XUZB2003
XUZM2003
XUZK2003
XUZX2003

Protective housing
with ball joint

M12 rod for
ball joint

for
XUK… XUZK2004
XUX… XUZX2004
XUZ2001

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/30

1
Miniature
Cable

M8 connector

1 m (3)

Compact 50 x 50 mm
Cable
M12 connector

Compact 92 x 71 mm
Screw terminal
M12 connector

1 m (3)

2.1 m (3)

–

–

XUK5AP ANL2

–

–

XUK5ANANL2

XUK5ANANM12

XUX5AN ANT16

XUX5AN ANM12

XUM5APCNL2

XUM5APCNM8

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUK5ARCNL2

–

XUX5ARCNT16

–

5 m (3)

XUK5AP ANM12

XUX5AP ANT16

5m

11 m (3)

–

–

XUK9AP ANL2

XUK9AP ANM12

XUX9AP ANT16

XUX9AP ANM12

–

–

XUK9ANANL2

XUK9ANANM12

XUX9AN ANT16

XUX9AN ANM12

XUM9APCNL2

XUM9APCNM8

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUK9ARCNL2

–

XUX9ARCNT16

–

7m

–
–

XUK1AP ANL2

XUK1AP ANM12

XUX1AP ANT16

–

–

XUK1ANANL2

XUK1ANANM12

XUX1AN ANT16

XUX1AN ANM12

–

–

XUK1ARCNL2

–

XUX1ARCNT16

–

30 m

XUX1AP ANM12

–

XUK2AP ANL2R

XUK2AP ANM12R

XUX2AP ANT16R

XUX2AP ANM12R

–

–

XUK2ANANL2R

XUK2ANANM12R

XUX2AN ANT16R

XUX2AN ANM12R

XUM2APCNL2R

XUM2APCNM8R

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUK2ARCNL2R

–

XUX2ARCNT16R

–

A

NO or NC

XUM2AKCNL2T

XUM2AKCNM8T

–

–

Background suppression: 0.1 m - Diffuse: 0.4 m

4

40 m (3)

–

NO or NC

3

14 m (3)

–

15 m (3)

2

XUX5AP ANM12

A

B

A

B

B

B

XUK2AKSNL2T

XUK2AKSNM12T

XUX0AKSAT16T

XUX0AKSAM12T

XUK2ARCNL2T

–

XUX2ARCTT16T

–

Background suppression: 0.28 m - Diffuse: 0.8 m

5

A

Background suppression: 1.3 m - Diffuse: 2 m

Reflex polarised: 3 m - Thru beam: 10 m

Reflex polarised: 4 m - Thru beam: 30 m

Reflex polarised: 11 m - Thru beam: 40 m

XUM0APSAL2

XUM0APSAM8

–

–

–

–

XUM0ANSAL2

XUM0ANSAM8

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUK0AKSAL2

XUK0AKSAM12

XUX0AKSAT16

XUX0AKSAM12

–

–

XUK0ARCTL2

–

XUX0ARCTT16

–

XUM0AKSAL2T

XUM0AKSAM8T

XUK0AKSAL2T

XUK0AKSAM12T

XUX0AKSAT16T

XUX0AKSAM12T

–

–

XUK0ARCTL2T

–

XUX0ARCTT16T

–

6

7

(3) With sensitivity adjustment
(4) With reflector XUZC50
Direct fixing centres 25.5, M3 screws

Direct fixing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws

12 x 34 x 20

18 x 50 x 50

Direct fixing centres 30/38 to 40/50/74, M5 screws
30 x 92 x 71

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick

CE, UL, CSA, CCC, C-Tick

CE, UL, CSA, CCC, C-Tick

10…30

10…30

10…36

1000

500

500

8

indicator (⊗): yes / power on LED (⊗): yes
–

20…264

20…264

–

20

20

–

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Simple fixings
Fixing
support for
M12 rod

9

Single bracket

10
XUZ2003

for
XUB...
XUM...
XUK...
XUX...

standard
XUZA118 (stnls. steel)
XUZAM02
XUZA51
XUZX2000

with ball joint
XUZA218 (plastic)
–
–
–

length 5 m
without LED
M8
M12

pre-wired, elbowed
XZCP1041L5
XZCP1241L5

pre-wired, straight
XZCP0941L5
XZCP1141L5

screw terminal
XZCC8FCM40S
XZCC12FCM40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/31

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors
Optical forks without setting and frames
New

1

2

System

Thru-beam with modular red LED light source

Sensing distance

2…180 mm

Fixing (mm)

(see column E below)

Minimum size of objet detected

0,8 mm

Case M (metal)

M

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10…+ 60 / IP65 & IP67
CE - cULus

Product certification

3

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

M8 connector 3-pin

Pre-cabled L = 2 m.

Dimensions (mm)
Transmitter / Receiver

3 wire

NO function

PNP
NPN

XUVR0605N ANM8

NO function

PNP

XUVR0608P ANM8

NPN

XUVR0608N A NM8

D

4

B

NO function

E

A C
NO function

5

Output function

XUVR0605P ANM8

PNP

XUVR1212P ANM8

NPN

XUVR1212N ANM8

PNP

XUVR1218P ANM8

NPN

XUVR1218N ANM8

NO

A

NC

B

A

B

C

D

E

50

60

74

77,5 40

80

60

104 77,5 70

XUVR0303PANL2

A

B

C

D

30

40

54

57,5 30

E

120 120 144 142 100
180 120 204 142 152

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100/4kHz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

System

Thru-beam with infrared emission

Passageway dimensions

30 x 30 mm

Connection

M8 (4 pin)

6

7

8

Minimum size of object to be detected

200 x 120 mm

200 x 180 mm

200 x 250 mm

M12 (4 pin)

Ø 2 mm

XUVF30M8

XUVF60M8

–

–

–

Ø 4 mm

–

–

XUVF120M12

XUVF180M12

XUVF250M12

Ø 10 mm

–

–

XUYFRS120S

XUYFRS180S

XUYFRS250S

4-wire, PNP and NPN Output function ON or OFF on passage of object, programmable

Type and output function

9

60 x 60 mm

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

18…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

≤ 100 mA / 500 Hz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

Accessories

10

Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors
M8 (3 pin)

M8 (4 pin)

For optical forks without setting

Straight

Elbowed

Straight

Elbowed

2m

XZCP0566L2

XZCP0666L2

5m

XZCP0566L5

XZCP0666L5

M12 (4 pin)

For optical forks and frame with setting

For frame with setting

Straight

Elbowed

Straight

Elbowed

2m

XZCP0941L2

XZCP1041L2

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

5m

XZCP0941L5

XZCP1041L5

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/32

Forks with teach mode (1)

1
Laser
class

System, with teach mode

Thru-beam

Thru-beam laser

Sensing distance

2…120 mm

2…120 mm

Fixing (mm)

(see column E below)

Minimum size of objet detected

0,2 mm

Case M (metal) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

M/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

2

0,05 mm

- 25…+ 60 / IP 65

Product certification

CE - cULus

3

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

M8 connector - 4 Pin

Type of output

3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO/NC

Dimensions (mm)
Transmitter / Receiver

D
B

E

A C

A

B

C

D

E

XUYFANEP40002

2

42

32

57

14

XUYFANEP60002

2

59

XUYFANEP100002

2

95

XUYFANEP40005

5

42

XUYFANEP60005

5

59

XUYFANEP100005

5

95

XUYFANEP40015

15

42

XUYFANEP60015

15

59

XUYFANEP100015

15

95

XUYFANEP40030

30

42

XUYFANEP60030

30

59

XUYFANEP100030

30

95

XUYFANEP40050

50

42

XUYFANEP60050

50

59

XUYFANEP100050

50

95

XUYFANEP40080

80

42

110 57

XUYFANEP60080

80

59

77

XUYFANEP100080

80

95

XUYFANEP40120

120 42

150 57

110 XUYFALNEP40120

120 42

159 57

XUYFANEP60120

120 59

77

XUYFALNEP60120

120 59

77

XUYFANEP100120

120 95

110

XUYFALNEP100120

120 95

110

35

A

B

C

D

E

XUYFALNEP40002

2

42

41

57

14

77

XUYFALNEP60002

2

59

77

110

XUYFALNEP100002

2

95

110

XUYFALNEP40005

5

42

XUYFALNEP60005

5

59

XUYFALNEP100005

5

95

XUYFALNEP40015

15

42

77

XUYFALNEP60015

15

59

77

110

XUYFALNEP100015

15

95

110

XUYFALNEP40030

30

42

XUYFALNEP60030

30

59

XUYFALNEP100030

30

95

XUYFALNEP40050

50

42

77

XUYFALNEP60050

50

59

77

110

XUYFALNEP100050

50

95

110

XUYFALNEP40080

80

42

119 57

XUYFALNEP60080

80

59

77

XUYFALNEP100080

80

95

57

14

77
110
45

60

57

57

27

42

77
110
80

57

110

40

70

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100/10 kHz

100/10 kHz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) g / ⊗
(1) To order a fork without teach mode, delete A of the reference. Ex: XUYFANEP40002 becomes XUYFNEP40002

44

57

4
14

77
110
54

69

57

57

27

5
42

77
110
89

57

40

6
70

110
110

7

g/⊗

8

System
Sensing distance

Ultrasonic thru-beam
Special transparent labels

For all other opaque labels

3 mm version

XUVU06M3KCNM8

XUYFA983003COS

5 mm version

–

XUYFA983005COS

500

10 000
Teach button

Switching frequency (Hz)
Sensitivity adjustment

Numerical +/- button

Connection

M8 (4 pin)

Case M (metal) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

M/⊗

9

Thru-beam

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 5…+ 55 / IP 65

- 20…+ 60 / IP 65

Product certification

CE

CE - cULus

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/33

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors - Application
Assembly series

A

B
Laser
class

1

2

Application

Accurate detection
or very long sensing
distance
Robustness and compactness

System

Thru-beam

Diffuse

Diffuse (1)

Reflex

Sensing distance

100 m (2)
M18 x 1

0.07 m

Fixing (mm)

M8 x 1

0.07 m
Direct, 2 M3 holes,

10…1000 mm (3) 40…150 mm
Direct, 2 M3 holes, fixing centres 24 mm

Sensitivity adjustment

Teach mode

–

Potentiometer

Teach mode

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

M/–

M/⊗

P

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10…+ 45°C

- 25…+ 55

- 25…+ 60

- 20…+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67, IP 69K

IP 67

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA

CE - cULus

CE - cULus - C-TICK CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

Ø 18 x 64

Ø 8 x 40

40.8 x 16.2 x 29.5

Laser
class

Laser
class

A

B
Diffuse
contrast

fxg. ctrs. 20 mm

3

35.8 x 12 x 20

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

4

Pre-cabled

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP
Connection

Connector

PVR (2 m)

PVC (2 m)

–

XUAH0515

XUM5BPANL2

M12

M8 4-pin

–

–

NO function

–

XUAH0515S

–

–

–

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUBLAPCNM12

–

–

XUYBCO929LSP

XUYPCCO929LSP

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

–

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

5

NO function

XUBLANCNM12

–

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 1500

100 / 700

100 / 1000

100 / 1000

100 / 1000

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) g / ⊗
(1) Reflex and thru-beam systems also available.
(2) or min. size of object: 0.2 mm
(3) With specific reflector XUY1111, format 50 x 50 mm. To be ordered separately.

6
C

D

7
Miniature series sensors

Application

C

System

Polarised reflex

D
Thru-beam

50 x 50 reflector included

8

Sensing distance

1…1.5 m

4m

Fixing (mm)

2 x Ø 3 holes / fixing centres 9.5

3 x Ø 3 holes / fixing centres 9.5

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67

9

0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67

Product certification

CE - cULus

CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

40 x 10 x 13.5

40 x 10 x 13.5

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
M8 connector (1) - 4 Pin

Connection

10

PNP

NO function XUYBCO989SP

XUYRCO989SP (receiver)

NPN

NO function XUYBCO989SN

XUYRCO989SN (receiver)

PNP/NPN

programmable NO / NC –

XUYECO989 (transmitter)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 500

100 / 500

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

(1) For 2 m pre-cabled version delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/34

Materials handing series - Analogue output

E

1
Application

E

System

Analogue output
Position control

Diffuse

High access gain for resistance
to accumulation of dirt

E
Diffuse

Thru-beam

Sensing distance

0.20...0.80 m

0.05...0.40 m

50 m

Fixing (mm)

fixing ctrs: 30 - 11P cable gland

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

2

Sensitivity adjustment

–

Potentiometer

Potentiometer

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

M/⊗

M/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25…+ 60 / IP 67

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

86 x 27 x 83

M18 x 95

M18 x 95

3

Sensors for DC applications
Connection
Transmitter / Receiver

Screw terminals

M12 connector

M12 connector

analogue 4-20 mA / 0-10 V

XUJK803538 (5)

–

–

analogue 4-20 mA

–

XU5M18AB20D

XU2M18AP20D (5)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

20…30

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

max: 20, min: 4 / 10000

max: 20, min: 4 / 20

100 / 30

g/⊗

g/⊗

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) g / ⊗

4

(5) With 3-wire PNP output.

5

G

F

Laser
class

Application

F

System

G

Laser
class

F

Laser
class

G

F

Diffuse, 0-10 V analogue output
Sensing distance 1
Sensing distance 2

Diffuse,
4-20 mA analogue output

Sensing distance

40...60 mm

45...85 mm

80...300 mm

Minimum size of object

1 mm

0.8 mm

1.5 x 3.5 mm

Fixing (mm)

direct: 3 M4 holes, fixing centres 40 mm

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C)

0…+ 45°

Product certification

CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

50 x 17 x 50

6

G

7

8

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection
Transmitter / Receiver

0…10 V

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

XUYPCO925L1ANSP

XUYPCO925L2ANSP

XUYPCO925L3ANSP

Supply voltage limits, min./max (V) including ripple

18…28

18…28

Switching capacity, max.

3 mA / 0…10 V analogue output

3 mA / 4…20 mA analogue output

Switching frequency (Hz)

40

40

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) g / ⊗

9

g/⊗

Accessories
Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors

Fixing, for XUYPCO925

10
M8 straight

M12 straight

M8 elbowed

M12 elbowed

2m

XZCP0941L2 XZCP1141L2

XZCP1041L2 XZCP1241L2

With protective cover

Simple

5m

XZCP0941L5 XZCP1141L5

XZCP1041L5 XZCP1241L5

XUY 9251-DF525567

XUY 925-DF525568
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/35

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors - Application
Packaging series

J

I

H

1
Application

H

System

2

3

H

Diffuse

H

(with teach mode)

Sensor with
plastic fibre optics (1)

Sensing distance

19 mm

18 mm

9 mm (2)

Fixing (mm)

direct: fixing centres 40 x 40

DIN rail

direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws

Sensitivity adjustment

Teach button

Teach button

Teach button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

M/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10…+ 55 / IP 65

0 … + 40 / IP 65

- 10…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certification

CE - cULus

CE - cULus

CE

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

50 x 15 x 50

30 x 13 x 60

96 x 31 x 64

Sensors for DC applications

Diffuse
(with teach mode)

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

M12 connector

M8 connector

M12 connector

XUKR1PSMM12

–

–

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

NO function

3-wire NPN

NO function

XUKR1NSMM12

–

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

–

–

XURK1KSMM12

NPN

NO function

XUYDCFCO966S

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 5000

100 / 20 k

200 / 10000

4

5

Contrast sensors

(1) Suitable fibre optics, to be ordered separately:
Sensing distance: 18 mm (L = 0.6 m: XUYFPDC61),
60 mm (L = 1 m: XUYFPDC101)
18 mm (L = 0.6 m / M8: XUYFPDCM861),
60 mm (L = 1 m / M8: XUYFPDCM8101).
(2) 7 mm with XURZ02; 18 mm with XURZ01.

I

System

6

7

Diffuse

J

I

J

(manual)

Lum. detection
via fibre optics

Sensing distance

0.02…0.08 m

dpg. on fibre & fitting (3) 0…1.4 m (4)

1.5 m

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

DIN rail

direct: fixing ctrs. 40 x 40

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

+/- numeric potentiometer Teach button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

Reflex (with teach mode)

M/⊗

(50 x 50 reflector included)
M18 x 1

P/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25…+ 55 / IP 67

0 … + 60 / IP 65

0…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certification

CE - CSA - UL

CE - cULus

CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

Ø 18 x 95

30 x 13 x 60

Ø 18 x 64

50 x 18 x 50

Sensors for DC applications

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

8

- 25…+ 55 / IP 65

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection
programmable NO / NC

–

–

XUBTAPSNL2 (5)

–

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC –

–

XUBTANSNL2 (5)

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC –

–

–

XUKT1KSML2

M12 connector

M8 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

XU5M18U1D

–

–

–

Connection
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

9

Detection of transparent materials

Luminescence sensors

Application

fonction NO

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC –

–

XUBTAPSNM12 (5)

–

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC –

–

XUBTANSNM12 (5)

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC –

XUYAFLCO966S

–

XUKT1KSMM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…32

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 1000

100 / 5

100 / 1000

100 / 1500

(3) Suitable fibre optics, to be ordered separately (usable Ø 1 mm): (L = 10 m: XUFZ910) (L = 20 m: XUFZ920) (L = 50 m: XUFZ950). End fittings see the fibre optic page
(4) 0…0.8 m for versions with 90° head, to order replace the 8e digit N by W. Example XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTAPSWL2
(5) Also available in stainless steel for food and beverage processing applications. To order, replace the letter A by S in the ref. Example: XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTSPSNL2.

10

Accessories
Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Lenses for colour mark

L = 5 m, without LED
M8 (or S) 4 pin
M12 (or D) 4 pin
M12
8 pin

Lens for 18 mm sensing distance

Wired, elbowed
XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
–

Wired, straight
XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XSZMCR03 (3 m)

Screw terminal
XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
–

XURZ01

Lens for 7 mm sensing distance

XURZ02

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/36

Packaging series

N

1
Application

Colour sensors

System

Diffuse

N
Diffuse

Detection of aqueous liquids

(with integral amplifier)

Thru-beam
infrared

Sensing distance

0.02 m

0.040...0.060 m

0.2 m (1)

Fixing (mm)

direct: fixing ctrs. 40x40

drct: fxg ctrs. 68x42, M5 screws

direct: fixing ctrs. 20

Sensitivity adjustment

Teach button

Teach button

Potentiometer

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

M/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 10…+ 55 / IP 65

- 10…+ 55 / IP 67

0…+ 40 / IP 65

Product certification

CE - cULus

CE

CE

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

50 x 25 x 50

80 x 30 x 57

47 x 13 x 33

Sensors for DC applications

2

3

(solid-state output: transistor)
M12 connector - 8 pin

Pre-cabled (2 m)

Pre-cabled (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

Connection
NO function

XUKC1PSMM12

XURC3PPML2

–

3-wire NPN

NO function

XUKC1NSMM12

XURC3NPML2

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC –

–

XUMW1KSNL2

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10.8…26.4

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 1500

100 / 1200

100 / 1000

4

(1) Nominal sensing distance 50 m. Use between 10 and 20 cm, depending on application.

5

Food/beverage processing series

6

Stainless steel version for resistance to harsh agents

System

Multimode (3)

Sensing distance

(4)

3/2m

0.15 / 0.10 m

20 / 15 m

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

Case M (metal)

M (stainless steel)

M (stainless steel)

M (stainless steel)

M (stainless steel)

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67

Ø 18 x 62

Ø 18 x 62

Ø 18 x 64

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)
Product certification

CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 18 x 64

Sensors for DC applications

Polarised relex (2)

Diffuse (2)

Thru-beam (2)

7

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC XUB0SPSNL2

XU9N18PP341

XU5N18PP341

XU2N18PP341

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC XUB0SNSNL2

XU9N18NP341

XU5N18NP341

XU2N18NP341

Connection

8

M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC XUB0SPSNM12

XU9N18PP341D

XU5N18PP341D

XU2N18PP341D

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC XUB0SNSNM12

XU9N18NP341D

XU5N18NP341D

XU2N18NP341D

Thru-beam transmitter accessory

pre-cabled (2 m)

XUB0SKSNL2T

–

–

connector

XUB0SKSNM12T

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…36

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 250

100 / 500

100 / 500

9

(2) Also available with 90° head. To order, add the letter W after the numbers 341 in the reference. Example: XU9N18PP341 becomes XU9N18PP341W or XU9N18PP341DW.
(3) 0…0.8 m for versions with 90° head, to order replace the 8e digit N by W. Example XUB0SPSNL2 becomes XUB0SPSWL2
(4) Background suppression: 0.12 m - Diffuse: 0.3 m - Reflex polarised: 2 m - Thru beam: 18 m

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/37

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors
with background suppression
P

K

1

Laser
class

Application

K

System

2

3

Laser
class

P

Background
suppression

K

Diffuse with background suppression
Sensing distance 1
Sensing distance 2

Sensing distance

1.5…80 mm

10…60 mm

30…110 mm

Minium size of object

–

0.3 mm

0.7 mm

Fixing (mm)

2 x Ø 3 holes / fxg. ctrs. 14.5

direct: 2 M3 holes, fixing centres 24 mm

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

Teach mode

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67

- 20…+ 60°C / IP 67

Product certification

CE - cULus

CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

32 x 13 x 20

35.8 x 12 x 20

Sensors for DC applications

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

M8 connector (1) - 4 Pin

M8 connector- 4 Pin

M8 connector- 4 Pin

PNP

NO function

XUYPSCO989SP

–

–

NPN

NO function

XUYPSCO989SN

–

–

PNP

programmable NO / NC

–

XUYPSCO929L1SP

XUYPSCO929L2SP

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 500

100 / 1000

100 / 1000

g/⊗

g/⊗

Transmitter / Receiver

4

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) g / ⊗

(1) For 2 m pre-cabled connection delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.

5
L
M

6

Laser
class

Application

M

System

7

8

Background
suppression

Background
suppression, 2 chnls.

Sensing distance

50…300 mm

50…600 mm

Minimum size of object

0.5 mm

–

Fixing (mm)

direct: 2 M4 holes, ctrs. 54 mm

2 x Ø 4 holes, fixing ctrs. 54

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 50 / IP 65

0…+ 60 / IP 40

Product certification

CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

60 x 18 x 60

Sensors for DC applications

60 x 18 x 60

(solid-state output: transistor). Sensors with overload and short-circuit protection

Connection

M8 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP / NPN

9

L

programmable NO / NC XUYPS1LCO965S

XUYPS2CO945S

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 5000

100 / 370

Accessories
Pre-wired connectors
M8 (4 pin)

10
Straight

M12 (4 pin)

Straight

Elbowed

2m

XZCP0941L2

XZCP1041L2

5m

XZCP0941L5

XZCP1041L5

7/8" (5 pin)

Straight

Elbowed

2m

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1241L2

2m

Straight
XZCP1764L2

5m

XZCP1141L5

XZCP1241L5

5m

XZCP1764L5

Elbowed
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/38

New
Q

1
Objets sur convoyeur

Application

Q

System

Diffuse
with adjustable background suppression

Sensing distance

0…1 m

1.2 m

2m

Fixing (mm)

direct:

M30 x 1.5 or M5,

direct: fixing ctrs. 30/38

fixing ctrs. 40 x 40

fixing ctrs. 30

to 40/50/74 M5 screw

Sensitivity adjustment

–

Potentiometer

–

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67, Nema 4X

- 25...+ 55 / IP 67

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25…+ 55 / IP 65
Product certification

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

50 x 18 x 50

95 x 45 x 44

92 x 30,5 x 71

Sensors for DC applications

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

Connection
Transmitter / Receiver

3

(solid-state output: transistor). Sensors with overload and short-circuit protection

Connection
Transmitter / Receiver

2

XUK8AKSNL2

Screw terminals
XUC8AKSNL2 (3)

XUX8AKSAT16 (3)

XUC8AKSNM12 (3)

XUX8AKSAM12

M12 connector
3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC XUK8AKSNM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…36

10…38

10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 250

100 / 500

100 / 150

4

5

6
Système

Diffuse
with adjustable background suppression

Sensing distance

70…120 mm

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

1.2 m
M30 x 1.5 or M5, fixing ctrs. 30

2m
direct: fixing ctrs. 30/38

Sensitivity adjustment

Potentiometer

Potentiometer

–

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

M/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 55°C / IP 67

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67, Nema 4X

- 25...+ 55 / IP 67

7

to 40/50/74 M5 screw

Product certification

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA

CE - UL - CSA

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

M18 x 82

95 x 45 x 44

92 x 30,5 x 71

8

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
Transmitter / Receiver

AC/DC

Cable L = 2m

Cable 2m / Connector 7/8"

Screw terminals

NO function

XU8M18MA230

–

–

programmable NO / NC

–

XUC8ARCTL2 / XUC8ARCTU78

XUX8ARCTT16

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

20…264

20…264

20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

200 / 25

3000 / 20

3000 / 20

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

(2) / ⊗

–

–

9

(2) Sensor not short-circuit protected. Therefore, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/39

OsiSense XU

Photo-electric sensors, fibre optic
Amplifier

1
+/- potentiometer

2

Teach

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail or direct: fixing centres 25, M3 screws

Sensitivity adjustment

+/- numeric potentiometer

using teach mode

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

- 10…+ 55 / IP 65 (1)

0…+ 60 / IP 65

- 10…+ 55 / IP 65 (1)

5

+/- numeric potentiometer using teach mode
P / ⊗ and 4-digit display

Product certification

CE - cULus

CE - cULus - cURus

CE - cULus

CE - cULus - cURus

Dimensions (mm) L x H x W

60 x 30 x 13

65 x 40 x 10

60 x 30 x 13

65 x 40 x 10

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

4

Teach + Timer

Depending on fibre used, plastic only

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0…+ 60 / IP 65

3

Teach + Timer

Max. / usable sensing distance

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

References

3-wire PNP programmable

NO / NC

–

XUDA1PSML2

–

XUDA2PSML2

Amplifier

3-wire NPN programmable

NO / NC

–

XUDA1NSML2

–

XUDA2NSML2

References

3-wire PNP programmable

NO / NC

–

XUDA1PSMM8

–

XUDA2PSMM8

Amplifier

3-wire NPN programmable

NO / NC

–

–

XUDA2NSMM8

3-wire PNP/NPN programmable

NO / NC

XUDA1NSMM8
XUYAFVCO966S (Glass) –
XUYAFPCO966S (Plastic) –

XUYAFVCO946S (Glass) –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

10…30

10.8...26.4

10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 1000

100 / 1000

100 / 1000 time delayable 100 / 1000 time delayable

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g/⊗

g/⊗

g/⊗

Connection

M8 connector - 4 Pin

XUYAFPCO946S (Plastic) –
10.8...26.4
g/⊗

(1) IP 65 with Ø 1 fibre/ IP 64 with Ø 0.5 fibre.

Ecofibre system, assemble your own plastic fibres

6
Fibre Ø 1 mm

Length = 10 m

Length = 20 m

Length = 50 m

References

XUFZ910

XUFZ920

XUFZ950

7
End fittings

8

Sensing distance (mm)

70

200

800

Type

with threaded end

with plain end fitting,

with plain end fitting, with threaded end

1200

4000
with threaded end

90° mirror, with

fitting

Ø 3, L = 9 mm

Ø 3, L = 9 mm

fitting

threaded end fitting
M6 x 1, L = 3 to 10 mm

fitting

1200

Thread

M8 x 1, L = 10 mm

–

–

M6 x 1, L = 10 mm

M6 x 1, L = 10 mm

Lens

yes

no

yes

yes

yes

yes

References

XUYA110

XUYA210

XUYA211

XUYA212

XUYA212

XUYA220

Accessories

9

For thru-beam system plastic fibre optics

For all system plastic fibre optics

Plug-in pre-wired female connectors

Lenses

Fibre trimmer

Cable length 5 m, without LED

For increasing
sensing distance (pair) XUFZ01

For trimming fibres to
length (included with
all fibre optics)

pre-wired, elbowed

pre-wired, straight

XUFZ11

With 90° mirror
(pair)

10

XUFZ02

Fixing clamp with lens (set of 2)

Protective metal tubing

Front screw fixing

Length 1 m, for fibres

for fibre optics
XUFZ920

with threaded end fittings
XUFZ04

For M4 thread

XUFZ210

For M6 thread

XUFZ310

XZCP1041L5

XZCP0941L5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/40

Plastic fibre optic light guides (length 2 m)

1

Long range fibres
M4 / M2.6 (1)

with integrated lens

Long range fibres

Flexible fibres

M8 / L = 20 mm

M4 / M2.6 (1)

M4 / M2.6 (1)

M4 / L = 90 mm

M3 / M2.6 (1)

200 or 1500 (2)

180

50 or 1000 (2)

2500

300 or 2000 (2)

100 or 750 (2)

Fibre Ø (mm)

Ø1

Ø1

Ø 0.5

Ø1

Ø 1.5

Ø1

Sheath Ø (mm)

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø1

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Temperature range (°C)

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

References

XUFN12301

XUFN12311

XUFN35301

XUFN2L01L2

XUFN2P01L2

XUFN2S01L2

Fixing

M4 x 0.7

M4 x 0.7

M3 x 0.5

M8 x 1.25

M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7

M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7

System

Thru-beam

Sensing distance (mm)
Fibre cross-section

2

(1) Can be used with 90° mirror XUFZ02 (see preceding page).
(2) With lens accessory XUFZ01 (see preceding page)

M6

System

Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm)

70

M4 / M6

M6/L = 90 mm

M4 / M2.6

60

60

15

3

4

Fibre cross-section
Fibre Ø (mm)

Ø1

Ø 1+16 Ø 0.265

Ø1

Ø 0.5 + 4 Ø 0.23

Sheath Ø (mm)

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø1x2

Temperature range (°C)

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

References

XUFN05321

XUFN05323

XUFN05331

XUFN02323

Fixing

M6 x 0.75

M6 x 0.75 / M4 x 0.7

M6 x 0.75

M4 x 0.7

5

Long range fibres
M4 / L = 90 mm

System

Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm)

18

M4 / M2.6

M6 / L = 15 mm

18

95

6

Fibre cross-section
Fibre Ø (mm)

Ø 0.5

Ø 0.5

Ø 1.5

Sheath Ø (mm)

Ø1x2

Ø1x2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Temperature range (°C)

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

References

XUFN01331

XUFN01321

XUFN5P01L2

Fixing

M4 x 0.7

M4 x 0.7

M6 x 0.75

7

Glass fibre optic light guides (length 0.6 m)

M4

M4 / Ø 2.5 x 89

M4

System

Thru-beam

Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm)

200

80

M4 / Ø 2.5 x 89

8

M4

9

Fibre cross- section
End fitting

Straight

Fibre Ø (mm)

1

1

Sheath Ø (mm)

2.2

2.2

Temperature range (°C)

PVC sheath: - 25…+ 60 / Metal wound: - 25…+ 120 / Flexible stainless steel: - 25…+ 200

References

Adaptable

Straight

Adaptable

90°

10

PVC sheath

XUYFVERSD61

XUYFVERSC61

XUYFVPSD61

XUYFVPSC61

XUYFVPSL61

Metal wound

XUYFVERMD61

XUYFVERSC61

XUYFVPMD61

XUYFVPMC61

XUYFVPML61

Flexible stnl. steel

XUYFVERTD61

XUYFVERTC61

XUYFVPTD61

XUYFVPTC61

XUYFVPTL61

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/41

OsiSense XX

Ultrasonic sensors
Detection of any material

1

2

Mini flat

Flat

Combined
multi-fixing

Nominal sensing distance Sn

10 cm

25 cm

50 cm

Operating zone (cm)

0.62…10.2

5.1…25.4

5.1…50.8

–

–

–

Sensitivity adjustment

Fixed

Fixed

Adjustable using

Case P (plastic)

P

P

Product certification

CE

CE

CE

Temperature range (°C)

- 20…+ 65

0…+ 50

- 20…+ 65

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

33 x 19 x 7.6

74 x 30 x 16

M 18 / 18 x 33 x 60

remote control

3

4

Sensors with “Discrete” output for DC applications (24 V)
Connection
3-wire
4-wire

5

M12 on 0.15 m flying lead

M12 connector

PNP

NO function

XX7F1A2PAL01M12

XX7K1A2PAM12

XX7V1A1PAM12

NPN

NO function

XX7F1A2NAL01M12

XX7K1A2NAM12

XX7V1A1NAM12

PNP/NPN

NO function

–

–

–

PNP

NO + NC function

–

–

–

NPN

NO + NC function

–

–

–

2 emptying levels

PNP NO function

–

–

–

2 filling levels

PNP NO function

–

–

–

Application - monitoring levels

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

6

7

10…28

Switching capacity, max. (mA)

<100

Short-circuit protection (g)

g

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

<1

Switching frequency (Hz)

100

80

40

Transmission frequency (Hz)

500

500

300

Sensors with “Analogue” output for DC applications (24 V)
Connection
4-wire

8

P

Analogue

–

M12 connector

0…10 V output

–

XX9V1A1F1M12

4…20 mA output

–

XX9V1A1C2M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple

–

10…28

Short-circuit protection (g)

–

g

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

–

⊗/⊗

Transmission frequency (Hz)

–

300

Accessories

9

Fixings
3D fixings with ball joint

Simple fixings
Bracket with ball joint for
cylindrical sensors

M12 rod for
ball joint

Fixing support for
M12 rod

10
3D kit example

for
Ø 12 XUZB2012
Ø 18 XUZB2003
Ø 30 XUZB2030

XUZ2001

XUZ2003

90° fixing brackets

Mounting plates for XX7K

for
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30
XX7F

flat
cranked

XXZ12
XUZA118
XXZ30
XXZ1933

XXZ3074F
XXZ3074S

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/42

New

1
M12

M18

M30

M30
Long range

5 or 10 cm

15 or 50 cm

1m

1m

2m

8m

depending on model

depending on model

0.64…5.1 (XX512A1…) 1.9…15.2 (XX518A1…)

10…100

5.1…99.1

12…200

20.3…800

0.64…10.2 (XX512A2…) 5.1…50.8 (XX518A3…)

–

–

–

Fixed

Adjustable using

P

P

P

P

CE

CE

CE

CE

- 20…+ 65

0…+ 50 (XX518A1…) / - 20…+ 65 (XX518A3…)

0…+ 70

0…+ 70

IP 67

IP 65

M30 x 78

M30 x 85

Adjustable using

remote control

teach mode

IP 67
M12 x 50

M18 x 65

M8 connector

M12 connector

2

3

- 20…+ 60
M30 x 106

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m) M12 connector

4

M12 connector

XX512A2PAM8 (10 cm) XX518A3PAM12 (50 cm) XX518A3PAL2

XX6V3A1PAM12

–

–

–

XX512A2NAM8 (10 cm) XX518A3NAM12 (50 cm) XX518A3NAL2

XX6V3A1NAM12

–

–

–

XX512A1KAM8 (5 cm)

XX518A1KAM12 (15 cm) –

–

XX630A1KAM12

–

–

–

–

–

–

XX630A1PCM12 (1)

–

XX630A3PCM12

–

–

–

–

XX630A1NCM12 (1)

–

XX630A3NCM12

–

XX218A3PHM12 (3)

–

–

XX230A10PA00M12 (2) XX230A20PA00M12 (2) –

–

XX218A3PFM12 (3)

–

–

XX230A11PA00M12 (2) XX230A21PA00M12 (2) –

⊗ / ⊗ except XX518A1.. (- / -)

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

125

40 / 80 (XX518A1..)

70

10

2

500

300

180

200

75

5

10...28
<100
g
⊗/⊗

6

<1

7

M12 connector
–

XX918A3F1M12

–

XX9V3A1F1M12

XX930A1A1M12 (1)

–

–

XX918A3C2M12

–

XX9V3A1C2M12

XX930A1A2M12 (1)

–

XX930A3A1M12
XX930A3A2M12

–

10…28

–

10…28

10…28

–

10…28

–

g

–

g

g

–

g

–

⊗/⊗

–

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

–

⊗/⊗

–

300

–

180

200

–

75

8

(1) Stainless steel 303 version also available. To order, replace the first letter A in the reference by S. Example: XX630A1PCM12 becomes XX630S1PCM12.
(2) 2 NO
(3) 1 NO

Programming
Remote control

Suitable female plug-in connectors

teach button for use with

Pre-wired connectors

Other connectors

elbowed

screw terminal

straight

9

sensors XXp18A3ppp,
XXpV1ppp and XXpV3ppp

10
L = 5 m (without LED)
M8
XXZPB100

M12

for XX512A1…

XZCP1041L5

XZCP0941L5

XZCC8FCM40V

for XX512A2…

XZCP0666L5

XZCP0566L5

XZCC8FCM30V

for all sensors except XX512...

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1141L5

XZCC12FCM40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/43

OsiSense XCC

Opto-electronic rotary encoders
Incremental

1

2

3

Diameter of housing (mm)

Ø 40

Ø 40

Ø 58

Ø 58

Ø 58
Parametrable

Ø 90

Shaft Ø (mm)

Ø6

Ø6

Ø6

Ø 10

Ø 14 (1)

Ø 12

Type of shaft (2)

solid shaft

through shaft

solid shaft

solid shaft

through shaft

solid shaft

Maximum rotational speed (rpm)

9000

9000

9000

9000

6000

6000

Maximum frequency (kHz)

100

100

300

300

300

100

Maximum load (daN)

2

2

10

10

5

20

Torque (N.cm)

0.2

0.25

0.4

0.4

0.6

1

Product certification

CE

CE

CE

CE

CE

CE

Temperature range (°C)

- 20…+ 80

- 20…+ 80

- 30…+ 100

- 30…+ 100

- 30…+ 70

- 20…+ 80

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 54

IP 52

IP 65 / IP 67 (3)

IP 65 / IP 67 (3)

IP 65

IP 66

Supply voltage

4.5…5.5 V

4.5…5.5 V

4.75…30 V

4.75…30 V

4.75…30 V

4.5…5.5 V

11…30 V

11…30 V

5…30 V

5…30 V

5…30 V

11…30 V

5 V, RS 422
Push-pull

Connection

4

100

500
1000
1024
2500

6

3600
256…4096
5000

7

360…5760
500…8000
10 000

8

1024…16 384
5000…80 000

9

M23 male connector, radial

Resolution (Points) Output stage

360

5

Pre-cabled (2 m), radial
5 V, RS 422

XCC1406PR01R

XCC1406TR01R

XCC1506PS01X

XCC1510PS01X

–

XCC1912PS01RN

Push-pull

XCC1406PR01K

XCC1406TR01K

XCC1506PS01Y

XCC1510PS01Y

–

XCC1912PS01KN

5 V, RS 422

XCC1406PR03R

XCC1406TR03R

XCC1506PS03X

XCC1510PS03X

–

XCC1912PS03RN

Push-pull

XCC1406PR03K

XCC1406TR03K

XCC1506PS03Y

XCC1510PS03Y

–

XCC1912PS03KN

5 V, RS 422

XCC1406PR05R

XCC1406TR05R

XCC1506PS05X

XCC1510PS05X

–

XCC1912PS05RN

Push-pull

XCC1406PR05K

XCC1406TR05K

XCC1506PS05Y

XCC1510PS05Y

–

XCC1912PS05KN

5 V, RS 422

XCC1406PR10R

XCC1406TR10R

XCC1506PS10X

XCC1510PS10X

–

XCC1912PS10RN

Push-pull

XCC1406PR10K

XCC1406TR10K

XCC1506PS10Y

XCC1510PS10Y

–

XCC1912PS10KN

5 V, RS 422

XCC1406PR11R

XCC1406TR11R

XCC1506PS11X

XCC1510PS11X

–

XCC1912PS11RN

Push-pull

XCC1406PR11K

XCC1406TR11K

XCC1506PS11Y

XCC1510PS11Y

–

XCC1912PS11KN

5 V, RS 422

–

–

XCC1506PS25X

XCC1510PS25X

–

XCC1912PS25RN

Push-pull

–

–

XCC1506PS25Y

XCC1510PS25Y

–

XCC1912PS25KN

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

–

XCC1912PS36RN

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

–

XCC1912PS36KN

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM02X

–

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM02Y

–

5 V, RS 422

–

–

XCC1506PS50X

XCC1510PS50X

–

XCC1912PS50RN

Push-pull

–

–

XCC1506PS50Y

XCC1510PS50Y

–

XCC1912PS50KN

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM03X

–

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM03Y

–

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM05X

–

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM05Y

–

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

–

XCC1912PS00RN

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

–

XCC1912PS00KN

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM11X

–

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM11Y

–

5 V, RS 422

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM50X

–

Push-pull

–

–

–

–

XCC1514TSM50Y

–

Bore diameter

Bore diameter

Reference

(encoder side)

(machine side)

6 mm

6 mm

XCCRAR0606

6 mm

8 mm

XCCRAR0608

6 mm

10 mm

XCCRAR0610

10 mm

10 mm

XCCRAR1010

10 mm

12 mm

XCCRAR1012

6 mm

6 mm

XCCRAE0606

Accessories
Shaft couplings
with spring

10
elastic

Fixing brackets
Plain bracket

Bracket with play compensator

for Ø 58 mm

XCCRE5SN

for Ø 90 mm

XCCRE9SN

for Ø 58 mm

XCCRE5RN

for Ø 90 mm

XCCRE9RN

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/44

Absolute
- single turn

Absolute
- multiturn

Communicating
multiturn absolute

1
Diameter of housing (mm)

Ø 58

Ø 90

Ø 58

Ø 90

Ø 58
CANopen

Ø 58
PROFIBUS-DP

Shaft Ø (mm)

Ø6

Type of shaft (2)

solid shaft

Ø 12

Ø 10

Ø 12

Ø 10

Ø 10

solid shaft

solid shaft

solid shaft

solid shaft (4)

Maximum rotational speed (rpm)

solid shaft (4)

9000

6000

6000

6000

6000

6000

Maximum frequency (kHz)

100

100 (1000 SSI)

100 (500 SSI)

100 (500 SSI)

800

800

Maximum load (daN)

10

20

10

20

11

11

Torque (N.cm)

0.4

1

0.4

1

0.3

0.3

Product certification

CE

CE

CE

CE

CE

CE

Temperature range (°C)

- 20…+ 90

- 20…+ 85

- 20…+ 85

- 20…+ 85

- 40…+ 85

- 40…+ 85

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 65

IP 66

IP 65 / IP 67 (3)

IP 66

IP 64

IP 64

Supply voltage

11…30 V
2 x M12 + 1 x Pg 9

3 x Pg 9

Connection
Resolution

M23 male connector, radial
Output stage

… 8192 points Push-pull
SSI, 13-bit

2

3

Code
Binary

XCC2506PS81KB

XCC2912PS81KBN –

–

–

–

Gray

XCC2506PS81KGN

XCC2912PS81KGN –

–

–

–

Binary

XCC2506PS81SBN XCC2912PS81SBN –

–

–

–

Gray

XCC2506PS81SGN

XCC2912PS81SGN –

–

–

–

–

–

XCC3510PS48SGN –

–

–

4

4096 points /
8192 turns

SSI, 25-bit (5)

Gray

8192 points /

SSI, 25-bit (5)

Binary

4096 turns

Gray

8192 points /

CANopen,

4096 turns

25-bit

5

XCC3510PS84SBN XCC3912PS84SBN
–

–

XCC3510PS84SGN XCC3912PS84SGN

Binary

–

–

XCC3510PS84CB

–

–

–

–

XCC3510PV84FB

PROFIBUS-DP,
25-bit

Binary

–

–

(1) Anti-rotation device included with through shaft version encoders. To achieve Ø 6, 8, 10 or 12 mm through shafts, use the reduction collars.

6

(2) All versions are also available with through shaft and anti-rotation device.
(3) IP 67 with sealed collar XCCRB3.
(4) Versions available with hollow shaft and anti-rotation device.
(5) “Parallel” outputs possible for multiturn absolute encoders using derserialisation jumper cables XCCRM23SUB37pp.

7

8

Reduction collars

Pre-wired connectors and jumper cables

For Ø 58 mm incremental encoders with through shaft

Pre-wired M23 female connectors (cable length 5 m)

9

Ø 14 to Ø 6 mm

XCCR158RDA06

8-wire for SSI encoders

XCCPM23122L5

Ø 14 to Ø 8 mm

XCCR158RDA08

10-wire for incremental encoders

XCCPM23121L5

Ø 14 to Ø 10 mm

XCCR158RDA10

16-wire for parallel single turn absolute encoders

XCCPM23161L5

Ø 14 to Ø 12 mm

XCCR158RDA12

IP 67 sealed collar

10

Deserialisation jumper cables (M23 F - SUB-D37 M) (L = 0.5 m)

For encoders XCC1510, 2510, 3510
Ø 58 mm

XCCRB3

SSI Gray - // Gray PNP

XCCRM23SUB37PG

SSI binary - // binary NPN

XCCRM23SUB37PB

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/45

OsiSense XG

Radio frequency identification
13.56 MHz RFID
Presentation
OsiSense XG is open to the majority of ISO 18000-3, ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 electronic tags.
OsiSense XG integrates Modbus RTU, Uni-Telway, Modbus TCP/IP (using Ethernet box XGSZ33ETH) and
Profibus DP (with box XGSZ33PDP) protocols.
The OsiSense XG RFID offer comprises:

1

- 2 models of 13.56 MHz compact stations (read/write)
- 6 models of 13.56 MHz electronic tags
- 1 portable RFID diagnostics terminal
- 3 models of network connection boxes plus connection and mounting accessories.

Setting-up
OsiSense XG compact stations are simple to set-up:

2

- Integrated RFID and network functions
- No programming
- Automatic detection of the RFID electronic tags (read or write)
- Automatic setting of the communication parameters (speed, format, parity, protocol, etc.)
- Configuration of the network address (1 to 15) using badge included with the station
- Low sensitivity to metal environments.

3

Installation
OsiSense XG stations easily integrate in flexible manufacturing production lines:
- quick connection using M12 connector
- screw fixing or clip-on mounting.

4

5

6

Compact stations, 13.56 MHz

D format

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

Nominal sensing distance depending on tag (mm)

18 to 70

20 to 100

Type of associated tag

ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 standard tags. Automatic detection of the type of tag.

Display

1 dual colour LED for the communication network, 1 dual colour LED for the RFID communication

Conformity to standards

CE, EN 301489-1, EN 301489-3, ETS 300330-1 and ETS 300330-2, FCC part 15 - UL

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 67

Serial link

7

C format

Type

RS 485

Protocol

Modbus and Uni-Telway

Speed (Bauds)

9600…115 200 (automatic detection)

Ambient air temperature (°C)

For operation: - 25…+ 70 °C, for storage: - 40…+ 85 °C

Nominal supply voltage

24 VDC PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage)

Connection

M12, 5-pin male, shielded connector on flying lead. Only for connection to the communication network and the supply

References

XGCS4901201

Electronic tags

C format

XGCS8901201

8
ISO badge

Disc

E format

Cylindrical

54 x 85.5 x 0.8

Ø 30 x 3

26 x 26 x 13

M18 x 1 x 12
256

(1)

9

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D

40 x 40 x 15

Type of memory

EEPROM
3 408

13 632

256

112

256

Nominal sensing distance (mm)

With station XGCS49p

33

30

70

48

40

18

(Read/Write)

With station XGCS89p

48

40

100

65

55

20

Time (ms)

Read

9.25 + 0.375 x n (2) 16.25 + 0.375 x n (2) 12 + 0.825 x n (2)

Write

13 + 0.8 x n (2)

20 + 11.8 x n (2) 12 + 5.6 x n (2)

20 + 11.8 x n (2)

19 + 4.1 x n (2)

IP 65

IP 68

Memory capacity (bytes)

10

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

20 + 0.8 x n (2)

IP 68

Standard supported

ISO 14443

ISO 15693

Mounting on metal support

Yes

No

References

XGHB444345

(1) Customised versions on request.

XGHB445345

XGHB90E340

XGHB320345

Yes

No

XGHB221346

XGHB211345

(2) n = number of 16-bit words.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/46

New

1
Connection boxes

Ethernet box

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D

130 x 80 x 51

Protocols

Modbus TCP/IP

Profibus box

Tap-off box

Profibus DP

Modbus, Uni-Telway

130 x 80 x 51

Supply voltage

24 VDC PELV. M12, 4-pin male, A coding, connector

Conformity to standards

CE - UL

Station connection

M12, 5-pin female, A coding, connector

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 65

References

XGSZ33ETH

CE

2

CE - UL

XGSZ33PDP

TCSAMT31FP

3

4

Terminal

Portable 13.56 MHz RFID diagnostics terminal

Dimensions (mm), W x H x P

120 x 250 x 62

5

Function

Read/Write operations on electronic tags and diagnostics on compact stations

Operating system

Microsoft® Windows CE.NET Professional® version 4.2

Conformity to standards

CE, FCC class A, Part 15225

Display

72 x 54 mm colour touchscreen; QVGA TFT, 320 x 240 pixels resolution

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 65

Memory

64 Mb SDRAM

RAM
Storage

6

Internal Compact Flash (512 Mb standard, expandable to 128 Mb) + Slot for Compact Flash card

Reference

XGSTP401 (Battery, battery charger, carrying case and 3 styluses included with terminal)

7
Connection accessories
for Modbus network
Description

Application

for Profibus

for Ethernet

Modbus connecting

Pre-wired connector

Modbus connecting

Profibus connecting

Ethernet ConneXium Pre-wired

Pre-wired connector “T” connector
Network M12

cable M12 connec-

M12 male / Bare

cable M12 female /

cables M12 connec-

connecting cable

supply connector

“T” connector

tors Male / Female

wires

Mini-DIN 8

tors Male / Female

M12 male / RJ 45

M12 female

1 male / 2 female

RS485 connection

Connection between

Connection between

Connection between

Connection between

24 VDC supply to

For RS 485 network

between a compact sta-

a Modbus box and a

a Modbus box and

Profibus box and

an Ethernet box and

connection boxes

Profibus network

the Ethernet network

tion and a Modbus box or Modbus / Uni-Telway a PLC

8

9

between 2 Modbus boxes network
L=2m

TCSMCN1M1F2

TCSMCN1F2

TCSMCN1F9M2P

FTXDP1220

TCSECL1M3M3S2 (3) XGSZ09L2

L=5m

TCSMCN1M1F5

TCSMCN1F5

–

FTXDP1250

TCSECL1M3M5S2

XGSZ09L5

TCSCTN011M11F

(3) L = 3 m

Field expander

RS232/RS485 converter

To be associated with a compact station XGCS4901201 for conveying
and handling applications

Technical documentation

For connecting a PC to
an OsiSense XG station

OsiSense XG compact
stations guide

New
50 x 400 mm
XGFEC540

250 x 250 mm
XGFEC2525

XGSZ24

DIA4ED3051001
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/47

10

Harmony
Tried-and-tested throughout the entire world and
characterised by extreme robustness, groomed
ergonomics and maximum installation simplicity,
the Harmony control and signalling ranges provide
the ideal solution for your varying application
requirements due to an offer that is unmatched in
its extensiveness.

Rely on the expertise and know-how
of the worldwide leader in operator
dialogue components
Our extensive ranges of Harmony and
Magelis Human/Machine Interfaces
guarantee simple integration and
efficient configuration of your dialogue
applications.

HMI Magelis
A complete, robust and scalable HMI offer
from Panels to Industrial PCs, to answer
your needs in a wide range of applications.
Thanks to its added value capacities, the
Magelis range, ensures the availability of
your installation.

Operator dialog
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Control and signalling units
Pushbuttons, switches, pilot lights & control stations
Ø 16, plastic bezel, Harmony XB6 .............................................................................. 2/2 to 2/4
Ø 8 & 12, pilot lights, Harmony XVL ..................................................................................... 2/5
Ø 22, metal bezel, Harmony XB4 / Control stations Harmony XAP ........................... 2/6 to 2/9
Ø 22, plastic bezel, Harmony XB5 / Control stations Harmony XAL ..................... 2/10 to 2/13
Ø 22, plastic bezel - Monolithic, Harmony XB7 ....................................................... 2/14 to 2/15
Ø 30, metal and plastic bezel, Harmony 9001K, 9001SK ....................................... 2/16 to 2/19

3

4

Cam switches
Harmony K series ................................................................................................... 2/20 to 2/21

Signalling solutions
Ø 40, 60, 100 mm monolithic tower lights, Harmony XVC .................................................. 2/22
Ø 45 mm monolithic beacons and tower lights, accessories, Harmony XVDLS / XVC ....... 2/23
Ø 70 mm modular tower lights (IP 66), Harmony XVB ........................................................ 2/24
Ø 70 mm modular tower lights (up to IP 54), Harmony XVE ............................................... 2/25
Ø 45, 50 mm modular tower lights (up to IP 54), Harmony XVM / XVP .............................. 2/26
Modular tower lights accessories, Harmony XV .................................................................. 2/27
Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating mirror beacons, Harmony XVR ....................................... 2/28
Rotating mirrors accessories and sound solutions, Harmony XVR / XVS ........................... 2/29

5

6

Components for hoisting applications
Pendant control stations, Harmony XAC ................................................................. 2/30 to 2/31

7

Human/Machine Interfaces
Display units, terminals, Industrial PCs
Small Panels, Magelis STO/STU, XBT N / R / RT.................................................... 2/32 to 2/34
Advanced Panels, Magelis XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH ................................................ 2/35 to 2/39
HMI Controllers, Compact Magelis XBT GC ........................................................................ 2/40
PC Panels, Magelis Smart, Magelis Compact iPC ............................................................ 2/41
Embedded Box and PC Box, Magelis Smart BOX, Compact BOX & Flex PC BOX .......... 2/42
Front Panels, for Flex PC BOX ............................................................................................. 2/43
Industrial Display, Magelis iDisplay ..................................................................................... 2/43

8

Configuration software

9

For Magelis XBT N / R / RT,
Vijeo Designer Lite ....................................................................................................... 2/44
For Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH, Magelis Smart, Compact iPC, PC BOX,
Vijeo Designer .............................................................................................................. 2/45

10
Dialog operator for Explosive atmospheres
See Chapter 10 “Explosive atmospheres”

2/1

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16
with plastic bezel

XB6

Contact functions and light functions
with integral LED
(1):

1

Voltage

Letter (p)

12…24 V AC/DC (15 mA)

B

48…120 V AC (25 mA)

G

230…240 V AC (25 mA)

M

=

+

+

Illuminated pushbuttons

2

Type of head

Flush push

Shape of head

rectangular (2)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

3

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II
+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push

Spring return
Complete products

Products for user assembly

12 … 24 V AC/DC
References

4

5

white

N/O

XB6 DW1B1B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW1B5B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW1

N/O

XB6 DW3B1B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW3B5B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW3

red

N/C

XB6 DW4B2B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DW4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW4B5B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW4

yellow

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW5

XB6 DW5B5B

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW5

green

N/C + N/O
Type of push
References

Latching
white

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF1B5B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF1

N/O

XB6 DF3B1B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF3B5B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF3

red

N/C

XB6 DF4B2B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DF4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF4B5B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF4

yellow

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF5

N/C + N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF5

green

6

7

=
8

+

Pilot lights
Type of head

Smooth lens cap

Shape of head

rectangular (2)
Complete products

Products for user assembly

12 … 24 V AC/DC

9

10

References

white

XB6 DV1BB

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 DV1

green

XB6 DV3BB

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 DV3

red

XB6 DV4BB

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 DV4

yellow

XB6 DV5BB

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 DV5

blue

–

ZB6 Ep6B (1)

ZB6 DV6

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 CW1B1B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 AW1B1B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/2

Contact functions

=

1

+

Pushbuttons
Type of head

Flush push

Shape of head

rectangular (1)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

2

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II
+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (2)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push

Spring return
Complete products

References

white
black
green
red

3

Products for user assembly

N/O

XB6 DA11B

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA15B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA1

N/O

–

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA2

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA25B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA2

N/O

XB6 DA31B

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DA3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA35B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA3

N/O

–

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA45B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA4

4

5

(1) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 CA11B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 AA11B).
(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

6

7

=

+

+

Ø 30 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (3)

8

Type of head

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

Shape of head

cylindrical

Type of push

Turn to release
Complete products

Products for user assembly

9
References

red

2 N/C + 1 N/O

Type of push
References

XB6 AS8349B

ZB6 E2B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 AS834

ZB6 E2B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 AS934

Key release, Ronis 200
red

2 N/C + 1 N/O

XB6 AS9349B

(3) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to
standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/3

10

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16
with plastic bezel

XB6

Contact functions and light functions
with integral LED

1

=

+

Selector switches and key switches

2

Type of head

Black handle

Shape of head

rectangular (2)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

3

IP 66 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II
+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of operator

Black handle
Complete products

Number and type of positions

4

Products for user assembly

60°

2 positions
stay put

References

45°

2 positions
spring return to centre

N/O

XB6 DD221B

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DD22

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DD24

N/C + N/O

XB6 DD225B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD22

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD24

Number and type of positions

60° 60°

3 positions

References

60°

2 positions
stay put

N/O

3 positions

stay put

stay put

XB6 DD235B

ZB6 Z5B

5

60°

60°

ZB6 DD23

=
Type of operator

3 positions

45°

45°

spring return to centre
ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD25

+

Ronis key, n° 200
Complete products

Products for user assembly

6
Number and type of positions
References

N/C + N/O

Number and type of positions

7

70°

2 positions
stay put

stay put

XB6 DGC5B

ZB6 Z5B
70° 70°

3 positions

References

N/C + N/O

70°

2 positions

spring return to centre
ZB6 DGC

3 positions

stay put

stay put

XB6 DGH5B

ZB6 Z5B

45°

2 positions

70°

70°

ZB6 Z5B
3 positions

ZB6 DGB
45°

45°

spring return to centre
ZB6 DGH

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DGS

(1):

8

Voltage

Letter (p)

12…24 V AC/DC (15 mA)

B

48…120 V AC (25 mA)

G

230…240 V AC (25 mA)

M

=

+

+

Illuminated selector switches

9

Type of operator

Coloured handle
Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions
References

10

2 positions

60°

3 positions

stay put

stay put

60° 60°

white

N/C + N/O

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK1

N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B
ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD02

green

ZB6 DD02

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK3

red

N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD02

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK4

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 CD221B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 AD221B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/4

LED pilot lights Ø 8 and 12

(1):
Voltage
5 V (25 mA)

Number (p)
1

12 V (18 mA)

2

24 V (18 mA)

3

48 V (10 mA)

4

1

LED pilot lights

With black bezel

Type of head

Protruding LED, Ø 8 mm

Degree of protection

IP 40, IP 65 with seal (2)

Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

Covered LED, Ø 8 mm

Covered LED, Ø 12 mm

Ø 12.2 mm

panel cut-out

Ø 8.2 mm

Ø 8.2 mm

mounting centres

12.5 x 12.5 mm

10.5 x 10.5 mm

16.5 x 16.5 mm

Ø x Depth (below head)

Ø 12 x 32

Ø 10 x 34

Ø 16 x 45

Connection
References (1)

With integral lens cap

Tags (3)

Tags (3)

Threaded connectors

green

XVL A1p3

XVL A2p3

XVL A3p3

red

XVL A1p4

XVL A2p4

XVL A3p4

yellow

XVL A1p5

XVL A2p5

XVL A3p5

Tightening key

For Ø 8 mm pilot lights

For Ø 12 mm pilot lights

References

XVL X08

XVL X12

2

3

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the number 1, 2, 3 or 4 indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

4

(2) For an IP 65 degree of protection, include the seals: XVL Z911 for pilot lights XVL A1pp and XVL A2pp; XVL Z912 for pilot lights XVL A3pp.
(3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering.

Sub-assemblies & accessories for Ø 16
plastic bezel control and signalling units

Bodies for pushbuttons and
selector switches

Sub-assemblies

Bodies for pilot lights

6

Rated operational characteristics, AC-15: Ue = 240 V and Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V and Ie = 3 A

Consumption

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1: N/C contacts with positive opening operation,

15 mA

12…24 V AC/DC

positive opening force 20 N

25 mA

48…120 V AC

25 mA

230…240 V AC

Pilot light

12 … 24 V

References

Type of

Fixing collar

contact

+ contacts

5

Contacts

48 … 120 V

230 … 240 V

bodies

N/O

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 E1B

White

ZB6 EB1B

ZB6 EG1B

ZB6 EM1B

N/C

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 E2B

Green

ZB6 EB3B

ZB6 EG3B

ZB6 EM3B

2 N/O

ZB6 Z3B

–

Red

ZB6 EB4B

ZB6 EG4B

ZB6 EM4B

2 N/C

ZB6 Z4B

–

Yellow

ZB6 EB5B

ZB6 EG5B

ZB6 EM5B

N/O + N/C

ZB6 Z5B

–

Blue

ZB6 EB6B

ZB6 EG6B

ZB6 EM6B

7

Accessories

8

Legend holders
Blank legend

24 x 28 mm (8 x 21 mm legend)
Background colour

References (10)*
Blank legends for legend holders
Background colour
References (20)*

24 x 36 mm (16 x 21 mm legend)

without legend

yellow or white

black or red

without legend

yellow or white

black or red

ZB6 YD20

ZB6 YD21

ZB6 YD22

ZB6 YD30

ZB6 YD31

ZB6 YD32

8 x 21 mm (24 x 28 mm legend holder)

16 x 21 mm (24 x 36 mm legend holder)

–

yellow or white

black or red

–

yellow or white

black or red

–

ZB6 Y1001

ZB6 Y2001

–

ZB6 Y4001

ZB6 Y3001

9

Ø 45 mm yellow legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Marking
References
Body/fixing collar
References

ZB6 Y009 (10)*

Blank, for engraving

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

ZB6 Y7001

ZB6 Y7330

ZB6 Y7130

Plate

Tightening tool

Dismantling tool

anti-rotation

and slackening, for fixing nut

for removal of contact blocks

ZB6 Y003 (10)*

ZB6 Y905 (2)*

ZB6 Y018 (5)*

Connector

Blanking plug

Protective shutter for pushbuttons and switches
References

for rectangular heads

for circular and square heads

Faston, female

IP 65

ZB6 YD001

ZB6 YA001

ZB6 Y004 (100)*

ZB6 Y005 (10)*

10

* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/5

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel

XB4

Contact functions

1

=

+

Pushbuttons, spring return

2

Type of head

Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

3

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

43

Connection (1)

Flush

Unmarked

4

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

XB4 BA21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA2

XB4 BP21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP2

green

N/O

XB4 BA31

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA3

XB4 BP31

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP3

red

N/C

XB4 BA42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BA4

XB4 BP42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BP4

yellow

N/O

XB4 BA51

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA5

XB4 BP51

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP5

blue

N/O

XB4 BA61

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA6

XB4 BP61

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP6

Flush

With international marking

5

Flush, booted

Products

Type of push
References

recommended)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of push

References

+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

Products

Complete

For user assembly

green

N/O

XB4 BA3311

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA331

–

–

–

red

N/C

XB4 BA4322

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BA432

–

–

–

white

N/O

XB4 BA3341

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA334

–

–

–

black

N/O

XB4 BA3351

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA335

_

_

_

Type of push

Projecting

Unmarked

Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BC21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BC2

red

N/C

XB4 BL42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BL4

–

–

–

6
References

7

Type of push

Double-headed pushbuttons

Triple-headed pushbuttons

Degree of protection

IP 66 - IP 69K

IP 66 - IP 69K

With international marking

9

(A)

“N/C” + “N/O”

(B)

“N/O” + “N/C” + “N/O” –

For user assembly

Complete

XB4 BL73415

For user assembly

(B)

+

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BL7341

–

–

–

XB4 BA711237 ZB4 BZ103 +
ZBE 102

–

=

+

–
ZB4 BA71123

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector,
Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)
Type of push

Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

Unmarked

References

10

Complete
(A)

References

8

Products

red

Products

Complete

For user assembly

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB4 BT845

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BT84

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BS844

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BS944

Type of push
References

Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
red

N/C or N/C + N/O

Type of push
References

XB4 BS8445
Key release (N/C + N/O)

red

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB4 BS9445

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to
standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/6

Contact functions

+

=

1

Selector switches and key switches
Type of head

Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

recommended)

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator

Handle
Products

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O

Number and type of positions
References

2

black

N/O + N/O

3

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to left

spring return to left

XB4 BD21

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD2

XB4 BD41

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD4

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to centre

spring return to centre

XB4 BD33

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD3

XB4 BD53

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD5

=
Type of operator

Number and type of positions (2)
black

N/O

Number and type of positions

References

5

+

Key, n° 455
Products

References

4

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

XB4 BG21

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG2

XB4 BG41

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG4

2 positions

2 positions

3 positions

3 positions

spring return to left

spring return to left

stay put

stay put

6

7

black

N/O

XB4 BG61

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG6

–

–

black

N/O + N/O

–

–

XB4 BG33

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BG3

–

–

8

Separate components

9
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, 240 V - 3 A

Spring clamp terminal

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

All functions incorporating a N/C contact are positive opening operation

References (5)*

N/O

ZBE 101

ZBE 1015

N/C

ZBE 102

ZBE 1025

10

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
(2) The symbol
* sold in lots of

indicates key withdrawal position.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/7

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel

XB4

Light functions

1

+

=
Pilot lights

2

Type of head

Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth

3

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

43

Connection (1)
Products

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

XB4 BVB1

XB4 BVG1

XB4 BVM1

XB4 BV61

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV01

green

XB4 BVB3

XB4 BVG3

XB4 BVM3

XB4 BV63

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV03

red

XB4 BVB4

XB4 BVG4

XB4 BVM4

XB4 BV64

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV04

yellow

XB4 BVB5

XB4 BVG5

XB4 BVM5

XB4 BV65

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV05

blue

XB4 BVB6

XB4 BVG6

XB4 BVM6

–

–

–

Supply voltage

4

recommended)

Screw clamp terminals

Light source

References

+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

5

+

=
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches

6

Type

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source
Products

7

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

white

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW31B5

XB4 BW31G5

XB4 BW31M5

XB4 BW3165

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW31

green

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW33B5

XB4 BW33G5

XB4 BW33M5

XB4 BW3365

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW33

red

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW34B5

XB4 BW34G5

XB4 BW34M5

XB4 BW3465

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW34

orange

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW35B5

XB4 BW35G5

XB4 BW35M5

XB4 BW3565

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW35

blue

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW36B5

XB4 BW36G5

XB4 BW36M5

–

–

–

Supply voltage
References

Integral LED

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

8

9

Type

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Degree of protection
Light source
Products

10

References

(2 position stay put)

IP 66 - IP 69K

IP 66

Integral LED

Integral LED

Complete

Supply voltage

Illuminated selector switches

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push)

Complete

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

–

–

–

XB4 BK123B5

XB4 BK123G5

XB4 BK123M5

green

N/C + N/O

red

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BK124B5

XB4 BK124G5

XB4 BK124M5

orange

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BK125B5

XB4 BK125G5

XB4 BK125M5

White

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW73731B5 XB4 BW73731G5 XB4 BW73731M5 –

–

–

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/8

Separate components and accessories

1
Electrical blocks (1)
Single contact blocks

Light blocks with integral LED

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, 240 V - 3 A

Consumption
18 mA

24 V AC/DC

Positive operation of contacts

N/C contacts with positive

14 mA

120 V AC

conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

opening operation

14 mA

240 V AC

To combine with heads for integral LED
References (5)*

2

Light block, direct supply

For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

N/O

ZBE 101

white

ZBV B1

ZBV G1

ZBV M1

ZBV 6

N/C

ZBE 102

green

ZBV B3

ZBV G3

ZBV M3

Colour provided by lens

red

ZBV B4

ZBV G4

ZBV M4

orange

ZBV B5

ZBV G5

ZBV M5

blue

ZBV B6

ZBV G6

ZBV M6

3

4

5
Diecast metal enclosures
(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm)

1 vertical row

Number of cut-outs

Front face dimensions

1

2

3

4

2

4

6

References

80 x 80 mm

XAP M1201

–

–

–

XAP M1202

–

–

80 x 130 mm

–

XAP M2202

XAP M2203

–

–

XAP M2204

–

80 x 175 mm

–

–

XAP M3203

XAP M3204

–

–

XAP M3206

2 vertical rows

6

7
Accessories

8

Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
References (10)*

Marking

Background colour: black or red

Blank

ZBY 2101

white or yellow

International

0 (red background) ZBY 2931 I

English

OFF

ZBY 2311 START

ZBY 2303 –

–

French

ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE

ZBY 2166 MARCHE

ZBY 2103 –

–

German

AUS

ZBY 2266 EIN

ZBY 2203 –

–

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA

ZBY 2403 –

–

ZBY 4101
ZBY 2147 AUTO

ZBY 2312 ON
ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN

ZBY 2115 STOP ZBY 2304

–

9

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends
Background colour
References (10)*

Blank

black or red

white or yellow

ZBY 6101

ZBY 6102

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour

10

yellow

Marking

Blank

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

NOT HALT

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References

ZBY 9140

ZBY 9330

ZBY 9130

ZBY 9230

ZBY 9430

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/9

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel

XB5

Contact functions

1

+

=
Pushbuttons, spring return

2

Type of head

Circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

3

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

43

recommended)

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of push

Flush

Unmarked

References

4

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

XB5 AA21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA2

XB5 AP21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP2

green

N/O

XB5 AA31

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA3

XB5 AP31

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP3

red

N/C

XB5 AA42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AA4

XB5 AP42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AP4

yellow

N/O

XB5 AA51

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA5

XB5 AP51

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP5

blue

N/O

XB5 AA61

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA6

XB5 AP61

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP6

Flush

With international marking
References

Flush, booted

Products

Type of push

5

+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

green

N/O

XB5 AA3311

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA3311

–

–

–

red

N/C

XB5 AA4322

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AA4322

–

–

–

white

N/O

XB5 AA3341

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA334

–

–

–

black

N/O

XB5 AA3351

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA335

–

–

–

Type of push

Projecting

Unmarked

Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AC21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AC2

red

N/C

XB5 AL42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AL4

–

–

–

6
References

7

Type of push

Double-headed pushbuttons

Triple-headed pushbuttons

Degree of protection

IP 66 - IP 69K

IP 66 - IP 69K

With international marking

9

Complete

For user assembly

For user assembly

(B)

+

(A)

N/C + N/O

XB5 AL73415

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AL7341

–

–

–

(B)

N/O + N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AA711237

ZB5 AZ103 +
ZBE 102

ZB5 AA71123

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector,
Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).

=

+

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)
Type of push

Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

Unmarked

References

10

Complete
(A)

References

8

Products

Products

red

N/C or N/C + N/O

Type of push
References

For user assembly

XB5 AT845

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AT84

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AS844

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AS944

Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
red

N/C or N/C + N/O

Type of push
References

Complete

XB5 AS8445
Key release (N/C + N/O)

red

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB5 AS9445

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to
standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/10

Contact functions

=

1

+

Selector switches and key switches
Type of head

Circular bezel

Degree of protection

2

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

43

recommended)

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator

Handle
Products

Complete

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O

Number and type of positions
References

black

3

N/O + N/O

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to left

spring return to left

XB5 AD21

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD2

XB5 AD41

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD4

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to centre

spring return to centre

XB5 AD33

ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD3

XB5 AD53

ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD5

Type of operator

Key, n° 455

Number and type of positions (2)

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

XB5 AG21

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG2

XB5 AG41

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG4

References
(2) The symbol

black

N/O

4

5

indicates key withdrawal position.

Separate components and accessories
Electrical blocks (1)
Single contact blocks

Light blocks with integral LED
To combine with heads for integral LED

References (5)*

6

Light block, direct supply
For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

N/O

ZBE 101

white

ZBV B1

ZBV G1

ZBV M1

ZBV6

N/C

ZBE 102

green

ZBV B3

ZBV G3

ZBV M3

Colour provided by lens

red

ZBV B4

ZBV G4

ZBV M4

orange

ZBV B5

ZBV G5

ZBV M5

blue

ZBV B6

ZBV G6

ZBV M6

7

Accessories
Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
Marking

Background colour: black or red

References (10)*

Blank

ZBY 2101

white or yellow

References

International

0 (red background)

ZBY 2931 I

English

OFF

ZBY 2312 ON

ZBY 2311

French

ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE

ZBY 2166

German

AUS

ZBY 2266

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466

ZBY 4101

ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN

ZBY 2147

AUTO

8

ZBY 2304 –

ZBY 2115

STOP

START

ZBY 2303

–

–

MARCHE

ZBY 2103

–

–

EIN

ZBY 2203

–

–

MARCHA

ZBY 2403

–

–

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends
Background colour
References (10)*

Blank

black or red

white or yellow

ZBY 6101

ZBY 6102

9

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour

yellow

Marking

Blank

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

NOT HALT

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References

ZBY 9140

ZBY 9330

ZBY 9130

ZBY 9230

ZBY 9430

Body/fixing collar
References

Fixing nut

Bezel tool

Plate

for electrical block (contact or light)

for head

for tightening fixing nut ZB5 AZ901

anti-rotation

ZB5 AZ009 (10)*

ZB5 AZ901 (10)*

ZB5 AZ905

ZB5 AZ902

10

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/11

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel

XB5

Light functions

1

+

=
Pilot lights

2

Type of head

Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth

3

IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

below head

43

Connection (1)
Products

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

XB5 AVB1

XB5 AVG1

XB5 AVM1

XB5 AV61

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV01

green

XB5 AVB3

XB5 AVG3

XB5 AVM3

XB5 AV63

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV03

Supply voltage

4

recommended)

Screw clamp terminals

Light source

References

+ 0.4
0

panel cut-out

red

XB5 AVB4

XB5 AVG4

XB5 AVM4

XB5 AV64

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV04

orange

XB5 AVB5

XB5 AVG5

XB5 AVM5

XB5 AV65

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV05

blue

XB5 AVB6

XB5 AVG6

XB5 AVM6

–

–

–

5

+

=
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches

6

Type

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source
Products

7

Supply voltage
References

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW31B5

XB5 AW31G5

XB5 AW31M5

XB5 AW3165

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW31

green

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW33B5

XB5 AW33G5

XB5 AW33M5

XB5 AW3365

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW33

red

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW34B5

XB5 AW34G5

XB5 AW34M5

XB5 AW3465

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW34

orange

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW35B5

XB5 AW35G5

XB5 AW35M5

XB5 AW3565

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW35

blue

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW36B5

XB5 AW36G5

XB5 AW36M5

–

–

–

8

9

Type

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Degree of protection
Light source
Products

10

(2 position stay put)

IP 66 - IP 69K

IP 66

Integral LED

Integral LED

Complete

Complete
48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

green

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AK123B5

XB5 AK123G5

XB5 AK123M5

red

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AK124B5

XB5 AK124G5

XB5 AK124M5

orange

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AK125B5

XB5 AK125G5

XB5 AK125M5

white

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW73731B5 XB5 AW73731G5

–

–

Supply voltage
References

Illuminated selector switches

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push)

24 V AC/DC

48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

24 V AC/DC

XB5 AW73731M5 –

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
Separate components and accessories: see previous page.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/12

Harmony

Control stations

XAL

For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights
Ø 22 with plastic bezel

(1):
Number of cut-outs

Number (p)

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

1

Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Degree of protection
Dimensions (mm)

68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton)

Fixing (mm)

2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 mm centres

Function
Marking
Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch
References

2

IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II
WxHxD

N/O

N/C

1 Start or Stop function

1 Start-Stop function

On spring return push

On legend holder and legend below head

1 flush green p/b

1 flush red p/b

1 projecting red p/b 1 2 position stay put selector switch or key switch
Black handle

Key n° 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.)

I

XAL D102

–

–

–

–

Start

XAL D103

–

–

–

–

O-I

–

–

–

XAL D134

XAL D144

O

–

XAL D112

XAL D115

–

–

(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XAL K0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)

4

Function

Emergency stop (2) (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 lid)

Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton

1 red Ø 40 head, turn to release

1 red Ø 40 head, key release

Latching mechanism

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

XAL K178

XAL K188

N/C + N/C

XAL K178F

XAL K188F

N/C + N/O

XAL K178E

XAL K188E

N/C + N/C + N/O

XAL K178G

XAL K188G

References

3

N/C

5

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to
standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XAL D0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)

6

7

Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87

Fixing (mm)

2-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 98 centres

Function

Start-Stop functions
Marking

Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light

2 functions

3 functions

On spring return push
1 flush green p/b

1 flush green pushbutton

1 flush white p/b

1 flush white p/b

1 flush red p/b

1 flush red pushbutton

1 flush black p/b

1 flush red p/b

1 Ø 30 red mush-

1 flush black p/b

room head p/b

1 red pilot light with integral LED

1 flush white p/b

1 flush black p/b
References

24 V AC/DC

230 V AC

I-O

XAL D213

XAL D363B

XAL D363M

–

–

–

Start - Stop

XAL D215

–

–

–

–

–

N/O + N/O

–

–

–

XAL D222

–

–

N/O + N/C + N/O

–

–

–

–

XAL D324

XAL D328

N/O + N/C

8

9

10
Accessories

Standard contact blocks

Light blocks with integral LED, colour red

Description

N/O contact

N/C contact

24 V AC/DC

230 V AC

References

ZEN L1111

ZEN L1121

ZAL VB4

ZAL VM4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/13

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel - Monolithic

XB7

Contact functions

1
Pushbuttons

2

Type of head

Flush or projecting push
circular

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

3

IP 54, class II
panel cut-out

Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Ø x Depth (below head)

Ø 29 x 41.5 (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)
Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm2 to 1 x 1.5 mm2

Connection (1)
Type of push
References (10)*

black
green

4

red
yellow

Flush, spring return

Flush, push and push-to-release

N/O

XB7 EA21P

XB7 EH21P

C/O

XB7 EA25P

XB7 EH25P

N/O

XB7 EA31P

XB7 EH31P

C/O

XB7 EA35P

XB7 EH35P

N/C

XB7 EA42P

–

C/O

XB7 EA45P

–

N/O

XB7 EA51P

–

Type of push
References

5

Flush, spring return

Projecting, spring return

N/O

XB7 EA3131P

–

red

N/C

–

XB7 EL4232P

white

N/O + C/O

XB7 EA11341P

–

black

N/O + C/O

XB7 EA21341

–

green

(1) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.

6
Selector switches and key switches

7

Type of operator

Black handle

Number and

2 positions

3 positions

2 positions

3 positions

type of positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

References (10*)

Ronis key, n° 455

N/O

XB7 ED21P

–

XB7 EG21P

–

N/C + N/O

XB7 ED25P

–

–

–

2 N/O

–

XB7 ED33P

–

XB7 EG33P

Turn to release

Key release, Ronis 455

red

N/C

XB7 ES542P

XB7 ES142P

red

N/C + N/O

XB7 ES545P

XB7 ES145P

8

9
Ø 40 mushroom head pushbuttons (2)
Type of push

10

References (10)*

(2) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. For mushroom trigger action and mechanical
latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5,
use an Emergency stop type XB5 Ap8ppp or XB5 AS9ppp from the Harmony® range. See page 2/10.
* sold in lots of 10
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/14

Contact functions and light functions

(1):
Voltage

Letter (p)

24 V AC/DC

B

120 V AC

G

230 V AC

M

1

Illuminated pushbuttons
Type of head

2

Projecting push
circular

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

IP 54, class II
panel cut-out

Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Ø x Depth (below head)

Ø 29 x 41.5, (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)

3

Connection (2)

Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm2 to 1 x 1.5 mm2

Type of push

Spring return

Light source

Integral LED

Incandescent bulb

Supply voltage

24 V DC or 230 V AC

6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC

direct supply (bulb not included)
References (10)*

green

N/O

XB7 EW33p1P (1)

XB7 EW3361P

red

N/O

XB7 EW34p1P (1)

XB7 EW3461P

N/C

XB7 EW34p2P (1)

–

XB7 EW35p1P (1)

XB7 EW3561P

yellow

N/O

4

Type of push

Push and push-to-release

Light source

Integral LED

Incandescent bulb

Supply voltage

24 V DC or 230 V AC

6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC

XB7 EH03p1P (1)

XB7 EH0361P

direct supply (bulb not included)
References (10)*

green
red
yellow

N/O
N/O

XB7 EH04p1P (1)

XB7 EH0461P

N/C

XB7 EH04p2P (1)

–

N/O

XB7 EH05p1P (1)

XB7 EH0561P

5

6

7
Pilot lights
Light source

Integral LED

Supply voltage
References (10)*

white

Incandescent bulb

Incandescent bulb

direct supply

direct through resistor

(bulb not included)

(bulb included)

24VAC/DC or 120VAC or 230…240VAC

6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC

230 V AC

XB7 EV01pP (1)

XB7 EV61P

XB7 EV71P
XB7 EV73P

green

XB7 EV03pP (1)

XB7 EV63P

red

XB7 EV04pP (1)

XB7 EV64P

XB7 EV74P

yellow

XB7 EV05pP (1)

XB7 EV65P

XB7 EV75P

blue

XB7 EV06pP (1)

XB7 EV66P

XB7 EV76P

orange

XB7 EV08pP (1)

XB7 EV68P

XB7 EV78P

8

9

Incandescent bulbs, long life
BA 9s base fitting, Ø 11 mm max., length 28 mm max.
References

6 V (1.2 W)

24 V (2 W)

130 V (2.4 W)

DL1 CB006

DL1 CE024

DL1 CE130

10

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.
* sold in lots of 10
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/15

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal bezel

9001K/SK

Contact functions

1
Pushbuttons, spring return

2

Type of push

Flush

Colour of push

Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

3

Projecting

Projecting (high guard)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001KR1UH13

9001KR3UH13

9001KR2UH13

N/O

9001KR1UH5

9001KR3UH5

9001KR2UH5

4

5

Mushroom head pushbuttons, latching (1)

Emergency switching off

Type of push

Push-pull

Mounting (mm)

6

Ø 35 mushroom head

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Ø 40 red mushroom head
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III

panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp),

57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),

57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2)

Depth below head (mm)

42

60

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

7

Turn-to-Release, trigger action

Ø 41 mushroom head
Degree of protection

Emergency stop

–

–

9001KR16

C/O

–

9001KR9R94H13

9001KR9R20H13

–

N/C

9001KR9RH6

9001KR9R20H6

–

2“N/O” + 2“N/C” –

–

9001KR16H2

“N/O”

–

9001KR16H13

–

(1) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Mushroom trigger action and mechanical
latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 2/19

8
Selector switches and key switches
Type of operator

9

Long black handle

Key, n° 455

positions (2)

3 - spring return

2 - stay put

2 - spring return

3 - stay put

panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

2 - stay put

Number and type
of positions
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

10

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References
(2) The symbol

N/O

–

9001KS11FBH5

9001KS34FBH5

–

–

C/O

9001KS53FBH1

–

–

9001KS43FBH1

9001KS11K1RH1

indicates key withdrawal position.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/16

Light functions

1
Pilot lights
Type of head

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm)

panel cut-out

2

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

References

24 V AC/DC

48 V AC/DC

120 V AC/DC

230 V AC

green

9001KP35LGG9

9001KP36LGG9

9001KP38LGG9

9001KP7G9

red

9001KP35LRR9

9001KP36LRR9

9001KP38LRR9

9001KP7R9

yellow

9001KP35LYA9

9001KP36LYA9

9001KP38LYA9

9001KP7A9

3

4

5

Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head

Spring return flush push

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

6

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

References

24 V AC/DC

48 V AC/DC

120 V AC/DC

230 V AC
9001K2L7RH13

green

C/O

9001K3L35LGGH13

9001K3L36LGGH13

9001K3L38LGGH13

red

C/O

9001K3L35LRRH13

9001K3L36LRRH13

9001K3L38LRRH13

9001K2L7GH13

yellow

C/O

9001K3L35LYAH13

9001K3L36LYAH13

9001K3L38LYAH13

9001K2L7AH13

7

8
Illuminated Ø 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, latching, high luminosity LED
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

9

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

24 V AC/DC
Type of head
References

120 V AC/DC

230 V AC/DC

9001KR9P36RH13

9001KR9P38RH13

9001KR9P7RH13

10

2 position, push-pull
red

C/O

red

N/C + N/C

Type of head
References

48 V AC/DC

9001KR9P35RH13

3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return)
9001KR8P35RH25

9001KR8P36RH25

9001KR8P38RH25

9001KR8P7RH25

late break
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/17

Harmony

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with plastic bezel

9001K/SK

Contact functions and light functions

1
Pushbuttons, spring return

2

Type of push

Flush

Colour of push

Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

3

Projecting

Projecting (high guard)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001SKR1UH13

9001SKR3UH13

9001SKR2UH13

N/O

9001SKR1UH5

9001SKR3UH5

9001SKR2UH5

4
Type

5

Selector switches

Type of operator

Mushroom head pushbuttons (1)
Emergency stop

Long black handle
positions

2 - stay put

Turn-to-Release, trigger action
2 - spring return

3 - stay put

Ø 40 red mushroom head

Number and type
of positions
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III

panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp),

57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),

57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2)

Depth below head (mm)

42

60

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

6
References

–

7

–

–

–

9001SKR16

N/O

9001SKS11FBH5 9001SKS34FBH5 –

C/O

–

–

9001SKS43FBH1 –

9001SKR16H13

2“N/O” + 2“N/C” –

–

–

9001SKR16H2

(1) Mushroom trigger action and mechanical latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive
98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 2/19

8
Pilot lights
Type of head

9

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out
mounting centres

Ø 31
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

10

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

References

24 V AC/DC

48 V AC/DC

120 V AC/DC

230 V AC
9001SKP7G9

green

9001SKP35LGG9

9001SKP36LGG9

9001SKP38LGG9

red

9001SKP35LRR9

9001SKP36LRR9

9001SKP38LRR9

9001SKP7R9

yellow

9001SKP35LYA9

9001SKP36LYA9

9001SKP38LYA9

9001SKP7A9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/18

Accessories

1
Contact blocks with protected terminals
Type of contact

Single contact blocks

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001KA1

N/O

9001KA2

N/C

9001KA3

C/O, late break

9001KA4

N/C, late break

9001KA5

N/O, early make

9001KA6

2

3

4

Enclosures

5

Type

Number of Ø 30 mm cut-outs

NEMA ratings

Reference

Aluminium

1

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY1

2

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY2

3

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY3

4

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY4

1

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS1

2

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS2

3

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS3

Stainless steel

6

7

8

Legends
44 x 43 mm

57 x 57 mm

Ø 60

Aluminium

Plastic

Plastic

Colour of legend

black background

white background

Yellow background

Blank

9001KN200

9001KN100WP

9001KN9100

9001KN8100

START

9001KN201

9001KN101WP

–

–

STOP (red background)

9001KN202

9001KN102RP

–

–

FORWARD

9001KN206

9001KN106WP

–

–

REVERSE

9001KN207

9001KN107WP

–

–

RESET

9001KN223

9001KN123WP

–

PULL TO START/

9001KN379

9001KN179WP

–

–

EMERGENCY STOP

–

–

9001KN9330

9001KN8330

ARRET D’URGENCE

–

–

9001KN9330F

9001KN8330F

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

–

–

9001KN9330S

9001KN8330S

Type
Marking

Ø 90

9

PUSH TO STOP

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/19

Harmony

Cam switches

K series

12 and 20 A ratings

positions (°)
0

1

0

0

45
1
2
3
4

1-pole
2-pole

45 90 135 180 225
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

90
1
2
3
4

2-pole

2-pole

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series

2

Function
Degree of protection

3

front face

Switches

ON-OFF switches

Stepping switches

45° switching angle

90° switching angle

with “0” position

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

20 A

12 A

2 + “0” position

2

2

2

2

2

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

45 x 45

45 x 45

45 x 45

Front mounting method

Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm

K1B 002ALH

K2B 002ALH

K1B 1002HLH

K2B 1002HLH

K1D 012QLH

K2D 012QLH

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole

K1B 002ACH

K2B 002ACH

K1B 1002HCH

K2B 1002HCH

K1D 012QCH

K2D 012QCH

0

90 180 270

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1-pole

2-pole

225 270 315 0

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

315 0 45

45 90 135
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function
Degree of protection

front face

Changeover switches

Ammeter switches

Voltmeter switches

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

690 V

690 V

Number of positions

2 + “0” position

3 + “0” position

6 + “0” position (measurements

Number of poles

7

20 A

690 V

Number of positions

positions (°)

6

12 A

690 V

Number of poles

4

5

20 A

20 A

2

12 A

20 A

12 A

20 A

(3 circuits + “0” position)

between 3 phases & N + “0” pos.)

4

7

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

45 x 45

Front mounting method

K1D 002ULH

K2D 002ULH

K1F 003MLH

to be compiled *

K1F 027MLH

to be compiled *

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1D 002UCH

K2D 002UCH

K1F 003MCH

to be compiled *

K1F 027MCH

to be compiled *

Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm

45 x 45

45 x 45

(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multifixing plate, with seal KZ65 for Ø 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately.
(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

positions (°)
0

8

9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

300 0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series
Function

Stepping switches

Run switches

Changeover switches + “0” pos.

IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

12 A

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

690 V

690 V

Number of positions

2 + “0” position

3 + “0” position

2 + “0” position

Number of poles

3

2

2

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

55 x 100

55 x 100

55 x 100

Colour of handle

red

black

red

black

red

black

K1F 022QZ2

K1F 022QZ4

K1G 043RZ2

K1G 043RZ4

K1D 002UZ2

K1D 002UZ4

Degree of protection

10

60 120 180

0 60 120

Front mounting method

front face

Ø 22 mm hole + Ø 43.5 mm hole

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/20

10 to 150 A ratings

270 300 330 0

0 90 180 270

positions (°)

300 0 60
1-pole

60

0

1
2
3
4
5
6

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole

2-pole
3-pole

30 60 90
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1

Cam switches, K10 series
Function
Degree of protection

front face

Switches

Changeover switches

Ammeter

Voltmeter

60° switching angle

with “0” position

switches

switches

IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

440 V

440 V

440 V

440 V

Number of positions

2

2 + “0” position

3 + “0” pos. (1) 6 + “0” pos. (2)

Number of poles

1

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

30 x 30

Front mounting method

K10 A001ACH K10 B002ACH K10 C003ACH K10 D002UCH K10F003UCH

By Ø 16 mm or 22 mm hole

2

3

2

3

30 x 30

3

3

30 x 30

30 x 30

K10 F003MCH

K10 F027MCH

2

3

(1) (3 circuits + “0” position).
(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N + “0” position).
300 0 60

positions (°)
1-pole

0

0

90

60

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6

1-pole
2-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2-pole
3-pole
4-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

300 0 60

300 0 60

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

300 0 60

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Cam switches, K30 series

5

Function
Degree of protection

4

Switches
front face

Switches

Changeover

ON-OFF

with “0” position star-delta

Starting

2-speed

Starting

Reversing

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

Number of positions

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

3

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

6

Number of poles

3

3

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

64 x 64

64 x 64

Front mounting method

K30 C003AP (3) K30 C003HP (3) K30 D004HP (3) K30 H004UP (3) K30 H001YP (3) K30 H004PP (3) K30 E003WP(3)

Multifixing

4

IP 40

(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively.
Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30 C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A.

7

8
Accessories for cam switches K1/K2
Rubber seals

9

for IP 65 degree of protection
For use with heads
References (5)*

with 45 x 45 mm front plate

with 60 x 60 mm front plate

with 45 x 45 mm front plate

Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg.

multifixing

KZ 65

KZ 73

KZ 66

* sold in lots of

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/21

Harmony

Monolithic tower lights

XVC

Ø 40, Ø 60, Ø 100 mm, complete, pre-wired
tower lights

1
Ø 40 mm / Up to IP54

2

3

Steady / Flashing light (1)

Complete, pre-wired tower lights

Steady light

Light source (included)

LEDs

Base mount

Base mounting

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

up to IP54

Voltage

24V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

100-240V AC

24V AC/DC

100 - 240V AC

Red

XVC4B1K

XVC4B1

XVC4M1

XVC4B15S

XVC4M15S

Red / orange

XVC4B2K

XVC4B2

XVC4M2

XVC4B25S

XVC4M25S

Red / Orange / green

XVC4B3K

XVC4B3

XVC4M3

XVC4B35S

XVC4M35S

red / orange / green / blue

XVC4B4K

XVC4B4

XVC4M4

XVC4B45S

XVC4M45S

red / orange / green / blue / Clear

XVC4B5K

XVC4B5

XVC4M5

XVC4B55S

XVC4M55S

References (2)

LEDs
Support tube mounting, 17 mm

Support tube mounting, 17 mm
With buzzer + flashing light
up to IP54

4

5

6

Ø 60 mm / Up to IP54
Steady / Flashing light (1)

Complete, pre-wired tower lights

Steady light

Light source (included)

LEDs

Base mount

Base mounting

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

up to IP54

Voltage

24V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

100-240V AC

24V AC/DC

100 - 240V AC

Red

XVC6B1K

XVC6B1

XVC6M1 (3)

XVC6B15S (3)

XVC6M15S

XVC6M15SK

Red / orange

XVC6B2K

XVC6B2

XVC6M2 (3)

XVC6B25S (3)

XVC6M25S

XVC6M25SK

Red / Orange / green

XVC6B3K

XVC6B3

XVC6M3 (3)

XVC6B35S (3)

XVC6M35S

XVC6M35SK

red / orange / green / blue

XVC6B4K

XVC6B4

XVC6M4 (3)

XVC6B45S (3)

XVC6M45S

XVC6M45SK

red / orange / green / blue / Clear

XVC6B5K

XVC6B5

XVC6M5 (3)

XVC6B55S (3)

XVC6M55S

XVC6M55SK

References (2)

7

LEDs
Support tube mounting, 22 mm

Support tube mounting, 22 mm

Base mounting

With buzzer + flashing light
up to IP54

(3) To order products for base mounting, add the letter K to the end of the reference (ex. XVC6M1K)

8
Ø 100 mm / Up to IP54

9

Complete, pre-wired tower lights

Steady / Flashing light (1)

Light source (included)

LEDs

Base mount

Base mounting

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

up to IP54

Voltage

24V DC

100-240V AC

24V DC

100-240V AC

24V DC

100 - 240V AC

Red

XVC1B1K

XVC1M1K

XVC1B1SK

XVC1M1SK

XVC1B1HK

XVC1M1HK

Red / orange

XVC1B2K

XVC1M2K

XVC1B2SK

XVC1M2SK

XVC1B2HK

XVC1M2HK

Red / Orange / green

XVC1B3K

XVC1M3K

XVC1B3SK

XVC1M3SK

XVC1B3HK

XVC1M3HK

red / orange / green / blue

XVC1B4K

XVC1M4K

XVC1B4SK

XVC1M4SK

-

-

red / orange / green / blue / Clear

XVC1B5K

XVC1M5K

XVC1B5SK

XVC1M5SK

-

-

References (2)

10

With buzzer + flashing light
up to IP54

(1) Flashing function can be simply selected/programmed by wiring
(2) The colours are listed in the same order as the mounting order of the illuminated units (from top to bottom)
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/22

Harmony

Monolithic tower lights and accessories

XVDLS / XVC

Ø 45 mm, complete illuminated beacons

1
Ø 45 mm / IP40
Illuminated beacons XVDLS

Steady light

Flashing light

Light source

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. (not included)

“Flash” discharge tube, 0.5 J

Degree of protection
References (1)

2

IP 40
24…230 V AC/DC

XVDLS3p

24 V AC/DC

–

–
XVDLS6Bp

120 V AC

–

XVDLS6Gp

230 V AC

–

XVDLS6Mp

3

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

Accessories

4

XVDLS
Incandescent bulbs, with BA 15d base

Beacons XVDLS

Description

24 V, 4 W

120 V, 5 W

230 V, 5 W

References

DL1BEBS

DL1BEGS

DL1BEMS

5
XVC4 / XVC6
Mounting accessories

Tower lights Ø 40 mm, XVC4

Tower lights Ø 60 mm, XVC6

Description

Support tube mounting

Support tube

Base mounting

mounting

Support tube
mounting

Diameter (mm)

Ø 90

Ø 84

–

Ø 100

Ø 84

–

For use with

–

–

–

XVC6ppand

XVC6ppK and

XVC6Bpand

XVC6pp5S

XVC6pp5SK

XVC6Bpp5S,

6

XVC6Mpand
XVC6Mp5S
Height to be added (mm)
References

32

24,5

82

30

21,6

82

Metal fixing plate

XVCZ11

–

–

XVCZ02

XVCZ12

–

Plastic fixing plate

–

XVCZ01

–

–

–

–

Wall mounting bracket

–

–

XVCZ31

–

–

XVCZ32

7

8
XVC1

9

Mounting accessories

Tower lights Ø 100 mm, XVC1

Description

Vertical support

Diameter (mm)

Ø 140

Ø 140

–

For use with

XVC1ppK

XVC1ppHK (with siren)

XVC1ppK and XVC1ppSK

–
XVC1ppHK
(with siren)

and

10

XVC1ppSK
Height to be added (mm)
References

300

306

–

–

Metal fixing plate (2)

XVCZ13

XVCZ14

–

–

Metal fixing bracket

–

–

XVCZ23

XVCZ24

(2) Chromium plated-steel extension tube
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/23

Harmony

Modular tower lights

XVB

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly

1
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66

2

Illuminated beacons XVBL
Light source
Degree of protection
References (1)

3

Steady light

Flashing light

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, Protected BA 15d LED

Protected BA 15d LED

“Flash” discharge tube

10 W max. (not included) (included)

(included)

5 J (2)

IP 66
12…250 V AC/DC

XVBL3p

–

–

–

24 V AC/DC

–

XVBL0Bp

XVBL1Bp

XVBL6Bp

120 V AC

–

XVBL0Gp

XVBL1Gp

XVBL6Gp

230 V AC

–

XVBL0Mp

XVBL1Mp

XVBL6Mp

4
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66

5

Tower lights XVBC
comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (3)

Base units

Steady light

Light source

–

Incandescent

Integral

BA 15d bulb, 10 W protected LED

Flashing
light

“Flash”
light

Audible
units (90 db
at 1 m)

Integral

“Flash”

–

protected LED

discharge tube

max. (not included)
Degree of protection

6

Base unit references

with cover

XVBC21 (4)

–

–

–

–

–

without cover

XVBC07 (5)

–

–

–

–

–

12… 230 V AC/DC

–

XVBC3p

–

–

–

–

24 V AC/DC

–

–

XVBC2Bp

XVBC5Bp

XVBC6Bp

–

120 V AC

–

–

XVBC2Gp

XVBC5Gp

XVBC6Gp

–

230 V AC

–

–

XVBC2Mp

XVBC5Mp

XVBC6Mp

–

Audible unit references

12…48 V AC/DC

–

–

–

–

–

XVBC9B

unidirectional

120…230 V AC

–

–

–

–

–

XVBC9M

References (2)

7

5 J (2)

IP 66

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.
(2) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 in the reference (example: XVBL6Bp becomes XVBL8Bp).
(3) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.
(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order base unit XVBC21A (side cable entry) or XVBC21B (bottom cable entry with M12 connector on flying lead).

8

(5) For indicator banks with “flash” discharge tube unit.

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/24

Harmony

Modular tower lights

XVE

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly

1
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP54
Illuminated beacons XVEL

Steady light

Flashing light

Light source

Incandescent

Integral

BA 15d bulb, 5 W max.

LED

2

“Flash” discharge tube, 1 J

(not included)
Degree of protection
References (1)

IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)
24… 240 V AC/DC

XVEL3p

24 V AC/DC

–

–
XVEL2Bp

XVEL6Bp

120 V AC

–

XVEL2Gp

XVEL6Gp

230 V AC

–

XVEL2Mp

XVEL6Mp

3

4
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP54
Indicator banks XVEC
comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (2)

Base units

Steady light

Light source

–

Incandescent

Integral

BA 15d bulb, 5 W LED

Flashing
light

“Flash”
light

Audible
units (85 db
at 1 m)

Integral

“Flash”

–

LED

discharge tube

max. (not included)
Degree of protection
Base unit references
Lens unit references (1)

5

1J

6

IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)
IP 42

XVEC21

–

–

–

–

–

IP 54

XVEC21P

–

–

–

–

–

24…230 V AC/DC

–

XVEC3p

–

24 V AC/DC

–

–

XVEC2Bp

XVEC5Bp

XVEC6Bp

XVEC9B

120 V AC

–

–

XVEC2Gp

XVEC5Gp

XVEC6Gp

XVEC9G

230 V AC

–

–

XVEC2Mp

XVEC5Mp

XVEC6Mp

XVEC9M

7

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.
(2) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/25

Harmony

Modular tower lights

XVM / XVP

Ø 45, Ø 50 mm, complete or
for customer assembly

1
Ø 45 mm / IP42

2

Complete, pre-wired tower light XVM (1)

2 sig. units + integral buzzer (2) 3 signalling units + integral buzzer (2)
Steady light
Steady light
Steady light + “flash” (3)

Light source (included)

Incandescent

BA 15d

BA 15d bulb, 5 W “Super bright”

Incandescent

LED

BA 15d

BA 15d bulb, 5 W “Super bright”

max.

LED

XVMB1RGS

XVMB2RGSSB

XVMB1RAGS

XVMB2RAGSSB XVMB1R6AGS

XVMB2R6AGSSB

120 V AC/DC (bulb) - 120 V AC (LED) XVMG1RGS

XVMG2RGSSB

XVMG1RAGS

XVMG2RAGSSB XVMG1R6AGS

XVMG2R6AGSSB

230 V AC/DC (bulb) - 230 V AC (LED) XVMM1RGS

XVMM2RGSSB

XVMM1RAGS

XVMM2RAGSSB XVMM1RA6GS

XVMM2R6AGSSB

max.

IP 54

Signalling colours
References

BA 15d

BA 15d bulb, 5 W “Super bright”

LED

max.
Degree of protection

3

Incandescent

Red - Green
24 V AC/DC

Red - Orange - Green

(1) Tower lights XVM are also available as separate components for customised assembly by the user: please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) To order products without an integral buzzer, delete the letter S at the end of the reference (example: XVMB2RGS becomes XVMB2RG).
(3) Flash signalling colour: red - 0.8 J.

4

5

6

Ø 50 mm / IP65
Tower lights XVP
comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (4),
black clamping ring (5)

Base unit

Steady or
flashing light
signalling

Light source

–

Degree of protection

“Flash” light signalling

Audible units
(55…85 dB
at 1 m)

Incandescent

“Flash”

“Flash”

–

BA 15d bulb, 7 W

discharge tube

discharge tube

max. (not included) 0.3 J

0.6 J

IP 65

Base unit

with cover

XVPC21

–

–

–

References (6)

250 V max.

–

XVPC3p

–

–

–

24 V AC/DC (flash) - 24 V DC (buzzer) –

–

XVPC6Bp

–

XVPC09B

120 V AC

–

–

–

XVPC6Gp

XVPC09G

230 V AC

–

–

–

XVPC6Mp

XVPC09M

7

–

(4) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.
(5) To order products with a cream clamping ring, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: base unit + green lens unit: XVPC21W + XVPC33W etc.).
(6) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/26

Harmony

Modular tower lights accessories

XV

For XVB, XVP, XVE, XVM

1
Bulbs

Beacons and tower lights
XVB / XVP (1)

Type of light source

Incandescent

Incandescent

LED (2)

Flashing

BA 15d base

BA 15d base

BA 15d base

LED (2)
–

References

2

7W

10 W (not XVP)

12 V

DL1BEJ

DL1BLJ

–

BA 15d base

24 V

DL1BEB

DL1BLB

DL1BDBp

DL1BKBp

48 V

DL1BEE

DL1BLE

–

–

120 V

DL1BEG

DL1BLG

DL1BDGp

DL1BKGp

230 V

DL1BEM

DL1BLM

DL1BDMp

DL1BKMp

3

(1) Tower lights XVP can be fitted with 5 W incandescent bulbs: see beacons XVDLS / XVE.
(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follow: 1 = white, 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 8 = yellow.

4
Bulbs

Tower lights
XVM / XVE

Type of light source

Incandescent

LED (3)

Flashing

“Flash” discharge

BA 15d base

BA 15d base

LED (3)

tube, 0.8 Joule

5W
References

BA 15d base

BA 15d base

24 V

DL1EDBS

DL2EDBp

DL1EKBp

DL6BB

120 V

DL1EDGS

DL2EDGp

DL1EKGp

DL6BG

230 V

DL1EDMS

DL2EDMp

DL1EKMp

DL6BM

5

(3) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green , 4 = red , 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

6

7
Mounting accessories

Beacons and
tower lights
XVB / XVE

Description

Aluminium tube

Plastic tube

Aluminium tube

Aluminium tube

Aluminium tube

Aluminium tube

with integral black

with integral black

with integral black

with steel fixing

with integral cream

with steel fixing

Diameter (mm)
Support tubes

Fixing plates,

Tower lights

Tower lights

XVP

XVM

plastic fixing base

plastic fixing base

plastic fixing base

bracket

plastic fixing base

bracket

Ø 25

Ø 25

Ø 20

Ø 20

Ø 20

Ø 20
–

60 mm

XVEZ13

–

–

–

–

100 mm

–

–

–

XVPC02T

XVMZ02

XVMZ02T

112 mm

–

–

XVPC02 (4)

–

–

–

120 mm

XVBZ02

–

–

–

–

–

140 mm

–

XVDC02

–

–

–

–

250 mm

–

–

–

XVPC03T

XVMZ03

XVMZ03T

260 mm

–

–

XVPC03 (4)

–

–

–

400 mm

–

–

–

XVPC04T

XVMZ04

XVMZ04T

410 mm

–

–

XVPC04 (4)

–

–

–

420 mm

XVBZ03

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

820 mm

XVBZ04

for vertical support

XVBC12

XVPC12 (4)

–

for horizontal support

XVBZ01

–

XVMZ06

8

9

10

(4) To order an aluminium support tube with integral cream fixing base, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: XVPC02W).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/27

Harmony

Rotating mirror beacons

XVR

Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating mirror beacons

1
Ø 84 / 106 mm

2

Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons

Ø 84 mm

Light source (included)

“ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount

3 x Ø 05

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

IP23 (IP 65 with accessories)

Voltage

12V AC/DC

12V AC/DC

12V AC/DC

12V AC/DC

Red

XVR08J04

XVR08B04

XVR10J04

XVR10B04

Orange

XVR08J05

XVR08B05

XVR10J05

XVR10B05

Green

XVR08J03

XVR08B03

XVR10J03

XVR10B03

Blue

XVR08J06

XVR08B06

XVR10J06

XVR10B06

References

3

Ø 106 mm

IP23 (IP 65 with accessories)

4
Ø 120 mm

5

6

Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons

Ø 120 mm

Light source (included)

“ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount

3 x M5

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

IP23

Voltage
References

With buzzer

12V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

12V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

Red

XVR12J04

XVR12B04

XVR12J04S

XVR12B04S

Orange

XVR12J05

XVR12B05

XVR12J05S

XVR12B05S

Green

XVR12J03

XVR12B03

XVR12J03S

XVR12B03S

Blue

XVR12J06

XVR12B06

XVR12J06S

XVR12B06S

7

8

9

Ø 130 mm
Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons

Ø 130 mm

Light source (included)

“ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount

3 x Ø 09

Buzzer

Without buzzer

Degree of protection

IP66 - Resistant to vibration

Voltage

12V DC

24V DC

24V AC/DC

120V AC

230V AC

Red

XVR13J04

XVR13B04

XVR13B04L

XVR13G04L

XVR13M04L

Orange

XVR13J05

XVR13B05

XVR13B05L

XVR13G05L

XVR13M05L

References

IP66 and IP67

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/28

Harmony

Rotating mirror beacons accessories
and sound solutions

XVR / XVS

Accessories for rotating mirror beacons

1
Accesories for rotating mirrors

Reflecting prism

Rubber base

To be used for/with

–

Increasing the IP degree Horizontal support

Horizontal support

Height (mm)

–

–

–

300

Ø 84 mm

XVRZR1

XVRZ081

XVCZ23

–

Ø 106 mm

XVRZR2

XVRZ082

XVCZ23

XVCZ13

Ø 120 mm

XVRZR3

–

XVCZ23

XVCZ13

Ø 130 mm

XVRZR3

–

XVR012L

–

References

Metal angle
bracket

Metal fixing plate

2

3

4

Electronic alarms and multisound sirens

5
Sirens and electronic alarms

Sirens

Multisound
sirens
pre-wired

Electronic alarms
Panel Mount DIN72

Electronic alarms
Panel Mount DIN96

Sound level

106 dB

105 dB

90 dB

96 dB

Tones

2

43

16

16

Channels

–

8

4

4

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP53

IP 54

Colors

White

White

Black

12/24V AC/DC

XVS10BMW

–

XVS72BMBp (1) XVS72BMWp (1) XVS96BMBp (1) XVS96BMWp (1)

12/24V DC

–

XVS14BMW

–

–

–

–

120V AC

XVS10GMW

XVS14GMW

–

–

–

–

230V AC

XVS10MMW

XVS14MMW

–

–

–

–

References

6

IP 54
White

Black

White

7

(1) To obtain a complete reference, replace the p by the letter as follow: P = PNP, N = NPN (ex. XVS72BMBP)

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/29

Harmony

Pendant control stations
for control circuits

XAC

Ready to use

1
Type XAC A “Pistol grip”

2

Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13

Conventional thermal current

3

Ithe

10 A

Connection

Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

For control of

single-speed motors

2-speed motors

Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS834)

52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS834)

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked

2

2

Emergency stop

without

ZA2 BS834

without

ZA2 BS834

XAC A201

XAC A2014

XAC A207

XAC A2074

References

4

5
Type XAC A
For control of single-speed motors

6
Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS834)

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs

2

Emergency stop

without

ZA2 BS834

without

ZA2 BS844

XAC A271

XAC A2714

XAC A471

XAC A4714

References

80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS844)
4

7

8

9

10

For control of single-speed motors

+I/O

Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS844)

80 x 560 x 70

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs

6

8

Emergency stop

without

ZA2 BS844

without

XAC A671

XAC A6714

XAC A871

References

Empty enclosures type XAC A
Number of ways

2

3

4

5

6

8

12

References

XAC A02

XAC A03

XAC A04

XAC A05

XAC A06

XAC A08

XAC A12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/30

Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XAC A)

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)
turn to release Ø 40

ZA2 BS844

Ø 30

ZA2 BS834

1

2

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)
key release

Ø 40

ZA2 BS944

Ø 30

ZA2 BS934

3

4

Booted operators
white

XAC A9411

black

XAC A9412

Selector switch
2 pos. stay put ZA2 BD2

5

3 pos. stay put ZA2 BD3
Key switch
key n° 455

2 pos. stay put ZA2 BG4
3 pos. stay put ZA2 BG5

Pilot light heads
white

ZA2 BV01

green

ZA2 BV03

red

ZA2 BV04

yellow

ZA2 BV05

6

Pilot light bodies
direct supply

ZB2 BV006

direct supply, through resistor

ZB2 BV007

7

Blanking plug
with seal and

ZB2SZ3

fixing nut
Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)

Isolating switch, slow break, for front mounting

Double blocks latching, slow break

Emergency stop «N/C+N/C+N/C» XEN T1192

Single-speed N/O + N/O

XEN G3781

N/O

XAC S101

with positive opening operation

Single-speed N/O + N/C

XEN G3791

N/C + N/O

XAC S105

Contacts blocks for XAC A941p

Contact blocks

Protective guard (for base mounted units)

Single-speed N/C + N/O

XEN G1491

Single-speed N/O

ZB2 BE101

For selector switch

2-speed N/C + N/O + N/O

XEN G1191

Single-speed N/C

ZB2 BE102

For emergency stop pushbutton XAC A984

Legends, 30 x 40 mm

With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124

References

ZB2 BY4901

ZB2 BY4903

ZB2 BY4907

XAC A982/983

9

With text

ZB2 BY4909

ZB2 BY4913

ZB2 BY4915

ZB2 BY4930

ZB2 BY2303

ZB2 BY2304

blank

10

white or yellow
background
References

ZB2 BY2904

ZB2 BY2906

ZB2 BY2910

8

ZB2 BY2912

ZB2 BY2916

ZB2 BY2918

ZB2 BY2931

ZB2BY1W140

(1) Trigger action mechanically latching Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/ISO 13850: 2006, Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/31

Magelis

Small Panels
Magelis STO/STU
with graphic screen

1
Type

2

Display
Functions
Communication

3

Characteristics
LCD screen size / Resolution

3.4” / monochrome (200 X 80 pixels)

3.5” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels)

Type

Green, orange, red

TFT 65 536 colours

White, pink, red

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks

–

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition

Dimensions W x D x H

113×28×78mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port

1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

HMI STO511

Front : 98×16×81mm
Rear : 118×30×98mm

4

No

Yes

HMI STO512

HMI STU655

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/32

Magelis

Small Panel
Magelis XBT N
with matrix, semi-graphic screen (1)

1
Type
Display

Characteristics
Capacity

2 lines, 20 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD

green

3 colours

1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

2

green, orange, red
Data entry
Function

Via keypad with 8 keys (4 customizable keys)
Representation of variables

Alphanumeric

Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log

No

Yes

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin RS232 (2)

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus Master

Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens,

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H

132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon

Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTN200

XBTN410

Communication

Yes

Yes

3

Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi, Zelio (2)

4

Momentum, Modicon M340, Zelio (2)
XBTN400

XBTN401

(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.
(2) For XBTN401 only

5
Magelis XBT N
with matrix, semi-graphic screen, dedicated

6

7
Type
Display

Characteristics
Capacity

1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD

green

3 colours (green, orange, red)

Data entry
Function
Communication

8

Via keypad with 8 keys
Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log

Yes

Serial link

1 Sub-D25

1 miniDin RS232 + 1 Sub-D25

Downloadable protocols

Modbus

Zelio

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H

132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Motor starter

Zelio

Tesys Model U

(including connection cable)

Supply voltages

24 VDC

References

XBTNU400

9
XBTNSR2 (3)

(3) Including : 1 XBTN401 + 1 cable SR2CBL08 for Zelio

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/33

Magelis

Small Panel
Magelis XBT R
with matrix, semi-graphic screen (1)

1
Type

2

Display

Characteristics
Capacity

4 lines, 20 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD, 3 colours

green

green, orange, red

Data entry
Function

3

Via keypad with 20 keys (12 customizable keys)
Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log

Yes

Yes

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin (RS232)

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus Master

Uni-TE,Modbus Master/Slave (1), Siemens, Rockwell,

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H

137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Communication

Yes

Omron, Mitsubishi, Zelio (1)

4

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340 Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340, Zelio (1)
Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTR400

XBTR410

XBTR411

(1) For XBTR411 only

Magelis XBT RT
with semi-graphic and touchscreen

5

6
Type

7

Display

Characteristics
Capacity

10 lines, 33 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD green

Data entry
Functions

8

9

Communication

Back-lit LCD green, orange, red

Via keypad with 12 keys (10 customizable keys) or touchscreen
Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log

Yes

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin (RS232) (2)

Yes

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens, Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H

137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon M340, Modicon Quantum, Zelio (2)

Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTRT500

XBTRT511

(2) For XBTRT511 only

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/34

Magelis

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 3.8” touchscreen

1
Type
Display
Functions
Communication

Characteristics
LCD screen size / Resolution

3.8” / QVGA

Type

STN monochrome, amber or red

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks

–

2

TFT 256 colour

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols

3

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H

130x41x104mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port Host type A

1

1

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT1105

4

1

XBTGT1135

XBTGT1335

5
Magelis XBT GT
with 5.7” touchscreen

6
Type
Type
Display

Functions
Communication

Downloadable protocols

Characteristics
LCD screen size / Resolution

5.7” / QVGA

Type

STN Monochrome

STN, colour

5.7” / VGA

Blue

Black and White

4096 colours

backlighting

backlighting

TFT, colour 65536 colours

7

High brightness
backlighting

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 –

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

8

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H

167.5x60x135mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port Host type A

1

Video in

No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT2110

9

Yes
2
No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

XBTGT2120

XBTGT2130

XBTGT2220

XBTGT2330

XBTGT2930

XBTGT2430

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/35

10

Magelis

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 7.5” and 10.4” touchscreen
New

1
Type

2

Display

Functions
Communication

3

Characteristics
10,4” / SVGA

LCD screen size / Resolution

7.5” / VGA

Type (colour)

STN

TFT

TFT

STN

TFT

TFT

TFT

Number of colours

4096

65536

65536

4096

65536

65536

65536

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols

10.4” / VGA

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

4

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

215x60x170

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

313x56x239

271x57x213

USB port Host type A

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

Video in

No

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

Yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT4230

XBTGT4330

XBTGT4340

XBTGT5230

XBTGT5330

XBTGT5340

XBTGT5430

5
Magelis XBT GT
with 12.1” and 15” touchscreen

6

7
Type
Display

8
Functions
Communication

9

10

Characteristics
LCD screen size / Resolution

12,1” / SVGA

Type (colour)

TFT

TFT

15” / XGA
TFT

Number of colours

65536

65536

65536

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Development software

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

313x56x239

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

USB port Host type A

2

Video in

No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

Yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT6330

395x60x294

Yes

Yes

XBTGT6340

XBTGT7340

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/36

Magelis

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GK
with touchscreen and keypad

1
Type
Display

Data entry

Functions

Communication
Downloadable protocols

Characteristics
Screen size / Resolution

5.7” / QVGA

Type

STN monochrome

TFT Colour

10.4” / VGA

black and white

65536 colours

Soft function keys with LED

14

18

Static function keys with LED

10 + legends

12 + legends

Service keys / Alphanumeric keys

8 / 12

Touchscreen and industrial pointer

Yes

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves

Yes, with log

Alarm logs

Yes

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

–

2

3

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

4

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

Dimensions W x D x H

220,3x88x265mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

USB port

1

1

2

Video in

No

No

No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGK2120

296x91x332mm

XBTGK2330

197x92,6x147mm

5

XBTGK5330

6
Magelis XBT GTW
with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

7

Type

Characteristics

Pre-installed Software

OS: Windows XP Embedded, Internet Explorer, Office & Acrobat Reader, .NET, Vijeo Designer Run Time unlimited

8

–

Vijeo Citect Web Client

Touchscreen

8.4 LCD TFT

12 LCD TFT

15 LCD TFT

Resolution

SVGA 800 x 600

SVGA 800 x 600

XGA 1024 x 768

Font panel ports

–

1 x USB

1 x USB

Processor

Celeron M @ 600 MHz

Celeron M @ 1 GHz

Celeron M @ 600 MHz

RAM

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

Storage

CF 1GB expandable to 4GB

CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

Extension

–

1 x PCMCIA slot

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card

(for 1 type II card)

or 2 type I cards)

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

Ports I/O

4 x USB, 2 x RS232

4 x USB, 1 x RS232

4 x USB, 2 x RS232

Power supply

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

Dimension

230 x 177 x 65

313 x 239 x 60

395 x 294 x 65

References

XBTGTW450

XBTGTW652

XBTGTW750

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/37

Magelis

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GH
with 5.7” touchscreen

1
Type

Characteristics

+

2

Screen

Display

Data entry
Safety components

3
Functions

screen size / Resolution

5,7" / VGA

Type (colour)

TFT

Number of colours

65 536

Function keys

11 + label

Operaton key

1 with LED (validation touchscreen)

Key Switch

Yes for ON/OFF

3 positions Enable switch

Yes, OK signal in intermediate position only

Emergency stop

Yes, red with 2 safe contacts and one auxiliary contact

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm historic

4

5

6

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Connection

24-pins connector (communication, alimentation, I/O)

Downloadable protocols

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

224 x 174 x 87,1

USB port

1

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Reference

XBT GH2460

+

Cable interface

connection with junction box

Type of connector

2 x 24-pins speed connectors

Length

3m

10 m

Reference

XBTZGHL3

XBTZGHL10

+

Junction box

Communcation
Connection
Reference

connection with PLCs
Serial link

1 SubD9 (RS232 / RS422 - RS 425)

Network

1 Ethernet RJ45 IEEE 802.3 10/100 T-BASE,

24 pins connector

Interface cable 3 or 10 m

Screw terminals blocks

For alimentation 24 VDC, state of I/O safety components
XBTZGJBOX

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/38

Magelis

Advanced Panel

All in One

Accessories

1
Connection cables

PC to Magelis transfer cables
2.5 m
2m

1,8 m

Application

PC to XBTN / R / RT

PC to XBTGT / GK / GTW

PC to HMI STO/STU

Type of connector

RJ45/RJ45

USB/USB

Physical link

RS 485

–

References

XBTZ925 (1)

XBTZG935

2

BMXXCAUSBH018

(1) Adaptor TSXCUSB485 for linking USB port of PC, to be used with connecting cables XBTZ925

3
Cards and gateways for fieldbus

Modbus Plus

Application

XBTGT/GK

References

XBTZGUMP

FIPWAY / FIPIO

Profibus DP

Device Net

TSXCUSBFIP

XBTZGPDP

XBTZGDVN

4
Connection cables

PLC connection cables (2.5 m)

Application

XBTN401,

XBTGT, GK, N200, N400, R400

XBTR411,

RT, HMI STO/STU

to:

XBTRT511,

Modicon M340

Modicon Quantum Twido

Zelio

Twido,

XBTGT,GK,GTW XBT N410, N401, R410, R411
to:
Modicon Quantum Modicon M340

Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium

Modicon Premium

Type of connector

miniDin, Zelio port RJ45/RJ45

RJ45 / MiniDin

SUB D 9 / SUB D 9 MiniDin / SUB D 25 SUB D 9 / SUB D 25 RJ45 / SUB D 25

Physical link

RS 232

RS 485

RS 485

RS 232

RS 485

RS 232

RS 485

References

SR2CBL08

XBTZ9980

XBTZ9780

990NAA26320

XBTZ968

XBTZ9710

XBTZ938

5

6

«Compact Flash» card
Memory

128 Mo

Application

XBT GT / GK / GH / GTW

256 Mo

References

XBTZGM128

XBTZGM256

512 Mo

1 Go

2 Go

4 Go

7

MPCYN00CFE00N MPCYN00CF100N MPCYN00CF200N MPCYN00CF400N

Connection cables

off-set USB

Application

XBT GT / GC / GK / GTW and HMI STO / STU

HMI STO/STU

Type of connector

USB A / USB A

USB miniB / USB miniB

Reference

XBTZGUSB

HMIZSUSBB

8

9
Certifications Magelis XBT range: Depending on model*
* For more information, consult your HMI catalog.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/39

Magelis

HMI Controllers

All in One

Magelis XBT GC
Compact HMI Controller

1
Type

2

Characteristics

Display
Functions

Communication

3

LCD screen size / Resolution

3,8” / QVGA

5,7” / QVGA

Type

STN monochrome, amber or red

STN monochrome, gray

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

STN 4096 colours

Control

5 languages IEC

Serial link

–

1 Sub9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485)

Networks

–

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

4

5

Development software

SoMachine (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H

130x76x104mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port Host type A

1

1

1

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

No

Yes

Integrated I/O

12I/6O 24 VDC

16I/16O 24 VDC

Extensions

2 modules TM2

3 modules TM2

or CANopen module

or CANopen module

Supply voltage
References

24 VDC
Source Output

XBTGC1100T

XBTGC2120T

XBTGC2230T

Sink Output

XBTGC1100U

XBTGC2120U

XBTGC2230U

Extensions

6

7

8

Type of module

CANopen Master

Characteristics

Class M10 limited 16 slaves, Standard DS301 V4.O2

References

XBTZGCCAN

Type of module

Digitals Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics

8I
24 VDC
Screw terminal

16I
24 VDC
Screw terminal

16I
24 VDC
HE10

32I
24 VDC
HE10

8I
120 VAC
Screw terminal

4I 24 VDC
4O Relays
Screw terminal

References

TM2DDI8DT

TM2DDI16DT

TM2DDI16DK

TM2DDI32DK

TM2DAI8DT

TM2DMM8DRT TM2DMM24DRF

Type of module

Digitals Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics

8O Transistor
24 VDC
Screw terminal

References

9

207x76x157mm

16I 24 VDC
8O Relays
Screw terminal

16O Transistor
24 VDC
HE10

32O Transistor
24 VDC
HE10

8O Relays
230 VAC 30 VDC
Screw terminal

16O Relays
230 VAC 30 VDC
Screw terminal

Source Output

TM2DD08TT

TM2DD016TK

TM2DD032TK

TM2DRA8RT

TM2DRA16RT

Sink Output

TM2DD08UT

TM2DD016UK

TM2DD032UK

–

–

Type of module

Analog Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics

2I Current/Voltage

2I Thermocouple

4I Current/Voltage
Temperature

8I Current/Voltage

References

TM2AMI2HT

TM2AMI2LT

TM2AMI4LT

TM2AMI8HT

8I Temperature

8I PTC

TM2ARI8LRJ

TM2ARI8HT

TM2ARI8LT

10

Type of module

Analog Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics

1O Current/Voltage

2O Voltage

2I Current/Voltage
1O Current/Voltage

2I Temperature
1O Current/Voltage

4I Current/Voltage
2O Current/Voltage

References

TM2AMO1HT

TM2AVO2HT

TM2AMM3HT

TM2ALM3LT

TM2AMM6HT

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/40

Magelis

PC Panels

All in One

Magelis Smart
with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

1
Smart 8.4

Smart 12

Smart 15

OS: Windows XP Embedded, Internet Explorer, Office & Acrobat Reader, .NET

Pre-installed Software

–

2

Vijeo Designer Runtime demo, Vijeo Citect Web Client

Touch screen

8.4” LCD TFT

12” LCD TFT

15” LCD TFT

Resolution

SVGA 800x600

SVGA 800x600

XGA 1024x768

Front side port

–

1 x USB

1 x USB

Processor

Celeron M@600MHz

Celeron M@1GHz

Celeron M@600MHz

RAM

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

Storage

CF 1GB expandable to 4GB

CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

Extension

–

1 x PCMCIA slot

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card

(for 1 type II card)

or 2 type I cards)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)
4 x USB, RS 232

3

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232

4 x USB, RS 232

Certification

UL 508, CSA 142, Marine (1)

UL 508, CSA 142

UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2) (1)

Dimensions

230 x 177 x 65

313 x 239 x 60

395 x 294 x 65

iPC without maintenance
(Compact Flash disk)

License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo
Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,
unlimited, to be ordered separately.

AC

MPCST11NAJ00T

MPCST21NAJ20T

MPCST52NAJ20T

DC

MPCST11NDJ00T

MPCST21NDJ20T

MPCST52NDJ20T

4

(1) DC version, only

5

Magelis Compact iPC
with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

6
Compact
iPC 8.4”

Compact
iPC 12”

Compact
iPC 15”

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Touch screen

8.4” LCD TFT

12” LCD TFT

15” LCD TFT

Resolution

SVGA 800x600

XGA 1024x768

XGA 1024x768

Front side port

–

1 x USB

1 x USB

Processor

Celeron M@1GHz

Celeron M@1.5 GHz

Pentium M@1.6GHz

RAM

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 2GB

Drive devices

–

–

DVD writer

Storage

HDD ≥ 80 GB

HDD ≥ 160 GB or Flash

HDD ≥ 80 GB or Flash

7

1,5GB ► 2GB

8

disk 15 GB

disk 15 GB

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card or 2 type I card)

Extension

–

1 PCMCIA slot

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232

4 x USB, 1 x RS 232

4 x USB, 4 x RS 232

Certification

UL508, CSA

UL508, CSA

UL508, CSA, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1, Div 2)

Dimensions

230 x 177 x 120

313 x 239 x 100

395 x 294 x 100

AC

MPCKT12NAX00N

MPCKT22NAX20N

MPCKT55NAX20N

–

DC

–

–

MPCKT55NDX20N

–

AC

–

MPCKT22MAX20N

MPCKT55MAX20N

–

Vijeo Citect Lite 1200 I/O

–

–

–

MPCKT55MAX20L

Vijeo Citect Full 500 I/O

–

–

–

MPCKT55MAX20V

(for 1 type II card)

General Purpose
(Hard Drive)
Heavy Duty
(Flash disk)

License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo
Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,
unlimited, to be ordered separately.

SCADA Edition (Vijeo Citect)

9

10

AC

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/41

Magelis

Embedded BOX and PC BOX

BOX

Magelis Smart BOX,
Magelis Compact PC BOX

1
Smart BOX

2

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Processor

Celeron M@600MHz

Celeron M@1GHz

256MB ► 1024MB

512MB ► 1024MB

Storage

CF 1 GB

HDD ≥ 80 GB

Drives

–

–

Extension

–

1 x PCI

Video ports

1 x RGB

1 x RGB

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232

Certification

UL508, CSA, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2),

UL508, CSA

RAM

3

Compact PC BOX

Default ► Max

ATEX2-22, Marine DNV (1)
Connection

4

Yes

for Front Panel

No

No

218 x 165 x 65

218 x 165 x 115

–

MPCKN02NAX00N

AC

MPCSN01NAJ00T (2)

–

DC

MPCSN01NDJ00T

–

Dimensions
iPC General Purpose
(Hard Drive)
iPC without maintenance
(Compact Flash disk)

5

for iDisplay

License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo
Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,
unlimited, to be ordered separately.
License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo
Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,
unlimited, to be ordered separately.

AC

Yes

(1) Marine DNV and Atex 2-22 on DC version only
(2) With delivered external alimentation adaptator

Magelis Flex PC BOX

6
Flex PC BOX F

7

Flex PC BOX H

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Processor

Celeron

Core Duo 2Ghz

Celeron

M1,86Ghz
RAM

Default ► Max

512MB>2GB

Storage

8

9

1GB>2GB

or Flash Disk 15GB

2PCI

Video ports

1 x DVI-I (RGB)

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1 G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 4 x RS 232

iPC General Purpose
(Hard Drive)

512MB>2GB

or Flash Disk 15GB
Extension

Connection

2GB

HDD ≥ 160GB with option RAID

Reader DVD

Engraver DVD

2GB

Reader DVD
4PCI

UL508, cUL, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2), ATEX2-22 (1)
for iDisplay

Yes

for Front Panel

Yes

Dimensions

10

1GB>2GB

HDD ≥ 160GB with option RAID

Drives

Certification

Core Duo 2Ghz

M1,86Ghz

License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo
Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,
unlimited, to be ordered separately.

243 x 160 x 289

243 x 205 x 289

AC

MPCFN02NAX00N MPCFN05NAX00N –

MPCHN02NAX00N MPCHN05NAX00N –

DC

MPCFN02NDX00N MPCFN05NDX00N –

MPCHN02NDX00N MPCHN05NDX00N –

Heavy Duty (Flash disk)

AC

–

MPCFN05MAX00N –

–

Heavy Duty (Flash disk) Vijeo Citect full 500 I/O

AC

–

–

MPCFN05MAX00V –

MPCHN05MAX00N –
–

MPCHN05MAX00V

(1) Atex 2/22 for DC version only

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/42

Magelis

Front Panel
Magelis iPC
To be connected only with Magelis Flex PC BOX

1
Front Panel

12” touch & keypad 15” touch & keypad 15” touch

19” touch

Touchscreen

12” LCD TFT

15” LCD TFT

15” LCD TFT

19” LCD TFT

Resolution

SVGA 800x600

XGA 1024x768

XGA 1024x768

SXGA 1280x1024

Front side port

1 x USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

Dimensions

420 x 320 x 31

483 x 365 x 31

420 x 320 x 31

460 x 390 x 44

References

MPCYB20NNN00N

MPCYB50NNN00N

MPCYT50NNN00N

MPCYT90NNN00N

2

3

4
Industrial Display
Magelis iDisplay
with 15”, 19” touchscreen

5

6
15” touch & keypad

15” touch

19” touch

Touchscreen

15” LCD TFT

15” LCD TFT

19” LCD TFT

Resolution

XGA 1024x768

XGA 1024x768

SXGA 1280x1024

Front side port

1 x USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

Video ports

1 x VGA & 1 x DVI

1 x VGA & 1 x DVI

1 x VGA & 1 x DVI

Touchscreen ports

1 x USB & 1 x RS 232

1 x USB & 1 x RS 232

1 x USB & 1 x RS 232

Power supply

100…240VAC

100…240VAC

100…240VAC

Certification

UL508, CSA

UL508, CSA

UL508, CSA

Dimensions

483 x 365 x 65

395 x 294 x 60

460 x 390 x 65

References

MPCNB50NAN00N

MPCYT50NAN00N

MPCYT90NAN00N

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/43

Vijeo Designer Lite

Configuration software
Magelis XBT N, R, RT

1
Vijeo Designer Lite configuration software enables the creation of simple operator dialogue applications
on Magelis XBT N, R and RT Small Panel ranges.
It also enables transparent recovery of all applications for Magelis XBT N and R produced using its

2

predecessor: XBT L1000.
For simplified installation and improved consistency, Vijeo Designer Lite retains the main characteristics
of Vijeo Designer software (ergonomics, interface ...) which has become the reference in the HMI field.
Configuration
Vijeo Designer Lite software enables fast and easy creation of different types of pages (application page,

3

alarm pages, help pages...) and the installation of navigation between pages.
It offers:
- Graphic objects developed for Magelis XBT RT (bar charts, trend curves...)
- Character fonts Byzantine, simplified Chinese, Cyrillic, Japanese
- Project reports
- Application simulation on PC

4

- Six languages : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese.

Selection guide

5

Number of licenses

Composition

References

Single (1)

Without cable
With USB cable

VJDSNDTMSVppM
VJDSUDTMSVppM

Software is delivered on CD-ROM and can be executed under Windows 2000, XP and Vista.
pp represents version number.

6

These references are downlodable on Schneider-Electric.com

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/44

Vijeo Designer

Configuration software
Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH
Magelis Smart, Compact iPC and PC BOX*

* Available with Vijeo Designer ≥ 5.0

1
Vijeo Designer configuration software enables creation of automated system control operator dialogue
applications for Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH terminals and Smart & Compact iPC and
Navigator

Application

PC BOX. It also enables management of the multimedia functions of XBT GTW and Smart & Compact
iPC (video and audio) and offers users of Ethernet terminals and iPC remote access via a Web browser

2

(WEB Gate function).
Configuration
Vijeo Designer configuration software enables fast, simple processing of operator dialogue projects
thanks to its ergonomics, developed around 6 configurable windows.

3

It also offers comprehensive application management tools:
. Project creation; projects comprising one or several targets (terminal or iPC).
. Recipe editor (32 groups of 256 recipes of max. 1024 ingredients).
. User action list (eg. script) for application adaptability.
. Application variable cross-referencing.
. Vectorial graphic library for more attractive graphic screens.

4

. Application block diagram documentation.
. Simulation mode for simple design office application testing.
. High-performance graphic editor for simple block diagram creation (over 30 animated preconfigured generic
objects).
. Support of layers and masks for faster development.
. Data sharing (up to 300 variables on 8 terminals).
Property
Inspector

Feedback zone

Animated
graphical
objects
library

5

. Management of 40 alphabet (including simplified Chinese, Korean, Arabic and Hebrew) with the
opportunity to have 15 languages per application and dynamic change.
. Programmable controller database sharing (Unity Pro, PL7, Concept, TwidoSoft, ProWORX, ModSoft),
process variables or operators actions
. Advanced traceability function (periodic, at event or on request).
. Project backup on terminal for simple maintenance.

6

. User-friendly data recovery tool.
. Support of standard USB peripherals (USB key up to 4 GB).
. Support of external USB keyboards and mice.
. Integration with Schneider Electric equipment (buffer diag., variables access, Unity DDT and unlocated
variables.)
. Event-triggered e-mail funtion
. Over 35 third party protocols
. Multilingual software : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and Simplified Chinese.

7

. Printing function
The Vijeo Designer Limited Edition, downloadable or free access allows you to configure the Magelis
STO/STU.

8

Selection guide
Number of licences

Composition

References

Single (1)

Without cable
With USB cable

VJDSNDTGSVppM
VJDSUDTGSVppM

Group (3)

Without cable

VJDGNDTGSVppM

Team (10)

Without cable

VJDTNDTGSVppM

Facility (Unlimited)

Without cable

VJDFNDTGSVppM

9

The software is supplied on DVD and runs under Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7.
pp represent the version number.

Runtime pour Magelis iPC

Composition

References

Single (1)

Without cable

VJDSNRTMPC

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/45

Zelio
Intended for all automation applications using
cabled logic and for complementing PLCs using
simple functions (counting, monitoring and
measurement…), the Zelio relay offer assures
optimum results due to its single-function
products.

Today automation is everywhere.
To answer your needs Schneider Electric
provides a very complete offer of
automation products, in a wide range
of applications.
Benefit from competitive and efficient
products tailor-made to reduce your
energy consumption and increase the
safety of personnel and equipment while
protecting the environment.

Modicon
Increase productivity, optimize flexibility, and
ensure the safety of humans and machines are
the main objectives in industrial competition
today.
The Modicon automation platforms incorporate
the latest performing technology, in conformity
with the international standards. They are easy
to use and ready to integrate your automated
systems.

Automation
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Relays
Electromechanical plug-in relays, Zelio Relay .................................................................. 3/2 to 3/4
Solid-state relays, Zelio Relay .................................................................................................... 3/5
Control and measurement relays, Zelio Control ............................................................ 3/6 to 3/10
Counters, Zelio Count ...............................................................................................................3/11
Timing relays, Zelio Time .............................................................................................. 3/12 to 3/13
Analog interface, Zelio analog ...................................................................................... 3/14 to 3/15
Smart relays, Zelio Logic .............................................................................................. 3/16 to 3/17

3

4
Programmable controllers
Programmable controllers, Twido ................................................................................. 3/18 to 3/21

5

Programmable Automation Controllers
Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon M340 ............................................... 3/22 to 3/29
Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon Premium ......................................... 3/30 to 3/37
Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon Quantum ........................................ 3/38 to 3/45

6

Software
Programming software, Zelio Soft 2 ......................................................................................... 3/17
Programming software, Twido Suite ......................................................................................... 3/20
Configuration software, Unity Pro ................................................................................. 3/46 to 3/47
Programming software, PL7, Concept, ProWORX32 .................................................. 3/48 to 3/49
SCADA software, Vijeo Citect .................................................................................................. 3/50
Reporting software, Vijeo Historian ......................................................................................... 3/51

7

8

9

10

3/1

Zelio Relay

Electromechanical plug-in relays
Interface and miniature relays

1
Type of relay

2

3

Interface relays
RSB

Miniature relays
RXM

Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A (temperature ≤ 55°C)

8

12

16

12

10

6

3

Number of contacts

2 “C/O”

1 “C/O”

1 “C/O”

2 “C/O”

3 “C/O”

4 “C/O”

4 “C/O”

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgAu

Switching voltage, min. / max.

5 / 250 VAC/DC

Switching capacity, min. / max. (mA / VA)

5 / 2000

10 / 1500

2 / 1500

12 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 3000

5 / 4000

10 / 3000

10 / 2500

Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush,

0.75 VA / 0.45 W

1.2 VA / 0.9 W

Permissible voltage variation

0.8/0.85…1.1 Un (50/ 60Hz or =)

0.8…1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)

(1)

(1)

(2)

RSB2A080RD

RSB1A120RD RSB1A160RD –

References
6 VDC

Coil supply voltage
on DC

4

(1)

(2)

(2)

–

–

–

RXM3AB2JD

RXM4AB2JD

RXM4GB2JD

12 VDC

RSB2A080JD RSB1A120JD RSB1A160JD RXM2AB2JD

24 VDC

RSB2A080BD RSB1A120BD RSB1A160BD RXM2AB2BD RXM3AB2BD RXM4AB2BD RXM4GB2BD

48 VDC

RSB2A080ED RSB1A120ED RSB1A160ED RXM2AB2ED RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED

60 VDC

RSB2A080ND RSB1A120ND RSB1A160ND –

–

110 VDC

RSB2A080FD RSB1A120FD RSB1A160FD RXM2AB2FD

RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED

Coil supply voltage

24 VAC

RSB2A080B7 RSB1A120B7 RSB1A160B7 RXM2AB2B7

RXM3AB2B7

RXM4AB2B7

on AC

48 VAC

RSB2A080E7 RSB1A120E7 RSB1A160E7 RXM2AB2E7

RXM3AB2E7

RXM4AB2E7

RXM4GB2E7

120 VAC

RSB2A080F7

RXM3AB2F7

RXM4AB2F7

RXM4GB2F7

220 VAC

RSB2A080M7 RSB1A120M7 RSB1A160M7 –

–

–

–

230 VAC

RSB2A080P7 RSB1A120P7 RSB1A160P7 RXM2AB2P7

RXM3AB2P7

RXM4AB2P7

RXM4GB2P7

240 VAC

RSB2A080U7 RSB1A120U7 RSB1A160U7 –

–

–

RXM4GB2U7

5

6

RSB1A120F7 RSB1A160F7 RXM2AB2F7

–

–
RXM4GB2B7

Sockets for relays
Type of socket

For interface relays RSB

For miniature relays RXM

Mixed input/output type sockets with location for protection module

7

–

–

–

RXZE2M114(5) –

RXZE2M114

–

–

–

RXZE2M114M(5) –

RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M

RXZE2M114

Separate input/output type sockets with location for protection module
RSZE1S48M RSZE1S35M RSZE1S48M(3) RXZE2S108M RXZE2S111M RXZE2S114M RXZE2S114M
Protection modules

8

9

Diode

6…230 VDC

RZM040W

RC circuit

24…60 VAC

RZM041BN7

RXM041BN7

110…240 VAC

RZM041FU7

RXM041FU7

6…24 VDC or AC

RZM021RB (6)

RXM021RB

24…60 VDC or AC

RZM021BN (6)

RXM021BN

110…230 VDC or AC

RZM021FP (6)

RXM021FP

24 VDC or AC

–

–

240 VDC or AC

–

–

24…230 VDC or AC

–

–

Varistor

Multifunction timer module

Accessories
Plastic maintaining clamp

RSZR215

RXZR335

Metal maintaining clamp

–

RXZ400

RSZL300

RXZL420 (except RXZE2M114)

–

RXZS2

DIN rail adapter

–

RXZE2DA

Panel mounting adapter

–

RXZE2FA

Label for socket
Bus jumper

10

RXM040W

2 poles

(1) References for relays without socket, for relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S).
(2) References for relays with LED, for relays without LED, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXM2AB2JD becomes RXM2AB1JD)
(3) To use RSB 1A160 pp relay with socket, terminals must be interconnected

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/2

Universal and power relays

1
Universal relays
RUM

Power relays
RPM

Cylindrics

RPF

Faston
10

3

10

10

15

15

15

15

30 (4)

30 (4)

2 “C/O”

3 “C/O”

3 “C/O”

2 “C/O”

3 “C/O”

1 “C/O”

2 “C/O”

3 “C/O”

4 “C/O”

2 “N/O”

2 “C/O”

AgNi

AgNi

AgAu

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgSnO2

AgSnO2

10

12 / 250 VAC/DC
10 / 2500

10 / 2500

12 / 250 VAC/DC
3 / 750

10 / 2500

10 / 2500

2…3 VA / 1.4 W

100 / 3750

100 / 3750

12 / 250 VAC/DC
100 / 3750

100 / 3750

100 / 7200

0.9 VA / 0.7 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 1.5 VA / 1.7 W 1.5 VA / 2 W

4 VA / 1.7 W

100 / 7200

3

(2)

(2)

–

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RUMF2AB2JD RUMF3AB2JD RPM12JD

RPM22JD

RPM32JD

RPM42JD

RPF2AJD

RPF2BJD

RUMC2AB2BD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3GB2BD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF3AB2BD RPM12BD

RPM22BD

RPM32BD

RPM42BD

RPF2ABD

RPF2BBD

RUMC2AB2ED RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3GB2ED RUMF2AB2ED RUMF3AB2ED RPM12ED

RPM22ED

RPM32ED

RPM42ED

–

–

–

–

RUMC2AB2JD RUMC3AB2JD –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RUMF2AB2FD RUMF3AB2FD RPM12FD

RPM22FD

RPM32FD

RPM42FD

RPF2AFD

RPF2BFD

RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3GB2B7 RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF3AB2B7 RPM12B7

RPM22B7

RPM32B7

RPM42B7

RPF2AB7

RPF2BB7
–

RUMC2AB2FD RUMC3AB2FD –

RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3GB2E7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF3AB2E7

RPM12E7

RPM22E7

RPM32E7

RPM42E7

–

RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3GB2F7 RUMF2AB2F7

RUMF3AB2F7

RPM12F7

RPM22F7

RPM32F7

RPM42F7

RPF2AF7

RPF2BF7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RUMC2AB2P7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMC3GB2P7 RUMF2AB2P7 RUMF3AB2P7

RPM12P7

RPM22P7

RPM32P7

RPM42P7

RPF2AP7

RPF2BP7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

4

5

6
For universal relays RUM

For power relays RPM

For power relays RPF

RUZC2M

RUZC3M

RUZC3M

–

–

RPZF1

RPZF2

RPZF3

RPZF4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RUZSC2M

RUZSC3M

RUZSC3M

RUZSF3M

RUZSF3M

–

–

–

–

–

1 and 2 poles

3 and 4 poles

RUW240BD

RXM040W

RUW240BD

–

–

RXM041BN7

–

–

RUW241P7

RXM041FU7

RUW241P7

–

–

RXM021RB

–

–

–

RXM021BN

–

–

–

RXM021FP

–

–

RUW242B7

RUW242B7

–

–

RUW242P7

–

RUW242P7

–

RUW101MW

–

RUW101MW

–

–

–

–

RUZC200

RPZF1 (for 1 pole relays)

–

RUZL420

–

–

RUZS2

–

–

RPZ1DA

RXZE2DA

RPZ3DA

RPZ4DA

–

–

RPZ1FA

RXZE2FA

RPZ3FA

RPZ4FA

–

7

8

9

–

10

(4) 30A with 13 mm space between relays; 25 A when relay mounting side by side
(5) Max 10 A operating
(6) With LED
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/3

Zelio Relay

Electromechanical plug-in relays
RSL relays mounted on sockets

1
Type of relay

2

3

Pre-assembled equipped with LED and protection circuit
Sold in lots of 10

Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A

6

Number of contacts

1 C/O

Contact material

AgSnO2

Switching voltage, min/max

12 / 300 V AC/DC

Switching capacity min/max (mA /VA)

100 / 1500

Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush

0.17 W

permissible voltage variation

-10% / +15%

Socket connexion

Screw connector

Spring terminal
RSL1PRJU

Socket supply voltage Coil supply voltage
References

4

12 V AC/DC

12 V DC

RSL1PVJU

24 V AC/DC

24 V DC

RSL1PVBU

RSL1PRBU

48 V AC/DC

48 V DC

RSL1PVEU

RSL1PREU

110 V AC/DC

60 V DC

RSL1PVFU

RSL1PRFU

230 V AC/DC

60 V DC

RSL1PVPU

RSL1PRPU

RSL relays

5

6
Type of relay

Relay for customer assembly
Sold in lots of 10

Number of contacts

1 C/O
Coil supply voltage

7

References

12 V DC

RSL1AB4JD

24 V DC

RSL1AB4BD

48 V DC

RSL1AB4ED

60 V DC

RSL1AB4ND

Sockets

8

9
Type of socket

Sockets for customer assembly with LED and protection circuit
Sold in lots of 10

Socket connection

10

Screw connector

Spring terminal

Socket supply voltage
References

12 and 24 V AC/DC

RSLZVA1

RSLZRA1

48 and 60 V AC/DC

RSLZVA2

RSLZRA2

110 V AC/DC

RSLZVA3

RSLZRA3

230 V AC/DC

RSLZVA4

RSLZRA4
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/4

Zelio Relay

Solid-state relays
SSRP relays

1
Type of relay

Panel mounted
without heat sink and thermal interface

Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A

10

25

50

75

90

2

125

Number of contacts

1 NO

Type if switching

Zero voltage switching

Output

SPST contact

Connection

Screw connector

Control voltage range

3…32 V DC

4…32 V DC

Operating voltage

24…280 VAC

48…530 V AC

References

SSRPCDS10A1 SSRPCDS25A1 SSRPCDS50A1 SSRPCDS75A2 SSRPCDS90A3 SSRPCDS125A3

Control voltage range

90…280 V AC

Operating voltage

24…280 VAC

References

SSRPP8S10A1

SSRPP8S25A1

SSRPP8S50A1

3

48…660 V AC

80…530 V AC

48…660 V AC

SSRPP8S75A2

SSRPP8S90A3

SSRPP8S125A3

4

SSRD relays

5

Type of relay

Rail DIN mounted
With integrated heat sink

6

Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A

10

Number of contacts

1 NO

Type if switching

Zero voltage switching

Output

SPST contact

Connection

Screw connector

Control voltage range

4…32 V DC

Operating voltage

24…280 VAC

References

SSRDCDS10A1

Control voltage range

90…280 V AC

Operating voltage

24…280 VAC

References

SSRDP8S10A1

20

30

45

7
3…32 V DC
SSRDCDS20A1

SSRDCDS30A1

SSRDCDS45A1
90…140 V AC

SSRDP8S20A1

SSRDP8S30A1

8

SSRDP8S45A1

Accessories

Type of accessory

Heat sink

For relay

SSRP

References

SSRAH1

9

10

Thermal interface

SSRAT1
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/5

Zelio Control

Relays
3-phase monitoring relays

1
Function

2

presence of phase
+phase sequence

+phase sequence, +regeneration
+phase unbalance, +under/over voltage

Monitoring voltage range

208…480 VAC

208…440 VAC

208…480 VAC

Outputs

1 C/O

2 C/O

1 C/O

220 … 440 VAC
2 C/O

References

RM17TG00

RM17TG20

RM17TE00

RM35TF30

Function

presence of phase
+under/over voltage

3

4

5

+presence of neutral
+under/over voltage

Monitoring voltage range

208…480 VAC

220…480 VAC

120…277 VAC (phase-neutral)

Outputs

1 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM17UB310

RM35UB330

RM35UB3N30

6
Level / Speed monitoring relays

7

8

9

Function

Conductive liquid
level monitoring

Non-conductive material
level monitoring

Over/under
Speed monitoring

Power supply

24…240 VAC/DC

Monitoring range

0,25…5 KΩ

Input of sensor :

Interval between pulses:

5…100 KΩ

Contact / PNP / NPN

0.05…0.5 s, 0.1…1 s, 0.5…5 s
1…10 s, 0.1…1 mn, 0.5…5 mn

0,05…1 MΩ

1…10 mn

10

Output

2 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

Reference

RM35LM33MW

RM35LV14MW

RM35S0MW

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/6

Current / Voltage /Frequency monitoring relays

1
Function

Voltage Monitoring
Under or Over Voltage

Power Supply

24…240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz

Monitoring range

0.05…0.5 V

1…10 V

0.3…3 V

5…50 V

30…300 V

0.5…5 V

10…100 V

60…600 V

2

15…150 V

Outputs

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM35UA11MW

RM35UA12MW

RM35UA13MW

3

4

Function

Voltage Monitoring
Under or Over Voltage

5

Under and Over Voltage

Power Supply

self powered

Monitoring range

9…15 VDC

20…80 VAC/DC

65…260 VAC/DC

20…80 VAC/DC

self powered
65…260 VAC/DC

Outputs
References

1 C/O
RM17UAS14

1 C/O
RM17UAS16

1 C/O
RM17UAS15

1 C/O
RM17UBE16

1 C/O
RM17UBE15

6

7

8
Function

Current Monitoring
over curent
over or under current

Frequency Monitoring
Over or under frequency

Power supply

24…240 VAC/DC

24…240 VAC/DC 50/60 Hz

120…277 VAC 50/60 Hz

Monitoring range

2…20 A

2…20 mA

0.15…1.5 A

50 Hz ± 10 Hz

built-in CT

10…100 mA

0.5…5 A

or

50…500 mA

1.5…15 A

60 Hz ± 10Hz

Output

1 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

Reference

RM17JC00MW

RM35JA31MW

RM35JA32MW

RM35HZ21FM

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/7

Zelio Control

Relays
Lift / Pump / Motor monitoring relays

1
Function

2

Lift motor room temperature monitoring
+phase presence
+phase sequence

Power supply
Monitoring range

24…240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz
input PT100 3 wires

208…480 VAC 50/60Hz

Under -1…+11 °C

input PT100 3 wires

Over +34…+46 °C

Under -1…+11 °C
Over +34…+46 °C

3

Output

1 C/O

2 NO

2 C/O

Reference

RM35ATL0MW

RM35ATR5MW

RM35ATW5MW

Function

Pump protection
Current monitor
+3 phase monitor

Motor Protection
Winding Temperature monitor
+3 phase monitor

Power supply

self powered

24…240 VAC/DC

4

5

(single phase :230 VAC 50/60 Hz)

6

Monitoring range

Current: 0.1…10 A

Winding Temperature: PTC sensor

Voltage (three phase):

Three phase voltage: 208…480 VAC 50/60Hz

208…480 VAC 50/60Hz
Output

1 C/O

2 NO

2 NO

Reference

RM35BA10

RM35TM50MW

RM35TM250MW

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/8

Control relays for 3-phase supplies

1
Function

Rotational direction and presence of phases
+ Undervoltage + Over and undervoltage

Adjustable time delay

without

without

0.1…10 s

0.1…10 s

fixed, 0.5 s

0.1…10 s

Supply voltage

220…440V

380…440V

400V

380…440V

380…440V

380…440V

Output

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

1 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM4TG20

RM4TU02

RM4TR34 (1)

RM4TR32 (2)

RM4TA02

RM4TA32

+ Asymmetry

2

(1) Relay with fixed voltage thresholds.
(2) Relay with adjustable voltage thresholds.

3
Current and voltage measurement relays
(3) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters
indicating the required voltage, as shown below:
Voltage
VAC, 50/60 Hz VDC
24…240 V

MW

MW

110…130 V

F

–

220…240 V

M

–

380…415 V

Q

–

4

5

Function

Detection of
over and undercurrent

over and undercurrent

Measuring range

3…30 mA

0.3…1.5 A

0.05 …0.5 V

1…10 V

30…300 V

10…100 mA

1…5 A

0.3 …3 V

5…50 V

50…500 V

Adjustable time delay

0.1…1 A
0.05…30 s

3…15 A
0.05…30 s

0.5…5 V
0.05…30 s

10…100 V
0.05…30 s

0.05…30 s

0.1…10 s

Output

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM4JA31•• (3)

RM4JA32•• (3)

RM4UA31•• (3) RM4UA32•• (3)

RM4-LA32

VAC, 50/60 Hz

VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 V

B

B

–

24…240 V

–

MW

MW
–

Voltage

6

RM4UA33•• (3) RM4UB35

Liquid level control relays

(4) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters
indicating the required voltage, as shown below:
RM4-LG01

180…270 V

7

VDC

110…130 V

F

F

220…240 V

M

M

–

380…415 V

Q

Q

–

8

Control relays

Empty or fill

Sensitivity scale

5 ... 100 kΩ

0.25 ... 5 kΩ
2.5 ... 50 kΩ

9

25 ... 500 kΩ
Time delay

without

Output

1 C/O

adjustable, 0.1 to 10 s
2 C/O

References

RM4LG01• (4)

RM4LA32•• (4)

Liquid level control probe type

Measuring electrode and
reference electrode

1 simple stainless steel electrode
in PVC protective casing

Mounting

suspended

suspended

Maximum operating temperature

100°C

100°C

References

LA9RM201

RM79696043

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/9

Zelio Control

Measurement and control relays
REG temperature control relays

1
Type of relay

2

Size 24 x 48 mm - 1/32 DIN

Input type

Thermocouple PT100 probe

Integrated functions

Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 8 steps, automatic operating mode

Alarm output

–

1

–

–

Communication

ModBus

–

ModBus

ModBus

Supply voltage
References

Voltage/Current 1...5 V / 4…20 mA

24 V AC/DC

100...240 VAC
Number/Output type

3

100...240 VAC

24 V AC/DC

1/relay

REG24PTP1RHU

REG24PTP1ARHU REG24PTP1RLU

REG24PUJ1RHU

REG24PUJ1RLU

1/solid-state

REG24PTP1LHU

REG24PTP1ALHU REG24PTP1LLU

REG24PUJ1LHU

REG24PUJ1LLU

1/4-20 mA

REG24PTP1JHU

–

–

–

REG24PTP1JLU

4

5

Type of relay

Format 48 x 48 mm - 1/16 DIN

Input type

Universal

Integrated functions

Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 16 steps, automatic and manual operating mode

Alarm output

2

Communication

ModBus

Supply voltage

100...240 VAC

References

Number/Output type

6

–

ModBus
24 V AC/DC

1/relay

REG48PUN1RHU

REG48PUNL1ARHU

REG48PUN1RLU

2/relay

REG48PUN2RHU

–

REG48PUN2RLU

1/solid-state

REG48PUN1LHU

REG48PUNL1LHU

REG48PUN1LLU

1 + 1 solid-state

REG48PUN2RLHU

–

REG48PUN2RLLU

1/4-20 mA

REG48PUN1JHU

–

REG48PUN1JLU

–

REG48PUN2LJLU

1/solid-state + 1/4-20 mA REG48PUN2LJHU

7

8

9

Type of relay

Size 96 x 48 mm - 1/8 DIN

Input type

Universal

Integrated functions

Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 16 steps, automatic and manual operating mode

Alarm output

3

Communication

ModBus

Supply voltage

100...240 VAC

References

10

Number/Output type

–

ModBus
24 V AC/DC

1/relay

REG96PUN1RHU

REG96PUNL1RHU

REG96PUN1RLU

2/relay

REG96PUN2RHU

–

REG96PUN2RLU

1/solid-state

REG96PUN1LHU

REG96PUNL1LHU

REG96PUN1LLU

1 + 1 solid-state

REG96PUN2RLHU

–

REG96PUN2RLLU

1/4-20 mA

REG96PUN1JHU

–

REG96PUN1JLU

–

REG96PUN2LJLU

1/solid-state + 1/4-20 mA REG96PUN2LJHU

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/10

Zelio Count

Counters
Multifunction counters

1
Display

Mechanical

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Number of digits displayed

5

LCD
Battery
6

6

8

8
7.5 kHz

Counting frequency

20 Hz

10 Hz

25 Hz

25 Hz

Type of zero reset

Manual

Without

Manual

Without

Manual (1)

Front face dimensions, W x H

41.5 x 31 mm

30 x 20 mm

60 x 50 mm

60 x 50 mm

48 x 24 mm

References

XBKT50000U10M

XBKT60000U00M

XBKT60000U10M

XBKT80000U00M

2

XBKT81030U33E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

3

4

Compteurs horaires

5
Display

Mechanical

Supply voltage

24 VAC

230 VAC

Battery

Number of digits / display

7 (99,999.99 h)

7 (99,999.99 h)

8 (999,999.99 h)

Supply frequency

50 Hz

50 Hz

Mode: 1/100 hour

Type of zero reset

Without

Without

Manual (1)

Front face dimensions, W x H

48 x 48 mm

48 x 48 mm

48 x 24 mm

References

XBKH70000004M

XBKH70000002M

XBKH81000033E

LCD

6

7
Totalisers

8

Display

LCD

Number of digits displayed

6
5 kHz

Counting frequency
Type of reset

Manual, electric and automaticn

Front face dimensions, W x H

48 x 48 mm
1

2

1

2

24 VDC

XBKP61130G30E

XBKP61230G30E

XBKP62130G30E

XBKP62230G30E

115 VAC

XBKP61130G31E

XBKP61230G31E

230 VAC

XBKP61130G32E

XBKP61230G32E

Preselection number
References

9

LED

Supply voltage

–
XBKP62130G32E

10

–
XBKP62230G32E

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/11

Zelio Time

Timing relays
Modular timers

1

2

Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, relay output

On-delay

External control

no

Supply voltage

24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC

Multifunction
–

–

24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC

12 ... 240VAC/DC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…10 h

0.1 s…100 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

References

RE11RAMU

RE11RMMU (1)

RE11RMEMU (2)

RE11RMMW (1)

(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.

3

(2) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation.

4
Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, relay output

5

Asymmetrical
flashing

Pulse on
energisation

Off delay

Timing on
impulse

External control

–

–

–

–

Supply voltage

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

References

RE11RLMU

RE11RHMU

RE11RCMU

RE11RBMU

Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, solid-state output

On-delay

6

7

9

10

Multifunction (3)

Supply voltage

24…240 VAC/DC

24…240 VAC

24…240 VAC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

Output

solid-state

References

8

Off-delay

RE11LAMW

solid-state

solid-state

RE11LCBM

RE11LMBM

(3) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.

Panel-mounted relays

Timer on-delay

Power supply

24…240 VAC/DC

Time range

0,02 s…300 h

Output

2 relay 5 A

Reference

Asymmetrical
flasher

Multifunction (4)

Multifunction (5)

RE48ATM12MW

RE48ACV12MW

RE48AMH13MW (6)

RE48AML12MW

Back panel mounting socket

RUZC2M

RUZC3M

RUZC2M

RUZC3M

Front panel mounting socket

RE48ASOC8SOLD

RE48ASOC11SOLD

RE48ASOC8SOLD

RE48ASOC11SOLD

(4) Timer on-delay / pulse on energization
(5) Timer on-delay / calibrator / timer off-delay / symmetrical flasher
(6) 1 selectable in instantaneous
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/12

Industrial timers

1
Type of single function relay
width 22.5 mm, relay output

On-delay

Off-delay

External control

no

yes

no

yes

yes

Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24...240 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

42…48 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC

Timing range

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...10 mn

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

Output

1 C/O

2 C/O (1)

1 C/O

2 C/O (1)

1 C/O

References

RE7TL11BU

RE7TP13BU

RE7RB11MW

RE7RL13BU

RE7RM11BU

2

3

(1) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode.

4
Type of relay
width 22.5 mm, relay output

Single function
Asymmetrical flashing

Multifunction
Pulse on energisation

6 functions (2)

8 functions (3)

External control

yes

no

–

Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

–
24 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

5

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC
Timing range

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

0.05 s...300 h
2 C/O (4)

References

RE7CV11BU

RE7PE11BU

RE7ML11BU

RE7MY13BU

(2) RE7ML11BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period.

6

(3) REMY13BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period, Star-delta starting with double On-delay timing, Star-delta starting with contact for switching to star connection.
(4) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode

7
Miniature plug-in relays, relay output

8
Functions
Timing ranges

7 switchable ranges

Relay output

4 timed C/O contacts

2 timed C/O contacts

Rated current

3 AC 5 A

AC 5 A

24 VDC

RE XL4TMBD

RE XL2TMBD

24 VAC 50/60 Hz

RE XL4TMB7

RE XL2TMB7

120 VAC 50/60 Hz

RE XL4TMF7

RE XL2TMF7

230 VAC 50/6 0 Hz

RE XL4TMP7

RE XL2TMP7

RXZE2M114

RXZE2M114

RXZE2M114M

RXZE2M114M

Voltages

Socket with mixed contact terminals With screw clamp
With connector

9

0.1 s…1 s - 1 s…10 s - 0.1 min…1 min - 1 min…10 min - 0.1 h…1 h - 1 h…10 h - 10 h…100 h

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/13

Zelio Analog

Analog Interface
Universal Thermocouple

1

2

Type

Thermocouple

Temperature range

0…150 °C

0…300 °C

0…600 °C

0…600 °C

0…1200 °C

32…302 °F

32…572 °F

32…1112 °F

32…1112 °F

32…2192 °F

RMTJ80BD

RMTK80BD

RMTK90BD

Output range

0…10 V / 0…20 mA - 4…20 mA Switchable

Dimensions H x W x D

80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage

24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMTJ40BD

RMTJ60BD

3

4
Universal PT 100

5

6
Type

7

Temperature range
Output range

PT 100
-40…40 °C

-100…100 °C

0…100 °C

0…250 °C

0…500 °C

-40…104 °F

-148…212 °F

32…212 °F

32…482 °F

32…932 °F

RMPT50BD

RMPT70BD

0…10 V / 0…20 mA - 4…20 mA Switchable

Dimensions H x W x D

80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage

24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMPT10BD

RMPT20BD

RMPT30BD

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/14

Optimum PT 100

1
Type
Temperature range

PT 100
-40…40 °C

-100…100 °C

0…100 °C

0…250 °C

0…500 °C

-40…104 °F

-148…212 °F

32…212 °F

32…482 °F

32…932 °F

RMPT33BD

RMPT53BD

RMPT73BD

Output range

0…10 V

Dimensions H x W x D

80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage

24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMPT13BD

RMPT23BD

2

3

4
Universal Analog Converter

5

6
Type

Analog Converter

Input range

0…10 V or 4…20 mA

0…10 V / -10…+10 V

0…50 V / 0…300 V

0…1,5 A / 0…5 A

0…20 mA

0…500 V

0…15 A

0…10 V / -10…+10 V

0…10 V

0…10 V or 0…20 mA

0…20 mA

0…20 mA

ou 4…20 mA

4…20 mA Switchable

4…20 mA Switchable

7

4…20 mA
Output range

0…10 V or 4…20 mA

Dimensions H x W x D

80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage

24 VDC - Non isolated

24 VDC - Isolated

24 VDC - Isolated

24 VDC - Isolated

80 x 45 x 80 mm

References

RMCN22BD

RMCL55BD

RMCV60BD

RMCA61BD

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/15

Zelio Logic

Smart relays
Compact, SR2

1
Compact smart relays

2

Supply voltage

24 VAC

48 VAC

100…240 VAC

Number of inputs/outputs

12

20

20

10

12

20

20

8

12

12

6

8

12

12

Number of outputs

4 relay

8 relay

8 relay

4 relay

4 relay

8 relay

8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

Number of inputs

3

With display, a.c. power supply

Discrete inputs

71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

no

no

References

SR2B121B

SR2B201B

SR2A201E

SR2A101FU (1) SR2B121FU

yes

no

yes

SR2A201FU (1) SR2B201FU

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

4

5

Compact smart relays
Supply voltage

12 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs

12

20

10

12

20

20

Discrete inputs

8

12

6

8

12

12

including 0-10 V analogue inputs

4

6

-

4

2

6

4 relay

8 relay

4 relay

4

8 relay

8

Number of inputs

6

With display, d.c. power supply

Number of outputs

24 VDC

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

no

yes

124.6x59.5x107.6
no

yes

References

SR2B121JD

SR2B201JD

SR2A101BD (1)

SR2B12pBD (2)

SR2A201BD (1)

SR2B20pBD (2)

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

7

(2) Replace the p by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (Example: SR2B121BD)

8
Compact smart relays

9

Without display and without buttons

Supply voltage

100…240 VAC

Number of discrete inputs/outputs

10

12

20

10

12

20

6

8

12

6

8

12

Number of inputs

Discrete inputs
including 0-10 V analogue inputs

Number of outputs

10

24 VDC

–

–

–

–

4

6

4 relay

4 relay

8 relay

4 relay

4 relay

8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

no

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

References

SR2D101FU (1) SR2E121FU

yes

124.6x59.5x107.6

yes

no

yes

SR2E201FU

SR2D101BD (1) SR2E121BD (3) SR2E201BD (3)

yes

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only
(3) To order a smart relay for a 24 VAC supply (no analogue inputs), delete the letter D from the end of the reference (SR2E121B and SR2E201B)
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/16

Modular, SR3

1
Modular smart relays*

With display

Supply voltage

24 VAC

Number of inputs/outputs

10

26

Discrete inputs

6

16

6

16

including 0-10 V analogue inputs

–

–

–

–

4 relay

10 relay

4 relay

10 relay

10 relay

Number of inputs
Number of outputs

100…240 VAC
10

26

12 VDC

24 VDC

26

10

26

16

6

16

6

4

6

4

10

2

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

References

SR3B101B

SR3B261B

SR3B101FU

SR3B261FU

SR3B261JD

SR3B10pBD (1) SR3B26pBD(1)

yes

3

*The modular base can be fitted with one I/O extension module. The 24 VDC modular base can be fitted with one communication module and/or one I/O extension module
(1) Replace the p by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output (SR3B101BD) or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (SR3B102BD)

4

Extension modules for Zelio Logic SR3Bppppp (2)

Communication

Network

Modbus

Ethernet

–

Number of inputs/outputs

–

–

6

Number of inputs
Number of outputs

Analogue
Inputs/Outputs

Discrete Inputs/Outputs

5

–
10

14

4

Discrete

–

–

4

6

8

–

Analogue (0…10 V, 0…20 mA, PT100)

–

–

–

–

–

2 (1 PT100 max.)

Relay

–

–

2 relay

4 relay

6 relay

–

Analogue (0…10 V)

–

–

–

–

–

2

35.5x59.5x107.6 72x59.5x107.6

6

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

35.5x59.5x107.6

References

24 VAC

–

–

SR3XT61B

SR3XT101B

SR3XT141B

35.5x59.5x107.6
–

100…240 VAC

–

–

SR3XT61FU

SR3XT101FU

SR3XT141FU

–

12 VDC

–

–

SR3XT61JD

SR3XT101JD

SR3XT141JD

–

24 VDC

SR3MBU01BD

SR3NET01BD

SR3XT61BD

SR3XT101BD

SR3XT141BD

SR3XT43BD

(2) The power supply of the extension modules is provided via the Zelio Logic modular relays

7

Zelio Soft 2 software and programming tools

8
Zelio Soft 2 software, connecting cables,
wireless connecting, memory

Multilingual
Connecting cables
programming software

Description

CD ROM PC (Windows 98, Serial
NT, 2000, XP, Vista available PC/Smart
1st quarter 2010) (3)
relay

USB
PC/Smart
relay

XBT N/R
Interface

Bluetooth
interface

EEPROM

References

SR2SFT01

SR2USB01

SR2CBL08

SR2BTC01

SR2MEM02

SR2CBL01

Wireless
Back-up
connection memory

9

(3) CD-ROM including Zelio Soft 2 programming software, an application library, a self-training manual, installation instructions and a user’s manual

Communication interface for SR2/SR3
Interface, modems, Zelio Logic Alarm software

Communication Modems (4)
interface

Supply voltage

12…24 VDC

Alarm management software

10

12…24 VDC

12…24 VDC

–
PC CD-ROM (Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP)

Description

–

Analogue modem

GSM modem

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

72x59.5x107.6

120.7x35x80.5

111x 25.5x54.5

–

References

SR2COM01

SR2MOD01

SR2MOD02

SR2SFT02

(4) Must be used in conjunction with communication interface SR2COM01
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/17

Twido

Programmable controllers
Bases

1

2

Type of base

Compact

Number of digital i/O

10

16

24

40

Number of digital inputs (24 VDC)

6 sink/source

9 sink/source

14 sink/source

24 sink/source

Number of digital outputs

4 relay (2 A)

7 relay (2 A)

10 relay (2 A)

14 relay (2 A),

Type of connection

Screw terminals (non removable)

2 solid-state (1 A)

3

4

Possible I/O expansion modules

–

Counting

3 x 5 kHz, 1 x 20 kHz

–

4

7

PWM positioning

–

Serial ports

1 x RS 485

Protocol

Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Ethernet port

–

–

–

RJ45 Ethernet

Dimensions, W x D x H

80 x 70 x 90 mm

80 x 70 x 90 mm

95 x 70 x 90 mm

157 x 70 x 90 mm

References

2 x 7 kHz
1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485

Supply voltage 100…240 VAC

TWDLCAA10DRF

TWDLCAA16DRF

TWDLCAA24DRF

TWDLCAE40DRF (1)

Supply voltage 19.2…30 VDC

TWDLCDA10DRF

TWDLCDA16DRF

TWDLCDA24DRF

TWDLCDE40DRF (1)

Real-time clock (option)

TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (option)

TWDXCPODC

Memory cartridge (option)

TWDXCPMFK32 (3)

TWDXCPMFK64 (4)

(1) 40 I/O version without Ethernet also available: TWDLCAA40DRF and TWDLCDA40DRF

5

6

7
Type of base

8

9

Modular

Number of digital i/O

20

Number of digital inputs (24 VDC)

12 sink/source

12 sink/source

Number of digital outputs

8 transistor, source (0.3 A)

6 relay (2 A) & 2 trans., source (0.3 A) 16 transistor, source (0.3 A)

Type of connection

HE10 connector

Removable screw terminals

HE10 connector

Possible I/O expansion modules

4

7

7

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Counting

2 x 5 kHz, 2 x 20 kHz

PLS/PWM positioning

2 x 7 kHz

Serial ports

1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485

Protocol

Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Dimensions, W x D x H

35.4 x 70 x 90 mm

47.5 x 70 x 90 mm

47.5 x 70 x 90 mm

References

TWDLMDA20DTK (2)

TWDLMDA20DRT

TWDLMDA40DTK (2)

10

Real-time clock (option)

TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (option)

TWDXCPODM

Memory cartridge (option)

TWDXCPMFK32 (3)

40
24 sink/source

TWDXCPMFK64 (4)

(2) Sink version transistor outputs also available: TWDLMDA20DUK and TWDLMDA40DUK
(3) Application backup, program transfer
(4) Memory expansion, application backup, program transfer
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/18

Programmable controllers
I/O modules
New
Range

1
Type of module

Analogue inputs

Number of inputs

2I

Connection

Removable screw terminals

Inputs

2I

4I

Thermocouples 0…10 V (1)

Range

type K, J, T

8I

8I

8I

0…10 V (1)

0…10 V (1)

PTC/NTC

Thermo probe
Pt100 / Pt1000

4…20 mA (2) 0…20 mA (2) 0…20 mA (2)

- 200...+ 600 °C

12 bits (4096 points)

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Dimensions, W x D x H

23.5 x 70 x 90 mm

References

TM2AMI2LT

2

RJ11

θ °C
Resolution

8I

10 bits (1024 points)

12 bits (4096 points)

3

39.1x70x90 mm

TM2AMI2HT

TM2AMI4LT

TM2AMI8HT

TM2ARI8HT

TM2ARI8LT

TM2ARI8LRJ

(1) Non differential
(2) Differential

4

Type of module

Analogue Outputs, Inputs/Outputs (mixed)

Number of inputs and/or outputs

1O

Connection

Removable screw terminals

Inputs

Outputs

Range

2O

–

–

5

2I/1O

2I/1O

4I/2O

0…10 V (1)

Thermocouple type K, J & T 0…10 V (1)

4…20 mA (2)

3-wire Pt 100 thermal probe 4…20 mA (2)

Resolution

–

–

12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points)

Range

0…10 V (1)

± 10 V

0…10 V (1)
4…20 mA (2)

4…20 mA (2)

4…20 mA (2)

Resolution

12 bits

11 bits + sign

12 bits

12 bits

12 bits

TM2AVO2HT

TM2AMM3HT

TM2ALM3LT

TM2AMM6HT

4…20 mA (2)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

Dimensions, W X D x H

23.5 x 70 x 90 mm

References

TM2AMO1HT

0…10 V (1)

0…10 V (1)

6

7

(1) Non differential
(2) Differential

8
Type of module

Digital Inputs/Outputs

Number of inputs and/or outputs

8

Connection

Removable screw terminals

16

16

32

HE10 connectors

4I/4O

16 I / 8 O

Removable

Spring terminals

9

screw terminals (non removable)
References

Inputs

Outputs

24 VDC sink

TM2DDI8DT

–

–

–

24 VDC sink/source

–

TM2DDI16DT

TM2DDI16DK

TM2DDI32DK

120 V sink

TM2DAI8DT

–

–

Relay (2 A)

TM2DRA8RT

TM2DRA16RT

Transistor, source 0.5 A

TM2DD08TT

–

Transistor, source 0.4 A

–

Transistor, sink 0.1 A
Inputs, 24 VDC + Outputs, Relais 2 A

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

TM2DD016TK

TM2DD032TK

–

–

TM2DDO8UT

–

TM2DDO16UK

TM2DDO32UK

–

–

–

–

–

–

TM2DMM8DRT TM2DMM24DRF

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/19

Twido

Programmable controllers
Communication modules for
Twido Compact and Modular bases

1

2

Type of module

Serial interface

Serial interface adaptor

Physical layer (non isolated)

RS 232C

Connection

Mini-DIN connector

Protocol

Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Twido base compatibility

Modular base TWDLMDA

RS 485

RS 232C

RS 485

Screw terminals Mini-DIN connector

Screw terminals

Compact base TWDLCAA16/24DRF
Modular base via integrated display module TWDXCPODM

References

TWDNOZ232D

TWDNOZ485D

TWDNOZ485T

TWDNAC232D

TWDNAC485D

TWDNAC485T

Type of module

Modem for
Twido

CANopen
expansion

Ethernet
interface

Modbus
isolation
module

Modbus
junction
module

AS-Interface
master

Number of modules

–

1

1

–

–

2 (1)

Connection

–

SUB-D9

RJ45

RJ45

RJ45

Removable

Twido base compatibility

–

20, 24 or 40 I/O All models

All models

All models

20, 24 or 40 I/O

References

SR2MOD03

TWDNCO1M

TWDXCAISO

TWDXCAT3RJ

3

4

5

6

screw terminals
base

base
499TWD01100

TWDNOI10M3

(1) 2 modules max., 62 digital slaves max., 7 analogue slaves max., AS-Interface/M3, V 2.11 (profile S.7.4 not supported)

7
Programming software

8

9

10

Software, connecting cables, interfaces

TwidoSuite
software
EN/FR

Connecting cables

Bluetooth®
USB adaptor

Bluetooth®
gateway

Application

PC with Windows

Twido/PC

Twido/PC

For PC not fitted

For Twido

XP or Vista

USB port

serial port

with Bluetooth®

controller

TWDBTFU10M

TSXCUSB485 +

TSXPCX1031 (2)

VW3A8115

VW3A8114

References

TSXCRJMD25
(2) For Twido Extreme: order the reference VW3A8106
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/20

Programmable controllers
Bases

1
Type of base

Twido Extreme

Number of I/O

41

Degree of protection

IP67

2

Temperature

-40…+110°C, storage -55…+155°C

Relative humidity

90% without condensation

Number of inputs

Number of outputs

Digital

13 (short-circuit protected)

Analogue

8 (including 1 input configurable to PWM)

PWM

1

Digital

16* (short-circuit protected)

PWM or PLS

3

3

Supply voltage

12 or 24 VDC

Counting

1 x 10 kHz

Communication ports

RS 485, CAN J1939, CANopen master

Serial link protocols

Modbus RTU master/slave, ASCII

Dimensions, W x D x H

165.51 x 45.70 x 225 mm

References

TWDLEDCK1

4

* 16 outputs in 12 VDC. Limited to 8 outputs in 24 VDC.

5

6
Fixing and connection

Fixing kit

70-pin connector

Pre-wired 70-pin
connector

Details

4 spacers,

80 pins,

Pre-wired with 1.5 m long cable,

8 washers,

80 blanking plugs,

free wires other end

8 shock mounts

1 cover

Degree of protection

–

IP67

IP67

References

TWDXMTK4

TWDFCNK70

TWDFCWK70L015

7

8

9
Separate components

Crimping tool

RJ45 programming
connector

Application

Crimping wires onto pins

Connecting Twido Extreme

of 70-pin connector

to a programming PC

TWDXMTCT

TWDNAK70P

References

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/21

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Processor modules

1
Type of processor

2

Standard
Number of racks

Maximum configuration

High-performance

2 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

4 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

Maximum 24 slots for processor and

Maximum 48 slots for processor and

modules (excluding power supply module) modules (excluding power supply module)
Functions

Max. no. (1)

3

Discrete I/O

512

1024

Analog I/O

128

256

Control channels

Programmable loops (via CONT-CTL process control EFB library)

Counter channels

20

36

Motion control

–

Independent axes

–

Independent axes

on CANopen bus

on CANopen bus

(via MFB library)
Integrated

Ethernet TCP/IP

–

(via MFB library)
1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps, with Transparent

connections

Ready class B10 standard web server
CANopen master bus

4

Integrated port
Serial link

–

1 (SUB-D9)

–

1 (SUB-D9)

1 RJ45 port, Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII or character mode

–

(non isolated RS 232C/RS 485), 0.3...19.2 kBps
Communication

USB port

1 port, 12 MBps

Ethernet TCP/IP

1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps with:

module

- Transparent Ready class B30 standard web server with BMX NOE 0100 module

Internal user

Total capacity

2048 Kb

4096 Kb

RAM

Program, constants and symbols

1792 Kb

3584 Kb

5

- Transparent Ready class C30 configuration web server with BMX NOE 0110 module

Data

128 Kb

256 Kb

0.18 μs

0.12 μs

On words or fixed point Single-length words

0.38 μs

0.25 μs

arithmetic

0.26 μs

0.17 μs

Execution time for Boolean

6

one instruction

Double-length words

On floating points

7

1.74 μs

1.16 μs

No. of K instructions 100% Boolean

5.4 Kinst/ms

8.1 Kinst/ms

executed per ms

65% Boolean and 35% fixed arithmetic

4.2 Kinst/ms

6.4 Kinst/ms

System

Master task

1.05 ms

0.70 ms

overhead

Fast task

0.20 ms

References

BMX P341000

0.13 ms
BMX P342000

BMX P3420102

BMX P342020

BMX P3420302

(1) Only affects in-rack modules. The remote I/O on the CANopen bus are not included in these maximum numbers.

8

Memory cards

9
Type of card

8 MB memory card

8 MB memory card
+ 8 MB files

8 MB memory card
+ 128 MB files

Use

Supplied as standard with each

As replacement for the memory card supplied as

processor. Used for:

standard with each processor, used for:

Backup of program, constants, symbols and data

10

–

File storage, 8 MB

File storage, 128 MB

Activation of class B10 web server
Compatibility

BMX P34 1000/20...

BMX P34 20...

References

BMX RMS 008MP

BMX RMS 008MPF

BMX RMS 0128MFP

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/22

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Communication modules

1
Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Speed

10/100 MBps

Standard services

Modbus TCP/IP

TCP/IP

messaging

(Uni-TE, Modbus)

Conformity class

Transparent Ready class B30

Communication service

I/O Scanning service

Yes

Transparent Ready

FDR service

Yes (client/server)

SNMP network management service

Yes

Global Data service

Yes

SOAP/XML Web service

No

Bandwidth management

Yes

References
Memory card

2

3
Server

BMX NOE 0100
Use

BMX NOE 0110

Provides services conforming to Transparent Ready:
Class B

Class C

4

32 MB available for
user web pages
References

BMX RWS B000M

BMX RWS FC032M

5

6

Type of module

PROFIBUS DP V1

Designation

PROFIBUS Remote Master (Ethernet Modbus TCP/PROFIBUS DP V1) compatible with all
programmable automation under UNITY and supporting the I/O scanning service
Standard version 0…65°

Hardened version -25…70°, varnished

7

Speed

9.6 Kb…12 Mb

Interface

RS485 isolated (Sub-D 9 pin female connector)

PROFIBUS Services

Master Class 1 and 2, support for 125 slaves, Sync & Freeze, Extended diagnostics.
Delivered with communication DTM allowing any FDT tool to access the PROFIBUS slaves from the
Ethernet network by way of the PROFIBUS Remote Master

References

TCSEGPA23F14F

TCSEGPA23F14FK

8

9
Type of module

Serial link (1)

AS-Interface (1)

Number of interfaces

2

1

Speed

115 Kbits/s

–

Profile

–

M4 (AS-i V3)

References

BMX NOM 0200

BMX EIA 0100

10

(1) For BMX NOC 0400 (Ethernet IP), Profibus DP Gateway TSX EGPA23F14F, Modbus Plus Gateway TCS EGDB23F24FA: Available 1Q 2010

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/23

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Power supply modules

1

2

3

Type of module

Power supply modules

Voltage

24 VDC isolated

24…48 VDC isolated 100…240 VAC

Nominal input current

1A at 24 VDC

1.65 A at 24 VDC

0.61 A at 115 VAC

0.83 A at 48 VDC

0.31 A at 220 VDC

Micro-break duration

≤1

Integrated protection

Via internal fuse (not accessible)

Max. useful power

17W

Max. dissipated power

8.5 W

Removable connectors
(set of 2)
References

32 W

supplied as standard

BMX XTS CPS10 (cage clamp)

to be ordered separately

BMX XTS CPS20 (spring-type)
BMX CPS 2010

BMX CPS 3020

1.04 A at 0.52 A

20 W

36 W

BMX CPS 2000

BMX CPS 3500

100...150 VDC

BMX CPS 3504 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

4
Racks

5

6

Designation

Racks

Type of modules to be installed

BMX CPS power supply, BMX P34 processor, I/O modules and application-specific modules (counter, communication)

No. of slots

4

6

8

12

References

BMX XBP 0400

BMX XBP 0600

BMX XBP 0800

BMX XBP 1200

7
Rack extensions

8

Designation

Rack extension module
Standard module to interconnect rack

Kit for rack extension
A complete assembly kit for to racks distant from
0.8 m or less

References

BMX XBE 1000

BMX XBE 2005

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/24

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Discrete I/O modules

1
Type of module

DC input modules

Number of inputs

16

32

64

16

Connection

Screw or spring-type

16

1 connector

2 connectors

Screw or spring-type

20-way removable

40-way

40-way

20-way removable

Voltage

24 V

48 V

24 V

Current

3.5 mA

2.5 mA

1 mA

3 mA

≥34 V

≥11 V

≥15 V

Logic
Input limit values

At state 1

Current
At state 0

125 VDC

Positive (sink)
Voltage

≥11 V

Negative (source)

3

≥14 V

> 2 mA

> 2 mA

> 2 mA

> 1 mA

> 2 mA

(for U ≥11 V)

(for U ≥34 V)

(for U ≥11 V)

(for U ≥5 V)

(for U ≥15 V)

Voltage

<5V

< 10 V

<5V

Current

≥1.5 mA

≥0.5 mA

≥1.5 mA

BMX DDI 1602

BMX DDI 1603

BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DAI 1602

References

2

terminal block

terminal block
Nominal input values

16

≥0.5 mA
BMX DDI 1604 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

4

5
Type of module

AC input modules

Number of inputs

16

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Nominal input values

Input limit values

Voltage

24 VAC

Current

3 mA

Frequency

50/60 Hz

At state 1
At state 0

References

Voltage

≥15 V

Current

≥2 mA

Voltage

≤5 V

Current

≤1 mA
BMX DAI 1602

8
48 AC

100…120 VAC

6

200...240 VAC
10.4 mA

≥34 V
≤10 V

≥74 V

≥159 V

≥2.5 mA

≥6 mA

≤20 V

≤40 V

7

≤4 mA
BMX DAI 1603

BMX DAI 1604

BMX DAI 0805 (2)

(2) Available 1Q 2010

8
Type of module

DC solid state output modules

Number of inputs

16

Connection
Nominal output values

Output limit values

16

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

9

32

64

One 40-way connector

Two 40-way connectors

Voltage

24 VDC

Current

0.5 V

Logic

Positive (source)

Voltage (ripple included)

19…30 (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Current per channel

0.625 A

0.1 V
Negative (sink)

Positive (source)

10

0.125 A

Current per module
Maximum dissipated power

4

2.26

3.6

6.85

References

BMX DDO 1602

BMX DDO 1612

BMX DDO 3202K

BMX DDO 6402K

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/25

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Discrete I/O modules

1
Type of module

2

Number of inputs

16

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Operating voltage
Currents

3

Triac output modules

Nominal

100…240 VAC

Limit

85…288 VAC

Maximum

0.6 per channel, 2.4 per common, 4.8 for all 4 commons.

Minimum

25 mA at 100 V a, 25 mA at 240 V a.

Maximum inrush current

≤ 20/cycle

Reference

BMX DAO1605

Type of module

Relay output modules

Number of inputs

8

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

4

5

Max. operating voltage

6

Response time

16

8

DC

10…34 VDC

24…125 VDC (resistive load)

AC

10…264 VAC

200…264 VAC (Cosϕ = 1)

Activation

< 10 ms

Deactivation

< 8 ms

< 12 ms

Dissipated power

2.7 W max

3W

References

BMX DRA 0805

BMX DRA 1605

100...150 VDC

BMX DRA 0804 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

7

8
Type of module

9

24 VDC mixed I/O modules
Inputs

Solid state outputs

Inputs

Solid state outputs

Number of I/O

8

8

16

16

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block One 40-way connector

Input limit values

At state 1
At state 0

Voltage ≥11V

≥2 mA (for U ≥11)

Voltage 5 V

5V

Current ≤1.5 mA
Sensor power supply (ripple included)

10

Output limit values

Voltage (ripple included)
Current

≥11V

Current ≥3 mA (for U ≥11)

≤1.5 mA
19…30 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

19…30 (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)
per channel 0.625 A

0.125 A

per module

5A

3.2 A

Maximum dissipated power

3.7 W

4W

References

BMX DDM 16022

BMX DDM 3202K
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/26

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Discrete I/O modules

1
Type of module

Mixed input/relay output modules
24 VDC inputs

24 VDC or 24…240 VAC relay outputs

Number of I/O

8

8

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Nominal values

Inputs
Outputs

Voltage

24 VDC (positive logic)

Current

3.5 mA

DC voltage

24 VDC

DC

2 (resistive load)
220 VAC, Cosϕ = 1

AC voltage
AC
Input limit values

At state 1
At state 0

Voltage

≥11V
≥2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)

Voltage

5V

Current

3

2A

Current

Sensor power supply (ripple included)

2

≤1.5 mA
19…30 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Maximum dissipated power

3.1 W

Reference

BMX DDM 16025

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/27

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Analog I/O modules

1

2

3

Type of module

Analog input module

Input type

Isolated high-level

Isolated high-level

Non isolated

inputs

inputs

high-level inputs

tors, temperature probes, thermocouples

Number of channels

4

8

8

4

Nature of inputs

± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…5 V, 0…10 V, 1…5 V

±40 mV, ±80 mV, ±160 mV, ±320 mV,

0…20 mA, 4…20 mA , ± 20 mA

±640 mV, ±1.28 V

Resolution

0.35 mV/0.92 μA

Reference

BMX AMI 0410

Isolated inputs, low-level voltage, resis8

15 mV + sign
BMX AMI 0810 (1)

BMX AMI 0800 (1)

BMX ART 0414

BMX ART 0814

(1) Available 1Q 2010

4

5

Type of module

Analog output module

Output type

Isolated high-level outputs

Number of channels

2

Range

Non isolated high-level outputs
4

8

Voltage

± 10 V

–

Current

0…20 mA and 4…20 mA

–

Resolution

15 bits + sign

Reference

BMX AMO 0210

BMX AMO 0410 (1)

BMX AMO 0802 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

6

Type of module

Mixed analog I/O module

Channel type

Non-isolated high-level inputs

Non-isolated high-level outputs

Number of channels

4

2

Ranges

±10 V, 0…5 V, 0…10 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

±10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

± 11.25 V

± 11.25 V

Maximum conversion value

7

Voltage

0…30

0…24 mA

Resolution

Current

14 bits, 12 bits, 13 bits, 12 bits

12 bits, 11 bits

Reference

BMX AMM 0600

Counter and motion control modules

8

9

10

Type of module

Counter module
32 bits

16 bits

32 bits

Motion Control
Module

Modularity

2 channels

8 channels

4 channels

4 channels

No. of sensor inputs

6 per channel

2 per channel

3 per channel

4 auxiliary inputs

No. of actuator outputs

2 per channel

Module cycle time

1 ms

2 auxiliary outputs

Applications

Upcounting, downcounting,
Upcounting, downcounting,
measurement, frequency meter,
measurement
frequency generator, axis following

Frequency generator, Move,
set position

References

BMX EHC 0200

BMX MSP 0200

5 ms

–

BMX EHC 0800

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/28

Modicon M340

Programmable Automation Controller
Connection accessories

1
Removable terminal blocks

20-way

28-way

For use with modules

BMX AMI 0410 - BMX AM0 0210 - BMX AMM 0600 - BMX EHC 0800

BMX MSP 200,
BMX AMI 0800 / AMI 0810

For use with TOR modules

2

All 8 and 16 channel modules

Composition

Cage clamp

Screw clamp

Spring-type

Reference

BMX FTB 2000

BMX FTB 2010

BMX FTB 2020

BMX FTB 2820

3
New
Some racks, power supply, communication modules and specific modules, plus all the analog
modules are now available in «ruggedized version». The references of these products end by a H.

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/29

Modicon Premium

Programmable Automation Controller
Processors under Unity Pro software

1
Type of processor

2

3

4

TSX 5710
4 racks max.

TSX 5720
16 racks max.

TSX 5730
16 racks max.

Number of I/O

Discrete

512

1024

1024

in racks

Analog

24

80

128

Integrated process control

No / Yes

30 loops / Yes

45 loops / Yes

Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing)

8

24

32

Bus

AS-Interface cabling system

2

4

8

CANopen machine bus

1

1

1

INTERBUS, Profibus DP fieldbus

–

1

3

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway)

1

2

3

Memory capacity

Without PCMCIA extension

96 Kb data/prog.

160/192 Kb data/prog. (1)

192/208 Kb data/prog. (1)

With PCMCIA extension

96 Kb data/224 Kb prog.

160/192 Kb data (1)/768 Kb prog.

192/208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.

Execution time for one

Boolean

0.19 μs

0.19 μs

0.12 μs

instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic

0.25 μs

0.25 μs

0.17 μs

Reference

Without integrated port

TSXP57104M (6)

TSXP57204M (6)

TSXP57304M (6)

Integrated Ethernet

TSXP571634M (2) (6)

TSXP572634M (6)

TSXP573634M (6)

Integrated CANopen

–

–

–

Integrated Fipio

TSXP57154M (6)

TSXP57254M (6)

TSXP57354M (6)

5

Processors under PL7 software

6
Type of processor

7

TSX 5720
16 racks max.

TSX 5730
16 racks max.

Number of I/O

Discrete

512

1024

1024

in racks

Analog

24

80

128

Integrated process control

No

30 loops

45 loops

Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing)

8

24

32

Bus

AS-Interface cabling system

2

4

8

CANopen machine bus

1 (with TSXP57103M)

1

1

INTERBUS, Profibus DP fieldbus

–

1

2

1

1

3

32 K words data/prog.

48 K words data/prog. (4)

64/80 K words data/prog. (4)

8

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway)

9

TSX 5710
4 racks max.

Memory capacity

Without PCMCIA extension
With PCMCIA extension

32 K words data/64 K words prog. 32 K words data (4)/160 K words prog. 80/96 K words data (4)/384 K words prog.

Execution time for one

Boolean

0.19 μs

0.19 μs

0.12 μs

instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic

0.25 μs

0.25 μs

0.17 μs

Reference

Without integrated port

TSXP57103M (6)

TSXP57203M (6)

TSXP57303AM (6)

Integrated Ethernet

–

TSXP572623M (6)

TSXP573623AM (6)

Integrated Fipio

TSXP57153M (6)

TSXP57253M (6)

TSXP57353AM (6)

Integrated Ethernet and Fipio

–

TSXP572823M (6)

–

(1) The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a Fipio manager integrated link

10

(2) Processor with double format
(3) PC format card on PCI bus
(4) The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link.
(5) with PL7 V4.4 min.
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXP571634M becomes TSXP571634MC
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/30

HotStandBy offer

1
TSX 5740
16 racks max.

TSX 5750
16 racks max.

TSX 5760
16 racks

TSXH5724M
16 racks

TSXH5744M
16 racks

2048

2048

2048

512

512

256

512

512

80

128

60 loops / Yes

90 loops / Yes

90 loops / Yes

30 loops / Yes

60 loops / Yes

64

64

64

16 (serial communication)

16 (serial communication)

8

8

8

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

4

5

5

0

0

4

4

4

2

4

320 Kb data/prog.

1024 Kb data/prog.

2048 Kb data/prog.

192 Kb

440 Kb

440 Kb data/2 MB prog.

1024 Kb data/7 MB prog.

2048 Kb data/7 MB prog.

192 Kb data/768 Kb prog.

440 Ko data/2 MB prog.

0.06 μs

0.037 μs

0,037 μs

0,039 μs

0,039 μs

0.07 μs

0.045 μs

0,045 μs

0,054 μs

0,054 μs

–

–

–

TSXH5724M (6)

TSXH5744M (6)

TSXP574634M (6)

TSXP575634M (6)

TSXP576634M (6)

–

–

–

TSXP57454M (6)

TSXP57554M (6)

–

2

3

4

5

Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity Pro software

6
TSX 5740
16 racks max.

PCI 5720
16 racks max.

PCI 5730
16 racks max.

2048

1024

1024

256

80

128

60 loops

30 loops / Yes

45 loops / Yes

64

24

32

8

4

8

1

1

1

2

1

3

7

8

4

3 (6)

4

96 K words data/prog.

160 Kb data/prog. (1)

208 Kb data/prog. (1)

176 K words data/992 K words prog. (5)

160 Kb data/768 Kb prog.

208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.

0.06 μs

0.19 μs

0.12 μs

0.08 μs

0.25 μs

0.17 μs

–

TSXPCI57204M (3)

–

–

–

–

TSXP57453AM (6)

–

–

TSXP574823AM (6)

–

TSXPCI57354M (3)

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/31

Modicon Premium

Programmable Automation Controller
Memory extensions for Unity Pro processors

1
Type of PCMCIA card

2

Application

Technology
Memory size

3

4

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM only

SRAM

96 Kb

–

TSXMFPB096K (3)

–

128 Kb

TSXMRPP128K

TSXMFPP128K

–

224 Kb

TSXMRPP224K / TSXMCPC224K TSXMFPP224K

–

384 Kb

TSXMRPP384K

TSXMFPP384K

–

448 Kb

TSXMRPC448K (1)

–

–

512 Kb

–

TSXMCPC512K (2) / TSXMFPP512K

–

768 Kb

TSXMRPC768K (1)

–

–

1 MB

TSXMRPC001M (1) (6)

TSXMFPP001M

–
–

1.7 MB

TSXMRPC01M7

–

2 MB

TSXMRPC002M (1)

TSXMCPC002M (2) / TSXMFPPC002M –

3 MB

TSXMRPC003M (1) (6)

–

–

4 MB

–

TSXMFPP004M

TSXMRPF004M

7 MB

TSXMRPC007M (1) (6)

–

–

8 MB

–

–

TSXMRPF008M

(1) By configuration, the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data) on request.
(2) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).
(3) Backup cartridge of the program when this one reside entirely in PLC internal memory.

5
Memory extensions for PL7 processors

6

7
Type of PCMCIA card

Application

Technology
Memory size (4)

8

9

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM only

SRAM

32 K words

TSXMRPP128K

TSXMFPP128K

–

64 K words

TSXMRPP224K

TSXMFPP224K

–

64 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPP384K

TSXMCPC224K

–

96 K words

–

TSXMFPB096K

–

128 K words

TSXMRPC448K

TSXMFPP384K

–

128 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPC768K (5)

–

–

256 K words

TSXMRPC001M (6)

–

–

256 K words/640 K words

TSXMRPC01M7 (5)

–

–

384 K words/640 K words

TSXMRPC002M

–

–

512 K words

TSXMRPC003M (5) (6)

–

–

992 K words/640 K words

TSXMRPC007M (6)

–

–

2048 K words

–

–

TSXMRPF004M

(4) The 1st value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc).

10

(5) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/32

Power supply modules (1)

1
Type of power supply module for

Premium

Input voltage

24 VDC

Output voltage

5 VDC/24 VDC

Atrium (2)
100…240 VAC

100…120/200…240 VAC

24 VDC

2

5 VDC

Total useful power

26 W

50 W

26 W

50 W

77 W

26 W

Format

Standard

Double

Standard

Double

Double

–

Reference

TSXPSY1610M (4) TSXPSY3610M (4) TSXPSY2600M (4) TSXPSY5500M (4) TSXPSY8500M (4) TSXPSI2010

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
(2) Only for Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity

3

4

Racks

5
Type of rack
For configuration

Non extendable

Extendable

Mono-rack

Multi-rack (16 max.)

6

Dimensions WxDxP
Reference

4 positions

188 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

–

TSXRKY4EX (4)

6 positions

261,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY6 (4)

TSXRKY6EX (4)

8 positions

335,3 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY8 (4)

TSXRKY8EX (4)

12 positions

482,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY12 (4)

TSXRKY12EX (4)

(3) Hight of I/O modules : 151,5 mm with HE 10 or SUB-D connectors, 165 mm with screw terminals
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXPSY1610M becomes TSXPSY1610MC

7

Connection accessories
Type

Bus X daisy chaining cable for
extendable racks

Line terminators and accessories

–

Set of 2

–

TSXTLYEX

–

TSXTVSY100 (2 Bus X Transcient voltage
suppressor) (5)

L=1m

TSXCBY010K

–

L=3m

TSXCBY030K

–

L=5m

TSXCBY050K

–

L = 12 m

TSXCBY120K

–

L = 18 m

TSXCBY180K

–

L = 28 m

TSXCBY280KT

–

L = 38 m

TSXCBY380KT

–

L = 50 m

TSXCBY500KT

–

L = 72 m

TSXCBY720KT

–

L = 100 m

TSXCBY1000KT

–

Reference

8

9

10

(5) Available 1Q 2010.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/33

Modicon Premium

Programmable Automation Controller
Discrete I/O modules

1

2

Type of module

Discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

Number of isolated channels

8

Input voltage

3

By HE 10 connector (2) high density

16

16 (3)

32

64

24 VDC

TSXDEY08D2 (5)

TSXDEY16D2 (5)

TSXDEY16FK (5)

TSXDEY32D2K (5) TSXDEY64D2K (5)

48 VDC

–

TSXDEY16D3 (5)

–

TSXDEY32D3K (5) –

24 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A2 (4) (5) –

–

–

48 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A3 (5)

–

–

–

100…120 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A4 (5)

–

–

–

200…240 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A5 (5)

–

–

–

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
(3) Module with high-speed isolated inputs (filtering from 0.1 to 7.5 ms) able to activate the event-triggered task
(4) Module also compatible with 24 VDC negative logic

4

5

6

Type of module

Discrete outputs
Solid state

Relay

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE10 conn. (2)

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

7

8

64

8

16

8

16

24 VDC/0,5 A

TSXDSY08T2 (5) TSXDSY16T2 (5) –

8

–

–

–

–

–

24 VDC/2 A

TSXDSY08T22 (5) –

–

–

–

–

–

–

24 VDC/0.1 A

–

TSXDSY32T2K (5) TSXDSY64T2K (5) –

–

–

–

48 VDC/1 A

TSXDSY08T31 (5) –

–

–

–

–

–

–

48 VDC/0.25 A

–

TSXDSY16T3 (5) –

–

–

–

–

–

24…48 VDC-24…240 VAC/5 A Th.c

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08R5A (5) –

–

–

24…120 VAC/5 A Th.c

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08R4D (5) –

–

–

24…120 VAC/1 A

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY16S4 (5)

48…240 VAC/1 A

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY16S5

48…240 VA /2 A

–

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08S5

–

24 VDC-24…240 VAC/3A

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08R5 (5) TSXDSY16R5 (5) –

Number of protected channels
Output voltage/current

16

–

32

Triac

–

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

9

10

Type of module

Discrete I/O

Connection

By HE 10 connector (2) high density

Number of inputs

16 high-speed

Number of protected outputs
Output voltage/current

24 VDC/0.5 A

12 solid state

12 reflex or timed

TSXDMY28FK (5)

TSXDMY28RFK (5)

(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
(5) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXDEY08D2 becomes TSXDEY08D2C
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/34

Analog I/O modules

1
Type of module

Analog input
High level with common point

Connection

By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels

4 high-speed

8

16 bits

12 bits

Common point

Common point

Between channels and earth

~ 1000 Vrms

~ 1000 Vrms

~ 1000 Vrms

~ 1780 Vrms

High level input (2)

TSXAEY420 (7) TSXAEY800 (7)

TSYAEY1600 (7) TSXAEY810 (7)

–

–

Multi-range

–

–

TSXAEY1614 (3)(7) TSXAEY414 (4) (7)

Resolution
Isolation
Reference

Between channels

–

High level isolated Low level isolated
By terminal block (1)

16

8

16

4

16 bits

16 bits

16 bits

Common point

± 200 VDC

± 100 VDC

± 2830 Vrms

~ 1000 Vrms

~ 1000 Vrms
–

(1) Screw terminals TSXBLY01 to be ordered separately

2

3

(2) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA
(3) ± 63 mV thermocouple (B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)
(4) ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA, -13…+63 mV, 0…400 W, 0…3850 W, thermal probe, thermocouple

4

5
Type of module

Analog output
Isolated

With common point

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (5)

By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels

4

8

Resolution

11 bits + sign

13 bits + sign

~ 1500 Vrms

Common point

Isolation

Between channels
Between channels and earth

Reference

Input signal (6)

~ 1500 Vrms

~ 1000 Vrms

TSXASY410 (7)

TSXASY800 (7)

6

(5) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(6) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA.

7

(7) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXAEY420 becomes TSXAEY420C

8

9

10
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/35

Modicon Premium

Programmable Automation Controller
Counter modules

1
Type of module

2

3

Counter

Type of inputs for

Counter/measurement Electronic cam

Sensors (2)

Sensors (2)

Incremental encoders (3)

Incremental encoders (3)

Encoders (3)(4)

Absolute encoders (5)

Counting

40 kHz

500 kHz/200 kHz (5)

Cycle time module

5 ms

10 ms

1 ms

–

Number of channels

2

4

2

128 cams

Number of axes

–

–

–

1

Reference

TSXCTY2A (1)

TSXCTY4A (1)

TSXCTY2C (1)

TSXCCY1128 (1)

(1) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXCTY2A becomes TSXCTY2AC
(2) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 VDC sensors

Motion control modules

(3) For 5 VDC RS422, 10…30 VDC Totem Pole incremental encoders
(4) For SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders
(5) For RS485 serial or parallel output absolute encoders

4
Module type

5

6

7

8

For translators

For analog control servomotors

(amplifier for stepper motor)

(for asynchronous and brushless motors)

Control outputs

RS 422

+/- 10 V

Compatible with drives

Lexium 05, Twin Line

Lexium 05 / 15 LP, MP and HP, Twin Line, Lexium 32

Linear axes

–

Limited

Limited or infinite

Limited or infinite(6)

Slave axes

–

With static ratio

With dynamic ratio

–

Frequency for each axis

187 kHz

500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder (7)

Number of axes

1

Reference

TSXCFY11 (1) TSXCFY21 (1) TSXCAY21 (1) TSXCAY41 (1) TSXCAY22 (1) TSXCAY42 (1) TSXCAY33 (1)

Functions

2

2

4

2

4

3

(6) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes
(7) SSI serial or with parallel outputs

Module type

Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring
(for brushless motors)

Control outputs

SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with ranges

Lexium 15 LP, MP, HP and Lexium 32 modular drive

Functions

Linear or infinite independent axes, slave axes with cam profile or ratio

Processing

4 sets of axes with linear

4 sets of axes with linear and circular

4 sets of axes with linear

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

interpolation from 2 to 3 axes (8)

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

Frequency for each axis

4 MB SERCOS® network ring

Number of axes

8 (9)

8 (9)

16 (10)

Reference

TSXCSY84

TSXCSY85

TSXCSY164

(8) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.
(9) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes

9

10

(10) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)

Weighing modules

Type of module

ISP Plus
supplied uncalibrated

Load cell inputs / outputs

50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells) / 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display unit

Reference

supplied calibrated and

offer

Without display unit

TSXISPY101 (1)

Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

With display unit TSXXBTN410

TSXISPY121

Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/36

Communication modules

1
Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP

Speed

10 MBps

Standard services

Ethway, TCP/IP
TCP/IP
(Uni-TE, Modbus) (Uni-TE, Modbus)

Transparent Ready

Web server

Ethernet IP

10/100 MBps
IP/CIP

IP/CIP
Modbus TCP

Class

C10

B30

B30

C30

D10

–

–

Global Data

–

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

–

–

I/O Scanning

–

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

Yes

Yes

TCP Open

Yes

–

–

Yes

–

–

–

Standard services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes
–

FactoryCast services

Yes

–

–

Yes

–

–

FactoryCast HMI services

–

–

–

–

Yes

–

3

–

TSXETY110WS
TSXP57
TSXETY4103 TSXETY5103 TSXWMY100 TSXETC100
(4)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(2)
(1) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port
(2) Seamless integration of Modbus and Ethernet/IP environments. Full integration in Unity (FDT/DTM technology). Available in 2010 Unity V5
Reference

Profibus DPV1 is available for Modicon Premium

2

TSXETC101
(2)

4

Please refer to page 3/23

5
Type of module

AS-Interface
CANopen
cabling system machine bus

Fipio manager INTERBUS
fieldbus
fieldbus

Profibus DP
fieldbus

Name and description

In-rack

PCMCIA

Integrated port

In-rack

In-rack

Speed

167 kBps

20 K…1 MBps

1 MBps

0.5 MBps

9.6 K…12 MBps

Reference

TSXSAY1000 (4)

TSXCPP110 (4)

TSXP57 (2)

TSXIBY100 (4)

TSXPBY100

6

(2) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Fipio port

7
Type of module

Serial links
Uni-Telway

Name and description

Integrated port

In-rack

PCMCIA

In-rack

PCMCIA

1.2...19.2 kBps

19.2 kBps

1.2...19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps

Speed
Reference

With interface

Modbus

ASCII

8

PCMCIA

19.2 kBps

19.2 kBps

RS 485

TSXP57 (1)

TSXSCY21601 (2) (4) TSXSCP114 (4) TSXSCY11601 (4) TSXSCP114 (4) TSXSCP114 (4)

RS 232D

–

–

TSXSCP111 (4) –

TSXSCP111 (4) TSXSCP111 (4)

20mA CL

–

–

TSXSCP112 (4) –

TSXSCP112 (4) TSXSCP112 (4)

(1) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port
(2) Also designed for Modbus serial (channel 0).

9

Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

Fipway

Name and description

PCMCIA card

PCMCIA card

Fipio (agent function)
PCMCIA card

Speed

1 MBps

1 MBps

1 MBps

Reference

TSXMBP100 (4)

TSXFPP20 (4)

TSXFPP10 (4)

10

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXETY110WS becomes TSXETY110WSC
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/37

Modicon Quantum

Programmable Automation Controller
Processors under Unity Pro software

1
Type of processor

2

Max. number of

Simple and medium
complexity applications

Local

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Remote/distributed

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Local

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Remote/distributed

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

discrete I/O (1)

Max. number of

3

Simple applications

analog I/O (1)

Type of application-specific I/O

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

4

Communication ports (2)

Memory capacity

5

Integrated Modbus

2 RS 232/RS 485

Modbus Plus

1 integrated, 2 in local rack

2 RS 232
1 integrated, 6 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP

2 in local rack

6 in local rack

Fieldbus

Profibus DP: 2 in local rack

Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

Internal RAM

548 KB

1056 KB

With PCMCIA extension

–

–

Data storage

–

–

140CPU31110 (4)

140CPU43412U (4)

Reference

Processors under Concept/ProWORX software

6

7
Type of processor

8

Simple applications

Max. number of

Local

1024 (27 slots max.)

discrete I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of

Local

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

analog I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

Type of application-specific I/O

9

10

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2)

Integrated Modbus

1 RS 232

Modbus Plus

1 integrated, 2 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP

2 in local rack

Fieldbus

INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 2 in local rack

Memory capacity

Internal RAM

109 KB

368 KB

Reference

Concept/ProWORX

140CPU11302 (4)

140CPU11303 (4)

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative
(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model
(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its firmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example T140CPU31110 becomes 140CPU31110C
(5) Suitable for safety related application up to SIL2 and SIL3
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/38

1
Complex applications

Hot Standby
redundant applications

Unlimited (26 slots max.)

Unlimited (13 slots max.)

Unlimited (26 slots max.)

Unlimited (13 slots max.)

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

31744 inputs and 31744

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000

31744 inputs and 31744

outputs

inputs (DIO) and 31744 out-

outputs

2

puts (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Unlimited (13 slots max.)

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Unlimited (13 slots max.)

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

1984 inputs and 1984

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs

1984 inputs and 1984

outputs

(DIO) and 1984 outputs

outputs

3

(RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp,

–

–

serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
1 RS 232/485

1 RS 232/485

1 RS 232/485

1 RS 232/485

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

1 integrated

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

1 integrated

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

6 in local rack

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

–

Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

–

768 KB

1024 KB

3072 KB

1024 KB

1024 KB

1024 MB

7 MB

7 MB

7 MB

7 MB

7 MB

7 MB

8 MB

8 MB

8 MB

–

8 MB

–

140CPU65150 (4)

140CPU65160 (4)

140CPU65260 (4)

140CPU65160S (5)

140CPU67160 (4)

140CPU67160S (5)

4

5

6

7
Simple and medium
complexity applications

Complex applications

8

1024 (27 slots max.)
31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Unlimited (27 slots max.)
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

9

2 RS 232
1 integrated, 6 in local rack
6 in local rack
INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 6 in local rack
896 KB

2,5 MB

140CPU43412A (3) (4)

140CPU53414B (3) (4)

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/39

Modicon Quantum

Programmable Automation Controller
Power supply modules (1)

1

2

Type of power supply module for

Quantum

Input voltage

24 VDC

48…60 VDC

100…150 VDC

120…130 VAC

115/230 VAC

Output current

8 A/3 A (5)

8A

8 A/3 A

8 A/3 A

11 A
–

Reference

Type

Standalone (2)

140CPS21100 (6)

–

140CPS51100 (6)

140CPS11100 (6)

Summable

140CPS21400 (6)

140CPS41400 (6)

–

–

140CPS11420 (6)

Redundant

140CPS22400 (6)

140CPS42400 (6)

140CPS52400 (6)

–

140CPS12420 (6)

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

3

(2) The output current for the standalone power supply modules is 3 A

4

PCMCIA memory extensions

5

6

Type of PCMCIA card
for Unity processors 140CPU65/67

Application

Technology
Memory size

7

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM

512 Kb/512 Kb (4)

–

TSXMCPC512K (3)

SRAM
–

1 MB (5)

TSXMRPC001M (6)

TSXMFPP001M

–

2 MB (5)

TSXMRPC002M

TSXMFPP002M

–

2 MB/1 MB (4)

–

TSXMCPC002M

–

3 MB (5)

TSXMRPC003M (6)

–

–

4 MB

–

TSXMFPP004M

TSXMRPF004M

7 MB (5)

TSXMRPC007M (6)

–

–

8 MB

–

–

TSXMRPF008M

(3) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).
(4) The 1st value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc)
(5) By configuration the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data, etc)
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/40

Racks

1
Type

Racks
Dimensions WxDxH

References

2 slots

104x104x290 mm

140XBP00200 (2)

3 slots

143x104x290 mm

140XBP00300 (2)

4 slots

184x104x290 mm

140XBP00400 (2)

6 slots

265x104x290 mm

140XBP00600 (2)

10 slots

428x104x290 mm

140XBP01000 (2)

16 slots

671x104x290 mm

Rack extension module

2

140XBP01600 (2)

3

140XBE10000 (1) (2)

(1) Local extension module, to be placed in main rack and secondary rack.
(2) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140XBP00200 becomes 140XBP00200C

4
Connection accessories (3)

5
Type
References

Cable for extension racks (main and secondary)
L=1m

140XCA71703

L=2m

140XCA71706

L=3m

140XCA71709

6

(3) Other accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/41

Modicon Quantum

Programmable Automation Controller
Discrete I/O modules

1

2

Type of module (5)

Discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
16

4 groups of 8

3 groups of 8

2 groups of 8

6 groups of 16

8 groups of 2

5 VDC TTL (negative logic)

–

140DDI15310

–

–

–

–

24 VDC

–

140DDI35300(1)(2) –

–

140DDI36400

–

10…60 VDC

–

140DDI85300

–

–

–

140DDI84100

20…30 VDC

–

140DSI35300(1) –

–

–

–

Number of isolated channels
Input voltage

3

125 VDC

–

–

140DDI67300

–

–

–

24 VAC

140DAI34000

140DAI35300

–

–

–

–
–

48 VAC

140DAI44000

140DAI45300

–

–

–

115 VAC

140DAI54000

140DAI55300

–

140DAI54300

–

–

230 VAC

140DAI74000

140DAI75300

–

–

–

–

(1) For negative logic, replace 00 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDI35300 becomes 140DDI35310.

4

(2) Non-interfering module in safety related application

5
Type of module (5)

Discrete outputs
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
16

4 groups of 8

4 groups of 4

2 groups of 8

6 groups of 16

2 groups of 6

5 VDC TTL/0.075 A (3)

–

140DDO15310

–

–

–

–

24 VDC/0.5 A

–

140DDO35301(1) –

–

–

–

Number of protected channels

6

Output voltage/current

140DDO35300(2)

7

10…30 VDC/0.5 A (4)

–

140DVO85300

–

–

–

–

19.2…30 VDC/0.5 A

–

–

–

–

140DDO36400

–

10…60 VDC/2 A

–

–

–

140DDO84300

–

–

24...125 VDC/0.75 A

–

–

–

–

–

140DDO88500

24…48 VAC/4 A

–

–

140DAO84220

–

–

–

24…115 VAC/4 A

140DAO84010 –

–

–

–

–

24…230 VAC/ 4-3 A

140DAO84000 140DAO85300

–

–

–

–

100...230 VAC/4-3 A

–

140DAO84210

–

–

–

–

(1) For negative logic, replace 01 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDO35301 becomes 140DDO35310.

8

(2) Non-interfering module in safety related application
(3) Negative logic
(4) Controlled outputs

9
Type of module (5)

10

Discrete I/O
Solid state

Discrete outputs
Relay

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of I/O

2 groups of 8/2 groups of 4

1 group of 4/

–

Input voltage

24 VDC

115 VAC

125 VDC

Output voltage/current

24 VDC / 4 A

115 VAC / 8 A

24...125 VDC / 16 A 2 A

5A

Reference

140DDM39000

140DAM59000

140DDM69000

140DRC83000

–/16 NO

–/8 NO/NC

4 isolated
–
140DRA84000

–

(5) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140DDI15310 becomes 140DDI15310 C
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/42

Analog I/O modules

1
Type of module (4)

Analog inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

8

16

8
(1)

4…20 mA

0…25/20 mA

1…5 V

4…20 mA

Resolution

12 bits

0…25000 points

Reference

140ACI03000

140ACI04000 (3)

Input signal

2
Thermal probe

Thermocouple

Pt, Ni

(2)

16 bits

12 bits + sign

16 bits

140AVI03000

140ARI03010

140ATI03000

(1) 0…25 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.

3

(2) Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T, mV
(3) Non-interfering module in safety related application

4

5
Type of module (4)

Analog output

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

4

8

Input signal

4…20 mA

0…25/20 mA

0…10 V, ± 10 V

4…20 mA

0…5 V, ± 5 V

4

Resolution

12 bits

0…25000 points

12 bits

Reference

140ACO02000 (3)

140ACO13000

140AVO02000

6

(3) Non-interfering module in safety related application

7

8

9
Type of module (4)

Analog I/O

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs

4

Number of outputs

2

Input signal

0…20 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.

Resolution

Inputs 16 bits, outputs 12 bits

Reference

140AMM09000

10

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140ACI03000 becomes 140ACI03000C
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/43

Modicon Quantum

Programmable Automation Controller
Intrinsically safe I/O modules

1

2

3

Type of module

I/O
Discrete

Connection

By screw terminal 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Analog

Number of inputs

8

–

8

Number of outputs

–

8

–

–

Input signal

–

–

Thermal probe
Thermocouple (1)

4…25 mA

Resolution

–

–

12 bits + sign

0…25000 points

15 bits

Reference

140DII33000

140DIO33000

140AII33000

140AII33010

140AIO33000

8
0…25/20 mA

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

Counter and special purpose modules

4

5
Type of module

High-speed counter

High-speed inputs with Time-stamp
interrupt
system

Type of inputs for

Incremental encoders

Discrete 24 VDC (2)

Discrete

Counting frequency

100 kHz

500 kHz

–

–

Number of channels

5

2

16

32

Reference

140EHC10500

140EHC20200

140HLI34000

140ERT85410 (4)

24…125 VDC

6

(2) 3 operating modes: Interrupt, latch, high-speed inputs, on rising or falling edge.

7

Safety I/O modules

8

9

10

Type of modules

Analog

Discrete

Connection

Screw terminal

Number of inputs

8 analog inputs

16 discrete inputs

–

Number of outputs

–

–

16 discrete outputs

Input signal

4…20mA

24VDC

–

Output voltage

–

–

24VDC

Resolution

16 bits

–

–

Certification

Suitable for safety related application up to SIL2 and SIL3, UL, CE, CSA, Haz-loc

Reference

140SAI94000S

140SDI95300S

140SDO95300S

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/44

Communication modules

1
Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Speed

10/100 MBps

Standard services
Transparent Ready

Class

TCP/IP(Modbus)
B30

B30

C30

D10

Global Data

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

I/O Scanning

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

SNMP

FDR server

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

BootP/server

SNMP protocol

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Standard services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast services

–

–

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast HMI services

–

–

–

Yes

140CPU651*

140NOE77101

140NOE77111

140NWM10000

Web server

Reference

Ethernet IP

2

3

DHCP

140NOC77100

* 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

4
Profibus DPV1 is available for Modicon Quantum

Please refer to page 3/23

5

Type of module

Modbus Plus
network

AS-Interface
cabling system

Fieldbus
INTERBUS

Name and description

Integrated link

In-rack

In-rack

In-rack

In-rack

Speed

1 MBps

167 kBps

0,5 MBps

to 12 MBps

375 Kbit/s

Reference

140CPU*

140EIA92100

140NOA62200

PTQ PDP MV1

140NOG11100

6

Profibus DP Master V1 (1) Modnet fielbus

(1) from your partner Prosoft, www.prosoft-technology.com

7

* 140 CPU 311 10, 140 CPU 434 12U, 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

8
Type of module

Serial link
Modbus

ASCII

Name and description

Integrated link

In-rack

Speed

19.2 kBps

19.2 kBps

Reference

140CPU* (2)

140ESI06210

9

(2) RS 232/RS 485 on 140CPU651pp and 140CPU67160 processors and RS 232 on 140CPU31110, 140CPU43412A, 140CPU53414A processors.
* 140 CPU 311 10, 140 CPU 434 12U, 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

10

To operate in a corrosive environment, Quantum modules can be ordered with a conformal coating applied to components of the product.
Conformal coating will extend its life and enhance its environmental performance capabilities.
To order conformal coating append a C to the standard catalog number. For example, 140CPS 11420 > 140CPS 114 20C

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/45

Automation systems

Unity Pro, a SoCollaborative software
For Modicon M340, Premium, and Quantum

1
Software type

2

Unity Pro Small version 4.1

License type version 4.1
References

Single (1 workstation)

Group (3 workstations)

Team (10 workstations)

Site (> 10 workstations)

Software pack

UNYSPUSFUCD41

UNYSPUSFGCD41

UNYSPUSFTCD41

–

Update (1)

UNYSPUSZUCD41

UNYSPUSZGCD41

UNYSPUSZTCD41

–

Software type

Unity Pro Medium version 4.1

License type version 4.1

3

References

Software pack
Update (2)

Software type

4

Site (> 10 workstations)

UNYSPUMFTCD41

–

UNYSPUMZUCD41

UNYSPUMZGCD41

UNYSPUMZTCD41

–

Single (1 workstation)

Group (3 workstations)

Team (10 workstations)

Site (> 10 workstations)

UNYSPULFUCD41

UNYSPULFGCD41

UNYSPULFTCD41

UNYSPULFFCD41

Update (3)

UNYSPULZUCD41

UNYSPULZGCD41

UNYSPULZTCD41

UNYSPULZFCD41

Unity Pro Extra Large version 4.1

License type version 4.1

5

Team (10 workstations)

UNYSPUMFGCD41

Software pack

Software type

References

Group (3 workstations)

UNYSPUMFUCD41

Unity Pro Large version 4.1

License type version 4.1
References

Single (1 workstation)

Single (1 workstation)

Group (3 workstations)

Team (10 workstations)

Site (> 10 workstations)

Software pack

UNYSPUEFUCD41

UNYSPUEFGCD41

UNYSPUEFTCD41

UNYSPUEFFCD41

Update (4)

UNYSPUEZUCD41

UNYSPUEZGCD41

UNYSPUEZTCD41

UNYSPUEZFCD41

(1) From Concept S, PL7 Micro, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(2) From Concept S/M, PL7 M/J, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(3) From Concept S /M, PL7 M/J/P, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(4) From all models Concept, PL7, ProWORX NxT and ProWORX 32

6

Unity Pro, a SoCollaborative software, is common programming software for debugging and operation of Modicon M340, Premium, and Quantum programmable controller ranges. Unity Pro takes the
recognized usage values of PL7 and Concept software and offers a complete set of new functions for
improved productivity and opening to other software.
Five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro with all debugging functions, either
on the simulator or directly online with the programmable controller.

7

Thanks to symbolic variables independent of memory, structured data and user function blocks,
application objects are a direct reflection of the automated process application components.
Unity Pro operator screens are user-configured in the application from graphic libraries. Operator
accesses are simple and direct.
Unity V 5.0 (Unity V5.0 available 2Q 2010) integrates the PLCopen standard MFB (Motion Function
Block) library, simplifying

8

installation of motion controllers on CANopen machine buses: Altivar 31, Altivar 71, Lexium 05,
Lexium 15 LP, MP and HP, IclA.
Debugging and maintenance are simplified by animated graphic objects.
For diagnostics, a window clearly and chronologically displays all system and application faults with
timestamping at source.
The fault cause search navigation function enables precise location of the source of missing conditions.

9

XML format, the Web standard for data exchange, has been adopted as Unity application source
format. By simple import/export, all or part of the application can be exchanged with other project
software.
Finally, the converters integrated in Unity Pro automatically convert PL7 and Concept IEC 61131-3
standards and applications.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/46

Unity software
Specialized software

1
Integrator system dedicated software
Software type

Unity Pro XL Alliance V3.0

License type version 3.0
References

Single (1 workstation)

Team (10 workstations)

Software pack

UNYSPUEFUAL30

UNYSPUEFTAL30

Old generation upgrade (1)

UNYSPUEZUAL30

UNYSPUSZTCD30

UNYSPUQZUAL30

UNYSPUQZTAL30

Unity update

Software type

PLC Suite Alliance V3.0

License type version 3.0
References

2

Pack (1)

Single (1 workstation)

Team (10 workstations)

UNYSPUQFUAL30

UNYSPUQFTAL30

(1) Including Unity Pro XL Alliance, Concept, PL7, ProWORX

Software type
License type version 2.1
Reference

3
Unity Pro application comparison software
Unity Dif
Single (1 workstation), French and English languages (software and documentation)

Software extension (1)

UNYSDUDFUCD20

(1) Requires version Unity Pro XL >/ V2.1

4

PLC application and Modicon M340 embedded software update
Software type

Unity Loader

License type version 2.1

Single (1 workstation)

Reference

Software pack (1)

UNYSMUZUCD21

(1) This software is also included in all Unity Pro software packs

Software type
License type version 2.0
References

5

SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software
Unity SFC View
Single (1 workstation)
Software pack

UNYSDUMFUCD20

EF/EFB function development software in C language
Software type
License type version 3.1
References

6

Unity EFB Toolkit
Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)
Software pack

UNYSPUZFUCD31E

Renewal

UNYCSPSPUZBU

Process application design and generation software
Software type

Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)

License type version 3.2

Single (1 workstation)

Site (> 10 workstations)

UAGSEWLFUCD32

UAGSEWLFFCD23

References

Software pack

7

Specific Unity Pro solution design software pack
Software type

Unity UDE (Unity Developer’s Edition)

License type

Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)

Reference

Software pack

8

UNYUDEVFUCD21E

Specific libraries according to the software used
Library type

Control Libraries

Designation

Predictive Control
Library (for Unity
Pro and Concept)

Fuzzy Control
Library (for Unity
Pro)

License type

Single License (1 work station)

Reference

UNYLPCZAUCD10

UNYLFZZAUWB12

Library type

System Libraries

Designation

Device and Process Library (for UAG)

License type

Single License (1 workstation)

Reference

UAGSBTDFUWB10

TeSys Library (for
Unity Pro)

HVAC Library (for
Unity Pro)

Flow Calculation
Library (for Unity
Pro)

UNYLTSZAUWB10

UNYLHVZAUWB10 UNYLAGZAUWB10

9

10

Process Application Library (for UAG)
UAGSBTXFUWB20

*Includes Process Application Library (PAL) V2.0 and Device and Process Library (DPL) V1.0
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/47

Automation

Programming software
For Modicon Premium slot-PLCs

PL7 is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the TSX Micro and Premium
ranges of PLCs as well as Atrium coprocessors (see pages 3/12, 3/18 and 3/26).
PL7 offers 4 IEC languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), Structured Text (ST) and
Sequential Function Chart (SFC). You can use the most suitable language for each function in your

1

application, making use of the multi-tasking structure of the processors.
For using application-specific functions, PL7 directly integrates the application-specific screens
required for configuration and adjustment as well as supervisory and diagnostics activities.

Type of software

2

PL7 Micro for TSX Micro platform

Type of license version 4.5
Reference

Single (1 station)

Single with SyCon V2.8

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations)

Software package

TLXCDPL7MP45

TLXCDPL7MPC45

TLXCD3PL7MP45

TLXOTPL7MP45M

Update (1)

TLXRCDPL7MP45M

TLXRCDPL7MPC45M

TLXRCD3PL7MP45M

–

PL7 Junior for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.5
Reference

3

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Software package

TLXCDPL7JP45

TLXCD3PL7JP45

Update (1)

TLXRCDPL7JP45M

TLXRC3DPL7JP45M

Upgrade (2)

TLXUCDPL7JP45M

TLXUCD3PL7JP45M

PL7 Pro for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.5
Reference

4

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Open Site

Software package

TLXCDPL7PP45

TLXCD3PL7PP45

TLXOTPL7PP45M

TLXOSPL7PP45M

Update (1)

TLXRCDPL7PP45M

TLXRCD3PL7PP45M

–

–

Upgrade (2)

TLXUCDPL7PP45M

TLXUCD3PL7PP45M

–

–

(1) From the previous software version.
(2) From lower level, earlier version software.

Specialist tools
EF function development software in C language

5

6

Type of software

PL7 SDKC for EF function development software in C language

PL7 SDKC software extension

For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro

Reference

TLXLSDKCPL741M

Development of applications in C language

7
Type of software

For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Reference

TLXLPL7FUZ34M

Comparison of PL7 applications

8

9

PL7 FUZ for processing process applications using fuzzy logic

PL7 FUZ software extension

Type of software

PL7 DIF for comparison of applications

PL7 DIF software extension

For PL7 Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Type of license

Single (1 station)

Site (> 10 stations)

Reference

TLXCDPL7DIF42

TLXOSPL7DIF42

Availability of control systems based on Premium platforms

10

Type of software

Warm Standby redundant

Warm Standby software extension

For PL7 Junior/Pro

Type of license

Single (1 station)

Reference

TLXCDWSBYP40F / E
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/48

Programming software
For Modicon Quantum, Momentum
Concept is the IEC programming software for the Momentum and Quantum range of PLCs. It provides
advanced Microsoft Windows based tools that deliver a multi-language development environment for
control system programming.
Uses familiar, standardized editors, bundled in a single application to create and integrate PLC control,
communication and diagnostic logic.

1

Five IEC editors give users the freedom to choose the programming language that fits their application
requirements: Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LD), Sequential Function Chart (SFC),
Structured Text (ST) and Instruction List (IL).

Type of software

Concept for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 2.6
Software references

Update references

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

10 users (10 stations)

Site

Concept S

372SPU47101V26

–

–

–

Concept M

372SPU47201V26

–

–

–

Concept XL

372SPU47401V26

372SPU47411V26

372SPU47421V26

372SPU47431V26

Concept S (3)

372ESS47101

–

–

–

Concept M (3)

372ESS47201

–

–

–

Concept XL (3)

372ESS47401

372ESS47403

372ESS47410

372ESS47400

2

3

(3) From an earlier software version.

Specialist tools

4

EF/EFB function development software in C language
Type of software

Concept EFB Toolkit

Type of license

Version 2.6

Upgrade version 2.6

332SPU47001V26

372ESS47001

Reference

Software package

5

Concept service version limited to application loading
Type of software

Concept Application Loader

Type of license

Version 2.6

Reference

Software package

372SPU47701V26

6

Software for designing and generating batch/process applications
Type of software

Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)

Type of license version 3.0

Single (1 station)

Site

Medium Software package

UAGSEWMFUCD22

UAGSEWMFFCD22

Large Software package

UAGSEWLFUCD22

UAGSEWLFFCD22

Reference

7

ProWORX for Modicon Quantum, Momentum
ProWORX 32 is the flexible, easy-to-use cross-platform LL984-programming software for Modicon range
PLCs. It gives you the power to program your Modicon controllers online or offline, manage your I/O

8

subsystems, and analyze your plant’s activity in real-time, all in a familiar Windows environment.
ProWORX 32 provides client/server capabilities to organize user-groups and -rights, store projects at a
central location and realize office-plant floor bridging.
The project emulator provides the ability to test projects prior to running them in the PLC run-time
environment to ensure your system will run at peak efficiency.

Type of software
Type of license version 2.1
Software references

9

ProWORX for Quantum/Momentum platforms
Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Multi-user (10 stations)

Site

ProWORX 32 Server

372SPU78001PSEV

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Suite

372SPU78001PSSV

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Client, Full Dev.

372SPU78001PDEV

372SPU78001PSTH

372SPU78001PSTE

372SPU78001SITE

ProWORX 32 Online

372SPU78101PONL

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Lite

372SPU71001PLDV

372SPU71001PLTH

372SPU71001PLTE

–

372SPU78401LPUP

372SPU78401LPTH

372SPU78401LPTE

–

Upgrade to ProWORX 32references (4)

10

(4) Only possible for customers, who are “up-to-date” with CSP (continuing support program)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/49

Vijeo Citect

a SoCollaborative software – (SCADA)

1


		




		






2

Type

Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software

Compatibility

All Schneider Electric automation platforms and third party devices

Operating system

Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows server 2003 & 2005

Versions

The development licence (without network connectivity) allows free communication with PLCs for 10
minutes at a time.
Vijeo Citect full server licences are available in 75 points, 150 points, 500 points, 1500 points, 5000
points, 15000 points and unlimited points

3

Vijeo Citect Lite (without network connectivity) is available in 100 - 1200 points
References

Please contact your local sales representative

Vijeo

4

rian

Histo

t
Citec
Vijeo

Vijeo

ner

Desig

PC

C
t & iP
mpac
C
lis Co
Mage odular iP
M

5
lis
Mage

GT
XBT

lis
Mage

&
Smart

ac
Comp

t iPC

Modic
o
Modic

6

Modic

n Pre

34 0
on M

antum
on Qu

mium
Vijeo Suite; The best HMI/SCADA offer.
Designed to offer optimum integration
with Schneider Electric equipment.

Twido

7

Vijeo Citect is a SoCollaborative software for operating and monitoring. With its powerful visualisation capabilities and operational features, it delivers actionable insight faster,
enabling operators to respond quickly to process disturbances, thereby increasing their effectiveness. Its easy-to-use configuration tools and powerful features enable you to
quickly develop and deploy solutions for any size application.

8

9
Benefits at a glance:

10

• Full-redundancy for reliable architecture: Vijeo Citect’s in-built redundancy greatly reduces lost data and downtime, tolerating failure anywhere in your system.
• Powerful graphics: Vijeo Citect lets you develop true colour, easy-to-use graphics that provide the operator with an intuitive, consistent user interface.
• Intuitive Process Analysis tool: Vijeo Citect Process Analyst is an intuitive process analysis tool that sits directly in the SCADA system, providing a complete story of
your plant and delivering actionable insight to the operators faster, thereby improving their efficiency and productivity.

• Object-based configuration for rapid development: Developing your control system is made quick and easy by Vijeo Citect’s object-based configuration tools such
as page templates, Genies, Super Genies, and SpeedLink.

• Engineering with ease: Vijeo Citect offers flexible and targeted system engineering tools to help you be more efficient. It accelerates your control system configuration
process, significantly reducing your engineering time and costs and minimising your project risk.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/50

Vijeo Historian

a SoCollaborative software

1

	
	









		





Type

Historian software

Compatibility

All Schneider Electric automation platforms and third party devices

Operating system

Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows server 2003 & 2005

References CD-ROM PC

Please contact your local sales representative

cle

r/Ora

erve

QL S

MS S

2

3

OPC
A
SCA D

m
Syst e

rian

4

Histo

Vijeo

t
nalys
ess A
Proc

QL S
soft S
Micro porting
Re
2005 s
ice
Serv

Histo

r
erve

rian

Serv

er

rt
Repo
rian
Histo ment
y
Deplo er
g
a
Ma n

s

5

rian
Histo
Vijeo lient
lC
Exce

rian
Histo
Vijeo lient
C
Web

6

MES

Vijeo Historian is a SoCollaborative software for the information management. It comprises the historian and portal functionalities of the solution, enabling you to accurately store
data for long-term reporting while connecting your production and business systems through its active data transfers and simple, easy-to-use reporting.

7

8

9
Benefits at a glance:
• Business systems integration: Vijeo Historian reduces the complexity and cost of bridging the divide between senior management and plant operations through its simple,
easy-to-use interface and its active data transfers that push data from the control systems up to the business systems.
• An open data store: Vijeo Historian utilises 100% Microsoft SQL Server 2005 as its embedded historical data store. Its open, industry-standard technology and trusted security integrate effortlessly into your business in a way that lowers your total cost of ownership.
• Enterprise-wide reporting: A range of reports can be produced using a convenient built-in historian in the familiar, open Microsoft user interface. Vijeo Historian also comes
with a standard set of pre-configured reports, simplifying basic alarm and tag reporting.
• Alarm management: Pre-configured alarm reports based on the EEMUA (Engineering Equipment & Materials Users Association) 191 alarm management guidelines.
• Going ‘green’ with the energy reports: Energy reports help you perform a comprehensive energy assessment of your plant to determine how much energy is being consumed and how much could potentially be saved.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/51

10

Altistart and Altivar
Start your motors smoothly and protect your installation's
mechanics using Altistart soft starters and Altivar variable
speed drives.

Improve machine efficiency, reduce
energy consumption and optimise
dynamics with the Altistart, Altivar
and Lexium ranges. Easy to install and
offering intuitive programming and
extensive communication options, they
can be integrated seamlessly into your
control system architectures.

Lexium

Motion controllers, drives, motors and
linear motion axes - Schneider Electric
offers a complete range of motion
products and solutions for your specific
applications. All our motion products
are designed for maximum ease
over the entire machine lifecycle to
reduce costs and make your machine
processes even more productive.

Motion control
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Soft starters and variable speed drives
Selection guide ......................................................................................................... 4/3 and 4/7

3

Starters
Altistart 01 .................................................................................................................. 4/8 and 4/9
Altistart 22 ...............................................................................................................4/10 and 4/11
Altistart 48 .............................................................................................................. 4/12 and 4/13

4

Drives
Altivar 12 ............................................................................................................................... 4/14
Altivar 21 ............................................................................................................................... 4/15
Altivar 312 ............................................................................................................................. 4/16
Altivar 31C ............................................................................................................................. 4/17
Altivar 32 ................................................................................................................ 4/18 and 4/19
Altivar 61 ................................................................................................................... 4/20 to 4/27
Altivar 71 ................................................................................................................... 4/28 to 4/36

5

Dialogue and communication ........................................................................... 4/37 to 4/39

6
Controllers, drives, motors and linear motion axes

7

Selection Guide ....................................................................................................... 4/40 to 4/42
Lexium Motion Controller ............................................................................................... 4/43
Lexium Servo Drives and Motors..................................................................... 4/44 to 4/51

8

Lexium 32 servo drives
Lexium BMH and Lexium BSH servo motors

Lexium Stepper Drives and Motors ............................................................................ 4/52
Lexium SD2/Lexium SD3 stepper drives
Lexium BRS2/Lexium BRS3 stepper motors

9

Lexium Integrated Drives .................................................................................... 4/53 to 4/55
Lexium ILA/ILE/ILS/ILT/ILP

Lexium Linear Motion ........................................................................................ 4/56 and 4/57

10

Lexium PAS/CAS/TAS/MAX

4/1

New products
1

Altivar 32
So slim, So smart!
More innovations
Slim shape product (45 mm wide)
Circuit-breaker connected directly to the product
Mounting can be vertical or on the side
Integrated safety functions
Integrated programmable logic functions
Built-in Bluetooth®: remote adjustment and parameter
setting via mobile phone or PC
Configuration with the power off in its original packaging

2

>
>
>
>
>
>
>

3

More openness
Application-oriented: predefined settings and
combinations of functions
Modbus and CANopen integrated as standard
Access to the majority of industrial communication
networks
Tools adapted to each stage in the product lifecycle

4

>
>
>
>

5

More energy savings
New control profile for synchronous motors in speed
control mode
Control profiles to optimise energy

>
>

6

7

Altistart 22
Cut your costs with an integrated bypass function*

8

More innovative
More economical
Safer

9

> Reduction in your operating costs
> Simplified wiring
> Protection of your electrical installation
> Space savings with a fully equipped product

10

* bypass = shunt

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/2

Selection guide
Starters - Low voltage
Complex machines/
Special machines

Simple machines

CApplications:

CApplications:

CApplications:

Compressors, fans,
pumps, conveyors, car
wash gantries, etc.

Pumps, fans, turbines,
compressors, conveyors,
conveyor belts, lifting
screws, escalators, etc.

Pumps, high inertia
fans and machines,
compressors, conveyors,
agitators, mixers,
escalators, etc.

1

2

3

Altistart 01

Altistart 22

4

Altistart 48

5
Description

Soft start units and soft start/soft
stop units

Soft start/soft stop units

Soft start/soft stop units

Compact

• Innovative with its integrated
Bypass

Torque control system:
controlled torque, prevention of
pressure surges and limiting of
temperature rises

Simple: easy mounting,
wiring and adjustment
Efficient: limiting of current
peaks on starting, reduction of
mechanical shocks, increased
service life for your machines.
Energy saving

Technical information

Communication

Standards and certifications

Intended use

• Cost-effective
• Compact dimensions
• Quick setup

6

Simple: quick setup

• Protection of motor and
starter

Protection of motor and starter:
thermal protection, phase loss
detection, locked rotor detection

• Energy saving

Energy saving

7

Power range for
50…60 Hz supply

0.37...15 kW

4... 400 kW

4...1200 kW

Voltage

Single-phase 110…480 V

Three-phase 208…600 V

Three-phase 208…690 V

Three-phase 110…480 V

Three-phase 230…440 V

Drive/Output frequency

–

–

–

Motor type

Asynchronous

Yes

Yes

Yes

Synchronous

No

No

No

Integrated

–

Modbus

Modbus

As an option

Can be used with TeSys U
motor starter-controller to
create a complete motor
starter solution

–

DeviceNet, Fipio, PROFIBUS DP

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,
UL, CE

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,
UL, CE, GOST, CCC
Class A EMC

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,
UL, CE, DNV, GOST, CCC, NOM,
SEPRO and TCF
Classes A and B EMC

Building, simple machines.

Machines, infrastructures and buildings

8

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/3

9

10

Selection guide
Standard drives - Low voltage
Simple machines

CApplications:

C Applications:

• Simple machines for
industry (small handling
applications, packaging,
pumps, fans, etc.)

Simple industrial machines
(material handling
and packaging, textile
machines, special
machines, pumps and
• Simple consumer
machines (access barriers, fans).
rotating advertising
hoardings, medical beds,
treadmills, dough mixers,
etc.)

1

2

3

• Other types of application:
- Mobile machines and
small appliances equipped
with a power socket
- Applications which
traditionally use other
solutions (2-speed DC
motors, mechanical drives,
etc.).

4

Altivar 12

Altivar 312

C Applications:
Simple industrial machines
(material handling and
packaging, textile machines,
special machines, pumps
and fans).

Altivar 31C IP54

5
Description

6

Variable speed drives for small
Variable speed drives for threemachines with 240 V three-phase phase asynchronous motors
asynchronous motor

Variable speed drives for threephase asynchronous motors for
machines in harsh environments.

• Compact

• Rugged even in the most hostile
environments:
- Installed as close as possible to the
motor
- Integrated functions for applications
requiring IP54 degree of protection
- Modbus and CANopen
communication protocols

• Easy to set up
(Plug & Play)

• Open: large number of
communication cards available
as options

• Reliable, cost-effective
solution for compact machines

• User-friendly: simplified
interface
• Autotuning:
maximum performance

• Flexibility to adapt to each machine:
- Customisable depending on the
model
- Easy configuration

7
Technical information

8

Power range for
50…60 Hz supply

0.18...4 kW

0.18...15 kW

Voltage

Single-phase 100…240 V

Single-phase 200…240 V

Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 200…600 V

Three-phase 380…500 V

0.5…400 Hz

0.5…500 Hz

0.5…500 Hz

Drive/Output frequency
Motor type
Communication

Asynchronous

Yes

Yes

Yes

Synchronous

No

No

No

Integrated

Modbus

Modbus and CANopen

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

–

CANopen Daisy chain,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,
Modbus TCP, Fipio

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio,
Profibus DP

9
Standards and certifications

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,
categories C1 to C3)
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, NOM

Intended use

Machines

10

0.18...15 kW

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 618003 (environments 1 and 2, categories
C1 to C3)
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/4

Complex machines

Complex machines/
Special machines

HVAC

Pumps and
Fans

Lifts

C Applications:

C Applications:

C Applications:

C Applications:

C Applications:

Industrial machines:
hoisting, packaging,
material handling, textile
machines, special
machines (woodworking machines, metal
processing machinery,
etc.).

High performance
applications:
• Material handling
• Hoisting
• Wood-working machines
• Process machinery
• Textile machines
• Packaging

Range specifically for
HVAC applications
(heating, ventilation, air
conditioning) in buildings.

Range specifically for high Lifts
performance pumps and
fans for the industrial and
building markets.

1

2

3

Altivar 32

Altivar 71

Altivar 21

Altivar 61

4

Altivar Lift

5
Variable speed drives for
asynchronous motors and
open-loop synchronous motors

• Integrated safety functions

For three-phase synchronous and Variable speed drives for threeasynchronous motors.
phase asynchronous motors.
Constant torque applications.
Variable torque building HVAC
applications.
• Wide range
• Compact size: side-by-side
mounting
• Quick start-up and easy

• Open: communication cards
available as options

diagnostics: multi-language
graphic display terminal

• Integrated programmable
logic functions

• Open to most industrial
communication buses

• Simple setup

• Integrated safety functions

• Compact: "Book" format

Variable speed drives for threephase asynchronous motors.
Variable torque applications.

Variable speed drives for lifts and
hoists.

• Wide range

• Quick start-up and
easy diagnostics with the multilanguage graphic display terminal

• Easy setup and diagnostics
• Simple: "plug&drive" function and with the multi-language graphic
"local remote" key
display terminal
• Open communication:
communication cards specifically
for building applications

• Open to the main
communication buses

• High-performance motor
control in open-loop and closed
loop mode

• Motor control: highperformance in open-loop and
closed loop mode

• EMC filters built-in

0.18...15 kW

0.37...630 kW

0.75...75 kW

0.37...800 kW

4...22 kW

Single-phase 200…240 V

Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 200…480 V

Single-phase 200…240 V

Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 380…480 V

Three-phase 200…690 V

0.5…800 Hz

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW
0.5…500 Hz from 45…630 kW

• Reduction of the total
harmonic distortion THDI<30%

0.5…200 Hz

6

• Specifically designed for lift
applications for greater comfort
and safety

Three-phase 200…690 V

Three-phase 200…480 V

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW
0.5…500 Hz from 45…800 kW

0.5…1600 Hz

7

8

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Modbus and CANopen

Modbus and CANopen

Modbus

Modbus and CANopen

Modbus and CANopen

EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP,
PROFIBUS DP V1, PROFIBUS
DP V0, DeviceNet

Modbus TCP, Fipio,
Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus
Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS DP
V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link,

Lonworks, METASYS N2,
APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/UniTelway, Modbus Plus, EtherNet/IP,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS
S, CC-Link, Lonworks, METASYS
N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/UniTelway, Modbus Plus,EtherNet/IP,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S,
CC-Link

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3
(environments 1 and 2, Categories
C2 and C3), UL508C, EN 954-1
Category 3, ISO/EN 13849-1/- 2
Category 3 (PLd), IEC 61800-5-2, IEC
61508 (parts 1&2) level SIL1 SIL2 SIL3,
draft standard EN 50495E, CE, UL,
CSA, C-Tick, GOST, NOM.

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,
EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,
CE, NOM, DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,
EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,
CE, NOM

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,
EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,
CE, NOM, DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN55011,
EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,
CE, NOM

Machines

Machines, industrial processes
and infrastructures

Buildings

Buildings and infrastructures

Machines

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/5

Selection guide
Integrated variable speed control solutions

1

Pumps and Fans
Low voltage

Pumps and Fans
High voltage

C Applications:

C Applications:

• Fans
• Pumps
• Compressors
• Screw feeders

• Energy: fans, pumps, turbine starters
• Oil and gas: pumps, compressors,
aerators, extruders
• Mines and Minerals: conveyors,
crushers, fans, pumps
• Water treatment: pumps, aerators.

Altivar 61 Plus

Altivar 1100

High power low voltage variable speed drives for
buildings and infrastructures.
Variable torque

Medium power variable speed drives for
asynchronous motors (request quotation)

A simple, open range:
• Greater flexibility: numerous possible options and
communication on most industrial networks
• Easy configuration
• Ready to use

Environmentally-friendly and Cost-effective:
• Perfect integration in the line supply
• No disturbance of the motor and the driven load
• High efficiency

Maximum safety: the Altivar Plus range has a
cooling system and components that have been
tested in extreme conditions.

Compact

2

3

4

5
Description

6

Easy to install and set up

Time savings on:
• Devising quotes
• Placing orders
• Installation and start-up

7

Technical information

8

Power range for
50…60 Hz supply

90…2400 kW

0.3…10 MW

Voltage

Three-phase 380…690 V

3.3 kV
6.6 kV
10 kV

Drive/Output frequency

0.5…500 Hz

Standard: 0.2…60 Hz
Option: 0.2…120 Hz

Number of quadrants

2 and 4

2 and 4 (optional)

Cooling system

Air or water cooled

Air or water cooled

Protection class

IP23/IP54
IP55 (water cooled)

IP31
IP41 (optional)

Motor type

9

10

Asynchronous

Yes

Yes

Synchronous

Yes

No

Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

Profibus, Modbus

As an option

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus
Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link,
Lonworks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Ethernet, Devicenet, CANopen

Standards and certifications

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3
(environments 1 and 2), IEC/EN 61000-4-2, -4-3,
-4-5, -4-6 (level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (level 4),
IEC/EN 60529, IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C2 and 3S2,
CE. DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-4,
IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,
categories C1 to C3), IEEE 519

Intended use

Buildings and infrastructures

Infrastructures

Communication

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/6

Complex machines/Special machines
Low voltage

Complex machines/Special machines
Medium voltage

C Applications:

C Applications:

• Fans
• Pumps
• Compressors
• Screw feeders

• Energy: fans, pumps, turbine starters
• Oil and gas: pumps, compressors, aerators, extruders
• Mines and Minerals: conveyors, crushers, fans, pumps
• Water treatment: pumps, aerators.

1

2

3
Altivar 71 Plus

Altivar 1000

4
High power low voltage variable speed drives for industry.
Constant torque

Medium power variable speed drives for asynchronous motors
(request quotation)

A simple, open range:
• Greater flexibility: numerous possible options and communication on most industrial
networks
• Easy configuration
• Ready to use

High efficiency

5
For use in harsh environments
Open to all communication networks

Maximum safety: the Altivar Plus range has a cooling system and components that
have been tested in extreme conditions.

6

Time savings on:
• Devising quotes
• Placing orders
• Installation and start-up

90…2400 kW

0.5…10 MW

Three-phase 380…690 V

2.4 kV
3.3 kV

0.5…500 Hz

Standard: 5…670 Hz
Option: 5…140 Hz

2 and 4

2 and 4

Air or water cooled

Air or water cooled

IP23/IP54
IP55 (water cooled)

IP41 (air cooled)
IP54 (water cooled)

Yes

Yes

7

8

Yes

No

Modbus and CANopen

Ethernet, Profibus, Modbus

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link

Devicenet, CANopen

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2), IEC/EN 61000-4-2,
-4-3, -4-5, -4-6 (level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (level 4), IEC/EN 60529, IEC 60721-3-3
class 3C2 and 3S2, CE. DNV and GOST

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-4,
IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,
categories C1 to C3), CE

Machines, industrial processes and infrastructures

Machines, industrial processes and infrastructures

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/7

Altistart 01

Simple machines

0.37…15 kW

Starters

Dimensions (in mm)

1

ATS01

width x height x depth

N103FT/N106 FT

22.5 x 100 x 100.4

N109FT/N112 FT/N125 FT

45 x 124 x 130.7

N206pp/N209pp/N212pp
N222pp/N232pp

2

3

45 x 154 x 130.7

Type
Motor power

Soft start units
0.37 to 15 kW

Soft stop units
0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection

IP20

Reduction of current peaks

2 controlled phases

Adjustable starting time

1…5 s

1…10 s

Adjustable deceleration time

No: freewheel stop

Yes: 1... 10 s

Adjustable breakaway torque

30…80% of DOL motor starting torque

2 controlled phases

Logic inputs

–

3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs

–

1 logic output

Relay outputs

–

1 relay output

Control supply voltage

110... 220 VAC ± 10%, 24 VDC ± 10%

Built into the starter

Supply voltage

Single-phase 110…230 V

Motor power

4

5

230 V

Nominal current

kW

(IcL)

0.37

3A

ATS01N103FT

0.75

6A

ATS01N106FT

1.1

9A

ATS01N109FT

1.5

12 A

ATS01N112FT

2.2

25 A

ATS01N125FT

Supply voltage
210 V 230 V

6

Three-phase 110…480 V

Three-phase 200…240 V Three-phase 380…415 V Three-phase 440…480 V

Motor power
400 V

460 V

Nominal current

HP

kW

HP

kW

HP

(IcL)

–

0.37-0.55

0.5/–

1.1

0.5-1.5

3A

ATS01N103FT

–

–

–

0.5

0.75-1.1

1-1.5

2.2-3

2-3

6A

ATS01N106FT

ATS01N206LU

ATS01N206QN

ATS01N206RT

1

1.5

2

4

5

9A

ATS01N109FT

ATS01N209LU

ATS01N209QN

ATS01N209RT

1.5

2.2

3

5.5

7.5

12 A

ATS01N112FT

ATS01N212LU

ATS01N212QN

ATS01N212RT

–

4-5.5

5-7.5

7.5-11

10-15

22 A

–

ATS01N222LU

ATS01N222QN

ATS01N222RT

2-3

3-4-5.5

5-7.5

7.5-9-11 10-15

25A

ATS01N125FT

–

–

–

–

7.5

10

15

32 A

–

ATS01N232LU

ATS01N232QN

ATS01N232RT

20

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/8

Starters with TeSys model U

Dimensions (in mm)

1

width x height x depth

ATSU01 N206LT/N209LT/N212LT

45 x 124 x 130.7

N222LT/N232LT

45 x 154 x 130.7

Type
Motor power

Soft stop units
0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection

IP20

Reduction of current peaks

Yes

Adjustable starting and stopping times

1…10 s

Adjustable breakaway torque

30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs

3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs

1 logic output

Relay outputs

1 relay output

Control supply voltage

24 VDC, 100 mA, ± 10%

References

Soft start/soft stop

TeSys starter-controller

units

model U

2

3
Power base

Power connector
Control unit (1)

between ATSU and
TeSys model U

Supply voltage

Three-phase 200…480 V

4

Motor power
400 V

460 V

Nominal

kW

HP

kW

HP

current (IcL)

0.75

1

1.5

2

6A

ATSU01N206LT

LUB12

LUCp05BL

1.1

1.5

2.2/3

3

6A

ATSU01N206LT

LUB12

LUCp12BL

230 V

1.5

2

–

6

9A

ATSU01N209LT

LUB12

LUCp12BL

–

–

4

–

9A

ATSU01N209LT

LUB12

LUCp12BL

2.2

3

5.5

7.5

12 A

ATSU01N212LT

LUB12

LUCp12BL

3

–

–

–

12 A

ATSU01N212LT

LUB32

LUCp18BL

4

5

7.5

10

22 A

ATSU01N222LT

LUB32

LUCp18BL

5.5

7.5

11

15

22 A

ATSU01N222LT

LUB32

LUCp32BL

7.5

10

15

20

32 A

ATSU01N232LT

LUB32

LUCp32BL

VW3G4104
VW3G4104

5

VW3G4104
VW3G4104
VW3G4104

6

(1) To compose your reference, replace p in the reference with: «A» for a standard control unit, «M» for a multifunction unit and «B» for an advanced unit.

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/9

1

Altistart 22

Simple machines

4…400 kW

Soft start/soft stop units

Dimensions (en mm)
Size A: 130 x 265 x 169
Size B: 145 x 295 x 207
Size C: 150 x 356 x 229
Size D: 206 x 425 x 299
Size E: 304 x 455 x 340

width x height x depth

Supply voltage

2

Protection

Three-phase 208…600 V (1)
Degree of protection

IP20: for ATS 22D17p p pD88 starters

Motor thermal protection

Class 10, 20 or 30

IP00: for ATS 22C11p p pC59 starters (protection of terminals available as an option)
Drive

Number of controlled phases

3

Types of control

Configurable voltage ramp, torque ramp

Operating cycle

3

Functions
Number of I/O

Analog inputs

1 PTC probe

Logic inputs

3

Logic outputs

–

Analog outputs

–

Dialogue
Communication

Standard
Bypass (integrated)

Relay outputs

4

Three-phase 230…440 V

2
Integrated display terminal, SoMove Lite setup software

Integrated

Modbus

Standards and certifications

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, class A EMC, CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, CCC

Motor connection

Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection

(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/10

1
Connection in the motor power supply line
Motor

Soft start/soft stop unit 230…440 V - 50/60 Hz

Power indicated on rating plate
230 V

400 V

440 V

Nominal current

2

kW

kW

kW

starter (IcL)

Reference

Size

4

7.5

7.5

17

ATS 22D17Q

Size A

7.5

15

15

32

ATS 22D3Q

Size A

11

22

22

47

ATS 22D47Q

Size A

15

30

30

62

ATS 22D62Q

Size B

18.5

37

37

75

ATS 22D75Q

Size B

22

45

45

88

ATS 22D88Q

Size B

30

55

55

110

ATS 22C11Q

Size C

37

75

75

140

ATS 22C14Q

Size C

45

90

90

170

ATS 22C17Q

Size C

55

110

110

210

ATS 22C21Q

Size D

75

132

132

250

ATS 22C25Q

Size D

90

160

160

320

ATS 22C32Q

Size D

110

220

220

410

ATS 22C41Q

Size E

132

250

250

480

ATS 22C48Q

Size E

160

315

355

590

ATS 22C59Q

Size E

3

4

5

6
Connection in the motor power supply line
Motor

Soft start/soft stop unit 230…440 V - 50/60 Hz

7

Power indicated on rating plate
230 V

400 V

440 V

500 V

kW

kW

kW

kW

Nominal current
starter (IcL)

Reference

Size

4

7.5

7.5

9

17

ATS 22D17S6

Size A

7.5

15

15

18.5

32

ATS 22D32S6

Size A

11

22

22

30

47

ATS 22D47S6

Size A

15

30

30

37

62

ATS 22D62S6

Size B

18.5

37

37

45

75

ATS 22D75S6

Size B

22

45

45

55

88

ATS 22D88S6

Size B

30

55

55

75

110

ATS 22C11S6

Size C

37

75

75

90

140

ATS 22C14S6

Size C

45

90

90

110

170

ATS 22C17S6

Size C

55

110

110

132

210

ATS 22C21S6

Size D

75

132

132

160

250

ATS 22C25S6

Size D

90

160

160

220

320

ATS 22C32S6

Size D

110

220

220

250

410

ATS 22C41S6

Size E

132

250

250

315

480

ATS 22C48S6

Size E

160

315

355

400

590

ATS 22C59S6

Size E

8

9

10

The Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop unit is also available with a 110 VDC control power supply, reference ATS 22…S6U

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/11

Altistart 48

Pumping and ventilation machines

4…1200 kW

Soft start/soft stop units

Dimensions (in mm)

Size A:

160 x 275 x 190

D62Q to C11Q

Size B:

190 x 290 x 235

1

2

width x height x depth

ATS48 D17Q to D47Q
C14Q to C17Q

Size C:

200 x 340 x 265

C21Q to C32Q

Size D:

320 x 380 x 265

C41Q to C66Q

Size E:

400 x 670 x 300

C79Q to M12Q

Size F:

770 x 890 x 315

Supply voltage
Type of application

Three-phase 230…415 V (1)
Standard

Starter control supply voltage

220…415 V

Protection

Degree of protection

Severe (2)

IP20: ATS48D17p to ATS48C11p starters
IP00: ATS48C14p to ATS48M12p starters

EMC

3

4

Motor thermal protection

Class 10

Class A

On all starters

Class B

On all starters up to 170 A

Analog inputs

1 PTC probe

Logic inputs

4 logic inputs, 2 of which are configurable

Logic outputs

2 configurable logic outputs

Starting mode

Class 20 and 30

Torque control (patented TCS: Torque Control System)

I/O

Analog outputs

1 analog output

Relay outputs

3 relay outputs, 2 of which are configurable

Integrated

Modbus

As an option

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Profibus DP

Dialogue

Integrated or remote display terminal (in option), PowerSuite software workshop

Communication
Motor power

5

6

7

8

230 V

400 V

Nominal current

kW

kW

(IcL)

3

5.5

12 A

–

ATS48D17Q

Size A

4

7.5

17 A

ATS48D17Q

Size A

ATS48D22Q

Size A

5.5

11

22 A

ATS48D22Q

Size A

ATS48D32Q

Size A

7.5

15

32 A

ATS48D32Q

Size A

ATS48D38Q

Size A

9

18.5

38 A

ATS48D38Q

Size A

ATS48D47Q

Size A

11

22

47 A

ATS48D47Q

Size A

ATS48D62Q

Size B

15

30

62 A

ATS48D62Q

Size B

ATS48D75Q

Size B

18.5

37

75 A

ATS48D75Q

Size B

ATS48D88Q

Size B

22

45

88 A

ATS48D88Q

Size B

ATS48C11Q

Size B

30

55

110 A

ATS48C11Q

Size B

ATS48C14Q

Size C

37

75

140 A

ATS48C14Q

Size C

ATS48C17Q

Size C

45

90

170 A

ATS48C17Q

Size C

ATS48C21Q

Size D

55

110

210 A

ATS48C21Q

Size D

ATS48C25Q

Size D

75

132

250 A

ATS48C25Q

Size D

ATS48C32Q

Size D

90

160

320 A

ATS48C32Q

Size D

ATS48C41Q

Size E

110

220

410 A

ATS48C41Q

Size E

ATS48C48Q

Size E

132

250

480 A

ATS48C48Q

Size E

ATS48C59Q

Size E

160

315

590 A

ATS48C59Q

Size E

ATS48C66Q

Size E

–

355

660 A

ATS48C66Q

Size E

ATS48C79Q

Size F

220

400

790 A

ATS48C79Q

Size F

ATS48M10Q

Size F

250

500

1000 A

ATS48M10Q

Size F

ATS48M12Q

Size F

355

630

1200 A

ATS48M12Q

Size F

–

(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection
(2) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors)

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/12

Soft start/soft stop units

Dimensions (in mm)
ATS48

width x height x depth

D17Y to D47Y

Size A:

160 x 275 x 190

D62Y to C11Y

Size B:

190 x 290 x 235

C14Y to C17Y

Size C:

200 x 340 x 265

C21Y to C32Y

Size D:

320 x 380 x 265

C41Y to C66Y

Size E:

400 x 670 x 300

C79Y to M12Y

Size F:

770 x 890 x 315

1

Supply voltage
Type of application

Three-phase 208…690 V (1)
Standard
Severe (2)

Starter control supply voltage

110…230 V

Characteristics

Identical to 230…415 V starters
Nominal

Motor power
208 V 230 V

2

460 V

575 V

HP

230 V

400 V

440 V

500 V

525 V

660 V

690 V

current
(IcL)

kW

2

3

7.5

10

3

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

9

11

12 A

–

ATS48D17Y

Size A

3

5

10

15

4

7.5

7.5

9

9

11

15

17 A

ATS48D17Y

Size A

ATS48D22Y

Size A

5

7.5

15

20

5.5

11

11

11

11

15

18.5

22 A

ATS48D22Y

Size A

ATS48D32Y

Size A

7.5

10

20

25

7.5

15

15

18.5

18.5

22

22

32 A

ATS48D32Y

Size A

ATS48D38Y

Size A

10

–

25

30

9

18.5

18.5

22

22

30

30

38 A

ATS48D38Y

Size A

ATS48D47Y

Size A

–

15

30

40

11

22

22

30

30

37

37

47 A

ATS48D47Y

Size A

ATS48D62Y

Size B

15

20

40

50

15

30

30

37

37

45

45

62 A

ATS48D62Y

Size B

ATS48D75Y

Size B

20

25

50

60

18.5

37

37

45

45

55

55

75 A

ATS48D75Y

Size B

ATS48D88Y

Size B

25

30

60

75

22

45

45

55

55

75

75

88 A

ATS48D88Y

Size B

ATS48C11Y

Size B

30

40

75

100

30

55

55

75

75

90

90

110 A

ATS48C11Y

Size B

ATS48C14Y

Size C

40

50

100

125

37

75

75

90

90

110

110

140 A

ATS48C14Y

Size C

ATS48C17Y

Size C

50

60

125

150

45

90

90

110

110

132

160

170 A

ATS48C17Y

Size C

ATS48C21Y

Size D

60

75

150

200

55

110

110

132

132

160

200

210 A

ATS48C21Y

Size D

ATS48C25Y

Size D

75

100

200

250

75

132

132

160

160

220

250

250 A

ATS48C25Y

Size D

ATS48C32Y

Size D

100

125

250

300

90

160

160

220

220

250

315

320 A

ATS48C32Y

Size D

ATS48C41Y

Size E

125

150

300

350

110

220

220

250

250

355

400

410 A

ATS48C41Y

Size E

ATS48C48Y

Size E

150

–

350

400

132

250

250

315

315

400

500

480 A

ATS48C48Y

Size E

ATS48C59Y

Size E
Size E

–

200

400

500

160

315

355

400

400

560

560

590 A

ATS48C59Y

Size E

ATS48C66Y

200

250

500

600

–

355

400

–

–

630

630

660 A

ATS48C66Y

Size E

ATS48C79Y

Size F

250

300

600

800

220

400

500

500

500

710

710

790 A

ATS48C79Y

Size F

ATS48M10Y

Size F

350

350

800

1000

250

500

630

630

630

900

900

1000 A ATS48M10Y

Size F

ATS48M12Y

Size F

400

455

1000

1200

355

630

710

800

800

–

–

1200 A ATS48M12Y

Size F

–

3

4

5

6

(1) Starter connection in the motor delta connection: up to 500 V only, add "S316" at the end of the reference

7
Accessories and options available
Type of accessory
Description

8

Remote display terminal
DNV kit
Line choke

Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/13

1

Altivar 12

Simple machines

0.18…4 kW

Ultra-compact drives

Dimensions (in mm)
1C1: 72 x 143 x 102.2
1C2: 72 x 143 x 102.2
1C3: 72 x 143 x 121.2
2C1: 105 x 142 x 156.2
2C2: 105 x 142 x 156.2

width x height x depth
2F3: 105 x 143 x 131.2
3F3: 140 x 184 x 141.2

Type of drive
Supply voltage

2

Single-phase
120 V

Degree of protection
Drive

0.5… 400 Hz
Asynchronous motor

3

150…170

Number of functions

40

1 to 20
Number of preset speeds

8

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

1 configurable analog input

Logic inputs

4 assignable logic inputs

Analog outputs

1 configurable analog output

Relay outputs

1 protected relay logic output
Integrated or remote display terminal, SoMove software workshop, or mobile phone via Bluetooth©

Dialogue
Communication

U/F, sensorless flux vector control, quadratic U/F

Transient overtorque
Speed range
Functions

Three-phase
240 V
IP20

Output frequency
Type of control

4

Single-phase
240 V

Integrated

Modbus

Cards (available as an option)
Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter

Integrated

C1 EMC

As an option
Motor power

kW/HP

5

6

0.18/0.25

ATV12H018F1 (1)

1C1 ATV12H018M2 (1) (2)

1C2 ATV12H018M3 (1)

1C3

0.37/0.5

ATV12H037F1

1C1 ATV12H037M2 (2)

1C1 ATV12H037M3

1C3

0.55/0.75

–

0.75/1

ATV12H075F1

2C1 ATV12H075M2 (2)

1C2 ATV12H075M3

1.5/2

–

ATV12HU15M2 (2)

2C2 ATV12H015M3

2F3

2.2/3

–

ATV12HU22M2 (2)

2C2 ATV12H022M3

2F3

3/3

–

–

ATV12H030M3

3F3

4/5

–

–

ATV12H040M3

3F3

ATV12H055M2 (2)

1C2 –
1C3

(1) Because of the poor heat dissipation, the ATV12H018.. is only supplied on a base plate
(2) Also exists as a multipack

7

8

Accessories and options available
Type of accessory

9

Description

Remote display terminal
Multi-Loader, Simple Loader
Additional EMC input filter
Plates
Braking resistors and braking unit
Line chokes

10

Ferrite suppressors for downstream contactor opening
Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/14

Building

Altivar 21

Drives for HVAC applications

0.75…75 kW
Dimensions (in mm)
IP20
T1A: 107 x 143 x 150
T2A: 142 x 184 x 150
T3A: 180 x 232 x 170
T4A: 245 x 329.5 x 190
T5A: 240 x 420 x 210
T6A: 320 x 630 x 290
T7A: 240 x 550 x 266
T8A: 320 x 630 x 290

Type of drive
Supply voltage

width x height x depth
IP54
T1: 215 x 297 x 192
T2: 230 x 340 x 208
T3: 290 x 560 x 315
T4: 310 x 665 x 315
T5: 284 x 720 x 315
T5: 284 x 880 x 343
T5: 362 x 1000 x 364

Three-phase

Degree of protection

1
IP20
200…240 V

IP54
380…480 V

380…480 V

IP21 and IP41 on the upper part

IP54 drive available in two manufacturing variants,
ATV21W…N4 C1 EMC or ATV21W…N4C C2 EMC

Output frequency

0.5…200 Hz

Type of control

Kn2 quadratic ratio, sensorless flux vector control, voltage/frequency ratio (2 points), energy saving ratio

Speed range

1 to 10

I/O

Analog inputs

1 switch-configurable current or voltage analog input and 1 voltage analog input, configurable as a PTC

Logic inputs

3 programmable logic inputs

probe input

3

Analog outputs

1 switch-configurable current or voltage analog output

Relay outputs

2 relay logic outputs
Integrated display terminal with local controls (1) or remote display terminal or PC software (3)

Dialogue
Communication

Integrated

(see page 4/11)

As an option

EMC filter

Modbus RTU
HVAC protocols: LonWorks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet
Integrated

–

C2 EMC

Available as an option C2 EMC
Motor power

2

kW/HP

C2 EMC

C1 EMC

–

4

C1 EMC
–

0.75/1

ATV21H075M3X

T1A ATV21H075N4

T1A ATV21W075N4

T1 ATV21W075N4C

T1

1.5/2

ATV21HU15M3X

T1A ATV21HU15N4

T1A ATV21WU15N4

T1 ATV21WU15N4C

T1

2.2/3

ATV21HU22M3X

T1A ATV21HU22N4

T1A ATV21WU22N4

T1 ATV21WU22N4C

T1

3/–

ATV21HU30M3X

T2A ATV21HU30N4

T2A ATV21WU30N4

T2 ATV21WU30N4C

T2

4/5

ATV21HU40M3X

T2A ATV21HU40N4

T2A ATV21WU40N4

T2 ATV21WU40N4C

T2

5.5/7.5

ATV21HU55M3X

T3A ATV21HU55N4

T2A ATV21WU55N4

T2 ATV21WU55N4C

T2

7.5/10

ATV21HU75M3X

T3A ATV21HU75N4

T3A ATV21WU75N4

T2 ATV21WU75N4C

T2

11/15

ATV21HD11M3X

T4A ATV21HD11N4

T3A ATV21WD11N4

T3 ATV21WD11N4C

T3

15/20

ATV21HD15M3X

T4A ATV21HD15N4

T4A ATV21WD15N4

T3 ATV21WD15N4C

T3

18.5/25

ATV21HD18M3X

T4A ATV21HD18N4

T4A ATV21WD18N4

T4 ATV21WD18N4C

T4

22/30

ATV21HD22M3X

T5A ATV21HD22N4 (2) T5A ATV21WD22N4

T5 ATV21WD22N4C

T5

30/40

ATV21HD30M3X

T6A ATV21HD30N4 (2) T5A ATV21WD30N4

T5 ATV21WD30N4C

T5

37/50

–

ATV21HD37N4

T7A ATV21WD37N4

T6 ATV21WD37N4C

T6

45/60

–

ATV21HD45N4

T7A ATV21WD45N4

T6 ATV21WD45N4C

T6

55/75

–

ATV21HD55N4

T8A ATV21WD55N4

T7 ATV21WD55N4C

T7

75/100

–

ATV21HD75N4

T8A ATV21WD75N4

T7 ATV21WD75N4C

T7

(1) Drive with local controls, Run/Stop, Loc/Rem. keys

5

6

7

(2) For references ATV21HD22N4 and ATV21HD30N4, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.
(3) Refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

8

Accessories and options available
Type of accessory
Description

9

Remote display terminal
Additional EMC input filters
Communication cards
Connection accessories
PC software for Altivar 21 drive

Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/15

Simple industrial machines

Altivar 312

High performance drives

0.18…15 kW

1

Dimensions (in mm)
T 1: 72 X 145 X 122
T 2: 72 X 145 X 132
T 3: 72 X 145 X 132
T 4: 72 X 145 X 142
T 5: 105 X 143 X 132

width x height x depth
T 6: 107 X 143 X 152
T 7: 142 X 184 X 152
T 8: 180 X 232 X 172
T 9: 245 X 330 X 192

Type of drive
Supply voltage

2

Single-phase 240 V Three-phase 240 V Three-phase 500V
with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter

Degree of protection
Drive

Three-phase 600V

with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter

IP20
Output frequency
Type of control

0.5…500 Hz
Asynchronous motor

Standard (voltage / frequency) - Performance (sensorless flux vector control)
Energy saving ratio

Transient overtorque

170 ... 200% of the nominal motor torque

Number of functions

50

Speed range

3

4

Functions

1 to 50
Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

3

Logic inputs

6

Analog outputs

1

Logic outputs

–

Relay outputs

2

Dialogue
Communication

Integrated 4-digit display, remote terminals (IP54 or IP65), Altivar 61/71 remote graphic display terminal
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

CANopen Daisy chain, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, Fipio

Reduction of current harmonics

5

EMC filter
Motor power

kW/HP

6

7

Integrated

C2 EMC

External as an option

Integrated C2(1) or C3 EMC

External as an option

As an option

C1 EMC

–

–

–

0.18/0.25

ATV312H018M2

T3 ATV312H018M3

T1 –

0.37/0.5

ATV312H037M2

T3 ATV312H037M3

T1 ATV312H037N4

–
T5 –

0.55/0.75

ATV312H055M2

T4 ATV312H055M3

T2 ATV312H055N4

T5 –

0.75/1

ATV312H075M2

T4 ATV312H075M3

T2 ATV312H075N4

T6 ATV312H075S6

1.1/1.5

ATV312HU11M2

T6 ATV312HU11M3

T5 ATV312HU11N4

T6 –

1.5/2

ATV312HU15M2

T6 ATV312HU15M3

T5 ATV312HU15N4

T6 ATV312HU15S6

T6

2.2/3

ATV312HU22M2 (2)

T7 ATV312HU22M3

T6 ATV312HU22N4

T7 ATV312HU22S6

T7

3/-

–

ATV312HU30M3

T7 ATV312HU30N4

T7 –

4/5

–

ATV312HU40M3

T7 ATV312HU40N4

T7 ATV312HU40S6

T7

5.5/7.5

–

ATV312HU55M3

T8 ATV312HU55N4

T8 ATV312HU55S6

T8

7.5/10

–

ATV312HU75M3

T8 ATV312HU75N4

T8 ATV312HU75S6

T8

11/15

–

ATV312HD11M3

T9 ATV312HD11N4

T9 ATV312HD11S6

T9

15/20

–

ATV312HD15M3

T9 ATV312HD15N4

T9 ATV312HD15S6

T9

T6

(1) C2 up to 4 kW
(2) Supplied with integrated C3 EMC filter

8
Accessories and options available

9

Type of accessory
Description

Remote graphic display terminal
Multi-Loader, Simple Loader
Additional EMC input filter
Plates

10

Braking resistors and braking unit
Line chokes
Ferrite suppressors for downstream contactor opening
Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/16

Simple machines

Altivar 31C

Enclosed drives

0.18…15 kW

Dimensions (in mm)
Size 1: 210 x 240 x 163
Size 3: 230 x 340 x 208
Size 5: 440 x 625 x 282

/
/

width x height x depth
Size 2: 215 x 297 x 192
Size 4: 320 x 512 x 282

1

Supply voltage

Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 380…500 V

Degree of protection

IP54

Description

Enclosure equipped with an ATV31 drive with external heatsink. Removable covers for adding 1 switch-

2

disconnector or 1 circuit-breaker, 3 buttons and/or LEDs, 1 potentiometer
Motor power

kW/HP

0.18/0.25

ATV31C018M2

Size 1

–

0.37/0.5

ATV31C037M2

Size 1

ATV31C037N4

Size 2

0.55/0.75

ATV31C055M2

Size 1

ATV31C055N4

Size 2

0.75/1

ATV31C075M2

Size 1

ATV31C075N4

Size 2

1.1/1.5

ATV31CU11M2

Size 2

ATV31CU11N4

Size 2

1.5/2

ATV31CU15M2

Size 2

ATV31CU15N4

Size 2

2.2/3

ATV31CU22M2

Size 3

ATV31CU22N4

Size 3

3/–

–

ATV31CU30N4

Size 3

4/5

–

ATV31CU40N4

Size 3

5.5/7.5

–

ATV31CU55N4 (1)

Size 4

7.5/10

–

ATV31CU75N4 (1)

Size 4

11/15

–

ATV31CD11N4 (1)

Size 5

15/20

–

ATV31CD15N4 (1)

Size 5

3

4

(1) Drive in metal enclosure without cover.

5

Accessories and options available

6

Type of accessory
Description

Additional EMC input filters

7

Line chokes
Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/17

1

Altivar 32

Complex machines

0.18…15 kW

Compact drives

Dimensions (in mm)
width x height x depth
T1: 45 x 317 x 245
T2: 60 x 317 x 245
T4: 150 x 308 x 232 (EMC plate installed)
T4: 150 x 232 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)
T5: 180 x 404 x 232 (EMC plate installed)
T5: 180 x 330 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)

Type of drive

2

Single-phase
240 V with integrated EMC filter

Degree of protection
Drive

Three-phase
500 V with integrated EMC filter

IP20
Output frequency
Type of control

0.5…599 Hz
Asynchronous motor

Standard (voltage/frequency)
Performance (sensorless flux vector control)
Pump/fan (Kn² quadratic ratio)
Energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor

3

170...200% of the nominal motor torque

Number of functions

150

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

3

Logic inputs

6

Analog outputs

1

Logic outputs

1: configurable as voltage (0-10 V) or current (0-20 mA)

Relay outputs

2

Speed range
Functions

1 to 50

4
Dialogue
Communication

5

Profile for open loop synchronous motor

Transient overtorque

4-digit display, remote display terminal (IP54 or IP55), remote graphic display terminal.
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen - Bluetooth® link

As an option

DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, EtherCat

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter

Integrated
As an option

Motor power

6

7

kW/HP

C2 EMC
C1 EMC

0.18/1/4

ATV32H018M2

T1

–

0.37/1/2

ATV32H037M2

T1

ATV32H037N4

T1

0.55/3/4

ATV32H055M2

T1

ATV32H055N4

T1

0.75/1

ATV32H075M2

T1

ATV32H075N4

T1

1.1/11/2

ATV32HU11M2

T2

ATV32HU11N4

T1

1.5/2

ATV32HU15M2

T2

ATV32HU15N4

T1

2.2/3

ATV32HU22M2

T2

ATV32HU22N4

T2

3/-

–

ATV32HU30N4

T2

4/5

–

ATV32HU40N4

T2

5.5/71/2

–

ATV32HU55N4

T4

7.5/10

–

ATV32HU75N4

T4

11/15

–

ATV32HD11N4

T5

15/20

–

ATV32HD15N4

T5

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/18

Accessories and options available

1
Type of accessory
Description

Panel cut-out adaptor for mounting control unit at 90°

2

Mechanical base kit for mounting GV2 circuit-breaker
IP54 remote display terminal
IP65 remote display terminal
Remote graphic display terminal
Simple Loader tool
Multi-Loader tool

3

USB/RJ45 cable for programming via SoMove software
EMC filters
Motor chokes
Braking resistors
Communication modules
DC bus cable
Reference

4

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/19

1

Altivar 61

Pumping and ventilation machines

0.37…800 kW

Drives for industry and infrastructure

Dimensions (in mm)
T2 : 130 x 230 x 175
T4 : 175 x 295 x 187
T5B : 230 x 400 x 213
T7A : 240 x 550 x 266
T8 : 320 x 630 x 290
T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377
T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377
T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377

T3
T5A
T6
T7B
T9
T11
T13
T15

width x height x depth
: 155 x 260 x 187
: 210 x 295 x 213
: 240 x 420 x 236
: 320 x 550 x 266
: 320 x 920 x 377
: 340 x 1190 x 377
: 595 x 1190 x 377
: 1120 x 1390 x 377

Type of drive
Supply voltage

2

Single-phase
200…240 V

Degree of protection
Drive

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW
Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Kn2 quadratic ratio, flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio
Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque

120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Number of functions

> 150

Speed range

3

Three-phase
380…480 V

IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Output frequency
Type of control

Functions

Three-phase
200…240 V

1…100 in open loop mode
Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1

Dialogue

4

Communication

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN
Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1,
DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS

5

Cards (available as an option)

Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics

DC choke integrated or supplied with the drive

EMC filter

Motor power

6

7

8

9

10

kW/HP

Integrated

C2 EMC

C2 EMC up to 7.5 kW

C2 EMC up to 4 kW

As an option

C1 EMC

C1 EMC

C3 EMC from 5.5 to 630 kW
C1 EMC

0.37/0.5

ATV61H075M3

T2

–

from 0.75 to 630 kW
–

0.75/1

ATV61HU15M3

T2

ATV61H075M3

T2

ATV61H075N4

T2

1.5/2

ATV61HU22M3

T3

ATV61HU15M3

T2

ATV61HU15N4

T2

2.2/3

ATV61HU30M3

T3

ATV61HU22M3

T3

ATV61HU22N4

T2

3/–

ATV61HU40M3 (1)

T3

ATV61HU30M3

T3

ATV61HU30N4

T3

4/5

ATV61HU55M3 (1)

T4

ATV61HU40M3

T3

ATV61HU40N4

T3

5.5/7.5

ATV61HU75M3 (1)

T5A

ATV61HU55M3

T4

ATV61HU55N4

T4

7.5/10

–

ATV61HU75M3

T5A

ATV61HU75N4

T4

11/15

–

ATV61HD11M3X(2)

T5B

ATV61HD11N4

T5A

15/20

–

ATV61HD15M3X(2)

T5B

ATV61HD15N4

T5B

18.5/25

–

ATV61HD18M3X(2)

T6

ATV61HD18N4

T5A

22/30

–

ATV61HD22M3X(2)

T6

ATV61HD22N4

T6

30/40

–

ATV61HD30M3X(2)

T7B

ATV61HD30N4

T7A

37/50

–

ATV61HD37M3X(2)

T7B

ATV61HD37N4

T7A

45/60

–

ATV61HD45M3X(2)

T7B

ATV61HD45N4

T8

55/75

–

ATV61HD55M3X(2)

T9

ATV61HD55N4

T8

75/100

–

ATV61HD75M3X(2)

T9

ATV61HD75N4

T8

90/125

–

ATV61HD90M3X(2)

T10

ATV61HD90N4

T9

110/150

–

–

ATV61HC11N4

T9

132/200

–

–

ATV61HC13N4

T10

160/250

–

–

ATV61HC16N4

T11

200/300

–

–

ATV61HC20N4

T12

220/350

–

–

ATV61HC22N4

T12

250/400

–

–

ATV61HC25N4

T13

280/450

–

–

ATV61HC28N4

T13

315/500

–

–

ATV61HC31N4

T13

400/600

–

–

ATV61HC40N4

T14

500/700

–

–

ATV61HC50N4

T14

630/900

–

–

ATV61HC63N4

T15

(1) Must be used with a line choke, refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.
(2) Drive supplied without EMC filter

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/20

Altivar 61

Pumping and ventilation machines

0.37…800 kW

Drives for industry and infrastructure

Dimensions (in mm)
T6
: 240 x 420 x 236
T8
: 320 x 630 x 290
T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377
T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377
T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

width x height x depth

1

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three-phase
500...690 V

Degree of protection
Drive

IP20 and IP41 on the upper part
Output frequency
Type of control

Synchronous motor
Transient overtorque

Kn2 quadratic ratio, flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio
Vector control without speed feedback
120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Speed range
Functions

2

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW
Asynchronous motor

1…100 in open loop mode
Number of functions

> 150

3

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1

Dialogue
Communication

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN

4

Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1,
DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS
Cards (available as an option)

Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics

DC choke integrated or supplied with the product

EMC filter
Motor power

Integrated
kW/HP

500 V
kW

C3 EMC

5

575 V
HP

690 V
kW

2.2

3

3

ATV61HU30Y

T6

3

–

4

ATV61HU40Y

T6
T6

4

5

5.5

ATV61HU55Y

5.5

7.5

7.5

ATV61HU75Y

T6

7.5

10

11

ATV61HD11Y

T6

11

15

15

ATV61HD15Y

T6

15

20

18.5

ATV61HD18Y

T6

18.5

25

22

ATV61HD22Y

T6

22

30

30

ATV61HD30Y

T6

30

40

37

ATV61HD37Y

T8

37

50

45

ATV61HD45Y

T8

45

60

55

ATV61HD55Y

T8

55

75

75

ATV61HD75Y

T8

75

100

90

ATV61HD90Y

T8

90

125

110

ATV61HC11Y

T11

110

150

132

ATV61HC13Y

T11

132

–

160

ATV61HC16Y

T11

160

200

200

ATV61HC20Y

T11

200

250

250

ATV61HC25Y

T13

250

350

315

ATV61HC31Y

T13

315

450

400

ATV61HC40Y

T13

400

550

500

ATV61HC50Y

T15

500

700

630

ATV61HC63Y

T15

630

800

800

ATV61HC80Y

T15

6

7

8

9

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/21

Altivar 61

Pumping and ventilation machines

0.37…800 kW

IP54 drives

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATV61W…

1

TA2 : 235 x 490 x 272

TD : 310 x 665 x 315

TA3 : 235 x 490 x 286

TE : 284 x 720 x 315

TB

: 255 x 525 x 286

TF : 284 x 880 x 343

TC

: 290 x 560 x 315

TG : 362 x 1000 x 364

Type of drive

2

Three-phase 380…480 V

Degree of protection
Drive

Type 12 (1) / IP54
Output frequency
Type of control

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW
Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Transient overtorque
Speed range

3

Functions

Kn2 quadratic ratio, flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio
Vector control without speed feedback
120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds
1…100 in open loop mode

Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1

4

Dialogue
Communication

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1
Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, Profibus DPv1,
DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option)

5

Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter
Motor power

kW/HP

6

7

8

Integrated DC choke
Integrated

C2 EMC

As an option

–

0.75/1

ATV61W075N4

TA2

ATV61E5075N4

TA2

1.5/2

ATV61WU15N4

TA2

ATV61E5U15N4

TA2

2.2/3

ATV61WU22N4

TA2

ATV61E5U22N4

TA2

3/–

ATV61WU30N4

TA3

ATV61E5U30N4

TA3

4/5

ATV61WU40N4

TA3

ATV61E5U40N4

TA3

5.5/7.5

ATV61WU55N4

TB

ATV61E5U55N4

TB

7.5/10

ATV61WU75N4

TB

ATV61E5U75N4

TB

11/15

ATV61WD11N4

TC

ATV61E5D11N4

TC

15/20

ATV61WD15N4

TD

ATV61E5D15N4

TD

18.5/25

ATV61WD18N4

TD

ATV61E5D18N4

TD

22/30

ATV61WD22N4

TE

ATV61E5D22N4

TE

30/40

ATV61WD30N4

TF

ATV61E5D30N4

TF

37/50

ATV61WD37N4

TF

ATV61E5D37N4

TF

45/60

ATV61WD45N4

TG

ATV61E5D45N4

TG

55/75

ATV61WD55N4

TG

ATV61E5D55N4

TG

75/100

ATV61WD75N4

TG

ATV61E5D75N4

TG

90/125

ATV61WD90N4

TG

ATV61E5D90N4

TG

–

Drive with integrated C1 filter: add the letter C at the end of the reference For example, ATV61W075N4 becomes ATV61W075N4C
For other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.
(1) For ATV61W... range only.

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/22

Altivar 61

Pumping and ventilation machines

0.37…2400 kW

IP54 Altivar 61 kit with preassembled enclosure

1
Drive

Kit

ATV61HC11N4

VW3A9541

ATV61HC13N4

VW3A9542

ATV61HC16N4

VW3A9543

ATV61HC22N4

VW3A9544

ATV61HC25N4

VW3A9545

2

ATV61HC31N4
ATV61HC25N4

VW3A9546

3

ATV61HC31N4
ATV61HC40N4

VW3A9547

ATV61HC50N4
ATV61HC63N4

VW3A9548
VW3A7102 braking unit

VW3A9549

Additional empty enclosure (600 mm)

VW3A9550

Additional empty enclosure (800 mm)

VW3A9551

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/23

Altivar 61 Plus

Pumping and ventilation machines

90…2400 kW

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATV61EXC2C…

1

E1

: 616 x 2159 x 659

E2

: 816 x 2159 x 659

E3

: 1016 x 2159 x 659

E4

: 1220 x 2159 x 659

Enclosure types

Three-phase 380…480 V - 500 V - 690 V
(1)

2

Degree of protection
Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45…2400 kW
Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

3

Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque

120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Number of functions

> 150

Speed range
Functions

Kn2 quadratic ratio, flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio

1…100 in open loop mode
Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1

4

Dialogue
Communication

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1
Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DPv1, DeviceNet, INTERBUS

5

Cards (available as an option)

Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics

Integrated DC choke

EMC filter

Integrated

C2 EMC

Equipment

A wide range of options listed in the catalogue provides add-ons for the standard offer as required.
As well as the options listed in the catalogue, it is possible to customise the equipment. Just contact our
teams of experts direct.
- Water cooling solution
- Integration of specific options

6

7
IP23

8

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

–

9

10

kW
90

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

ATV61 EXC2D90N

kW

E1

Dimensions
–

110/150

ATV61EXC2C11N4

E1

110

ATV61 EXC2C11N

E1

110

ATV61 EXC2C11Y

E1

132/200

ATV61EXC2C13N4

E1

132

ATV61 EXC2C13N

E1

132

ATV61 EXC2C13Y

E1

160/250

ATV61EXC2C16N4

E1

160

ATV61 EXC2C16N

E1

160

ATV61 EXC2C16Y

E1

220/350

ATV61EXC2C22N4

E1

200

ATV61 EXC2C20N

E2

200

ATV61 EXC2C20Y

E1

250/400

ATV61EXC2C25N4

E2

250

ATV61 EXC2C25N

E2

250

ATV61 EXC2C25Y

E2

315/500

ATV61EXC2C31N4

E2

315

ATV61 EXC2C31N

E2

315

ATV61 EXC2C31Y

E2

400/600

ATV61EXC2C40N4

E3

400

ATV61 EXC2C40N

E4

400

ATV61 EXC2C40Y

E2

500/700

ATV61EXC2C50N4

E3

500

ATV61 EXC2C50N

E4

500

ATV61 EXC2C50Y

E4

630/900

ATV61EXC2C63N4

E4

630

ATV61 EXC2C63N

E4

630

ATV61 EXC2C63Y

E4

800

ATV61 EXC2C80Y

E4

(1) The Altivar 61 range in ready-assembled enclosure consists of:
– An ATV61H… drive
– A switch and fast-acting fuses
– An IP65 remote mounting kit for graphic display terminal

IP23 offer available up to 2400 kW. For ratings above 800 kW, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/24

Altivar 61 Plus

Pumping and ventilation machines

90…2400 kW

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATV61EX…
E5

: 616 x 2264 x 659

E9

E6

: 816 x 2264 x 659

E10 : 816 x 2359 x 659

: 616 x 2359 x 659

E7

: 1016 x 2264 x 659

E11 : 608 x 2359 x 659

E8

: 1216 x 2264 x 659

E12 : 808 x 2359 x 6590

1

E13 : 1008 x 2359 x 659
E14 : 1208 x 2359 x 659

IP54
Compact floor-standing enclosure

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

–

kW
90

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

ATV61EXC5D90N

kW

E5

Dimensions
–

110/150

ATV61EXC5C11N4

E5

110

ATV61EXC5C11N

E5

110

ATV61EXC5C11Y

E5

132/200

ATV61EXC5C1 3N4

E5

132

ATV61EXC5C13N

E5

132

ATV61EXC5C13Y

E5

160/250

ATV61EXC5C16N4

E5

160

ATV61EXC5C16N

E5

160

ATV61EXC5C16Y

E5

220/350

ATV61EXC5C22N4

E5

200

ATV61EXC5C20N

E6

200

ATV61EXC5C20Y

E5

250/400

ATV61EXC5C25N4

E6

250

ATV61EXC5C25N

E6

250

ATV61EXC5C25Y

E6

315/500

ATV61EXC5C31N4

E6

315

ATV61EXC5C31N

E6

315

ATV61EXC5C31Y

E6

400/600

ATV61EXC5C40N4

E7

400

ATV61EXC5C40N

E8

400

ATV61EXC5C40Y

E6

500/700

ATV61EXC5C50N4

E7

500

ATV61EXC5C50N

E8

500

ATV61EXC5C50Y

E8

630/900

ATV61EXC5C63N4

E8

630

ATV61EXC5C63N

E8

630

ATV61EXC5C63Y

E8

800

ATV61EXC5C80Y

E8

2

3

4

5

IP54
Separate air flow

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

–

kW
90

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

ATV61EXS5D90N

kW

E11

6
Dimensions

–

110/150

ATV61EXS5C11N4

E9

110

ATV61EXS5C11N

E11

110

ATV61EXS5C11Y

E11

132/200

ATV61EXS5C13N4

E9

132

ATV61EXS5C13N

E11

132

ATV61EXS5C13Y

E11

160/250

ATV61EXS5C16N4

E9

160

ATV61EXS5C16N

E11

160

ATV61EXS5C16Y

E11

220/350

ATV61EXS5C22N4

E9

200

ATV61EXS5C20N

E12

200

ATV61EXS5C20Y

E11

250/400

ATV61EXS5C25N4

E10

250

ATV61EXS5C25N

E12

250

ATV61EXS5C25Y

E12

315/500

ATV61EXS5C31N4

E10

315

ATV61EXS5C31N

E12

315

ATV61EXS5C31Y

E12

400/600

ATV61EXS5C40N4

E13

400

ATV61EXS5C40N

E14

400

ATV61EXS5C40Y

E12

500/700

ATV61EXS5C50N4

E13

500

ATV61EXS5C50N

E14

500

ATV61EXS5C50Y

E14

630/900

ATV61EXS5C63N4

E14

630

ATV61EXS5C63N

E14

630

ATV61EXS5C63Y

E14

800

ATV61EXS5C80Y

E14

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/25

Altivar 61
0.37…2400 kW

Pumping and ventilation machines
I/O extension and specific cards

1

2

Type of card

I/O extension
Logic

Extended

Description

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

1 software-configurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic current (0…20 mA) analog input
outputs

2 software-configurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)

1 input for PTC probes

or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs
1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

3

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs
1 input for PTC probes
1 frequency control input
Reference

VW3A3201

VW3A3202

4
"Controller Inside" programmable card

5

6

Type of card

Programmable “Controller Inside”

Description

10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or 4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders
2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus, a PC port for
programming with the PS 1131 software workshop.

7

Reference

VW3A3501

Multi-pump cards

8

9
Type of card
Description

10

Multi-pump
The pump switching card ensures compatibility of

This card is specific to pump switching.

applications developed on the Altivar 38.

It ensures optimum flow for an impeccable quality of service.
Its algorithm both saves energy and prolongs equipment service life.

Reference
Description
Reference

VW3A3502
The VWA3503 “Water Solution” card can be used

This card offers all the functions needed to manage a pumping, booster, irrigation station, etc with the

to support all multi-pump applications.

operational safety of a control and monitoring system.
VW3A3503
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/26

Accessories and options
Braking resistors

The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the
line supply:
p The energy from the motor
p The energy from the motors controlled by several drives connected
on the same DC bus

1

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three-phase
200…240 V 50/60 Hz

380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV61H075M3

VW3A7701

–

ATV61HU15M3, HU22M3

VW3A7702

–

ATV61HU30M3, HU40M3

VW3A7703

–

ATV61HU55M3, HU75M3

VW3A7704

–

ATV61HD11M3X

VW3A7705

–

ATV61HD15M3X

VW3A7706

–

ATV61HD18M3X, HD22M3X

VW3A7707

–

ATV61HD30M3X

VW3A7708

–

ATV61HD37M3X, HD45M3X

VW3A7709

–

ATV61HD55M3X, HD75M3X

VW3A7713

–

ATV61HD90M3X

VW3A7714

–

ATV61H075N4…HU40N4, ATV61W075N4…WU55N4,

–

VW3A7701

–

VW3A7702

–

VW3A7703

–

VW3A7704

ATV61HD37N4, ATV61WD45N4, WD45N4C

–

VW3A7705

ATV61WD55N4…WD90N4, ATV61WD55N4C…WD90N4C

–

VW3A7706

ATV61HD45N4…HD75N4

–

VW3A7707

ATV61HD90N4, HC11N4

–

VW3A7710

ATV61HC13N4, HC16N4, E5C16N4

–

VW3A7711

ATV61HC22N4

–

VW3A7712

ATV61HC25N4

–

VW3A7715

ATV61HC31N4

–

VW3A7716

ATV61HC40N4, HC50N4, E5C50N4

–

VW3A7717

ATV61HC63N4

–

VW3A7718

2

3

ATV61W075N4C…WU55N4C
ATV61HU55N4, HU75N4, ATV61WU75N4, WD11N4,

4

ATV61WU75N4C, WD11N4C
ATV61HD11N4, HD15N4, ATV61WD15N4, WD18N4,
ATV61WD15N4C, WD18N4C
ATV61HD18N4…HD30N4, ATV61WD22N4…WD37N4,
ATV61WD22N4C…WD37N4C

5

6

Other accessories (see references in the Schneider Electric Catalogue)
> Resistance braking units (integrated in ATV61 drives up to 220 kW)
> Additional EMC input filters
> AC line chokes
> Optional DC chokes
> Passive filters
> Sinus filters
> Motor chokes

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/27

Complex, high-power machines

Altivar 71

High performance drives

0.37…630 kW

1

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

T2 : 130 x 230 x 175

T3 : 155 x 260 x 187

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187

T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213

T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266

T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290

T9 : 320 x 920 x 377

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377

T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377

T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377

T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

Type of drive
Supply voltage

2

Single-phase
200…240 V (3) (4)

Degree of protection
Drive

0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW
Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Transient overtorque
Speed range

3

4

> 150
16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

Analog outputs

1…3

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1
Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1, DeviceNet,
Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS
Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card, “Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter
Motor power

Vector control with and without speed feedback (…383)
220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Number of preset speeds

Cards (available as an option)

5

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Number of functions

Dialogue
Communication

Three-phase
380…480 V (3)

IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Output frequency
Type of control

Functions

Three-phase
200…240 V (3) (4)

kW/HP

6

7

8

9

DC choke integrated or supplied with the product
Integrated

C2 EMC up to 4 kW

As an option

External C2 EMC from 5.5 kW

0.37/0.5

ATV71H075M3

T2

ATV71H037M3

T2

–

0.75/1

ATV71HU15M3

T2

ATV71H075M3

T2

ATV71H075N4

T2

1.5/2

ATV71HU22M3

T3

ATV71HU15M3

T2

ATV71HU15N4

T2

2.2/3

ATV71HU30M3

T3

ATV71HU22M3

T3

ATV71HU22N4

T2

3/–

ATV71HU40M3 (1)

T3

ATV71HU30M3

T3

ATV71HU30N4

T3

4/5

ATV71HU55M3 (1)

T4

ATV71HU40M3

T3

ATV71HU40N4

T3

5.5/7.5

ATV71HU75M3 (1)

T5A

ATV71HU55M3

T4

ATV71HU55N4

T4

7.5/10

–

ATV71HU75M3

T5A

ATV71HU75N4

T4

11/15

–

ATV71HD11M3X (2)

T5B

ATV71HD11N4

T5A

15/20

–

ATV71HD15M3X (2)

T5B

ATV71HD15N4

T5B

18.5/25

–

ATV71HD18M3X (2)

T6

ATV71HD18N4

T5B

22/30

–

ATV71HD22M3X (2)

T6

ATV71HD22N4

T6

30/40

–

ATV71HD30M3X (2)

T7B

ATV71HD30N4

T7A

37/50

–

ATV71HD37M3X (2)

T7B

ATV71HD37N4

T7A

45/60

–

ATV71HD45M3X (2)

T7B

ATV71HD45N4

T8

55/75

–

ATV71HD55M3X (2)

T9

ATV71HD55N4

T8

75/100

–

ATV71HD75M3X (2)

T10

ATV71HD75N4

T8

90/125

–

–

ATV71HD90N4

T9

110/150

–

–

ATV71HC11N4

T10

132/200

–

–

ATV71HC13N4

T11

160/250

–

–

ATV71HC16N4

T12

200/300

–

–

ATV71HC20N4

T13

220/350

–

–

ATV71HC25N4

T13

280/450

–

–

ATV71HC28N4

T13

315/500

–

–

ATV71HC31N4

T14

355/–

–

–

ATV71HC40N4

T14

–

ATV71HC50N4

T15

500/700
–
(1) Must be used with a line choke, Refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.
(2) Drive supplied without EMC filter.

10

(3) A three-phase 380...480 V range on base plate is available from 0.75 to 11 kW. Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/28

Complex, high-power machines

Altivar 71

High performance drives

0.37…630 kW
Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

T2 : 130 x 230 x 175

T3 : 155 x 260 x 187

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187

T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213

T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266

T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290

T9 : 320 x 920 x 377

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377

T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377

T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377

T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

1

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three-phase
500... 690 V

Degree of protection
Drive

IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Output frequency
Type of control

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor

Vector control with and without speed feedback (…383)

Transient overtorque

220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range
Functions

1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

Analog outputs

1…3

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1

Dialogue
Communication

3

4

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1, DeviceNet, Ethernet
IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS
Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card, “Crane” card

Cards (available as an option)
Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter
Motor power

2

0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 630 kW
Asynchronous motor

DC choke integrated or supplied with the drive
Integrated

kW/HP

5

C3 EMC

500 V
kW

575 V
HP

690 V
kW

1.5

2

2.2

ATV71HU22Y

T6

2.2

3

3

ATV71HU30Y

T6

3

–

4

ATV71HU40Y

T6

4

5

5.5

ATV71HU55Y

T6

5.5

7.5

7.5

ATV71HU75Y

T6

7.5

10

11

ATV71HD11Y

T6

11

15

15

ATV71HD15Y

T6

15

20

18.5

ATV71HD18Y

T6

18.5

25

22

ATV71HD22Y

T6

22

30

30

ATV71HD30Y

T6

30

40

37

ATV71HD37Y

T8

37

50

45

ATV71HD45Y

T8

45

60

55

ATV71HD55Y

T8

55

75

75

ATV71HD75Y

T8

75

100

90

ATV71HD90Y

T8

90

125

110

ATV71HC11Y

T11

110

150

132

ATV71HC13Y

T11

132

–

160

ATV71HC16Y

T11

160

200

200

ATV71HC20Y

T13

200

250

250

ATV71HC25Y

T13

250

350

315

ATV71HC31Y

T13

315

450

400

ATV71HC40Y

T15

400

550

500

ATV71HC50Y

T15

500

700

630

ATV71HC63Y

T15

6

7

8

9

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/29

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37…630 kW

IP54 drives

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATV71W…, ATV71E5…
up to 75 kW

1

TA2 : 235 x 490 x 272

TD : 310 x 665 x 315

TA3 : 235 x 490 x 286

TE : 284 x 720 x 315

TB

: 255 x 525 x 286

TF : 284 x 880 x 343

TC

: 290 x 560 x 315

TG : 362 x 1000 x 364

Type of drive

Three-phase 380…480 V
(3)

2

Degree of protection
Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45…75 kW
Asynchronous motor

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor

Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque
Speed range

3

Functions

220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds
1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

Analog outputs

1…3

4

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1

Dialogue
Communication

With switch

UL Type 12 (1) / IP54

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, Profibus DPv1, DeviceNet, INTERBUS,
CC-Link, Ethernet IP

5

Cards (available as an option)

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,
“Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter
Motor power

kW/HP

6

7

8

Optional chokes and passive filters
Integrated

C2 EMC

As an option

External C1 EMC

0.75/1

ATV71W075N4

TA2

ATV71E5075N4

TA2

1.5/2

ATV71WU15N4

TA2

ATV71E5U15N4

TA2

2.2/3

ATV71WU22N4

TA2

ATV71E5U22N4

TA2

3/–

ATV71WU30N4

TA3

ATV71E5U30N4

TA3

4/5

ATV71WU40N4

TA3

ATV71E5U40N4

TA3

5.5/7.5

ATV71WU55N4

TB

ATV71E5U55N4

TB

7.5/10

ATV71WU75N4

TB

ATV71E5U75N4

TB

11/15

ATV71WD11N4

TC

ATV71E5D11N4

TC

15/20

ATV71WD15N4

TD

ATV71E5D15N4

TD

18.5/25

ATV71WD18N4

TD

ATV71E5D18N4

TD

22/30

ATV71WD22N4

TD

ATV71E5D22N4

TD

30/40

ATV71WD30N4

TF

ATV71E5D30N4

TF

37/50

ATV71WD37N4

TF

ATV71E5D37N4

TF

45/60

ATV71WD45N4

TG

ATV71E5D45N4

TG

55/75

ATV71WD55N4

TG

ATV71E5D55N4

TG

75/100

ATV71WD75N4

TG

ATV71E5D75N4

TG

(1) For ATV71W... range only.

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/30

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37…500 kW

IP54 Altivar 71 kit with preassembled enclosure

1
Drive

Kit

ATV71HD90N4

VW3A9541

ATV71HC11N4

VW3A9542

ATV71HC13N4

VW3A9543

ATV71HC16N4

VW3A9544

ATV71HC20N4

VW3A9545

2

ATV71HC25N4
ATV71HC28N4
ATV71HC20N4

With VW3A7101 braking unit

ATV71HC25N4

With VW3A7101 braking unit

ATV71HC28N4

With VW3A7101 braking unit

ATV71HC31N4

Without braking unit

3

VW3A9546

VW3A9547

ATV71HC40N4
ATV71HC50N4

VW3A9548
VW3A7102 braking unit

VW3A9549

Additional empty enclosure (600 mm)

VW3A9550

Additional empty enclosure (800 mm)

VW3A9551

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/31

Altivar 71 Plus

Complex, high-power machines

90…2000 kW

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Dimensions (in mm)

1

width x height x depth

ATV71EXC2C…
E1 : 616 x 2159 x 659

E3 : 1016 x 2159 x 659

E2 : 816 x 2159 x 659

E4 : 1216 x 2159 x 659

Type of drive

Three-phase 380…480 V
(1)

2

Degree of protection
Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45…2000 kW
Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Transient overtorque

3

1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

Analog outputs

1…3

4

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1

Dialogue
Communication

Vector control without speed feedback
220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range
Functions

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, Profibus DPv1, DeviceNet,
INTERBUS, CC-Link, Ethernet IP.

5

Cards (available as an option)

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,
“Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter

Optional chokes and passive filters
Integrated

C2 EMC

As an option

External C1 EMC

Equipment

A wide range of options listed in the catalogue provides add-ons for the standard offer as required.
As well as the options listed in the catalogue, it is possible to customise the equipment. Just contact our

6

teams of experts direct.
- Water cooling solution
- Integration of specific options

7
IP23

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP
90/125

8

9

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

ATV71EXC2D90N4

E1

kW

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

90 ATV71 EXC2D90N

E1

kW

Dimensions
–

110/150

ATV71EXC2C11N4

E1

110 ATV71 EXC2C11N

E1

110 ATV71 EXC2C11Y

E1

132/200

ATV71EXC2C13N4

E1

132 ATV71 EXC2C13N

E1

132 ATV71 EXC2C13Y

E1

160/250

ATV71EXC2C16N4

E1

160 ATV71 EXC2C16N

E2

160 ATV71 EXC2C16Y

E1

200/300

ATV71EXC2C20N4

E2

200 ATV71 EXC2C20N

E2

200 ATV71 EXC2C20Y

E2

250 ATV71 EXC2C25N

E2

250 ATV71 EXC2C25Y

E2

250/400

ATV71EXC2C25N4

E2

280/450

ATV71EXC2C28N4

E2

–

–

315/500

ATV71EXC2C31N4

E3

315 ATV71 EXC2C31N

E4

315 ATV71 EXC2C31Y

E2

400/600

ATV71EXC2C40N4

E3

400 ATV71 EXC2C40N

E4

400 ATV71 EXC2C40Y

E4

500/700

ATV71EXC2C50N4

E4

500 ATV71 EXC2C50N

E4

500 ATV71 EXC2C50Y

E4

(1) The Altivar 71 range in ready-assembled enclosure consists of:
– An ATV71H… drive
– A switch and fast-acting fuses
– An IP65 remote mounting kit for graphic display terminal

10

IP23 offer available up to 2000 kW. For ratings above 630 kW, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/32

Altivar 71 Plus

Complex, high-power machines

90…2000 kW

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATV71EX…
E5

: 616 x 2264 x 659

E9

E6

: 816 x 2264 x 659

E10 : 816 x 2359 x 659

: 616 x 2359 x 659

E7

: 1016 x 2264 x 659

E11 : 608 x 2359 x 659

E8

: 1216 x 2264 x 659

E12 : 808 x 2359 x 6590

1

E13 : 1008 x 2359 x 659
E14 : 1208 x 2359 x 659

IP54
Compact floor-standing enclosure

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

90/125 ATV71EXC5D90N4

E5

kW
90

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

ATV71EXC5D90N

kW

E5

Dimensions
–

110/150 ATV71EXC5C11N4

E5

110

ATV71EXC5C11N

E5

110

ATV71EXC5C11Y

E5

132/200 ATV71EXC5C13N4

E5

132

ATV71EXC5C13N

E5

132

ATV71EXC5C13Y

E5

160/250 ATV71EXC5C16N4

E5

160

ATV71EXC5C16N

E6

160

ATV71EXC5C16Y

E5

220/350 ATV71EXC5C20N4

E6

200

ATV71EXC5C20N

E6

200

ATV71EXC5C20Y

E6

250/400 ATV71EXC5C25N4

E6

250

ATV71EXC5C25N

E6

250

ATV71EXC5C25Y

E6

280/450 ATV71EXC5C28N4

E6

–

–

315/500 ATV71EXC5C31N4

E7

315

ATV71EXC5C31N

E8

315

ATV71EXC5C31Y

E6

400/600 ATV71EXC5C40N4

E7

400

ATV71EXC5C40N

E8

400

ATV71EXC5C40Y

E8

500/700 ATV71EXC5C50N4

E8

500

ATV71EXC5C50N

E8

500

ATV71EXC5C50Y

E8

630

ATV71EXC5C63Y

E8

2

3

4

5

IP54
Separate air flow

Three-phase
380…415 V
kW/HP

Three-phase
500 V
Dimensions

90/125 ATV71EXS5D90N4

E9

kW
90

Three-phase
690 V
Dimensions

ATV71EXS5D90N

kW

E11

6
Dimensions

–

110/150 ATV71EXS5C11N4

E9

110

ATV71EXS5C11N

E11

110

ATV71EXS5C11Y

E11

132/200 ATV71EXS5C13N4

E9

132

ATV71EXS5C13N

E11

132

ATV71EXS5C13Y

E11

160/250 ATV71EXS5C16N4

E9

160

ATV71EXS5C16N

E12

160

ATV71EXS5C16Y

E11

220/350 ATV71EXS5C20N4

E10

200

ATV71EXS5C20N

E12

200

ATV71EXS5C20Y

E12

250/400 ATV71EXS5C25N4

E10

250

ATV71EXS5C25N

E12

250

ATV71EXS5C25Y

E12

280/450 ATV71EXS5C28N4

E10

–

7

–

315/500 ATV71EXS5C31N4

E13

315

ATV71EXS5C31N

E14

315

ATV71EXS5C31Y

E12

400/600 ATV71EXS5C40N4

E13

400

ATV71EXS5C40N

E14

400

ATV71EXS5C40Y

E14

500/700 ATV71EXS5C50N4

E14

500

ATV71EXS5C50N

E14

500

ATV71EXS5C50Y

E14

630

ATV71EXS5C63Y

E14

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/33

Complex, high-power machines

Altivar 71 Lift

Drives for lifts

2.2…75 kW

Dimensions (in mm)

1

width x height x depth

T2

: 130 x 230 x 175

T3

T4

: 175 x 295 x 187

T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

: 155 x 260 x 187

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213

T6

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266

T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8

: 240 x 420 x 236

: 320 x 630 x 290

Type of drive
Supply voltage

2

Single-phase
200 V

Degree of protection
Drive

0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW
Asynchronous motor

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio

Synchronous motor

Vector control with and without speed feedback

Transient overtorque

220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

Analog outputs

1…3

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1

Speed range

3

4

1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Dialogue
Communication

Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

As an option

Fipio, Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, Uni-Telway, InterBus

Cards (available as an option)

5

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,
Encoder emulation card

Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter
Motor power

6

7

Three-phase
380 V

IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Output frequency
Type of control

Functions

Three-phase
200 V

kW/HP

DC choke integrated or supplied with the product
Integrated

C2 EMC up to 5.5 kW

As an option

External C2 EMC from 7.5 kW

1.5/2

ATV71LU22M3Z

T3

–

2.2/3

ATV71LU30M3Z

T3

ATV71LU22M3Z

T3

–

3/–

ATV71LU40M3Z

T3

ATV71LU30M3Z

T3

ATV71LU30N4Z

T3

4/5

ATV71LU55M3Z

T4

ATV71LU40M3Z

T3

ATV71LU40N4Z

T3

5.5/7.5

ATV71LU75M3Z

T5A

ATV71LU55M3Z

T4

ATV71LU55N4Z

T4

7.5/10

–

ATV71LU75M3Z

T5A

ATV71LU75N4Z

T4

11/15

–

ATV71LD11M3XZ

T5B

ATV71LD11N4Z

T5A

15/20

–

ATV71LD15M3XZ

T5B

ATV71LD15N4Z

T5B

18.5/25

–

ATV71LD18M3XZ

T6

ATV71LD18N4Z

T5B

22/30

–

ATV71LD22M3XZ

T6

ATV71LD22N4Z

T6

30/40

–

ATV71LD30M3XZ

T6

ATV71LD30N4Z

T7A

37/50

–

ATV71LD37M3XZ

T7B

ATV71LD37N4Z

T7A

45/60

–

ATV71LD45M3XZ

T7B

ATV71LD45N4Z

T8

55/75

–

–

ATV71LD55N4Z

T8

75/100

–

–

ATV71LD75N4Z

T8

–

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/34

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37…2000 kW

I/O extension and specific cards

1
Type of card

I/O extension
Logic

Description

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs
1 input for PTC probes

Reference

Extended

VW3A3201

1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input
1 software-configurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or
current (0…20 mA) analog input
2 software-configurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)
or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs
1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs, 1 input for PTC probes, 1 frequency control
input

2

3

VW3A3202

4

"Controller Inside" programmable card

5
Type of card

Programmable “Controller Inside”

Description

10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or
4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders
2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus, a PC port for
programming with the PS 1131 software workshop

Reference

VW3A3501

6

7
“Crane” cards
Type of card

“Crane” card for overhead cranes

Description

10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or

8

4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders
2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus
Application-specific functions
References

9

Management of load sway up to heights of 30 m
Sensorless:

Management of the stop and slowdown limit switches on translational and directional movements
VW3A3510

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/35

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37…2000 kW

Encoder interface cards

1
Type of card

2

Encoder interface with
Differential outputs (RS422) Open collector outputs (NPN) Push-pull outputs

Operating frequency
Reference

300 kHz
5V

VW3A3401

–

–

12 V

–

VW3A3403

VW3A3405

15 V

VW3A3402

VW3A3404

VW3A3406

24 V

–

–

VW3A3407

3

4

Type of card

Resolver

Universal

Sincos Absolute

Incremental with
emulation

Speed feedback resolution

12 bits

16 bits

16 bits

10,000

Encoder type supported

Resolver with

"SinCos,

Sincos Absolute

"Incremental

2, 4, 6 or 8 poles

SinCosHiperface

RS 422 - 5 V or 15 V"

EnDat, SSI"
References

VW3A3408

VW3A3409

VW3A3410

VW3A3411

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/36

Altivar

Accessories and options available
Options

1
Type of accessory
Description

Additional EMC input filters

2

AC line chokes
Optional DC chokes
Passive filters
Sinus filters
Motor chokes

3

Braking units
Braking resistors
Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

4

Communication accessories

5
Type of accessory

Remote graphic display terminal

Remote mounting kit (1)

Description

This display terminal is attached to the front of the drive.

A remote mounting kit for mounting on an enclosure

It includes the integrated 7-segment display terminal for

door with IP54 degree of protection.

drives supplied without a graphic display terminal.

It includes:

6

b All the mechanical fittings
b Fixing accessories
References

VW3A1101

VW3A1102

7

(1) Use a VW3A1104Rpp remote-mounting cordset, to be ordered separately (please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.)

8
Other accessories available
Type of accessory
Description

Multi-Loader configuration tool

9

Simple Loader configuration tool
Bluetooth adaptor
SoMove multilingual configuration software workshop for PC
SoMobile software for mobile phones
Connection accessories for CANopen communication bus
(tap junctions, adaptor, connector, cables, etc.)

10

Modbus connection accessories
(communication module, gateways, splitter boxes, cordsets and cables, etc.)
Reference

Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/37

Altivar

Dialogue and communication
Communication modules

1

2

Altistart 48/Altivar 31
starters/drives

Ethernet/
Modbus

DeviceNet/
Modbus

Fipio/Modbus

Profibus DP/Modbus

Parameter setting

–

–

–

Standard

ABC configurator

configurator

program

References
Cable references

3

Bridge

TSXETG100

–

–

–

–

Gateway

–

LUFP9

LUFP1

LA9P307

LUFP7

L = 0.3 m

–

VW3A8306R03

VW3A8306R03

–

VW3A8306R03

L=1m

–

VW3A8306R10

VW3A8306R10

VW3P07306R10

VW3A8306R10

L=3m

VW3A8306D30

VW3A8306R30

VW3A8306R30

–

VW3A8306R30

1

1

2

2

3

4

1 To network

3

4

2 Communication modules
3 PLC cables VW3A8 306 Rpp,
VW3 P07 306 R10
4 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3

6

5

5

5 Modbus drop cables

5

5

VW3A8 306 Rpp
6 Line terminator
VW3A8 306 RC

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/38

Altivar

Dialogue and communication
Communication cards and modules
Transparent
Ready

1
Drives
Altivar 61, Altivar 71

Modbus TCP

Maximum number of drives controlled

–

–

–

–

Transmission speed

10/100 Mbps

10/100 Mbps

147/247 Mbps

62 Mbps

References

VW3A3310

VW3A3310d

VW3A3303

VW3A3311

Modbus TCP Daisy Modbus/Uni-Telway Fipio
Chain

2

3
Drives
Altivar 61, Altivar 71

Modbus Plus

Profibus DP

Profibus DPv1

Maximum number of drives controlled

64

126

126

64

Transmission speed

1 Mbps

9600 bps...12 Mbps

9600 bps...12 Mbps

1 Mbps

References

VW3A3302

VW3A3307

VW3A3307S371

VW3A3304

Drives
Altivar 61, Altivar 71

CC-Link

Maximum number of drives controlled

64

–

63

Transmission speed

…10 Mbps

10/100 Mbps

125/250/500 Kbps

References

VW3A3317

VW3A3316

VW3A3309

Ethernet/IP

INTERBUS

4

DeviceNet

5

6
Drives
Altivar 61
Connector

LONWORKS

METASYS N2

APOGEE FLN

BACnet

1 removable 3-way screw

1 removable 4-way screw

1 removable 4-way screw

1 removable 4-way screw

terminal block

terminal block

terminal block

terminal block

Transmission speed

78 Kbps

–

–

–

References

VW3A3312

VW3A3313

VW3A3314

VW3A3315

7

For other connection accessories, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/39

Selection guide
C Applications :

C Applications :

Lexium 32 is the perfect drive
system for applications involving
high-precision, dynamic positioning.

Lexium SDx stepper drives and
motors are used for short-distance
positioning applications requiring
maximum accuracy and high torque.

Servo Drives

Servo Motors

Stepper Drives

Stepper Motors

Lexium 32

Lexium BMH

Lexium SD2

Lexium BRS2

Lexium BSH

Lexium SD3

Lexium BRS3

4

Machines

Packaging machines
Material handling machines
Material working machines
Assembling machines

Printing machines
Labelling machines
Screen printing machines

Description

The Lexium 32 servo range consists of three
high-performance book-size servo drive
models – Lexium 32 Compact, Lexium 32
Advanced and Lexium 32 Modular – and
two motor families – the versatile mediuminertia Lexium BMH and the dynamic lowinertia Lexium BSH.

The Lexium SDx stepper motor drive range
consists of two high-precision stepper drive
lines – the three-phase stepper drives
Lexium SD3 and the two-phase stepper
drives Lexium SD2. These drive lines are
complemented by two perfectly matched
stepper motor families – Lexium BRS3 threephase stepper motors and Lexium BRS2
two-phase stepper motors.

Power range
Voltage range
Speed
Torque
Communication interfaces

0.15…7 kW
115…240 VAC, 400…480 VAC
up to 8000 rpm
up to 84 Nm
CANopen, CANmotion, PROFIBUS DP,
DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP

up to 750 W
24…48 VDC, 115…240 VAC
up to 1000 rpm
up to 16.5 Nm
CANopen, CANmotion, PROFIBUS DP or
Pulse/Direction

Safety function (STO) on board
Enhanced Safety Module (SS1, SS2, SLS,
SOS)
Encoder module for digital and analog
encoders and resolvers

Safety function (STO) on board
(Lexium SD3 28)

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/40

C Applications :

C Applications :

Lexium Integrated Drives allow for extremely space-saving
decentralised motion solutions.

The Lexium Linear Motion products are designed
for maximum flexibility, performance and
cost-effectiveness. This range offers products
for all linear movements in the automation
industry from single-axis to multi-axis systems.

Integrated Drives

Linear Motion

Lexium ILA

Lexium ILE

Lexium ILS

Lexium PAS

Lexium CAS

4
Lexium ILP / ILT

Lexium TAS

Format adjustment
Printing machines
Material handling machines

Material handling machines
Material working machines
On-the-fly working machines
Assembling machines

The Lexium ILx Integrated Drives comprise motor, positioning controller,
power electronics, fieldbus and “Safe Torque Off” safety function in an
extremely compact single device. Lexium ILx Integrated Drives are available
with all important motor technologies (servo, brushless DC, stepper).

Lexium Linear Motion is a comprehensive linear motion range
comprising Lexium PAS portal axes, Lexium TAS linear tables,
Lexium CAS cantilever and telescopic axes and Lexium MAX
multi-axis systems.

100…370 W
24…48 VDC, 115 to 240 VAC
up to 9000 rpm
up to 12 Nm
RS485, CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT,
Ethernet POWERLINK, Modbus TCP, Pulse/Direction

Single axes:
Stroke up to 5.5 m
Load up to 150 kg
Speed up to 8 m/s
Multi axes:
Stroke up to 5.5 m
Load up to 300 kg
Speed up to 8 m/s
Available as individual components or completely
pre-assembled, customised systems with drives and motors

Safety function (STO) on board
(Lexium ILA, Lexium ILE, Lexium ILS)

Lexium MAX

Stand-alone device with controller inside (Lexium ILP)

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/41

Selection guide
C Applications :
Lexium Motion Controllers can be used as a stand-alone motion and
automation controllers for machines without a PLC or as pure motion
controllers for machines in which a PLC takes care of automation control.

Axis controller

Lexium Motion Controllers

4

Machines

Packaging machines
Material handling machines
Material working machines
Assembling machines

Description

The compact LMC Lexium Motion Controllers are used to control multiple synchronised
axes via a motion bus and feature high performance coupled with economy.

Technical information

Synchronisation of up to 4 axes in 2 ms
Synchronisation of up to 8 axes in 4 ms
PLCopen function blocks single / multi axis control
Application function blocks (Rotary knife, Flying shear, Clamping, Grouping/Ungrouping)

Communication interfaces

Modbus, CANmotion, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP (for programming)

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/42

Lexium Controller

Motion control
Motion controller

Controller type

Optimised

Drive synchronisation

Up to 4 axes

2 ms

CAN Motion bus

Up to 8 axes

4 ms

Interpolation of drive position loops

250 μs

Internal memory

RAM

1 MB

Flash Eeprom

1 MB

Expert application

Protected RAM

60 Kb

Application function blocks

yes

Single-axis PLCopen control

yes

Multi-axis PLCopen control

yes

2D interpolation

yes

Number of logic inputs

Reference

Extended

8 + 4 Fast inputs

Number of logic outputs
Communication

Standard

8

8

Modbus

yes

yes

yes

yes

CANopen automation

–

yes

yes

yes

Ethernet TCP/IP

–

yes

yes

yes

Profibus DP V1

–

–

yes

–

Device Net

–

–

–

yes

LMC10

LMC20

LMC20A1307

LMC20A1309

4

Software solutions

Easy Motion… for configuring
motion control functions
b Axis parameter setting
b Drive and controller adjustment and diagnostics
b Creation of position registers via the Teach function
b Management of axis operating modes and manual control
b Configuration of positioning tasks
b Editing cam profiles
b Application back up and restore

Motion Pro… for configuring and programming
motion control functions
b Retains the same benefits as Easy Motion mode for motion control
b Creates the whole application, control system function and motion control
function, using the programming editor conforming to standard IEC 61131
b Saves the machine signature
b Protection of application programs

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/43

Motion control

Lexium 32

Lexium 32 Servo Drives and Motors

1
Main functions

2

Communication

Lexium 32 Compact

Lexium 32 Advanced

Lexium 32 Modular

Integrated

Modbus serial link
Pulse train

Modbus serial link
CANopen, CANmotion machine bus

Modbus serial link
Pulse train

As an option

–

–

CANopen, CANmotion machine
bus, DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP,
PROFIBUS DP

Operating modes

Manual mode (JOG)
Electronic gearbox
Speed control
Current control

Homing
Manual mode (JOG)
Speed control
Current control
Position control

Homing
Manual mode (JOG)
Motion sequence
Electronic gearbox
Speed control
Current control
Position control

3
Functions

4

5

Auto-tuning, monitoring, stopping, conversion
–

Stop window
Rapid entry of position values

Stop window
Rapid entry of position values
Rotary axes
Position register
4, reassignable

24 V c logic inputs

6, reassignable

3, reassignable

24 V c capture inputs (1) (2)

–

1

2

24 V c logic outputs (1)

5, reassignable

2, reassignable

3, reassignable

Analog inputs

2

–

Pulse control input

1, configurable as: RS 422 link
5 V or 24 V push-pull
5 V or 24 V open collector

ESIM PTO output
Safety functions

6
Sensor

RS 422 link
Integrated

“Safe Torque Off” STO

As an option

–

Integrated

SinCos Hiperface® sensor

As an option

–

Safe Stop 1 (SS1) and Safe Stop 2
(SS2)
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Safe Limited Speed (SLS)

Resolver encoder
Analog encoder
Digital encoder

7
Architecture

Control via:
Logic or analog I/O

Control via:
Motion controller via CANopen
and CANmotion machine bus

Control via:
Schneider Electric or third-party
PLCs via communication buses
and networks

Type of servo drive

LXM 32C

LXM 32A

LXM 32M

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/44

1
Main functions
Application type

High load, With robust adjustment of the movement

High dynamic range, Power density

Flange size

70, 100, 140 and 205 mm

55, 70, 100 and 140 mm

2

Continuous stall torque

1.2 to 84 Nm

0.5 to 33.4 Nm

Encoder type

Single turn SinCos: 32,768 points/turn
and 131,072 points/turn
Multiturn SinCos: 32,768 points/turn x 4096 turns
and 131,072 points/turn x 4096 turns

Single turn SinCos: 131,072 points/turn
Multiturn SinCos: 131,072 points/turn x 4096 turns

Casing

IP 65 (IP 67 conformity kit as an option)

IP 65

Shaft end

IP 50 or IP 65 (IP 67 conformity kit as an option)

IP 50 or IP 65

Lexium BMH

Lexium BSH

Degree of protection
Type of servo motor

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/45

Lexium 32 motion control

Lexium 32

Servo drive/servo motor combinations

1
Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

2

Servo motors

Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives
100…120 V single-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC filter

BMH

BSH

LXM 32pU90M2

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

(IP 50 or IP 65)

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

Type of
servo motor

Type of
servo motor

Nominal operating point

3

Rotor
inertia

Nominal
power

kgcm2

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

BSH 0551T

0.06

0.49

3000

150

0.5/1.5

BSH 0552T

0.10

0.77

3000

250

0.8/1.9

BSH 0553T

0.13

BSH 0701T

0.25

BSH 0702T

0.41

BSH 1001T

1.40

0.59

4

5

Nominal
torque

kgcm2

BMH 0701T

Stall torques
Nominal
speed

M0/Mmax

Rotor
inertia

BMH 0702T

1.13

BMH 0703T

1.67

BMH1001T

3.2

BMH1002T

6.3

6
Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

7

Servo motors

Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives
200…240 V single-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC filter

BMH

BSH

LXM 32pU45M2

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

(IP 50 or IP 65)

Continuous output current: 1.5 A rms

Type of
servo motor

Type of
servo motor

Nominal operating point

8

9

10

Rotor
inertia
kgcm2

BMH 0701T

Rotor
inertia

Nominal
torque

Stall torques
Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

kgcm2

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

BSH 0551T

0.06

0.45

6000

300

0.5/1.4

BSH 0552T

0.10

BSH 0553T

0.13

BSH 0701T

0.25

BSH 0702T

0.41

BSH 0703T

0.58

BSH 1001T

1.40

BSH 1002T

2.31

0.59

BMH 0702T

1.13

BMH 0703T

1.67

BMH 1001T

3.2

BMH 1002T

6.3

BMH 1003T

9.4

BMH 1401P

16.5
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/46

1

2
LXM 32pU18M2

LXM 32pD30M2

Continuous output current: 6 A rms

Continuous output current: 10 A rms

Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

3

1.14

3000

350

1.2/3.3

1.35

2500

350

1.4/4.2

1.36

2500

350

1.4/3.5
2.07

2500

550

2.2/6.1

4

2.3

2500

600

2.5/6.4

3.1

2000

650

3.4/8.7

2.75

2500

700

3.3/6.3

3.3

2000

700

3.4/8.9

3.5

2000

750

6/10.3

5

6

7
LXM 32pU90 M2

LXM 32pD18M2

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

Continuous output current: 6 A rms

Nominal operating point

LXM 32pD30M2

Stall torques Nominal operating point

Continuous output current: 10 A rms
Stall torques Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

0.74

6000

450

0.8/2.5

0.84

6000

550

1.2/3

0.94

5000

500

1.3/3.5

1.1

4000

450

1.4/4
1.8

5000

950

2.2/7.2

2.1

4000

900

2.6/7.4

2.1

4000

900

2.5/7.4

2.2

4000

900

2.7/7.5

2.9

3000

900

3.4/10.2

2.8

3000

900

3.4/10.2

8

9

10

3.7

4000

1500

5.8/16.4

4.6

3000

1450

6/18.4

5.6

2500

1450

8.2/22.8

6.9

2000

1450

10.3/30.8

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/47

Lexium 32 motion control

Lexium 32

Servo drive/servo motor combinations

1
Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

2

Servo motors

Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives
380…480 V three-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC filter

BMH

BSH

LXM 32pU60N4

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

(IP 50 or IP 65)

Continuous output current: 1.5 A rms

LXM 32pD12N4

Nominal operating point

3

4

Type of
servo motor

Rotor
inertia

BMH 0701P

0.59

BMH 0701P

0.59

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

kgcm2

Nm

BSH 0551P

0.06

0.48

BSH 0552P

0.10

BSH 0553P

0.13

Stall torques

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

6000

300

0.5/1.5

0.65

6000

400

0.8/2.5

0.65

6000

400

1.05/3.5

1.1

3000

350

1.2/4.2
1.3

5000

700

1.4/4.2

BSH 0701P

0.25

1.32

5000

700

1.4/3.5

BSH 0702P

0.41

1.64

5000

850

2.2/7.6

BMH 1001P

3.2

1.9

4000

800

3.3/10.8

BMH 0702P

1.13

2.2

3000

700

2.5/7.4

BMH 0703P

1.67

BMH 1001P

3.2

BMH 1002P

6.3

BMH 1003P

9.4

BMH 1401P

16.5

BMH 1402P

7

Rotor
inertia

kgcm2

5

6

Type of
servo motor

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

Stall torques Nominal operating point

BSH 0703P

0.58

BSH 1001P

1.40

BSH 1002P

2.31

BSH 1003P

3.2

BSH 1004P

4.2

BSH 1401P

7.4

BSH 1402T

12.7

BSH 1403T

17.9

BSH 1404P

23.7

32.0

BMH 1403P

47.5

BMH 2051P

71.4

BMH 2052P

129

BMH 2053P

190

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/48

1

2
LXM 32pD30N4
Continuous output current: 10 A rms

LXM 32pD18N4
Continuous output current: 6 A rms
Nominal operating point

Stall torques Nominal operating point

LXM 32pD72N4
Continuous output current: 24 A rms
Stall torques Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nominal
torque

Nominal
speed

Nominal
power

M0/Mmax

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

Nm

rpm

W

Nm/Nm

3

4
2.4

5000

1300

3.4/10.2

2.44

5000

1300

3.1/11.3

2.7

4000

1100

3.3/9.6

3.1

4000

1300

3.4/10.2

3.9

4000

1600

6.2/18.4

4

4000

1700

5.8/18.3

5
5.2

5000

2700

8.4/25.1

6.3

3000

2000

8/28.3

7.7

3000

2400

10.3/30.8

8.3

2500

2100

10/37.9

9.5

2500

2500

11.1/27

6
11.2

3000

3500

18.5/55.3

12.3

3000

3900

19.5/59.3

12.9

3000

4100

27.8/90.2

14.9

3000

4700

24/75

19

2500

5000

33.4/103.6

25.8

2000

5400

34.4/103.4

41.6

1500

6500

62.5/170

52.2

1200

6500

84/232

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/49

Lexium 32

Motion Control
Configuration tools

1
Multi-Loader configuration tool

2

3

Use

For downloading configurations from a PC or drive and duplicating them on another drive.
The drives do not need to be powered-up.
Supplied with:
1 cordset equipped with 2 RJ45 connectors
1 cordset equipped with one type A USB connector and one mini B USB connector
1 x 2 GB SD memory card
1 x female/female RJ 45 adaptor
4 AA 1.5 V LR6 round batteries

Reference

VW3 A8 121

4

5

Single memory card

Pack of 25 memory cards

Use

Used to store parameters of the Lexium 32 servo drive.
Another Lexium 32 servo drive can be commissioned immediately if the application is undergoing
maintenance or duplication.

Reference

VW3 M8 705

VW3 M8 704

6

7

Memory card recorder
Use

Writes data from the Lexium 32 servo drive to the memory card.
This recorder is not supplied by Schneider Electric.

Reference

See the User's manual

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/50

Lexium 32

Motion Control
Modules for Lexium 32M

1
Communication modules
Lexium 32M can be connected to the following communication buses and networks: CANopen and CANmotion, DeviceNet, Profibus DP V1, EtherNet/IP
Reference CANopen / CANmotion module with 2 * RJ 45 connectors
CANopen / CANmotion module with SUB-D 9 connector

2

VW3 A3 608
VW3 A3 618

DeviceNet module

VW3 M3 301

Profibus DP V1 module

VW3 A3 607

EtherNet/IP module

VW3 A3 616

3
Second encoder modules
Machine

Motor

4

Lexium 32M has an input for an additional encoder to connect third party motor (motor encoder) or to improve positioning accuracy (machine encoder)
Reference Module for resolver encoder

VW3 M3 401

x

Module for digital encoder (A/B/I, BiSS, EndDat 2.2, SSI)

VW3 M3 402

x

Module for analog encoder (1 Vpp/Hall, 1 Vpp, Hiperface)

VW3 M3 403

x (Hiperface only)

x

5
Safety module
eSM safety module allows Lexium 32M servo drives to access additionnal IEC/EN 61800-5-2 safety functions: SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS
Reference eSM safety module allows

6

VW3 M3 501

Connection elements
Power cordsets
Description

7

Cables equipped with one M23 industrial connector

Cables equipped with one

(servo motor end)

M40 industrial connector
(servo motor end)

From servo motor

BMH 070pp, BMH 100pp,

BMH 1402P, BMH 1403P

BMH 205pP, BSH 1402T,
BSH 1403T, BSH 1404P

BMH 1401P, BSH 055pp,

8

BSH 070pp, BSH 100pp,
BSH 1401P
To servo drive

LXM 32pppppp

LXM 32pD72N4

Composition

[(4 x 1.5 mm2) + (2 x 1 mm2)]

[(4 x 2.5 mm2) + (2 x 1 mm2)]

LXM 32pD72N4
[(4 x 4 mm2) + (2 x 1 mm2)]

Length

3m

3m

3m

Reference

VW3 M5 101 R30

VW3 M5 102 R30

VW3 M5 103 R30

9

Encoder cordsets
Description

SinCos Hiperface® encoder cables equipped with an M23 industrial connector (servo motor end)
and an RJ45 connector with 8 + 2 contacts (servo drive end)

From servo motor

BMH ppppp, BSH ppppp

To servo drive

LXM 32pppppp
2

10
2

Composition

[3 x (2 x 0.14 mm ) + (2 x 0.34 mm )]

Length

3m

Reference

VW3 M8 102 R30
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/51

Lexium SDp

Motion Control
Stepper drives and stepper motors

1
Assignment of BRS2 2-phase stepper motors and SD2 stepper motor drives

2

BRS2 2-phase stepper motors

SD21ppU20C

SD21ppU50C

24…48 V; 3 A

24…48 V; 5 A

BRS236

0.07 Nm

–

BRS242

0.23…0.53 Nm

–

BRS257

0.64…1.69 Nm

0.64…1.69 Nm

BRS285

–

2.96…9.20 Nm

3

4
Assignment of BRS3 3-phase stepper motors and SD3 stepper motor drives

5

6

BRS3 3-phase stepper motors

SD326pU25

SD328pU25

SD326pU68

SD328pU68

115 V / 230 V; 2.5 A; including mains filter

115 V / 230 V; 6.8 A; including mains filter and fan

BRS368

1.7 Nm / 1.5 Nm

–

BRS397

2.3 Nm / 2.0 Nm

–

BRS39A

4.5 Nm / 4.0 Nm

–

BRS39B

6.8 Nm / 6.0 Nm

–

BRS3AC

–

13.5 Nm / 12.0 Nm

BRS3AD

–

19.7 Nm / 16.5 Nm

7
Assignment of stepper motors, stepper motor drives SD3 15

8

3-phase stepper motors

SD3 15
24…48 VDC; max. 10 A

Motors with F winding
BRS 364F

9

0.46 Nm / 0.40 Nm

BRS 366F

0.92 Nm / 0.80 Nm

BRS 368F

1.50 Nm / 1.30 Nm

BRS 397F

2.00 Nm / 1.85 Nm

BRS 39AF

4.20 Nm / 3.40 Nm

BRS 39BF

5.55 Nm / 4.80 Nm

Motors with H winding
BRS 364H

10

0.51 Nm / 0.45 Nm

BRS 366H

1.02 Nm / 0.90 Nm

BRS 368F

1.70 Nm / 1.50 Nm

BRS 397H

2.26 Nm / 2.00 Nm

BRS 39AH

4.80 Nm / 4.00 Nm

BRS 39BH

6.50 Nm / 5.75 Nm

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/52

Lexium ILp

Motion Control
Lexium Integrated Drives

1
Integrated Drives

Lexium ILA

Lexium ILE

Lexium ILS

Type of process

Dynamic process and
accurate positioning

Automatic format
adjustement

Short distance movements with accurate positioning

Type of technology

Integrated drive with
servo motor

Integrated drive with
dc brushless motor

Integrated drive with
Integrated drive with
three-phase stepper motor two-phase stepper motor

Main characteristics

Highly dynamic
Compact
Integrated holding
brake in option

Hight holding torque
without power
Integrated gearbox
in option

Hight torque at low speed

Dynamic

gggg
gggg
ggggg

gg
gg
gggg

ggg
gggg
gg

ggg
gggg
gg

Pulse/direction
Input/output

Pulse/direction
Input/output

Precision and stability
Energy saving
Motor inertia
Control interface

Lexium ILP / ILT

2

3

Medium
Control signals

Input/output

Bus and networks

CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS 485 serial link, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, Modbus
TCP, Ethernet Powerlink, EtherNet/IP

4

CANopen, RS485

Motion bus

–

Association

Nominal power

150...370W

100...350W

100...350W

Drive/motor

Nominal speed

500...9000 min-1

1500...7000 min-1

0...1000 min-1

0...1000 min-1

combinations

Nominal torque

0.26...0.78 Nm

0.18...0.5 Nm

0.45...6 Nm

0.11...5.87 Nm

Drive

Safety function

“Safe Torque Off”

Type of sensor (resolution) (1)

Single turn SinCos
Absolute value encoder Index pulse monitoring
encoder
(12...1380 increments/turn)
(16.384 increments/turn)
Multiturn SinCos encoder
(16.384 increments/turn
× 4096 turns)

Index pulse monitoring

57

36, 42, 57, 85

100...350W

5

characteristics
Motor characteristics

Motor flange size

66

57, 85

6

Accessories

Cable, Connector kits, Installation sets, Commissioning tools, Planetary
gearboxes

Cable, Connector kits,
Installation sets,
Commissioning tools

References

ILA

ILP

ILE

ILS

ILT

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/53

Lexium ILA/ILE/ILS

Motion Control
Lexium Integrated Drives

1
Lexium ILA with Servo Motor

2

Nominal Torque Maximum Torque Nominal Speed
(Nm)
(Rpm)
(Nm)

Maximum Speed Nominal Power
(Rpm)
(W)

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode
ILA1p571P

0.26

0.6

5500

7500

150

ILA1p571T

0.26

0.43

7500

11500

200

ILA1p572P

0.45

0.72

4300

6200

200

ILA1p572T

0.41

0.61

5000

7500

215

ILA2 for DeviceNet, EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet Powerlink

3

4

ILA2p571P

0.44

0.62

5100

7000

235

ILA2p571T

0.31

0.45

7000

9000

255

ILA2p572P

0.78

1.62

3400

4300

275

ILA2p572T

0.57

0.85

5100

6800

305

Lexium ILE with included spurwheel gearbox.
Ratios:18:1, 38:1, 54:1, 115:1
Lexium ILE with included worm gearbox with hollow shaft.
Ratios: 24:1, 54:1, 92:1, 115:1

Lexium ILE with Brushless DC Motor

5

Nominal Torque
(Nm)

Detent Torque
(Nm)

Nominal Speed
(Rpm)

Maximum Speed
(Rpm)

ILE1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485
ILE1p661

0.24

0.08

4800

5000

ILE1p661 spurwheel gearing

up to 11.0

up to 8.0

44

44

ILE1p661 worm gearing

up to 10.6

up to 16.7

44

44

ILA2 for DeviceNet, EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet Powerlink

6

ILE2p661

0.26

0.08

6000

7000

ILE2p661 spurwheel gearing

up to 12

up to 9.19

44

44

ILE2p661 worm gearing

up to 10.6

up to 16.7

44

44

ILE2p662

0.5

0.106

5000

7000

Lexium ILS with three-phase Stepper Motor

Maximum Torque
(Nm)

7

8

9

Holding Torque
(Nm)

Speed
(Rpm)

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode
ILS1p571p

0.45

0.51

1000

ILS1p572p

0.9

1.02

600

ILS1p573p

1.5

1.7

450

ILS1p851p

2.0

2.0

450

ILS1p852p

4.0

4.0

200

ILS1p853P

6.0

6.0

120

ILS1p853T

4.5

4.5

300

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode

10

ILS2p571p

0.45

0.51

1100

ILS2p572p

0.9

1.02

900

ILS2p573p

1.5

1.7

600

ILS2p851p

2.0

2.0

600

ILS2p852p

4.0

4.0

380

ILS2p853P

6.0

6.0

200

ILS2p853T

4.5

4.5

300

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/54

Lexium ILP/ILT

Motion Control
Lexium Integrated Drives

1
Lexium ILP, Lexium ILT with two-phase Stepper Motor

Nominal Torque
(Nm)

Holding Torque
(Nm)

Maximum Speed
(Rpm)

ILP2R361

0.11

0.11

1800

ILP2R421

0.19

0.19

1500

ILP2R422

0.33

0.33

1500

ILP2R423

0.39

0.39

1500

ILP2R571

0.63

0.63

1500

ILP2R572

0.86

0.86

1500

ILP2R573

1.44

1.44

1500

ILP2R574

1.77

1.77

1500

ILP2R851

2.13

2.13

1000

ILP2R852

3.12

3.12

1000

ILP2R853

5.87

5.87

1000

0.11

0.11

1800

ILP for RS485 with programmable interface

2

3

ILT for Pulse/Direction, CANopen
ILT2p361
ILT2p421

0.19

0.19

1500

ILT2p422

0.33

0.33

1500

ILT2p423

0.39

0.39

1500

ILT2p571

0.63

0.63

1500

ILT2p572

0.86

0.86

1500

ILT2p573

1.44

1.44

1500

ILT2p574

1.77

1.77

1500

ILT2p851

2.13

2.13

1000

ILT2p852

3.12

3.12

1000

ILT2p853

5.87

5.87

1000

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/55

Motion Control

Lexium Linear Motion

Linear axes

1

2

Product

Lexium PAS S

Axis type

Portal axes

Movement

3

4

Number of directions

1

Movement type

Typically horizontal

Position of the load

On carriage

Drive

Toothed belt

Type of guide

Ball or roller

Ball

Main characteristics

High dynamic response, Long stroke length, High
positioning speed

High precision movement (positioning, repeatability,
guiding), High feed forces, High rigidity

Dynamic response

ggggg

ggg

Precision

ggg

ggggg

Maximum payload

100 kg

100 kg

Maximum driving force

2600 N

4520 N

Maximum speed of movement of the load

8 m/s

1.25 m/s

Maximum working stroke

5500 mm

3000 mm

Repeatability

± 0.05 mm

± 0.02 mm

Options

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring
high forces and torques) or roller (simple, costeffective solution), Wide range of sensors, Choice of
carriage type for adapting to the load, Option to add
carriages, Protective metal strip.

Choice of pitch , Protective metal strip, Wide range of
sensors, Choice of carriage type for adapting to the
load, Option to add carriages, Option to add
ballscrew supports for longer axes

Reference

PAS 4pB

PAS 4pS

5

Ballscrew

Multi-axis systems

6

7

Lexium PAS B

Product

Lexium MAX H

Axis type
Movement

Lexium MAX S

Double portal axes
Number of directions
Movement type

1
Combination of two parallel axes

Z
X

8

Y

Position of the load

9

PAS 4pB axes + PAS 4pH support axis
(driven by the load)

PAS 4pB + PAS 4pB axes
(shaft-driven)

Drive

Toothed belt on one axis

Toothed belt on both axes

Type of guide

Ball or roller

Ball or roller

Main characteristics

Long stroke length, High dynamic response, High
precision movement (positioning, guiding)

Long stroke length, High precision movement
(positioning, guiding), High feed forces

250 kg

300 kg

Maximum payload
Maximum working
stroke

10

On two parallel carriages

Multi-axis system type

On the X-axis

5500 mm

On the Y-axis

–

On the Z-axis

–

Options

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring high forces and torques) or roller (simple, cost-effective
solution), Protective metal strip, Anti-corrosion version, Anti-static belt, Wide range of sensors, Several
different motor mounting options, Variable distance between the two axes

Reference

MAX H

MAX S

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/56

1
Lexium TAS

Lexium CAS 4

Lexium CAS 3

Lexium CAS 2

Linear tables

Cantilever axes with mobile structure on

Cantilever axes with mobile structure on

Telescopic axes

profile

parallel rods

2

1
Typically horizontal

Typically vertical

Typically horizontal

On carriage

On the side of the profile or on the 2 end blocks On the 2 end blocks

On carriage

Ballscrew

Toothed belt

Toothed belt or rack

Toothed belt

Double, ball

Ball or roller

Ball

Ball or roller

High precision movement (positioning,
repeatability, guiding), High feed forces,
High rigidity, Feed movement without
mechanical backlash
gg

Long stroke length, High feed forces, Option Compact, Mobile structure with light travel
to mount the load on the side of the profile or weight
on the end blocks, High rigidity

Long stroke length from a compact unit,
High rigidity, High dynamic response

gggg

gggg

gggg

gggggg

ggg

ggg

gg

150 kg

50 kg

18 kg

35 kg

2580 N

2150 N

705 N

1500 N

1 m/s

3 m/s

3 m/s

3 m/s

1500 mm

1200 mm

500 mm

2400 mm

± 0.02 mm

± 0.05 mm

± 0.05 mm

± 0.1 mm

Choice of pitch , Several different motor
mounting options

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications
requiring high forces and torques) or roller
(simple, cost-effective solution), Protective
metal strip, Anti-corrosion version, Wide
range of sensors

Anti-corrosion version, Anti-static belt

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications
requiring high forces and torques) or roller
(simple, cost-effective solution), Choice of
carriage type for adapting to the load

TAS 4

CAS 4

CAS 3

3

4

5

CAS 2

6

Lexium MAX P

Lexium MAX R2

Linear positioners

Portal robots

2

7

Lexium MAX R3

3

Horizontal and vertical: Combination of one X-axis and one Horizontal: Combination of two perpendicular axes X and Y Horizontal and vertical: Combination of two perpendicular
Z-axis
axes X and Y and one Z-axis

On the side or on the end blocks of the Z-axis profile

On the Y-axis carriage

On the side or on the end blocks of the Z-axis profile

MAX S + CAS 4 axes
MAX S + CAS 3 axes

MAX S + MAX H axes
MAX S + PAS 4pB axes

MAX S + MAX H + CAS 4 axes
MAX S + MAX H + CAS 3 axes

Dynamic load positioning

Long stroke length on both axes

Long stroke length on three axes

50 kg

130 kg

50 kg

8

Toothed belt on each axis
Ball or roller

9

5500 mm
–

1500 mm

1500 mm

1200 mm

–

1200 mm

10

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring high forces and torques) or roller (simple, cost-effective solution), Wide range of sensors
Supplied as standard: Protective metal strip , Anti-corrosion version

MAX P

MAX Rp2

MAX Rp3

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

4/57

Leader in the motor starter
market for more than
80 years, Schneider Electric
puts efficiency at the heart
of its innovation strategy
and, with TeSys, offers a wide
range of solutions for power
control and protection.

TeSys
It’s a comprehensive range of products that
meets requirements for power control
and protection, motor starters and
advanced protection of the machine
or process.

Motor control
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Motor control components
TeSys contactors ......................................................................................................5/2 to 5/11
Contactors, TeSys K, D, F, B
Variable composition contactors, TeSys CV

3

TeSys protection components ......................................................................... 5/12 to 5/33
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
Magnetic circuit-breakers
Fuse carriers, switch-disconnector-fuses
Thermal overload relays
Electronic thermal overload relays
Electronic overload relays
Starter-controller, TeSys T
Multifunction protection relays
Switch disconnectors Mini Vario and Vario

4

5

TeSys starters ......................................................................................................... 5/34 to 5/41
Combination motor starters
Starter-controller, TeSys U
Controller, TeSys U
Enclosed motor starters

6

TeSys installation system .................................................................................. 5/42 to 5/43
For motor starter components with spring terminals,
TeSys Quickfit technology

7
Components for power control applications

................................................................ 5/44 to 5/50

Lighting, capacitor switching, heating and changeover contactor pairs

8

9

10

5/1

TeSys K

Contactors
0.06…5.5 kW

1
Connections
N screw clamp terminals

2

Rated operational current

6A

9A

12 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

-

20 A

-

Rated operational power

220/240 V

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

3 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V…415/440 V

2.2 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

660/690 V…500 V

3 kW

4 kW

4 kW

a

LC1-K06••

LC1-K09••

LC1-K12••

c

LP1-K06•• or LP4-K06••

LP1-K09 or LP4-K09••

LP1-K12 or LP4-K12••

Contactor type (1)*

3

Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V)

Reversing contactor type *

a

LC2-K06

LC2-K09

LC2-K12

with mechanical interlock

c

LP2-K06 or LP5-K06

LP2-K09 or LP5-K09

LP2-K12 or LP5-K12

b spring terminals
Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06103••
b Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

4

Add the figure 7 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06107••
b solder pins for printed circuit boards
Add the figure 5 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06105••
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for N/C auxiliary contact, or 10 for N/O auxiliary contact.
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

5

6
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Contactors LC1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc) (0.85…1.1 Uc)

7

Volts

12

20

24

36

42

48

110

115

120

127

200/208

220/230

230

230/240

50/60 Hz

J7

Z7

B7

C7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

G7

FC7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Volts

256

277

380/400

400

400/415

440

480

500

575

600

660/690

50/60 Hz

W7

UE7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

T7

S7

SC7

X7

Y7

Example of complete reference: LC1-K0910P7
c supply

8

Contactors LP1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc)
Volts

12

20

24

36

48

60

72

100

110

125

155

174

200

220

230

240

250

Code

JD

ZD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

KD

FD

GD

PD

QD

LD

MD

MPD

MUD

UD

Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3
Low consumption
Contactors LP4-K (0.7…1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard

9

Volts

12

20

24

48

72

110

120

Code

JW3

ZW3

BW3

EW3

SW3

FW3

GW3

Example of complete reference: LC1-K0910BD

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/2

1
Auxiliary contact blocks
N instantaneous, screw clamp connections
N for LC1, LP1-K, LP4

N for LC1, LP1-K

Composition

2N/O

-

2N/C

1N/O 1N/C

4N/O

3N/O 1N/C

2N/C 2N/C

1N/O 3N/C

-

Reference

LA1-KN20

LA1-KN02

LA1-KN11

LA1-KN40

LA1-KN31

LA1-KN22

LA1-KN13

LA1-KN04

2

4N/C

N electronic time delay

Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, a or c 24…48, 2 A maximum
Control voltage 0.85…1.1 Uc
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W

3

Operating temperature -10…+ 60°C
Reset time: 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after time delay period
Type

On-delay

Timing range

1…30 s

Composition

1

Voltage

a or c 24…48 V

a 110…240

Reference

LA2-KT2E

LA2-KT2U

4

5

6
Suppressor modules
For LC1, LP1-K
Type

Varistor (a and c)

Voltage

12…24 V

32…48 V

50…129 V

130…250 V

12…24 V

32…48 V

220…250 V

Reference

LA4-KE1B

LA4-KE1E

LA4-KE1FC

LA4-KE1UG

LA4-KC1B

LA4-KC1E

LA4-KA1U

Diode (c) + Zener

RC (a)

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/3

TeSys D

Contactors
0.06…75 kW

1
Connections
N screw clamp terminals or connectors

2

Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current

690 V
Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V)

9A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 60° C)

25 A

Rated operational power

220/240 V

2.2 kW

3 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

9 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

11 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

415/440 V

4 kW

5.5 kW

9 kW

11 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

500 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

18.5 kW

660/690 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

18.5 kW

1000 V

–

–

–

–

–

–

Contactor type *

LC1-D09

LC1-D12

LC1-D18

LC1-D25

LC1-D32

LC1-D38

Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock

LC2-D09

LC2-D12

LC2-D18

LC2-D25

LC2-D32

LC2-D38

3

12 A

18 A

25 A

32 A

32 A

40 A

50 A

38 A

N spring terminals (1)

4

Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7
N lug-clamps (2)

Add the figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-096P7
N Faston connectors (3) 2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only

Add the figure 9 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-099P7
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

5

6
(1)

(2)

(3)

7
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

500
S7

Contactors LC1-D09…D150 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

8

50/60 Hz

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

50 Hz

B5

D5

E5

F5

FE5

M5

P5

U5

Q5

V5

N5

R5

S5

60 Hz

B6

-

E6

F6

-

M6

-

U6

Q6

-

-

R6

-

12

24

36

48

60

72

110

125

220

250

440

GD

MD

UD

RD

Contactors LC1-D80…D115

c supply
Volts

9

Contactors LC1-D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
JD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

FD

U 0.85…1.1 Uc

JD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

FD

GD

MD

UD

RD

U 0.75…1.2 Uc

JW

BW

CW

EW

-

SW

FW

-

MW

-

-

SD

FD

GD

MD

UD

RD

U 0.75…1.25 Uc
Contactors LC1-D80…D95

Contactors LC1-D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

10

U 0.75…1.2 Uc

-

BD

-

ED

ND

Low consumption
Contactors LC1-D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
Volts c

5

12

20

24

48

110

120

250

U 0.7…1.25 Uc

AL

JL

ZL

BL

EL

FL

ML

UL

Example of complete reference: LC1-D09P7
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/4

1

1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply

690 V
40 A

50 A

65 A

80 A

95 A

115 A

2

150 A

60 A

80 A

80 A

125 A

11 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

25 kW

200 A
30 kW

40 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

30 kW

37 kW

45 kW

55 kW

75 kW

22 kW

25 kW

30 kW

45 kW

45 kW

59 kW

80 kW

22 kW

30 kW

37 kW

55 kW

55 kW

75 kW

90 kW

30 kW

33 kW

37 kW

45 kW

45 kW

80 kW

100 kW

–

–

–

45 kW

45 kW

75 kW

90 kW

LC1-D40A

LC1-D50A

LC1-D65A

LC1-D80

LC1-D95

LC1-D115

LC1-D150

LC2-D40A

LC2-D50A

LC2-D65A

LC2-D80

LC2-D95

LC2-D115

LC2-D150

3

4

5

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors
2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock

Set of connections

Mechanical interlock

LAD-9R1V

included

N with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-D09…D38

6

N with integral electrical interlocking

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D4002

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D8002

LC1-D115 and D150

LA9-D11569

LA9-D11502

N without electrical interlocking

LC1-D09…D38

LA9-9R1

included

LC1-D40A…D65A

LAD-9R3

included

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D50978

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D80978

7

8

9
Mechanical latch blocks
Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control
For use on contactor

Reference

Standard control circuit voltages

LC1-D09…D65A a or c, LC1-DT20…DT80 a or c

LAD-6K10•

BEFMQ

LC1-D80…D150 3P a, LC1-D80 and D115 3P a, LC1-D115 4P c

LA6-DK20•

BEFMQ

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/5

TeSys D

Contactors
Auxiliary contacts

1
Contact type

2

instantaneous, connection by screw terminals

Block mounting
References

Contact

3

Front mounting

Side mounting

1 N/O

LADN10

–

1 N/C

LADN01

–

1 N/O + 1 N/C

LADN11

LAD8N11

2 N/O

LADN20

LAD8N20

2 N/C

LADN02

LAD8N02

2 N/O + 2 N/C

LADN22

–

1 N/O + 3 N/C

LADN13

–

3 N/O + 1 N/C

LADN31

–

4 N/O

LADN40

–

4 N/C

LADN04

–

4

5

Contact type

Time delay, connection by screw terminals

Block mounting

Front mounting

Temporisation

0.1…3 s

0.1…30 s

On-delay

LADT0

LADT2

LADT4

Off-delay

LADR0

LADR2

LADR4

References

6

10…180 s

Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted

7

Instantaneous
Type

Number of poles

AC

3P

and size

8
4P

DC

Front

on left side

on right side

1 contact

2 contacts

4 contacts

mounting

LC1D09…D38

1

–

and

–

1

or 1

or 1

LC1D40A…D65A

1

or 1

and

–

1

or 1

or 1

LC1D80…95 (50/60 Hz)

1

1

or

2

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1D80…95 (50 or 60 Hz)

1

1

and

2

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1D115 and D150

1

–

and

–

1

or 1

or 1

LC1DT20…DT40

1

–

and

–

1

or 1

or 1
or 1

LC1DT60A…D80A

1

or 1

and

–

1

or 1

1

1

and

1

or 1

or 1

or 1

LC1D09…D38

–

–

–

1

or 1

or 1

LC1D40A…D65A

1

or 1

or 1

LC1D80 and 95

–

–

LC1D115 and D150

1

–

LC1DT20…DT40

–

LC1DT60A…D80A

–

LC1D115
3P
4P

3P

4P

10

Front mounting

LC1D115

9

DC low
consumption

Time delay

Side mounting

and

–

1

or 1

1

or 1

or 1

or 1

–

1

or 1

or 1

–

–

1

or 1

or 1

–

–

1

or 1

or 1

1

1

–

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1D09…D38

–

–

–

1

–

–

LC1DT20…DT40

–

–

–

1

–

–

and

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/6

TeSys D

Contactors
Suppressor modules

1
Type of module

RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)

Mounting

Side clip-on

Front clip-on

For use with contactor

D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

24…48 VAC

LAD4RCE

LAD4RC3E

LA4DA2E

50…127 VAC

LAD4RCG

LAD4RC3G

LA4DA2G

110…240 VAC

LAD4RCU

LAD4RC3U

LA4DA2U

380…415 VAC

–

LAD4RC3N

LA4DA2N

References

Voltage

Screw fixing

3

4

Type of module

Varistors (peak limiting)

Mounting

Side clip-on

Front clip-on

For use with contactor

D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

24…48 VAC

LAD4VE

LAD4V3E

LA4DE2E

50…127 VAC

LAD4VG

LAD4V3G

LA4DE2G

110…240 VAC

LAD4VU

LAD4V3U

LA4DE2U
LAD4DE3E (AC and DC)

References

Voltage

2

Screw fixing

24…48 VDC

–

–

50…127 VDC

–

–

LAD4DE3G (AC and DC)

110…240 VDC

–

–

LAD4DE3U (AC and DC)

5

6
Type of module

Flywheel diodes

Mounting

Side clip-on

7
For use with contactor
References

Voltage

24…250 VDC

Front clip-on

Screw fixing

D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

LAD4DDL

LAD4D3U

LAD4DC3U

8
Type of module

Bidirectional peak limiting diode

Mounting

Side clip-on

For use with contactor
References

Voltage

Front clip-on

9

Screw fixing

D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

24 VAC

LAD4TB

LAD4T3B

LA4DB2B

24 VDC

LAD4TBDL

LAD4T3B

LA4DB2S

72 VAC

LAD4TS

LAD4T3S

LA4DB3B

72 VDC

LAD4TSDL

LAD4T3S

LA4DB3S

125 VDC

LAD4TGDL

LAD4T3G (AC and DC)

–

250 VDC

LAD4TUDL

LAD4T3U (AC and DC)

–

600 VDC

LAD4TXDL

LAD4T3R (AC and DC)

–

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/7

TeSys F

Contactors
90…450 kW

1

2

Rated operational current

Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V)

185 A

225 A

265 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

275 A

315 V

350 A

400 A

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V
3 or 4

Rated operational voltage
Number of poles

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

Rated operational power

220/240 V

55 kW

63 kW

75 kW

100 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V

90 kW

110 kW

132 kW

160 kW

415 V

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

180 kW

440 V

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

200 kW

500 V

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

200 kW

660/690 V

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

220 kW

1000 V

100 kW

100 kW

147 kW

160 kW

Contactor type*

LC1-F185

LC1-F225

LC1-F265

LC1-F330

Reversing contactor type*

LC2-F185

LC2-F225

LC2-F265

3

4

330 A

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

5
Standard control circuit voltages

6

a supply
Volts

24

48

110

115

120

208

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

50 Hz (coil LX1)

B5

E5

F5

FE5

-

-

M5

P5

U5

Q5

V5

N5

-

60 Hz (coil LX1)

-

E6

F6

-

G6

L6

M6

-

U6

Q6

-

-

R6U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX9)

-

E7

F7

FE7

G7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

B7

E7

F7

FE7

G7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

E7

F7

FE7

G7 (1)

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

-

F7

FE7

F7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

-

FE7

FE7

FE7

-

P7

P7

P7

V7

V7

V7

V7Y7

24

48

110

125

220

230

250

400

440

BD

ED

FD

GD

MD

MD

UD

-

RD

-

ED

FD

GD

MD

-

UD

-

RD

-

-

FD

GD

MD

-

UD

-

RD

-

-

FW

FW

MW

MW

-

QW

-

Contactors LC1-F115…F225 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

7

Contactors LC1-F265…F330U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
Contactors LC1-F400…F630U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
Contactor LC1-F780U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)

8

Contactor LC1-F800U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
c supply
Volts
Contactors LC1-F115…F330 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F)

9

Contactors LC1-F400…F630 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F)
Contactor LC1-F780 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F)
Contactor LC1-F800 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F)

10

Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V a coil, order LC1-F630F7
(1) F7 for LC1-F630

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/8

1

400 A

500 A

630 A

780 A

800 A

500 A

700 A

1 000 A

1 600 A

1 000 A

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

3 or 4

3

110 kW

147 kW

200 kW

220 kW

250 kW

200 kW

250 kW

335 kW

400 kW

450 kW

220 kW

280 kW

375 kW

425 kW

450 kW

250 kW

295 kW

400 kW

425 kW

450 kW

257 kW

355 kW

400 kW

450 kW

450 kW

2

3

280 kW

335 kW

450 kW

475 kW

475 kW

185 kW

335 kW

450 kW

450 kW

450 kW

LC1-F400

LC1-F500

LC1-F630

LC1-F780

LC1-F800

For customer assembly

4

5
Auxiliary contact blocks
N instantaneous

Composition Reference

Composition

N/O N/C

N/O N/C

Reference

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

dust & damp protected contacts

N time delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C

Composition

Reference

Type
On-delay

Range

Reference

6

N/O N/C

1

-

LAD-N10

1

1

LAD-N11

2

2

LAD-N22

2

-

-

-

LA1-DX20

0.1…3 s

LAD-T0

-

1

LAD-N01

2

-

LAD-N20

1

3

LAD-N13

2

2

-

-

LA1-DY20

0.1…30 s

LAD-T2

-

2

LAD-N02

4

-

LAD-N40

2

-

2

-

LA1-DZ40

10…180 s

LAD-T4

-

4

LAD-N04

2

-

1

1

LA1-DZ31

1…30 s

LAD-S2

3

1

LAD-N31

0.1…3 s

LAD-R0

2

2

LAD-C22

0.1…30 s

LAD-R2

10…180 s

LAD-R4

Off-delay

7

8

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
Contactor type

Set of connections

LC1-F115

LA9-FF976

Mechanical interlock
LA9-FF970

LC1-F150

LA9-F15076

LA9-FF970

LC1-F185

LA9-FG976

LA9-FG970

LC1-F225

LA9-F22576

LA9-FG970

LC1-F265

LA9-FH976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F330

LA9-FJ976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F400

LA9-FJ976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F500

LA9-FK976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F630 or LC1-F800

LA9-FL976

LA9-FL970

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/9

TeSys B

Contactors
400…900 kW

1

2

Rated operational current

Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V)

750 A

1000 A

1500 A

1800 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

800 A

1250 V

2000 A

2750 A

Rated operational voltage

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

Number of poles

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

Rated operational power

220/240 V

220 kW

280 kW

425 kW

500 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V

400 kW

500 kW

750 kW

900 kW

415 V

425 kW

530 kW

800 kW

900 kW

440 V

450 kW

560 kW

800 kW

900 kW

500 V

500 kW

600 kW

700 kW

900 kW

660/690 V

560 kW

670 kW

750 kW

900 kW

1000 V

530 kW

530 kW

670 kW

750 kW

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

3

4 instantaneous contact configurations

4

2 N/C + 2 N/O, 3 N/O + 1 N/C, 1 N/O + 3 N/C or 4 N/O
Contactor type*

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, followed by the instantaneous contact configuration.

5

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts
48
110
125
127
220

230

240

380

400

415

440

500

a 50…400 Hz

-

F

-

G

M

P

U

Q

V

N

R

S

c

ED

FD

GD

-

MD

-

-

-

-

-

RD

-

Example: To order a 1500 A contactor with 127 V c coil with 3 N/O + 1 N/C, select LC1-BP33G31

6
Mounting accessories

7

Description

For contactor

Reference

Bar support bracket

LC1-BL to BR

LA9-B103

LC1-B

EZ2-LB0601

for mounting on 120 or 150 mm centres
Mechanical interlock and locking device components

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/10

TeSys

Contactors, variable composition

CV1-B, CV3-B

CV1-B: 80…1000 A, CV3-B: 80…500 A

Reference to compiled by the customer
Contactor type, according to required use
a supply 690 V, c supply 220 V/pole

CV1-B

a supply 1000 V, c supply 440 V/pole
Contactor rating

CV3-B

CV1: 80 A

CV3: 80 A

F

CV1: 200 A

CV3: 170 A

G

CV1: 300 A

CV3: 250 A

H

CV1: 470 A

CV3: 320 A

J

CV1: 630 A

CV3: 500 A

K

CV1: 1000 A

1

L

2

Number of poles (PN1 main poles for CV1 and PA3 main poles for CV3)
Normally Open main poles

Normally Closed main poles

1 N/O

1

2 N/O

2

3 N/O

3

4 N/O

4

5 N/O

5

1 N/C

1

2 N/C

2

3 N/C
No main poles
Operational current

Control circuit voltage

Operating frequency

3

3
0

Z

0

Z

10 A

E

E

20 A

N

N

40 A

P

P

80 A

F

F

125 A

R

R

170 A

W

W

200 A

G

G

250 A

S

S

300 A

H

H

320 A

T

T

470 A

J

J

500 A

V

V

630 A

K

K

1000 A

L

L

4

5

48 V

E

110 V

F

120 V

K

208 V

L

220 V

M

230 V

P

240 V

U

380 V

Q

400 V

V

440 V

R

6

7

50 Hz

5

60 Hz

6

50/60 Hz

7

c

D

c + economy resistor

R

8

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Normally Open

Normally Closed

1 N/O

1

2 N/O

2

3 N/O

3

4 N/O

4

9

1 N/C

1

2 N/C

2

3 N/C

3

4 N/C
Without instantaneous contact

4
0

10

0

On-delay

1 C/O

J

Off-delay

1 C/O

N

Example 1/ for single-phase capacitor switching: 400 V - 80 A - 1 N/O pole - Control circuit 220 V / 50 Hz, 1 N/O and 1 N/C auxiliary contacts: CV1-BF1F0ZM511.
2/ for heating circuits, d.c. supply 800 V - 150 A - 2 N/O poles - Control circuit 48 V c , 1 N/O + 1 N/O On-delay auxiliary contacts: CV3-BG2W0ZED10J
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/11

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

GV2-ME, GV2-P

0.06…15 kW

1
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
Ics (1)

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

Setting range

Magnetic

of thermal

tripping

trips

current

A

A (d ± 20%)

Reference

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1…0.16

1.5

GV2-ME01

GV2-P01

0.06

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.16…0.25

2.4

GV2-ME02

GV2-P02

0.09

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.25…0.40

5

GV2-ME03

GV2-P03

0.12

(

(

-

-

-

0.37

(

(

0.40…0.63

8

GV2-ME04

GV2-P04

0.18

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.40…0.63

8

GV2-ME04

GV2-P04

0.25

(

(

-

-

-

0.55

(

(-

0.63…1

13

GV2-ME05

GV2-P05

0.37

(

(

0.37

(

(

-

-

-

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

0.55

(

(

0.55

(

(

0.75

(

(

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

-

-

-

0.75

(

(

1.1

(

(

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

0.75

(

(

1.1

(

(

1.5

3

75

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-ME07

0.75

(

(

1.1

(

(

1.5

8

100

1.6…2.5

33.5

1.1

(

(

1.5

(

(

2.2

3

75

2.5…4

51

1.1

(

(

1.5

(

(

2.2

8

100

2.5…4

51

1.5

(

(

2.2

(

(

3

3

75

2.5…4

51

1.5

(

(

2.2

(

(

3

3

100

2.5…4

51

2.2

(

(

3

50

100

4

3

75

4…6.3

78

2.2

(

(

3

(

(

4

6

100

4…6.3

78

3

(

(

4

10

100

5.5

3

75

6…10

138

3

(

(

4

50

100

5.5

6

100

6…10

138

4

(

(

5.5

10

100

7.5

3

75

6…10

138

4

(

(

5.5

50

100

7.5

6

100

6…10

138

5.5

15

50

7.5

6

75

9

3

75

9…14

170

5.5

(

(

7.5

42

75

9

6

100

9…14

170

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

3

75

9…14

170

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

6

100

9…14

170

7.5

15

50

9

6

75

15

3

75

13…18

223

7.5

50

50

9

10

75

15

4

100

13…18

223

9

15

40

11

4

75

18.5

3

75

17…23

327

9

50

50

11

10

75

18.5

4

100

17…23

327

11

15

40

15

4

75

-

-

-

20…25

327

11

50

50

15

10

75

-

-

-

20…25

327

15

10

50

18.5

4

75

22

3

75

24…32

416

15

50

50

18.5

10

75

22

4

100

24…32

416

GV2-P07
GV2-ME08
GV2-P08
GV2-ME08
GV2-P08
GV2-ME10
GV2-P10
GV2-ME14
GV2-P14
GV2-ME14
GV2-P14
GV2-ME16
GV2-P16
GV2-ME16
GV2-P16
GV2-ME20
GV2-P20
GV2-ME21
GV2-P21
GV2-ME22 (2)
GV2-P22
GV2-ME32
GV2-P32

H > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
(2) combined with a recommended contactor

9

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals
Add the figure 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2-ME22 becomes GV2-ME223

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by ring terminals
Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2-ME32 becomes GV2-ME326

10
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/12

TeSys

Magnetic circuit-breakers

GV2-L, GV2-LE

0.06 to 15 kW

1
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
P

Icu

kW

kA

0.06

(

0.09

(

Ics (1)

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

(

-

-

(

-

-

Ics (1)

Ics (1)

Magnetic

Tripping

Use in association

protection

current

with thermal

rating

d ± 20%

overload relay

A

A

Reference

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

-

-

0.4

5

LR2-K0302

GV2-LE03

-

-

-

-

0.4

5

LR2-K0304

GV2-LE03

or LRD-03

GV2-L03

0.12

(

(

-

-

-

0.37

(

(

0.63

8

LR2-K0304

GV2-LE04

or LRD-04

GV2-L04

0.18

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.63

8

LR2-K0305

GV2-LE04

or LRD-04

GV2-L04

LR2-K0305

GV2-LE05

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.55

(

(

1

13

0.25

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

13

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.75

(

(

1

13

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

or LRD-06

GV2-L05

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

0.37

(

(

0.37

(

(

-

-

-

1

13

0.55

(

(

0.55

(

(

1.1

(

(

1.6

22.5

LR2-K0307

GV2-LE06

or LRD-06

GV2-L06

-

-

-

0.75

(

(

-

-

-

1.6

22.5

LR2-K0307

GV2-LE06

or LRD-06

GV2-L06

0.75

(

(

1.1

(

(

1.5

3

75

2.5

33.5

LR2-K0308

GV2-LE07

0.75

(

(

1.1

(

(

1.5

4

100

2.5

33.5

LRD-07

GV2-L07

1.1

(

(

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.5

33.5

LR2-K0308

GV2-LE08

or LRD-08

GV2-L08

1.5

(

(

1.5

(

(

3

3

75

4

51

LR2-K0310

GV2-LE08

1.5

(

(

1.5

(

(

3

4

100

4

51

LRD-08

GV2-L08

-

-

-

2.2

(

(

-

-

-

4

51

LR2-K0312

GV2-LE08

or LRD-08

GV2-L08

2.2

(

(

3

50

100

4

3

75

6.3

78

LR2-K0312

GV2-LE10

2.2

(

(

3

(

(

4

4

100

6.3

78

LRD-10

GV2-L10

3

(

(

4

10

100

5.5

3

75

10

138

LR2-K0314

GV2-LE14

3

(

(

4

10

100

5.5

4

100

10

138

LRD-12

GV2-L14

4

(

(

5.5

10

100

-

-

-

10

138

LR2-K0316

GV2-LE14

or LRD-14

GV2-L14

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.5

3

75

10

138

LRD-14

GV2-LE14

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.5

4

100

10

138

LRD-14

GV2-L14

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

3

75

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-LE16

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

4

100

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-L16

5.5

15

50

7.5

6

75

11

3

75

14

170

LR2-K0321

GV2-LE16

5.5

50

50

7.5

10

75

11

4

100

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-L16

7.5

15

50

9

6

75

15

3

75

18

223

LRD-21

GV2-LE20

7.5

50

50

9

10

75

15

4

100

18

223

LRD-21

GV2-L20

9

15

40

11

4

75

18.5

3

75

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-LE22

9

50

50

11

10

75

18.5

4

100

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-L22

11

15

40

15

4

75

-

-

-

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-LE22

11

50

50

15

10

75

-

-

-

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-L22

15

10

50

18.5

4

75

22

3

75

32

416

LRD-32

GV2-LE32

15

50

50

18.5

10

75

22

4

100

32

416

LRD-32

GV2-L32

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

H > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/13

TeSys

Circuit-breakers

GV3-P/GV3-L

Thermal-magnetic 5.5…30 kW
with EverLink terminal blocks

1
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)

2

3

4

Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
P

Icu

kW

kA

5.5

100

7.5

100

11
15

Ics (1)

Setting range

660/690 V
Ics (1)

Reference

of thermal

P

Icu

kW

kA

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

trips

50

7.5

12

50

11

6

50

9…13

GV3-P13

50

11

12

50

15

6

50

12…18

GV3-P18

100

50

15

12

50

18.5

6

50

17…25

GV3-P25

100

50

18.5

12

50

22

6

50

23…32

GV3-P32

A

18.5

50

50

22

10

50

30

5

60

30…40

GV3-P40

22

50

50

30

10

50

37

5

60

37…50

GV3-P50

30
50
(1) as % of lcu

50

37

10

50

45

5

60

48…65

GV3-P65

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by ring terminals
Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-P13 becomes GV3-P136

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block
Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3P65 becomes GV3P651

5
Magnetic 11…30 kW
with EverLink terminal blocks
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)

6

Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V

7

P

Icu

kW

kA

11

100

15

Ics

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

50

15

12

100

50

18.5

18.5

50

50

22

50

30

50

Ics

P

Icu

kW

kA

50

18.5

6

12

50

22

22

10

50

50

30

10

50

37

10

Ics

Associated equipment

Circuit-breaker

Thermal

Short-circuit

overload

protection

relay

Rating A

Reference

50

LRD-325

25

GV3-L25

6

50

LRD-332

32

GV3-L32

30

5

60

LRD-340

40

GV3-L40

50

45

5

60

LRD-350

50

GV3-L50

50

45

5

60

LRD-365

65

GV3-L65

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by ring terminals

8

Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-L25 becomes GV3-L256

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block
Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3L65 becomes GV3L651
(2) 4 mm BTR screw

Add-on blocks and accessories (3)

9

Add-on blocks (front)

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact

Contact type

N/O (fault) + N/C

N/O (fault) + N/O

References (4)

GV-AED011

GV-AED101

Accessories

Cover

Type

IP20 for lug
type terminals

10

Busbars
IP20 for lug
type terminals

“Wide spacing”
UL 508 type E

when used with

Set of 3-pole
115 A busbars
for 2
circuit-breakers

Set of 3-pole
115 A busbars
for 3
circuit-breakers

“S” form for side

GV3G264

GV3G364

GV3S

contactor
References

LAD96570

LAD96575

by side mounted
circuit-breaker/
contactor

GV3G66

(3) Common add-on blocks and accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
(4) For spring terminal version add 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV-AED011 becomes GV-AED0113
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/14

TeSys

Circuit-breakers

GV2/GV3

Accessories

1
Accessories GV2
Combination block
For mounting on

LC1-K or LP1-K

LC1-D09…D38

LAD-31 and LC1-D09…D38

GV2-AF01

GV2-AF3

GV2-AF4

2

Sets of 3-pole busbars
63 A

Pitch

45 mm

54 mm

72 mm

Number of tap-offs

2

GV2-G245

GV2-G254

GV2-G272

3

GV2-G345

GV2-G354

4

GV2-G445

GV2-G454

5

GV2-G472

3

GV2-G554

Protective end cover
For unused busbar outlets

GV1-G10

Terminal blocks
For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets

connection from the top

can be fitted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)

GV1-G09

GV1-G05

Padlocking

In “On” and “Off” position

In “Off” position

Handle

black

red

Legend plate

blue

yellow

For GV2-ME/P/L

GV2-AP01

GV2-AP02

For GV2-LE

GV2-AP03

–

For GV3-P/L

GV3-AP01

GV3-AP02

4

Padlockable external operator for GV2 and GV3 (150 to 290 mm)

IP 54

5

Add-on blocks common to GV2 / GV3
Contact blocks
Contact types

N/O or N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

(fault) + N/C

(fault) + N/O

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting

C/O common
point

front

GV-AE1

LH side

GV-AE11

GV-AE20

GV-AN11

GV-AN20

6

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
LH side

N/O (fault)

GV-AD1001

GV-AD1010

N/C (fault)

GV-AD0101

GV-AD0110

7

Short-circuit signalling contact
LH side

GV-AM11

Electric trips
Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)
Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker)

50 Hz

60 Hz

Voltage

24 V

GV-A•025

GV-A•026

48 V

GV-A•055

GV-A•056

100 V

GV-A•107

100…110 V

GV-A•107

110…115 V

GV-A•115

120…127 V

GV-A•125

127 V
200 V

8

GV-A•116
GV-A•115

9

GV-A•207

200…220 V

GV-A•207

220…240 V

GV-A•225

GV-A•226

380…400 V

GV-A•385

GV-A•386

415…440 V

GV-A•415

415 V

GV-A•416

10

Padlocking device
For use with up to 4 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max GV2-V03
(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/15

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

GV7-R

0.75…90 kW

1
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rocker lever

2

3

4

5

6

7

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
P

Icu

kW

kA

7.5

25

9

Ics (1)

Setting range

660/690 V
Ics (1)

Reference

of thermal

P

Icu

kW

kA

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

trips

100

9

18

100

11

8

100

12…20

25

100

11

18

100

15

GV7-RE20

8

100

7.5

70

100

9

70

100

9

50

100

11

10

100

11

50

100

15

10

100

12…20

GV7-RS20

9

25

100

11

18

100

15

8

100

11

25

100

15

18

100

18.5

8

100

15…25

GV7-RE25

9

70

100

11

50

100

15

10

100

11

70

50

15

50

100

18.5

10

100

15…25

GV7-RS25

18.5

25

100

18.5

18

100

22

8

100

22

18

100

25…40

GV7-RE40

A

18.5

70

100

18.5

50

100

22

10

100

25…40

GV7-RS40

22

25

100

30

18

100

30

8

100

30…50

GV7-RE50

37

25

100

45

18

100

55

8

100

48…80

GV7-RE80

55

18

100

45

50

100

55

10

100

48…80

GV7-RS80

55

50

100

37

70

100

45

25

100

-

18

100

75

8

100

60…100

GV7-RE100

45

70

100

-

50

100

75

10

100

60…100

GV7-RS100

55

35

100

75

30

100

90

8

100

90…150

GV7-RE150

75

70

100

90

30

100

110

8

100

55

70

100

75

50

100

90

10

100

90…150

GV7-RS150

75

70

100

90

50

100

110

10

100
132…220

GV7-RE220

132…220

GV7-RS220

90

35

100

110

30

100

160

8

100

110

35

100

132

30

100

200

8

100

160

30

100

90

70

100

110

50

100

160

10

100

(1) as % of Icu

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/16

1
Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Auxiliary contacts
Contact type

2

C/O
GV7-AE11

Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination
z 24…48 V or c 24…72 V

z 110…240 V

GV7-AD111

GV7-AD112

Electric trips
Voltage

50/60 Hz

3

48 V

110… 130 V

200… 240 V

380…440 V

Undervoltage trip (1)

GV7-AU055

GV7-AU107

GV7-AU207

GV7-AU387

GV7-AU525

Shunt trip (1)

GV7-AS055

GV7-AS107

GV7-AS207

GV7-AS387

GV7-AS525

50 Hz

525 V

(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS

4
Accessories
Terminal shields IP 405
Supplied with sealing accessory

GV7-AC01

5

Phase barriers
Safety accessories

GV7-AC04

used when fitting of shields is impossible
Insulating screens
Ensure insulation between

GV7-AC05

the connections and the backplate

6

Kit for combination with contactor
Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor

LC1-F115 to F185

LC1-F225 and F26

LC1-D115 and D150

GV7-AC06

GV7-AC07

GV7-AC08

Rotary handles
Handle

black

Legend plate

black

red
yellow

N direct

IP 40

GV7-AP03

GV7-AP04

N extended

IP 55

GV7-AP01

GV7-AP02

IP 43

GV7-AP05

7

Conversion accessory
for mounting on enclosure door
Locking device
For circuit-breaker not fitted with a rotary handle

GV7-V01

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/17

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

GV3-ME

37 kW

1
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals

2

Pushbutton control
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
P

Icu

kW

kA

37

15

Ics (1)
50

Setting range

660/690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

45

4

Ics (1)
100

Reference

of thermal

P

Icu

kW

kA

55

2

Ics (1)

trips
A

100

56…80

GV3-ME80

(1) as % of Icu

3

4

5

Add-on blocks for GV3-ME
Contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker)
Normal early break type contacts

6

N/C + N/O

N/O + N/O

N/C + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O (1)

N/C + N/O (1)

GV3-A01

GV3-A02

GV3-A03

GV3-A07

GV3-A05

GV3-A06

Fault signalling contact
Normal early break type contacts

N/C

N/O

GV3-A08

GV3-A09

Electric trips
Voltage

7

50 Hz

110, 120, 127 V

220, 240 V

380, 415 V

60 Hz

120, 127 V

277 V

440, 480 V

Undervoltage trip

GV3-B11

GV3-B22

GV3-B38

Shunt trip

GV3-D11

GV3-D22

GV3-D38

Padlocking device
Start button (for bare device)

GV1-V02

(1) + 2 volt free terminals

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/18

TeSys

Magnetic circuit-breakers

GK3-EF

37 kW

1
Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
500 V

400/415 V
P

Icu

kW

kA

37

35

Ics
25

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

45

15

Ics
30

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

Ics
-

Associated equipment

Circuit-breaker

Thermal

Short-circuit

2

overload relay

protection

min. size

Rating A

Reference

LRD-3363

80

GK3-EF80

3

4

Add-on blocks for GK3

5

Contact blocks
Contact type

N/O

N/O + N/O

N/C + N/O

On-Off signalling contacts

GK2-AX10

GK2-AX20

GK2-AX50

GK2-AX12

GK2-AX22

GK2-AX52

N/C

N/O

and “Control circuit test” function (1 or 2 blocks per device)
mounted on RH side of GK3-EF
Instantaneous fault signalling contacts

6

(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF
Fault signalling contact (1)

GV3-A08

GV3-A09

(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the circuit-breaker.

7

8

Accessories for GK3

9

Padlocking device
for padlocking the operator with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied)

GK3-AV01

External operator
for mounting on enclosure door.

GK3-AP03

Red Ø 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in
position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in

10

position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/19

TeSys DF

Fuse carriers
0…125 A

1
Type

2

Fuse carriers without “blown fuse” indicator

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

500 V

690 V

Fuse size

8.5 x 31.5 mm

10 x 38 mm

14 x 51 mm

22 x 58 mm

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

25 A

32 A

50 A

125 A

1P

DF81

DF101

DF141

DF221

N

DF10N

DF10N

DF14N

DF22N

1P+N

DF81N

DF101N

DF141N

DF221N

2P

DF82

DF102

DF142

DF222

3P

DF83

DF103

DF143C

DF223C

3P+N

DF83N

DF103N

DF143NC

DF223NC

References

Number of poles

3

4

5
Type

6

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

500 V

690 V

Fuse size

8.5 x 31.5 mm

10 x 38 mm

14 x 51 mm

22 x 58 mm

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

25 A

32 A

50 A

125 A
DF221V

References

7

8

9

10

Fuse carriers with “blown fuse” indicator

Number of poles

1P

DF81V

DF101V

DF141V

1P + N

DF81NV

DF10NV

DF14NV

DF22NV

2P

DF82V

DF102V

DF142V

DF222V

3P

DF83V

DF103V

DF143VC

DF223VC

3P + N

DF83NV

DF103NV

DF143NVC

DF223NVC

Accessories
Type

Auxiliary early break and blown fuse signalling contacts

Fuse carrier to be equipped

DF14

Fuse size

14 x 51 mm

22 x 58 mm

Number of poles

3P or 3P + N

3P or 3P + N

DF22

Number of contacts

1

2

1

2

References

DF14AM1

DF14AM2

DF22AM1

DF22AM2

Type

Fuse carrier assembly kits

Fuse carrier to be assembled

DF8

DF10

DF14

DF22

Fuse size

8.5 x 31.5 mm

10 x 38 mm

14 x 51 mm

22 x 58 mm

Kit contents

1 pin, 2 clips

1 pin, 3 clips

References

DF10AP

DF14AP

DF22AP

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/20

TeSys

Fuse carriers

LS1, GK1

0…125 A

1
Type

3-pole fuse carriers

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690 V

Rating

25 A

32 A

50 A

125 A

14 x 51

22 x 58

Fuse size

10 x 38

10 x 38

Connection

Spring terminals

Screw clamp terminals or connectors

Single-phase protection device

Without

Without

Without

Number of early break contacts

–

–

1

Reference

LS1D323

LS1D32

GK1K

Number of early break contacts

2

Reference

GK1ES

With

Without

2
With

1
GK1EV

GK1FK

GK1FV

3

2
GK1EW

GK1FS

GK1FW

4

5
Type

4-pole fuse carriers

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690 V

Rating

32 A

50 A

125 A

Fuse size

10 x 38

14 x 51

22 x 58

Connection

Screw clamp terminals or connectors

Single-phase protection device

Without

Without

Number of early break contacts

–

1

Reference

LS1D32 + LA8-D324

GK1EM

Number of early break contacts

2

Reference

GK1ET

With

Without

6
With

1
GK1EY

GK1FM

GK1FY

7

2
GK1EX

GK1FT

GK1FX

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/21

TeSys

Fuse carriers

LS1, GK1

Accessories

1
Type

2

Early break auxiliary contact blocks

Fuse carrier rating

32 A

25 A

For use with fuse carrier

LS1D32

LS1D323

Contact type

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

References

GVAE11

GVAE20

GVAE113

GVAE203

Type

Direct operator handle

3

4

Fuse carrier rating

125 A

For mounting on

RH side

LH side

Front

32, 50, 125 A

References

GK1AP07

GK1AP08

Fitted as standard

Type

External operator handle

5

6

Fuse carrier rating

32 A

For mounting on

RH side

LH side

RH side

50 A
LH side

RH side

125 A
LH side

References

LS1-D32005

LS1-D32006

GK1-AP05

GK1-AP06

GK1-AP07

GK1-AP08

Type

Padlocking devices

Fuse carrier rating

32 A

50 A

Number of poles

3 or 4

3

Single-phase protection device

Without

Without

With

Without

With

References

Integrated

GK1-AV07

GK1-AV08

GK1-AV08

GK1-AV09

Type

Tubular link

Fuse carrier rating

32 A

50 A

125 A

References

DK1-CB92

DK1-EB92

DK1-FA9

7

8

4

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/22

TeSys GS

Switch-disconnector-fuses
Handles

1
Type

IP65 handles for external front-mounted operators

Switch rating
References

32…63 A

100…400 A

630…800 A

1250 A

Black/grey

GS2AH510 (1)

GS2AH530 (1)

GS2AH550

GS2AH570

Red/yellow

GS2AH520 (1)

GS2AH540 (1)

GS2AH560

GS2AH580

2

(1) For external front operators with Test facility, insert the letter T in the reference. Example: GS2AH510 becomes GS2AHT510

Type

IP65 handles for external RH side-mounted operators (2)

Switch rating
References

32…63 A

100…400 A

630…1250 A

Black/grey

GS2AH210

GS2AH230

GS2AH250

Red/yellow

GS2AH220

GS2AH240

GS2AH260

3

(2) For external LH side-mounted operators, replace the number 2 in the reference by 3. Example: GS2AH210 becomes GS2AH310

4
Type

Shafts for external operators

Switch rating
References

Length of shaft

32 A

50…400 A

630…1250 A

200 mm

GS2AE82

GS2AE22

GS2AE52

320 mm

GS2AE8

GS2AE2

GS2AE5

400 mm

GS2AE81

GS2AE21

GS2AE51

5

6

7
Type

Handles for direct operators

Switch rating

32 A

50 and 63 A

100…400 A

630 and 800 A

1250 A

Type of operator

Front

RH side

RH side

Front

Front

References

GS1AH103

GS1AH01

GS1AH02

GS2AH104

GS2AH105

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/23

TeSys GS

Switch-disconnector-fuses
32…1250 A

1

2

3

Type

Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies for use with NF C or DIN fuses
Handle to be ordered separately (see previous page)

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690 V

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

32 A

50 A

63 A

100 A

Fuse size

10 x 38

14 x 51

Size 00C (1)

22 x 58

External front-mounted and

3-pole

GS1DD3

GS2F3

GS2G3

GS2J3

RH side-mounted operator

4-pole

GS1DD4 (2)

GS2F4

GS2G4

GS2J4

External LH side-mounted

3-pole

GS1DD3

GS2FG3

GS2GG3

GS2JG3

operator

4-pole

GS1DD4 (2)

GS2FG4

GS2GG4

GS2JG4

Direct RH side-mounted

3-pole

GS1DD3 (3)

GS1FD3

GS1GD3

GS1JD3

operator

4-pole

GS1DD4 (2) (3)

GS1FD4

GS1GD4

GS1JD4

(1) Compact fuse for German market
(2) 3-pole + switched neutral
(3) Direct front-mounted operator

4

5

Type

Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies for use with BS fuses
Handle to be ordered separately (see previous page)

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690 V

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

32 A

32 A

63 A

Fuse size

A1

A1

A2-A3

100 A
A4 (Ø ≤ 31 mm)

External front-mounted and

3-pole

GS1DDB3

GS2DB3

GS2GB3

GS2JB3

RH side-mounted operator

4-pole

GS1DDB4 (2)

GS2DB4

GS2GB4

GS2JB4

6
Accessories

7

8
Type

Auxiliary contacts

Switch rating

32…1250 A

Number of contacts

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO + NC

2 NO + 2 NC

external front-mounted or RH side-mounted

GS1AM110

GS1AM101

GS1AN11

GS1AN22

external LH side-mounted

GS1AM110

GS1AM101

GS1AN11G

GS1AN22G

direct RH side-mounted

–

–

GS1AN11

GS1AN22

direct front-mounted

–

–

–

–

Early break and/or O, I and Test signalling O and I signalling

9

10

Operator

50…1250 A

Type

Auxiliary “blown fuse” signalling contacts for use with NF C and DIN fuses

Number of contacts

1 NO/NC

Switch rating

50 A

100 and 125 A

160 A

250 and 400 A

Fuse size

14 x 51

22 x 58

Size 0

Size 1 and Size 2

3-pole

GS1AF1

GS1AF23

GS1AF33

GS1AF43

4-pole

GS1AF1

GS1AF24

GS1AF34

GS1AF44

References

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/24

1

125 A

160 A

250 A

400 A

630 A

1250 A

22 x 58

Size 00

Size 00

Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

GS2K3

GS2KK3

GS2LL3

GS2L3

GS2N3

GS2QQ3

GS2S3

GS2V3

GS2K4

GS2KK4

GS2LL4

GS2L4

GS2N4

GS2QQ4

GS2S4

GS2V4

GS2KG3

GS2KKG3

GS2LLG3

GS2LG3

GS2NG3

GS2QQG3

GS2SG3

GS2VG3

GS2KG4

GS2KKG4

GS2LLG4

GS2LG4

GS2NG4

GS2QQG4

GS2SG4

GS2VG4

GS1KD3

GS1KKD3

GS1LLD3

GS1LD3

GS1ND3

GS1QQD3

GS2S3 (3)

GS2V3 (3)

GS1KD4

GS1KKD4

GS1LLD4

GS1LD4

GS1ND4

GS1QQD4

GS2S4 (3)

GS2V4 (3)

2

3

4
160 A

200 A

250 A

315 A

400 A

630 A

800 A

A4

B1-B2

B1-B2

B1…B3

B1…B3

B1…B4

C1-C2

C1…C3

1250 A
D1

GS2LLB3

GS2LB3

GS2MMB3

GS2NB3

GS2PPB3

GS2QQB3

GS2SB3

GS2TB3

GS2VB3

GS2LLB4

GS2LB4

GS2MMB4

GS2NB4

GS2PPB4

GS2QQB4

GS2SB4

GS2TB4

GS2VB4

5

6

7

8
O, I and Test signalling

Early break and O and I signalling

50…400 A

32 A

50…400 A

1 NO + NC

2 NO + 2 NC

1 NO/NC

2 NO/NC

1 NO/NC

2 NO/NC

GS1ANT11

GS1ANT22

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

GS1AM1

GS1AM2

–

–

GS1AM111

GS1AM211

–

–

9

2nd NO/NC
630 A

1250 A

50…1250 A

Size 3

Size 4

–

GS2AF63

GS2AF73

GS1AF

GS2AF64

GS2AF74

GS1AF

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/25

TeSys K

Thermal overload relays
0.11…11.5 A

1
Thermal overload relays, TeSys K

2

3

4

adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A
Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset
Relay setting range

Fuses to be used with selected relay

Class 10A

aM

gG

BS88

Reference

0.11…0.16 A

0.25 A

0.5 A

-

LR2-K0301

0.16…0.23 A

0.25 A

0.5 A

-

LR2-K0302

0.23…0.36 A

0.5 A

1A

-

LR2-K0303

0.36…0.54 A

1A

1.6 A

-

LR2-K0304

0.54…0.8 A

1A

2A

-

LR2-K0305

0.8…1.2 A

2A

4A

6A

LR2-K0306

1.2…1.8 A

2A

6A

6A

LR2-K0307

1.8…2.6 A

2A

6A

10 A

LR2-K0308

2.6…3.7 A

4A

10 A

16 A

LR2-K0310

3.7…5.5 A

6A

16 A

16 A

LR2-K0312

5.5…8 A

8A

20 A

20 A

LR2-K0314

8…11.5 A

10 A

25 A

20 A

LR2-K0316

Thermal overload relays for use on class 10A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the prefix LR2 with LR7.
Example: LR7-K0310.

5
Accessories
Prewiring kit
Allowing direct connection of the N/C contact

For use on
LC1-D09…D18

LAD-7C1

LC1-D25…D38

LAD-7C2

For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200)

LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LAD-7B10

or screw fixing

LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35••

LA7-D3064 (2)

For independent mounting of the relay

LR2-K••••

LA7-K0064

LRD-313… LRD-365

LAD-9R3

LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35••

LA7-D3058

LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LAD-703• (4)

All relays except LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LA7-D03• (4)

of relay LRD-01…35 or LR3-D01… D35 to the contactor

6

Terminal blocks (1)

EverLink Terminal blocks

7

Separate terminal block
Terminal block adapter
For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor
Stop or electrical reset
Remote (3)
Tripping or electrical reset device

8

Remote (3)

(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position.
(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646.
(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest
time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.
(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.

9
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply

10

Volts

12

24

48

96

110

220/230

380/400

415/440

50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA

-

B

E

-

F

M

Q

N

J

B

E

DD

F

M

-

-

c supply
Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/26

TeSys D

Thermal overload relays
0.1…140 A

1
Thermal overload relays, TeSys D
adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A
Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.
Relay setting range
Fuses to be used with selected relay
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
aM
gG
Class 10A
0.10…0.16 A
0.25 A
2A
0.5 A
2A
0.16…0.25 A
0.25…0.40 A
1A
2A
0.40…0.63 A
1A
1.6 A
2A
4A
0.63…1 A
2A
4A
1…1.7 A
4A
6A
1.6…2.5 A
2.5…4 A
6A
10 A
4…6 A
8A
16 A
5.5…8 A
12 A
20 A
20 A
7…10 A
12 A
25 A
9…13 A
16 A
20 A
35 A
12…18 A
25 A
50 A
16…24 A
23…32 A
40 A
63 A
30…38 A
50 A
80 A
55…70 A
80 A
125 A
63…80 A
80 A
125 A
80…104 A
100 A
160 A
200 A
80…104 A
125 A
200 A
95…120 A
125 A
250 A
110…140 A
160 A
80…104 A
100 A
160 A
200 A
95…120 A
125 A
250 A
110…140 A
160 A
Class 20
6A
10 A
16 A
4…6 A
8A
16 A
5.5…8 A
12 A
20 A
20 A
7…10 A
16 A
25 A
9…13 A
16 A
25 A
35 A
12…18 A
32 A
50 A
17…25 A
23…28 A
40 A
63 A
25…32 A
40 A
63 A
55…70 A
100 A
125 A
63…80 A
100 A
160 A
Connection by EverLink terminal blocks, with BTR screws
Class 10A
9…13 A
16 A
25 A
20 A
32 A
12…18 A
25 A
50 A
17…25 A
23…32 A
40 A
63 A
30…40 A
40 A
80 A
37…50 A
63 A
100 A
48…65 A
63 A
100 A
Class 20
9…13 A
20 A
32 A
25 A
40 A
12…18 A
32 A
50 A
17…25 A
23…32 A
40 A
63 A
30…40 A
50 A
80 A
37…50 A
63 A
100 A
48…65 A
80 A
125 A
Class 10A with connection by lug-clamps:
Select overload relay with screw clamp terminals or connectors from the table above and add
one of the following suffixes:
b figure 6 for relays LRD 01 to LRD 35 and LRD 313 to LRD 365.
b A66 for relays LRD 3361 to LRD 3365.
Relays LRD 43 are suitable as standard, for use with lug-clamps.
(1) For independent mounting on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD7B106 terminal block.

With contactor

Reference

16 A
20 A
25 A
25 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
63 A
125 A
125 A

LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D09…D38
LC1-D12…D38
LC1-D18…D38
LC1-D25…D38
LC1-D25…D38
LC1-D32 and D38
D50…D95
D65…D95
D80 and D95
D115 and D150
D115 and D150
D150
Independent mtg.
Independent mtg.
Independent mtg.
LC1-D09…D32
LC1-D09…D32
LC1-D09…D32
LC1-D09…D32
LC1-D12…D32
LC1-D18…D32
LC1-D25 and D32
LC1-D25 and D32
LC1-D25 and D32
D65…D95
D80 and D95

LRD 01 (1)
LRD 02 (1)
LRD 03 (1)
LRD 04 (1)
LRD 05 (1)
LRD 06 (1)
LRD 07 (1)
LRD 08 (1)
LRD 10 (1)
LRD 12 (1)
LRD 14 (1)
LRD 16 (1)
LRD 21 (1)
LRD 22 (1)
LRD 32 (1)
LRD 35 (1)
LRD 3361 (1)
LRD 3363 (1)
LRD 3365 (1)
LRD 4365 (1)
LRD 4367 (1)
LRD 4369 (1)
LRD 33656 (1)
LRD 33676 (1)
LRD 33696 (1)
LRD 1508 (1)
LRD 1510 (1)
LRD 1512 (1)
LRD 1514 (1)
LRD 1516 (1)
LRD 1521 (1)
LRD 1522 (1)
LRD 1530 (1)
LRD 1532 (1)
LR2 D3561 (1)
LR2 D3563 (1)

25 A
35 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
100 A
35 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A

LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A
LC1-D40A…D65A

LRD 313 (2)
LRD 318 (2)
LRD 325 (2)
LRD 332 (2)
LRD 340 (2)
LRD 350 (2)
LRD 365 (2)
LRD 313L (2)
LRD 318L (2)
LRD 325L (2)
LRD 332L (2)
LRD 340L (2)
LRD 350L (2)
LRD 365L (2)

BS88
6A
10 A
16 A
16 A
20 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
125 A
125 A
160 A
160 A
200 A
200 A
160 A
200 A
200 A

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Thermal overload relays for use with unbalanced loads Class 10A
with connection by screw clamp terminals and lug-clamp terminals:
In the reference selected above, change LRD (except LRD 4ppp) to LR3D
Example: LRD 01 becomes LR3D 01
Example with EverLink terminals: LRD 340 becomes LR3D 340
Example with lug-clamp terminals: LRD 3406 becomes LR3D 3406
(2) For independent mtg. on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD96560 terminal block.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/27

10

TeSys

Electronic thermal overload relays

LR9

60…630 A

1

2

For use with contactor

LC1-D

Motor current

60…150 A

LC1-F
30…630 A

Basic reference, to be completed

LR9-D

LR9-F

3

4

5

Relay setting range

Fuse to be used with selected relay

For mounting

Compensated and differential

With alarm
Class 10 or 20

beneath contactor LC1-

6

7

8

9

aM

gG

Class 10

Class 20

60…100

100

160

D115 and D150

LR9-D5367

LR9-D5567

90…150

160

250

D115 and D150

LR9-D5369

LR9-F5569

30…50

50

80

F115…F185

LR9-F5357

LR9-F5557

48…80

80

125

F115…F185

LR9-F5363

LR9-F5563

LR9-F63

60…100

100

200

F115…F185

LR9-F5367

LR9-F5567

LR9-F67

LR9-F57

90…150

160

250

F115…F185

LR9-F5369

LR9-F5569

LR9-F69

132…220

250

315

F185…F400

LR9-F5371

LR9-F5571

LR9-F71

200…330

400

500

F225…F500

LR9-F7375

LR9-F7575

LR9-F75

300…500

500

800

F225…F500

LR9-F7379

LR9-F7579

LR9-F79

380…630

630

800

F400…F630 and F800

LR9-F7381

LR9-F7581

LR9-F81

Accessories
Remote control
Function

Reset

Electrical reset (1)

LA7-D03• (2)

Reset by flexible cable (length 0.5 m)

LA7-D305

Adapter for door interlock mechanism

Stop and/or Reset

LA7-D1020

Operating head for pushbutton
Spring return

ZA2-BL639

ZA2-BL432

Rod with snap-off end
Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm

ZA2-BZ13

Insulated terminal blocks

10

For relays LR9-F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69, F57, F63, F67 and F69

Set of 2 blocks
LA9-F103

(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s
rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.
(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/28

TeSys

Electronic overcurrent relays

LR/LT

0.3…38 A

1
Relay type

Electronic overcurrent relays

Relay setting range

TeSys LR97D
0.3…1.5 A

For use with contactor

LC1D09…D38

References

1.2…7 A

5…25 A

20…38 A

2

LC1D25…D38

200… 240 VAC

LR97D015M7

LR97D07M7

LR97D025M7

LR97D038M7

100… 120 VAC

LR97D015F7

LR97D07F7

LR97D025F7

LR97D038F7

24 VAC/DC

LR97D015B

LR97D07B

LR97D025B

LR97D038B

48 VAC/DC

LR97D015E

LR97D07E

LR97D025E

LR97D038E

3
0.5…60 A

4
Relay type

Electronic overcurrent relays

Relay setting range

TeSys LT47 with manual reset
0.5…6 A

3…30 A

5…60 A

References

200… 240 VAC

LT4706M7S

LT47D30M7S

LT4760M7S

100… 120 VAC

LT47D06F7S

LT47D30F7S

LT4760F7S

24 VAC/DC

LT47D06BS

LT47D30BS

LT4760BS

48 VAC/DC

LT47D06ES

LT47D30ES

LT4760ES

5

6

7

8

Relay type

Electronic overcurrent relays

Relay setting range

TeSys LT47 with automatic reset
0.5…6 A
3…30 A

5…60 A

200… 240 VAC

LT4706M7A

LT47D30M7A

LT4760M7A

100… 120 VAC

LT47D06F7A

LT47D30F7A

LT4760F7A

24 VAC/DC

LT47D06BA

LT47D30BA

LT4760BA

48 VAC/DC

LT47D06EA

LT47D30EA

LT4760EA

References

9

Accessories: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/29

TeSys T

Motor management system
Controllers

1
Type of fieldbus

2

Ethernet

Supply voltage
References

Current range

Modbus

Profibus DP

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

0.4…8 A

LTMR08EBD

LTMR08EFM

LTMR08MBD

LTMR08MFM

LTMR08PBD

LTMR08PFM

1.35…27 A

LTMR27EBD

LTMR27EFM

LTMR27MBD

LTMR27MFM

LTMR27PBD

LTMR27PFM

5…100 A

LTMR100EBD

LTMR100EFM

LTMR100MBD

LTMR100MFM

LTMR100PBD

LTMR100PFM

3

4
Type of fieldbus

CANopen

Supply voltage
References

5

Current range

DeviceNet

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

0.4…8 A

LTMR08CBD

LTMR08CFM

LTMR08DBD

LTMR08DFM

1.35…27 A

LTMR27CBD

LTMR27CFM

LTMR27DBD

LTMR27DFM

5…100 A

LTMR100CBD

LTMR100CFM

LTMR100DBD

LTMR100DFM

Extension module

6

7
Type of module

Extension
4 additional inputs + voltage measuring

Ethernet external port
Modbus RTU / Modbus TCP/IP

Inputs voltage

24 VDC

100…240 VAC

24 VDC

References

LTMEV40BD

LTMEV40FM

TCSEQM113M13M

8
Control unit

9

10

Type of terminal

Compact display

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Reference

LTMCU

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/30

TeSys T

Motor management system
Current transformers

1
Type of transformer
Operational current

External
primary

100 A

secondary

1A

References

LT6CT1001

200 A

400 A

800 A

LT6CT2001

LT6CT4001

LT6CT8001

2

Earth fault toroids

3

Type of toroid

Closed

Split

Maximum current

65 A

85 A

160 A

250 A

400 A

630 A

85 A

250 A

Internal diameter

Ø 30

Ø 50

Ø 80

Ø 120

Ø 200

Ø 300

Ø 46

Ø 110

References

TA30

PA50

IA80

MA120

SA200

GA300

POA

GOA

4
PTC thermistor probe
Type of probe

Triple

Operating temperature

90°C

References

DA1TT090 DA1TT110

110°C

120°C

130°C

DA1TT120

DA1TT130 DA1TT140 DA1TT150 DA1TT160 DA1TT170

140°C

150°C

160°C

170°C

5

Accessories (1)

6

7
Type of accessory

Connecting cable

Length of cable

0.04 m

0.3 m

1m

References

LTMCC004

LU9R03

LU9R10

Controller / Extension module

8

9

Type of accessory

Connecting cable

Connection kit

Length of cable

Controller/ Display
1m
3m

PC serial port
–

References

VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 VW3A8106

5m

10

(1) For other connection accessories, see www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/31

TeSys

Electronic protection relays for use
with PTC thermistor probes

LT3, LT6

0…800 A

1

2

Relay type

PTC thermistor probes

For use with contactor

LC1-D or LC1-F

Motor current

No limit

1…5 A

Basic reference, to be completed

LT3-S

LT6-P0M0•5FM

LC1-D or LC1-F

3
Protection unit

4
with automatic reset with thermistor short-circuit detection

Type

5

without fault memory
Connection
by cage connectors

a 50/60 Hz
c

6

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator
a 50/60 Hz

Voltage

Output contact

Reference

115 V

N/C

LT3-SE00F

230 V

N/C

LT3-SE00M

24 V

N/C

LT3-SE00F

115/230 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SA00M

c

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SA00ED

a 50/60 Hz or c

24…230 V

2 C/O

LT3-SA00MW

400 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00V

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00E

115/230 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00M

c

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00ED

a 50/60 Hz or c

24…230 V

2 C/O

LT3-SM00MW

with fault memory
On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator, Test and Reset button
a 50/60 Hz

7

8

Accessories
Type

9

PTC thermistor probes for LT3 relays

Normal operating temperature (NOT)

90 °C

Integrated triple probes

DA1-TT090 DA1-TT110 DA1-TT120 DA1-TT130 DA1-TT140 DA1-TT150 DA1-TT160 DA1-TT170

110 °C
70 °C

120 °C
80 °C

130 °C
90 °C

140 °C

Normal operating temperature (NOT)

60 °C

Surface probes

DA1-TS060 DA1-TS070 DA1-TS080 DA1-TS090 DA1-TS100

150 °C

160 °C

170 °C

100 °C

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/32

12…175 A

5/L3

Vario

3/L2

Switch disconnectors

1/L1

TeSys

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

1
Type

Mini-Vario for standard applications
Door mounting

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour: Handle / Front plate

Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690 V

690 V

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

Black / Black

Red / Yellow

12 A

VCDN12

VBDN12

VCCDN12

20 A

VCDN20

VBDN20

VCCDN20

2

3

4

Type

Vario for high performance applications
Door mounting

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour: Handle / Front plate

Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow

Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws

4 screws

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Thermal current in open air (Ith)

690 V

690 V

5

90 x 90

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

12 A

VCD02

VBD02

VCF02

VBF02

–

VCCD02

VCCF02

–

20 A

VCD01

VBD01

VCF01

VBF01

–

VCCD01

VCCF01

–

25 A

VCD0

VBD0

VCF0

VBF0

–

VCCD0

VCCF0

–

32 A

VCD1

VBD1

VCF1

VBF1

–

VCCD1

VCCF1

–

40 A

VCD2

VBD2

VCF2

VBF2

–

VCCD2

VCCF2

–

63 A

–

–

VCF3

VBF3

–

–

VCCF3

–

80 A

–

–

VCF4

VBF4

–

–

VCCF4

–

125 A

–

–

–

–

VCF5

–

–

VCCF5

175 A

–

–

–

–

VCF6

–

–

VCCF6

6

7

8
Add-on modules

For mini-Vario

For Vario

Switch rating

12 A

20 A

12 A

20 A

25 A

32 A

40 A

63 A

80 A

References

VZN12

VZN20

VZ02

VZ01

VZ0

VZ1

VZ2

VZ3

VZ4

Main pole modules

9

Neutral pole module with early make and late break contacts
Switch rating

12…20 A

12…40 A

63 and 80 A

125 and 175 A

References

VZN11

VZ11

VZ12

VZ13

Switch rating

12…20 A

12…40 A

63 and 80 A

125 and 175 A

References

VZN14

VZ14

VZ15

VZ16

Earthing module

10

Auxiliary contact block modules
Contact type

N/O

N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

References

VZN05

VZN06

VZ7

VZ20
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/33

TeSys

Combination motor starters

GV2, LC

0.06…15 kW

1
D.O.L. starters

2

with circuit-breaker

with fuse protection

Level of service

Coordination:

Type 1

Type 2

Power at 400 V

Up to:

5.5 kW

Type of components
Basic reference, to be completed

15 kW

37 kW

Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection

Fuse carrier +

incorporated in the circuit-breaker

plate-mounted contactor

GV2-ME

GV2-DM

GV2-DP

LC4-D

3

4

5
Starters GV2-ME
Non-reversing

6

7

8

9

Standard power ratings

Setting

Fixed

of 3-phase motors

range of

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW)

thermal trips

400/415 V

440 V

500 V

0.37

0.37

0.37

0.55

0.55

0.55

-

-

0.75

0.75

0.75

-

-

1.1

1.1

1.1

-

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

-

-

-

3

3

-

4

4

4

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

Reversing

For customer assembly

Factory assembled

magnetic

Motor

Basic reference, to be completed with

tripping current

circuit-breaker

Contactor

code indicating control circuit voltage

13 Irth
1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

LC1-K06

GV2-ME06K1••

GV2-ME06K2••

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-ME07

LC1-K06

GV2-ME07K1••

GV2-ME07K2••

2.5…4

51

GV2-ME08

LC1-K06

GV2-ME08K1••

GV2-ME08K2••

4…6.3

78

GV2-ME10

LC1-K06

GV2-ME10K1••

GV2-ME10K2••

6…10

138

GV2-ME14

LC1-K09

GV2-ME14K1••

GV2-ME14K2••

9…14

170

GV2-ME16

LC1-K12

GV2-ME16K1••

GV2-ME16K2••

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts
a 50…400 Hz

24

110

220/230

230

230/240

B7

F7

M7

P7

U7

380/400
Q7

c (1)

BW3

-

-

-

-

-

(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) and with integral suppression device as standard.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/34

1
D.O.L. starters GV2-DM and GV3-DP
Non-reversing

Reversing

Standard power ratings

Setting

Fixed

For customer assembly

Factory assembled

of 3-phase motors

range of

magnetic

Motor

Basic reference, to be completed with

thermal trips

tripping current

circuit-breaker

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW)
400/415 V

440 V

500 V

0.06

0.06

-

0.09

0.09

-

-

0.12

-

0.12

-

-

0.18

0.18

-

0.25

0.25

-

0.37

0.37

-

-

-

0.37

0.55

0.55

0.55

-

-

0.75

0.75

0.75

-

-

1.1

1.1

1.1

-

1.5

0.16…0.25

2.4

0.25…0.40

5

0.40…0.63

8

0.63…1

13

1…1.6

22.5

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-DM202••

GV2-DP102••

GV2-DP202••

GV2-ME03

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM103••

GV2-DM203••

GV2-P03

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP103••

GV2-DP203••

GV2-ME04

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM104••

GV2-DM204••

GV2-P04

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP104••

GV2-DP204••

GV2-ME05

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM105••

GV2-DM205••

GV2-P05

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP105••

GV2-DP205••

GV2-ME06

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM106••

GV2-DM206••

GV2-P06

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP106••

GV2-DP206••

GV2-ME07

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM107••

GV2-DM207••

GV2-P07

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP107••

GV2-DP207••

GV2-ME08

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM108••

GV2-DM208••

GV2-P08

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP108••

GV2-DP208••

GV2-ME10

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM110••

GV2-DM210••

GV2-P10

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP110••

GV2-DP210••

6…10

138

GV2-ME14

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM114••

GV2-DM214••

GV2-P14

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP114••

GV2-DP214••

9…14

170

GV2-ME16

LC1-D12••

GV2-DM116••

GV2-DM216••

GV2-P16

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP116••

GV2-DP216••

GV2-ME20

LC1-D18••

GV2-DM120••

GV2-DM220••

GV2-P20

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP120••

GV2-DP220••

GV2-ME21

LC1-D25••

GV2-DM121••

GV2-DM221••

GV2-P21

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP121••

GV2-DP221••

GV2-ME22

LC1-D25••

GV2-DM122••

GV2-DM222••

GV2-P22

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP122••

GV2-DP222••

GV2-ME32

LC1-D32••

GV2-DM132••

GV2-DM232••

GV2-P32

LC1-D32••

GV2-DP132••

GV2-DP232•

Non-reversing

Reversing

-

-

3

3

3

-

4

4

4

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

-

7.5

9

7.5

9

-

13…18

223

9

11

11

17…23

327

18.5

GV2-DM102••

78

2.2

15

LC1-D09••
LC1-D09••

4…6.3

1.5

15

GV2-ME02
GV2-P02

51

2.2

15

code indicating control circuit voltage

2.5…4

1.5

-

2

13 Irth

2.2

11

Contactor

20…25

327

24…32

416

3

4

5

6

7

D.O.L. starters GV3 + LC1D
Standard power ratings

Setting

Fixed

For customer assembly

of 3-phase motors

range of

magnetic

Motor

thermal trips

tripping current

circuit-breaker

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW)
400/415 V

440 V

500 V

Contactor

8

Reference of accessory to be ordered
for assembly of motor starter (2)

13 Irth

18,5

18,5

–

30…40

560

GV3-P401 (1)

LC1-D40A••

–

LAD9R3

–

22

22

30…40

560

GV3-P401 (1)

LC1-D40A••

–

LAD9R3

22

–

30

37…50

700

GV3-P501 (1)

LC1-D50A••

–

LAD9R3

30

30

37

48…65

910

GV3-P651 (1)

LC1-D65A••

–

LAD9R3

9

(1) Circuit-breaker GV3P without downstream EverLink terminal block. A standard GV3P can also be used by removing the downstream terminal block.
(2) For side by side circuit-breaker/contactor mounting, order accessory GV3S.

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts
24
220

230

a 50…400 Hz

B7

M7

P7

c (3)

BD

–

–

10

(3) Low consumption coil, wide range (0.7 to 1.25 Uc) and with suppression device as standard (bidirectional peak limiting diode).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/35

TeSys U

Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
STANDARD motor starter

=

1
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA…

2

Maximum
motor power

+
Power base
Non-reversing

< 400/415 V
- Thermal overload protection against:
short-circuit, overcurrent,

Standard control unit
Reversing

Class 10

(1)

(2)

Setting range

0.09 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCA6Xpp

0.15…0.6 A

0.25 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCA1Xpp

0.35…1.4 A

phase failure or imbalance,

1.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCA05pp

1.25…5 A

insulation breaks (equipment only).

5.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCA12pp

3…12 A

- Manual reset following thermal fault.

7.5 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCA18pp

4.5…18 A

15 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCA32pp

8…32 A

3

ADVANCED motor starter

4
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA…

5

6

- Thermal overload protection against:

Maximum
Power base
motor power Non-reversing Reversing

Advanced control unit
Class 10

Class 20

< 400/415 V

(2) (3)

(2)

(1)

Setting range

0.09 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCB6Xpp

LUCD6Xpp

0.15…0.6 A

short-circuit, overcurrent,

0.25 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCB1Xpp

LUCD1Xpp

0.35…1.4 A

phase failure or imbalance,

1.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCB05pp

LUCD05pp

1.25…5 A

insulation breaks (equipment only).

5.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCB12pp

LUCD12pp

3…12 A

- Manual reset following thermal fault.

7.5 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCB18pp

LUCD18pp

4.5…18 A

- Thermal overload test function.

15 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCB32pp

LUCD32pp

8…32 A

(3) For single-phase-motors, replace LUCBpppp by LUCCpppp.

MULTIFUNCTION motor starter

7
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA…

Maximum
motor power

Power base
Non-reversing

< 400/415 V
- Thermal overload protection against:

8

short-circuit, overcurrent,

Multifunction control unit
Reversing

Class 5 to 30

Setting range

(1)

0.09 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCM6XBL

0.15…0.6 A

0.25 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCM1XBL

0.35…1.4 A

phase failure or imbalance,

1.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCM05BL

1.25…5 A

insulation breaks (equipment only).

5.5 kW

LUB12

LU2B12pp

LUCM12BL

3…12 A

- Manual, automatic or remote reset,

7.5 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCM18BL

4.5…18 A

- Thermal overload test function,

15 kW

LUB32

LU2B32pp

LUCM32BL

8…32 A

- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,

9

10

- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.
(1) Complete the references of the power bases according to the following table.

Example: LU2B12

(2) Complete the references of the control units according to the following table.

Example: LUCA/B/D/M6X

pp
pp

Standard control circuit voltages
24 V DC
24 V AC

BL
B

48 V AC / 48…72 V DC

ES

110…240 V AC / 110…220 V DC

FU
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/36

TeSys U

Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
Function modules

+

=

1

Type of optional function

Thermal
overload alarm

Thermal fault signalling

Motor load
indication

Compatible with LUCA

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Compatible with LUCL

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Compatible with LUCM

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

Output signal

1 NO

1 NO +1 NC

1 NC

1 NO

4…20 mA

Reset

NA

Manual

Automatic or remote

References

LUFW10

LUFDH11

LUFDA01

2

NA
LUFDA10

LUFV2

3

Communication modules

4
Type of communication

Modbus

Advantys
STB

Profibus DP CANopen

DeviceNet

AS-Interface Parallel
wiring

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

19.2 Kbps

Dpg. on NIM (1) 9.6…12 Mbps

20 K…1 Mbps

125…500 Kbaud 167 Kbps

YES

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL
Transfer speed

31 per Modbus

Dpg. on Network

63 per DeviceNet

62 per AS-Interface 8 per LU9GC02

master

Interface Module module

module

module

master

splitter box

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2)

LU9BN11C,

LU9BN11L,

LU9BN11L,

LU9BN11L,

LU9BN11C,

LU9Rxx

LU9MRC

LU9MRL

Connecting cable to PC

VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp,

Number of slaves

125 per Profibus DP 128 per CANopen

5

NA

LU9BN11L,
LU9MRL

LU9MRL

LU9MRL

LU9MRC

TSXPBSCApp

TSXCANCpp

DeviceNet

XZCG0142

TSXCDPppp

ASILUFC51

LUFC00

LU9RDDpp
References

LUFC033

LULC15

standard
LULC07

LULC08

LULC09

6

(1) Network Interface Module.

Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit

LUCAppBL

LUCBppBL, LUCDppBL

LUCMppBL

Start and Stop commands

X

X

X

Starter status (ready, running, fault)

X

X

X

Thermal alarm

X

X

Remote reset via the bus

X

X

Indication of motor load

X

X

Signalling and fault differentiation

X

X

Alarms (overcurrent, …)

X

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions

X

“Log” function

X

Monitoring function

X

7

8

Contact blocks

9
Type of contact block
Signalling contacts

Add-on
of any fault

NC (95-96)

NO (97-98)

–

–

–

position of control handle

NO (17-18)

NO (17-18)

–

–

–

–

–

NO (33-34)

NC (31-32)

NC (31-32)

2 auxiliary contacts module
References

Auxiliary

–

–

NO (43-44)

NO (43-44)

NC (41-42)

Screw clamp terminals

LUA1C11

LUA1C20

LUFN20

LUFN11

LUFN02

Without connections

LUA1C110

LUA1C200

–

–

–

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/37

TeSys

Controller for 3-phase motors

LUTM

MULTIFUNCTION protection

TeSys GV3L
Circuit-breakers

1

2

=

TeSys LC1D
Contactor

+

Function characteristics

Control base for use
with contactors

Multifunction
control unit

TeSys D (LC1D..)

TeSys F (LC1F..)

Class 5 to 35

- Thermal overload protection against:

LUTM10BL

LUTM20BL

LUCMT1BL

short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).
- Manual, automatic or remote reset,

3

- Thermal overload test function,
- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,
- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.

4

ADVANCED protection

5
Function characteristics

Control base for use
with contactors
TeSys D (LC1D..)

TeSys F (LC1F..)

Class 10

Class 20

- Thermal overload protection against:

LUTM10BL

LUTM20BL

LUCBT1BL

LUCDT1BL

6

Advanced
control unit

short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).

7

- Manual reset following thermal fault.
- Thermal overload test function.

Current transformers

8
Type of transformer

9

Supply voltage
Operating current

24 V DC
Primary

30 A

Secondary

1A

References

LUTC0301

50 A

100 A

200 A

400 A

800 A

LUTC0501

LUTC01001

LUTC02001

LUTC04001

LUTC05001

Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management system solution identical to that provided by the TeSys U starter-controller.

10

Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller
and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter control and application monitoring.
It comprises a control unit, whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, and a control base that also enables the fitting of a function module or
communication module.
It requires a 24 V DC external power supply.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/38

TeSys

Controller for 3-phase motors

LUTM

Function modules

+

=

1

Type of optional function

Thermal overload alarm

Motor load indication

Compatible with LUCA

NO

NO

Compatible with LUCL

NO

NO

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD

YES

YES

Compatible with LUCM

NO

YES

Output signal

1 NO

4…20 mA

Reset

NA

NA

References

LUFW10

LUFV2

2

3

4

Communication modules

5
Type of communication

Modbus

Advantys STB

CANopen

DeviceNet

Parallel
wiring

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Transfer speed

19.2 Kbps

Dpg. on NIM (1)

20 K…1 Mbps

125…500 Kbaud

NA

Number of slaves

31 per Modbus

Dpg. on Network

128 per CANopen

63 per DeviceNet

8 per LU9GC02

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2)

master
LU9BN11C,

Interface Module
LU9BN11L,

module
LU9BN11L,

module
LU9BN11L,

splitter box
LU9Rxx

LU9MRC

LU9MRL

LU9MRL

LU9MRL

VW3 A8 306 Rpp

LU9RCDpp

TSXCANCpp

DeviceNet

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL

Connecting cable to PC

LU9RDDpp
References

LUFC033

6

TSXCDPppp

standard
LULC15

LULC08

LULC09

7

LUFC00

Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit

LUCBT1BL, LUCDT1BL

LUCMT1BL

Start and Stop commands

X

X

Starter status (ready, running, fault)

X

X

Thermal alarm

X

X

Remote reset via the bus

X

X

Indication of motor load

X

X

Signalling and fault differentiation

X

X

Alarms (overcurrent, …)

X

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions

X

“Log” function

X

Monitoring function

X

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/39

TeSys

Enclosed motor starters
0.06…132 kW

1
Starters
N

2

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in category AC3 400/415 V

4…37 kW

0.06…37 kW

0.55…30 kW

0.37…5.5 kW

0.25…45 kW

Starters

manual

L

L

L

-

-

auto

-

-

-

L

L

switch-disconnector-fuse

L

-

-

-

-

circuit-breaker

-

L

L

L

-

fuse carrier

-

-

-

-

-

short-circuit

-

L

L

L

-

overload

-

L

-

L

L

-

-

-

-

-

V•F•GE

GV2-ME

GV2-LC

LE1-GVME

LE1-M

VCFN•GE

GV3-PC

GV-NGC

V•FXGE•

GV3-CE

Isolating device

3

D.O.L.

N standard

Protection
Communication
Basic reference

4

Non-reversing

Reversing

LE1-D
LE2-K
LE2-D

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/40

1
N
N safety applications

2.2…45 kW

0.06…11 kW

2 stage

N AS-Interface bus

standard star-delta

0.06…9 kW

0.06…9 kW

0.06…5.5 kW

5.5…132 kW

7.5…75 kW

-

L

-

-

-

-

-

L

-

L

L

L

L

L

-

-

L

-

-

-

-

-

L

L

L

L

-

-

L

-

-

-

-

-

L

L

L

L

L

L

-

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

-

-

-

-

L

-

-

LE4-K

GV2-ME

LG1-K

LG7-K

LF3-M

LE3-K

LE6-D

LG1-D

LG7-D

LF3-P

LE3-D

LE3-D

LJ7-K

LF7-P

LE3-F

LE8-K

LG8-K

LF4-M

LE8-D

LJ8-K

LF4-P

LE4-D

LE2-D

2

3

4

LF8-P

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/41

TeSys

Installation system

Quickfit

Presentation

TeSys Quickfit is a modular system which standardises and simplifies the implementation of motor starters with its pre-wired control and power circuits.
Installation of a motor starter becomes quick, simple, safe and flexible.

1

In addition, this system:
b enables the motor starter to be customised at a later date,
b reduces maintenance time and
b optimises panel space by reducing the number of terminals and intermediate interfaces and the amount
of ducting.

2

The motor starters concerned are those created by combining:
– GV2 ME or GV3 P circuit-breakers, with an operating limit of 80% of the maximum current at an ambient
temperature of 60 °C, up to 690 V
– with 9 to 65 A TeSys D (LC1) contactors.
This offer comprises components for pre-wiring
b the power part,

3

b the control part.

Components for pre-wiring the power part
b a power kit comprising, for each starter, a plate for mounting the contactor and the circuit-breaker, and
two power connection modules,
b a power splitter box for 2 or 4 starters,

4

b an upstream terminal block for a power supply up to 60 A (16 mm2),
b a downstream terminal block for connecting the motor power supply cables and the earth cables
(6 mm2).

Components for pre-wiring the control part
b a control circuit connection module that mounts directly on the contactor and the circuit-breaker of
each starter. This module integrates the status and control information of this particular motor starter.

5

b a parallel wiring module enabling grouping of the information relating to each motor starter:
v HE 10, intended for centralised applications. The information is transmitted to the PLC via the Advantys
Telefast pre-wired system.
v STB, intended for decentralised automation architectures. This module is integrated in an Advantys STB
configuration for connection to the PLC via a fieldbus.

6

9…25 A power pre-wiring components

7
Type

8

Terminal block
Upstream

Downstream

60 A power splitter box
Extension by LAD32p

Maximum c.s.a. of connection

16 mm2

6 mm2

–

–

Use

Splitter boxes supply

Motor cables

–

–

Number of starters

–

–

2

4

Reference

LAD3B1

LAD331

LAD322

LAD324

Type

Connection kit
For D.O.L. starter (1)

Mounting plate for Power connection
GV2 ME & contactor module

Composition

1 mounting plate LAD311 for GV2ME

For 1 motor starter

9

10

2 power connection modules LAD341
Reference

LAD252

LAD311

LAD341

(1) For a reversing starter order 2 connection kits LAD252
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/42

Control-command pre-wiring components

1
Type

Connection module

TeSys D coil voltage

12…250 V AC or 5…130 V DC

24 V DC

Type of coil control relay

Electronic

Without relay

Type of motor starter

Direct

Reversing

Direct

Reversing

Reference

LAD9AP31

LAD9AP32

LAD9AP3D1

LAD9AP3D2

2

3

4
Type

24 V DC parallel wiring module
Splitter box

Advantys STB parallel interface module

PLC/motor starter side connectors

2 x HE10/8 x RJ45

–/4 x RJ45

Reference

LU9G02

STBEPI2145

5
Accessories

6

7
Type

Connecting cables
(1)
From splitter box LU9G02 to the PLC

Connectors

2 x RJ45

2 HE10

Gauge / c.s.a.

–

22 / 0.324 mm2

28 / 0.080 mm2

22 / 0.324 mm2

LU9R03

–

–

–

–

TSXCDP053

–

–

1m

LU9R10

TSXCDP103

ABFH20H100

–

2m

–

TSXCDP203

ABFH20H200

–

3m

LU9R30

TSXCDP303

ABFH20H300

TSXCDP301

5m

–

TSXCDP503

–

TSXCDP301

Reference

L = 0.3 m
0.5 m

Bare wires and HE10

8

(1) From connection module LAD9AP3p to splitter box LU9G02 or module STBEPI2145

Type

Connectors
Spring terminals

9
Connecting cable

10

Self-stripping

Use

External contact, auxiliary power supply

Between communication module APP1Cp and

Reference

APE1PRE21

APP2AH40H060

splitter box LU9GG02
APE1PAD21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/43

Components

Lighting applications (AC5)

Sodium vapour lamps
N low pressure

Non-corrected

1

3-

55

90

135

150

180

200

35

55

90

135

150

180

200

IB (A)

1.2

1.6

2.4

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

0.3

0.4

0.6

0.9

1

1.2

1.3

C (μF)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

17

17

25

36

36

36

36

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

6

5

3

2

2

2

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 10

7

5

3

3

3

3

40

30

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

12

9

6

4

4

4

4

50

37

25

-

-

-

-

D18

15

11

7

6

5

5

5

63

47

31

21

19

15

14

D25

21

16

10

8

8

7

7

86

65

43

28

26

21

20

D32, D38

27

20

13

10

10

10

9

110

82

55

36

33

27

25

D40A

35

26

17

13

13

12

12

140

105

70

46

42

35

32

D50A, D65A

50

37

25

19

18

18

17

200

150

100

66

60

50

46

D80, D95

100

75

50

38

36

36

34

400

300

200

132

120

100

92

D115, D150

140

104

70

54

52

50

48

560

420

280

186

168

140

128

F185

152

114

76

58

56

54

54

606

454

302

202

182

152

140

F225

174

130

88

68

66

64

62

700

524

350

232

210

174

162

F265

198

148

98

76

74

72

70

792

594

396

264

238

198

182

F330

250

188

124

96

94

90

88

1002

752

502

334

300

250

252

F400

338

254

168

130

126

122

118

1352

1014

676

450

406

338

312

F500

496

372

248

192

186

180

174

1982

1488

992

660

594

496

458

F600, F800

P (W)

150

250

400

700

1000

150

250

400

700

1000

IB (A)

1.9

3.2

5

8.8

12.4

0.84

1.4

2.2

3.9

5.5

C (μF)

-

-

-

-

-

20

32

48

96

120

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

4

2

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 6

3

2

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

7

4

3

1

1

17

-

-

-

-

D18

10

5

3

2

1

22

13

8

-

-

D25

13

8

5

2

2

30

18

11

6

-

D32, D38

17

10

6

3

2

39

23

15

8

6

D40A

22

13

8

4

3

50

30

19

10

7

D50A, D65A

31

18

12

6

4

71

42

27

15

10

D80, D95

62

36

24

12

8

142

84

54

30

20

D115, D150

88

52

34

18

14

200

120

76

42

30

F185

96

56

36

20

16

216

130

82

46

32

F225

110

66

42

24

18

250

150

94

54

38

F265

124

74

48

26

20

282

170

108

60

42

F330

158

94

60

34

24

358

214

136

76

54

F400

214

126

80

46

32

482

290

184

104

74

F500

312

186

118

68

48

708

424

270

152

108

F630, F800

P (W)

250

400

1000

2000

250

400

1000

2000

IB (A)

2.5

3.6

9.5

20

1.4

2

5.3

11.2

C (μF)

-

-

-

-

32

32

64

140

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

3

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 4

3

1

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

6

4

1

-

-

-

-

-

D18

7

5

2

-

13

9

-

-

D25

10

7

2

1

18

13

4

-

D32, D38

13

9

3

1

23

16

6

-

D40A

16

11

4

2

30

21

7

-

D50A, D65A

24

16

6

3

42

30

11

5

D80, D95

48

32

12

6

84

60

22

10

D115, D150

66

46

18

8

120

84

32

14

F185

72

50

20

10

130

90

34

16

F225

84

58

22

12

150

104

40

18

F265

94

66

24

14

170

118

44

20

F330

120

84

32

16

214

150

56

26

F400

162

112

42

20

290

202

76

36

F500

238

164

62

30

424

298

112

52

F630, F800

2

3

4

With parallel compensation

P (W)

N high pressure

5

6

7
Metal iodine vapour lamps

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/44

Incandescent and halogen lamps
P (W)

60

75

100

150

200

300

500

750

1000

IB (A)

0.27

0.34

0.45

0.68

0.91

1.40

2.30

3.40

4.60

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

35

28

21

14

10

6

4

2

2

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 59

47

35

23

17

11

7

4

3

D09, D12

77

61

46

30

23

15

9

6

4

D18

92

73

55

36

27

18

11

7

5

D25

129

103

77

51

38

25

15

10

7

D32, D38

163

129

97

64

48

31

19

13

9

D40A

207

164

124

82

62

40

24

16

12

D50A, D65A

296

235

177

117

88

57

34

23

17

D80, D95

430

340

256

170

126

82

50

34

24

D115

466

370

280

184

138

90

54

36

26

D150

710

564

426

282

210

136

82

56

40

F185

770

610

462

304

228

148

90

60

44

F225

888

704

532

352

262

170

104

70

52

F265

1006

800

604

400

298

194

118

80

58

F330

1274

1010

764

504

378

244

148

100

74

F400

1718

1364

1030

682

508

330

200

136

100

F500

2328

1850

1396

924

690

448

272

184

136

F600

2776

2204

1666

1102

824

534

326

220

162

F800

1

2

3

Fluorescent lamps with starter
N single fitting

4

Non-corrected

With parallel correction

P (W)

20

40

65

80

110

20

40

65

80

IB (A)

0.39

0.45

0.70

0.80

1.2

0.17

0.26

0.42

0.52

110
0.72

C (μF)

-

-

-

-

-

5

5

7

7

16

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

24

21

13

12

8

56

36

22

18

-

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 41

35

22

20

13

94

61

38

30

22

D09, D12

53

46

30

26

17

123

80

50

40

29

D18

66

57

37

32

21

152

100

61

50

36

D25

89

77

50

43

29

205

134

83

67

48

D32, D38

112

97

62

55

36

258

169

104

84

61

D40A

143

124

80

70

46

329

215

133

107

77

D50A, D65A

205

177

114

100

66

470

367

190

153

111

D80, D95

410

354

228

200

132

940

614

380

306

222

D115, D150

492

426

274

240

160

1128

738

456

368

266

F185

532

462

296

260

172

1224

800

490

400

288

F225

614

532

342

300

200

1412

922

570

462

332

F265

696

604

388

340

226

1600

1046

648

522

378

F330

882

764

490

430

286

2024

1322

818

662

478

F400

1190

1030

662

580

386

2728

1724

1104

892

644

F500

1612

1398

698

786

524

3700

2418

1498

1210

874

F630, F800

2x65

2x80

2x110

2x20

2x40

2x65

2x80

2x110

5

6

7

N twin fitting

P (W)

2x20

2x40

IB (A)

2x0.22

2x0.41 2x0.67 2x0.82 2x1.1

2x0.13 2x0.24 2x0.39 2x0.48 2x0.65

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

2x21

2x11

2x7

2x5

2x4

2x36

2x20

2x12

2x10

2x7

K09

according to P (W), per contactor 2x36

2x18

2x10

2x8

2x6

2x60

2x32

2x20

2x16

2x12

D09, D12

2x46

2x24

2x14

2x12

2x8

2x80

2x42

2x26

2x20

2x16

D18

2x58

2x30

2x18

2x14

2x10

2x100

2x54

2x32

2x26

2x20

D25

2x78

2x42

2x26

2x20

2x14

2x134

2x72

2x44

2x36

2x26

D32, D38

2x100

2x52

2x32

2x26

2x18

2x168

2x90

2x56

2x44

2x32

D40A

2x126

2x68

2x40

2x34

2x24

2x214

2x116

2x70

2x58

2x42

D50A, D65A

2x180

2x96

2x58

2x48

2x36

2x306

2x166

2x102

2x82

2x60

D80, D95

2x360

2x194

2x118

2x96

2x72

2x614

2x332

2x204

2x166

2x122

D115, D150

2x436

2x234

2x142

2x116

2x86

2x738

2x400

2x246

2x200

2x148

F185

2x472

2x254

2x154

2x126

2x94

2x800

2x432

2x266

2x216

2x160

F225

2x544

2x292

2x178

2x146

2x108

2x922

2x500

2x308

2x250

2x184

F265

2x618

2x332

2x202

2x166

2x124

2x1046 2x566

2x348

2x282

2x208

F330

2x782

2x420

2x256

2x210

2x156

2x1322 2x716

2x440

2x358

2x264

F400

2x1054 2x566

2x346

2x282

2x210

2x1784 2x966

2x594

2x482

2x356

F500

2x1430 2x766

2x468

2x384

2x286

2x2418 2x1310 2x806

2x654

2x484

F630, F800

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/45

Components

Capacitor switching
0…1000 kVAR

1
On-load capacitor switching
for bar-mounted contactors, a.c. control circuit

2

Without damping resistor
Rated operational voltage (V)

1300

3

Number of poles

1

2

3

4

1500

2000

5

3000

With damping resistor
Max. operational

Basic reference,

current (A)

to be completed

50 Hz

180 Hz

80

60

CE5-FB11•11

160

125

240
80x2

Number of poles

Max. operational

Basic reference,

current (A)

to be completed

50 Hz

180 Hz

80

60

CE6-FB12•11

CE5-GB11•11

160

125

CE6-GB12•11

190

CE5-HB11•11

240

190

CE6-HB12•11

60x2

CE5-FB21•11
240x2

190x2

CE6-HB22•11

160x2

125x2

CE5-GB21•11

240x2

190x2

CE5-HB21•11

80x3

60x3

CE5-FB31•11

1 + 1 staggered pole

2 + 2 staggered poles

160x3

125x3

CE5-GB31•11

240x3

190x3

CE5-HB31•11

160

125

CE5-GB12•11

160

125

CE6-GB13•11

280

220

CE5-HB12•11

280

220

CE6-HB13•11

2 x 2 poles in series

280x2

220x2

CE5-HB22•11
1 + 2 staggered poles

240

190

CS6-HB13•11

1 + 3 staggered poles

280

220

CS6-HB14•11

2 poles in series

2 poles in series

240

190

CS5-HB12•11

2 x 2 poles in series

240x2

190x2

CS5-HB22•11

3 poles in series

280

220

CS5-HB13•11

1 + 2 staggered poles

Standard control circuit voltages

6

a supply
Volts

110

125

127

200

220

240

250

380

415

440

500

50 Hz (coil LX1)

F

-

G

L

M

U

-

Q

N

R

S

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/46

1
Maximum operational power of contactors
N standard contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz
θ ≥ 40 °C

θ ≥ 55 °C

Peak current

2

Contactor

220 V

400 V

600 V

220 V

400 V

600 V

240 V

440 V

690 V

240 V

440 V

690 V

size

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

A

6

11

15

6

11

15

560

LC1-D09, D12

9

15

20

9

15

20

850

LC1-D18

11

20

25

11

20

25

1600

LC1-D25

14

25

30

14

25

30

1900

LC1-D32, D38

17

30

37

17

30

37

2160

LC1-D40A

22

40

50

22

40

50

2160

LC1-D50A

22

40

50

22

40

50

3040

LC1-D65A

35

60

75

35

60

75

3040

LC1-D80, D95

50

90

125

38

75

80

3100

LC1-D115

60

110

135

40

85

90

3300

LC1-D150

70

125

160

50

100

100

3500

LC1-F185

80

140

190

60

110

110

4000

LC1-F225

90

160

225

75

125

125

5000

LC1-F265

100

190

275

85

140

165

6500

LC1-F330

125

220

300

100

160

200

8000

LC1-F400

180

300

400

125

220

300

10000

LC1-F500

250

400

600

190

350

500

12000

LC1-F630

250

400

600

190

350

500

14200

LC1-F800

200

350

500

180

350

500

25000

LC1-BL

300

550

650

250

500

600

25000

LC1-BM

500

8350

950

400

750

750

25000

LC1-BP

600

1100

1300

500

1000

1000

25000

LC1-BR

220 V

400 V

660 V

240 V

440 V

690 V

3

4

5

6

N special contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz
θ ≥ 55 °C

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Tightening torque on cable end

Basic reference,
to be completed

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

N/O

N/C

N.m

6.7

12.5

18

1

1

1.2

LC1-DFK11••

-

2

1.2

LC1-DFK02••

1

1

1.7

LC1-DGK11••

-

2

1.7

LC1-DGK02••

1

1

1.9

LC1-DLK11••

-

2

1.9

LC1-DLK02••

1

1

2.5

LC1-DMK11••

8.5

16.7

24

7

8

10

20

30

15

25

36

-

2

2.5

LC1-DMK02••

20

33.3

48

1

2

5

LC1-DPK12••

25

40

58

1

2

5

LC1-DTK12••

40

60

92

1

2

9

LC1-DWK12••

9

Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

50/60 Hz (coil LX1)

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/47

Components

Heating applications and changeover
contactor pairs
0…2750 A

1
Maximum operational current (device in open air)

2

Contactors

LC1-/LP1- LC1-/LP1- LC1-

N 3-pole

K09

K12

D09

K09004

K12004

N 4-pole

DT20

LC2- changeover contactor pairs, factory assembled

3

6

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40A

DT25

DT32

DT40

DT20

DT25

DT32

DT40

DT60A

Operational current in AC-1, in A,

≤ 40°C

A

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

50

60

according to ambient temperature

≤ 60°C

A

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

50

60

≤ 70°C
Maximum operational

220/230 V

kW

8

8

9

8

9

11

14

18

18

21

power ≤ 60°C

240 V

kW

8

8

9

8

9

12

15

19

19

23

380/400 V

kW

14

14

15

14

15

20

25

31

31

37

415 V

kW

14

14

17

14

17

21

27

34

34

41

440 V

kW

15

15

18

15

18

23

29

36

36

43

500 V

kW

17

17

20

17

20

23

33

41

41

49

660/690 V

kW

22

22

27

22

27

34

43

54

54

65

4

5

LC1-

Increase in operational current
by parallel connection of poles
Apply the following coefficients to the currents or powers above;
these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced distribution
of current between the poles:
N 2 poles in parallel K = 1.6
N 3 poles in parallel K = 2.25
N 4 poles in parallel K = 2.8

Connection accessories for heating applications
Paralleling links for:
N TeSys K

7

N TeSys D

8

Reference
2 poles

with screw clamp terminals

LA9-E01

4 poles

with screw clamp terminals

LA9-E02

2 poles

D09…D38

LA9-D2561

DT20 and DT25 (4P)

LA9-D1261

DT32…DT40 (4P)

LAD-D96061

D40A…D65A

LAD-9P32

D80

LA9-D80961

D09…D38

LAD-9P3 (1)

D40A…D65A

LAD-9P33

D80

LA9-D80962

DT20…DT25

LA9-D1263

D40A…D65A

2 x LAD-9P33

3 poles

4 poles

9

N TeSys F

2 to 2

D80

LA9-D80963

LC1-F1154

LA9-FF602

LC1-F1504, F1854

LA9-FG602

LC1-F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004

LA9-FH602

LC1-F5004

LA9-FK602

LC1-F6304

LA9-FL602

(1) Link that can be split, allowing parallel connection of 2 poles

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/48

1

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50A

D65A

D80

D115

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

2750

DT80A

D80004

D115004 F1854

F2254

F2654

80

80

125

250

275

315

350

400

500

700

1000

1600

1000

800

1250

2000

80

80

125

200

275

280

300

360

430

580

850

1350

850

700

1100

1750

2400

180

200

250

290

340

500

700

1100

700

600

900

1500

2000

90

100

120

145

170

240

350

550

350

300

425

700

1000

29

29

45

80

31

31

49

83

100

110

125

160

180

255

370

570

370

330

450

800

1100

50

50

78

135

165

175

210

250

300

430

600

950

600

500

800

1200

1600

54

54

85

140

170

185

220

260

310

445

630

1000

630

525

825

1250

1700

58

58

90

150

180

200

230

290

330

370

670

1050

670

550

850

1400

2000

65

65

102

170

200

220

270

320

380

660

750

1200

750

600

900

1500

2100

86

86

135

235

280

300

370

400

530

740

1000

1650

1000

800

1100

1900

2700

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/49

Components

Accessories for changeover contactor pairs
0…2750 A

1
Mounting accessories for changeover contactor pairs

2

(for customer assembly)
Contactor type

Set of power connections

Mechanical

Contactor type

Set of power connections

interlock

Mechanical
interlock

2 contactors, vertically mounted
N 4-pole changeover pairs with locking device components

LC1-B

–

EZ2-LB0601

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

LA9-D8070

LA9-D8002

LC1-D115004

LA9-D11570

LA9-D11502

LC1-DT20…DT40

LAD-T9R1 (2)

–

–

–

–

LC1DT60A & LC1DT80A

–

LAD4CM (3)

LP1-D80004

LA9-D8070

LA9-D80978

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted

3

N with electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-DT20…DT40

LAD-T9R1V (1)

N mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

LP1-D80004
N without electrical interlocking (2)

4

2 contactors of identical rating, horizontally mounted
N 4-pole changeover pairs

5

LC1-F1154

LA9-FF977

LA9-FF970

LC1-F1504

LA9-F15077

LA9-FF970

LC1-F1854

LA9-FG977

LA9-FG970

LC1-F2254

LA9-F22577

LA9-FG970

LC1-F2654

LA9-FH977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F3304

LA9-FJ977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F4004

LA9-FJ977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F5004

LA9-FK977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F6304

LA9-FL977

LA9-FL970

–

–

–

LA9-D11502

–

–

–

N 3-pole changeover pairs with electrical interlocking

LC1-D115 et D150

LA9-D11571

reversers assembled using 2 contactors, vertically mounted
N 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of identical rating (3)

6

7

At bottom

At top

LC1-F1154 or F1505

(3)

LA9-FF4F

LC1-F115 or F1154

LC1-F185 or F1854

LA9-FG4F

LC1-F1854

(3)

LA9-FG4G

or LC1-F150 or F1504

LC1-F225 or F2254

LA9-FG4F

LC1-F2254

(3)

LA9-FG4G

LC1-F265 or F2654

LA9-FH4F

LC1-F2654 or F3304

(3)

LA9-FH4H

LC1-F300 or F3304

LA9-FH4F

LC1-F4004

(3)

LA9-FJ4J

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4F

LC1-F5004

(3)

LA9-FK4K

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4F

LC1-F6304

(3)

LA9-FL4L

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4F

LC1-F7804

(4)

LA9-FX971 (4)

8

9

N 3 or 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of different rating

LC1-F185 or F1854

LC1-F265 or F2654

LA9-FH4G

or LC1-F225 or F2254

LC1-F330 or F3304

LA9-FH4G

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4G

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4G

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4G

LC1-F265 or F2654

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4H

or LC1-F330 or F3304

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4H

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4H

LC1-F400 or F4004

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4J

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4J

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4K

LC1-F500 or F5004
(1) Including mechanical interlock.
(2) Order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD-N•1 t o obtain electrical interlocking between the two contactors.
(3) Power connections to be made by the customer.
(4) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power connecting links.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/50

TeSys

Notes

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/51

Power your processes in DC or AC,
with our switch mode power supplies,
filtered rectified power supplies and
transformers products.
Schneider Electric sums up all your
expectations to provide you with the
energy you require through a
compact and complete range.

Phaseo
Designed and adapted to correspond as
closely as possible with your requirements,
the wide operating range of our switch
mode power supplies, together with
the integration of a large number of new
functions, make them the new reference
in power supplies.

Power Supplies
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Power supplies
Modular, Optimum, Universal Power supplies,
Phaseo ABL7, ABL8 ................................................................................................... 6/2 to 6/5
Slim Power supplies,
Phaseo ABL4 ........................................................................................................................ 6/6
Dedicated, Filtered Rectified Power supplies,
Phaseo ABL1, ABL8 ............................................................................................................. 6/7

3

4

Transformers
Phaseo ABL6, ABT7 .................................................................................................................. 6/8

5

Connection
Terminal blocks
AB1 ...................................................................................................................................... 6/10
Cable ends
DZ5/AZ5 ................................................................................................................................6/11

6

7

8

9

10

6/1

More service…
Network cuts
1

2

Network voltage interrupts create equipment
operating irregularity that can result in production
losses and even require maintenance team
intervention for restarting.

Phaseo universal solutions can:

Buffer module solution

Simple and efficient

Microcuts < few secondes

p No setting required
p Diagnostic relay contact (module charge state)
p Standard and backup circuit separation possible.

p Render microcuts «transparent» for equipment
p Enable equipment stop with necessary data backup, so allowing restart without
problems at return of network voltage.

3

4

+ OUT
+ IN
Buffer module

+

5
Battery backup solution

Total confidence

Cuts > few secondes

p Battery state automatic test
p Advanced and user-friendly diagnostics:
- Power supply operation
- Battery operation
- Fault presence.

6
Control module

7

Flexible and adaptable
+ OUT

+ IN

8

p 2 current supply modules are available:
- Backup until complete battery discharge (battery is however disconnected
before overdischarge)
- Backup for an adjustable time period, keeping energy
in reserve in case of a closely following cut.

+

Battery module

Quick installation

9

3,2AH 7AH 12AH

20

p Copy of configuration between 2 modules using
memory cartridge
p Quick configuration of battery control module by a
single selector switch and display pictograms.

10

4
2
60
40

mn

BACKUP TIME

h

10

20
10
40

200
mA

1000

10
A

20

40

BACKUP CURRENT

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/2

24 VDC circuit overload

Starter protection solution

Protection of circuits supplied in DC low voltage has
traditionally been by fuses or electromechanical circuitbreakers. In certain cases (notably short-circuits) this
protection is not sufficiently selective, and electronic
protection of the power supply suspends low voltage
supply before downstream protections can react.

1

2
The Phaseo solution is a 4-starter electronic protection module, dedicated to ABL 8R/W Universal power
supplies.

Protection module

Each of these starters is adjustable from 1 to 10 A.

3

High-performance solution ensuring
service continuity
p Selectivity enabling isolation of fault circuits only
p Advanced diagnostics by LED and relay contact
p Manual opening of each circuit by switch
p Lead-sealed settings.

4

Minimised stock levels

5

Disponip 1 product
reference each covering 1 to 10 A.
bilité

6

Availability

Redundancy solution

On certain equipment, the consequences of a 24 V
control voltage breakdown can be extremely detrimental
and can justify paralleling 2 or more power supplies to
maintain faultless operating continuity.

7
Redundancy module

The Phaseo solution consists of coupling 2 universal
power supplies with an electronic redundancy
module.

8

The primaries of these power supplies can be on the
same or on different networks.

9
Service continuity in total confidence
p Advanced diagnostics by LED
p C/O contact enables signalling of fault in one of the 2 power supplies and alerts maintenance.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/3

Phaseo

Power supplies
Modular, Optimum, Universal,

1

2

3

Type of power supply

Modular, regulated switch mode with automatic reset

Rated input voltage

100…240 VAC

Rated output voltage

24 V

Rated power / Rated current

7.5 W / 0.3 A

Reset

Auto

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2

Without

15 W / 0.6 A

5V

12 V

30 W / 1.2 A

60 W / 2.5 A

20 W / 4 A

25 W / 2 A

54x59x90

72x59x90

54x59x90

ABL7RM24025

ABL8MEM05040

Certifications

cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick

Dimensions (mm)

36x59x90

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

References

ABL8MEM24003

Type of power supply

Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset

Rated input voltage

100…120 VAC and 200…500 VAC

Rated output voltage

24 V

Rated power / Rated current

72 W / 3 A

Permissible temporary inrush current (boost)

1.5 In during 4 s

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2

Yes

Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V)

No

Certifications

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm)

44x120x143

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15

References

ABL8RPS24030

ABL8MEM24006

ABL8MEM24012

ABL8MEM12020

4

5

6

120 W / 5 A

240 W / 10 A

Yes
56x120x143

85x140x143

ABL8RPS24050

ABL8RPS24100

7

8

9

10

Type of module

Microcuts and cuts network solutions. Fixing Omega rail clip-in (1)

Compatibility

Output connection of Universal power supplies ABL8RPS24… and ABL8WPS24…

Technology

Buffer module

battery backup module + battery

Rated voltage

40 A

20 A

Holding time 1A

2 s typique

adjustable from 10 s to 24 H (battery depending)

Holding time for maximum current

100 ms typique

adjustable from 10 s to 30 mn (battery depending) adjustable from 10 to 10 mn (battery depending)

Certifications

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm)

85x140x146

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 (1)

References Control module
References battery

40 A

86x175x143

86x175x143

ABL8BUF24400

ABL8BBU24200

ABL8BBU24400

3,2AH (2)

–

ABL8BPK24A03

ABL8BPK24A03

7AH (2)

–

ABL8BPK24A07

ABL8BPK24A07

12AH (2)

–

ABL8BPK24A12

ABL8BPK24A12

(1) Battery module except 7AH and 12AH. For battery module 3.2AH with ABL1A02 kit.
(2) Battery to be chosen according to the graph page 6/2
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/4

1
Optimums, regulated switch mode
100…240 VAC
24 V
72 W / 3 A

120 W / 5 A

2

12 V

48 V

60 W / 5 A

144 W / 2.5 A

Auto

Auto or manual

No

Yes

cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick
27x120x120

54x120x120

3

DIN rail 75x7.5, 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8REM24030

ABL8REM24050

ABL7RP1205

ABL7RP4803

4

5

Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset

Type of module

Converters DC/DC

100…120 VAC and 200…240 VAC 3 x 380…500 VAC

Compatibility

Output connection of Universal power supplies
ABL8RPS24… and ABL8WPS24…

24 V
480 W / 20 A

960 W / 40 A

Rated output

1.5 In during 4 s

voltage

Yes

Rated output

Yes

current

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
145x140x143

12 V

6A

2A

Certifications

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

95x155x143

165x155x143

Dimensions (mm)

44x140x146

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15

ABL8WPS24200

ABL8WPS24400

References

ABL8DCC05060

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8RPM24200

5V

6

ABL8DCC12020

7

8
Type of module

Redundancy power supplies solutions

Type of module

Starter protection solution

Compatibility

Connection of 2 power supplies inputs

Compatibility

Output connection of Universal power supplies

up to 20 A (1 power supply 40A)

ABL8RPS24100..., ABL8RPM24200..., ABL8WPS24...

Rated output voltage

24 V

Rated output current

10A par voie

Rated output current

40 A

Calibres

1 / 2.5 / 4 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 10 A

Certifications

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Nombre de voies

4

Dimensions (mm)

44x140x146

Relais de défaut

Yes

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 ou 35x15

Coupure manuelle (1 par voie)

Two-pole

References

ABL8RED24400

Certifications

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm)

71x109x110

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

References

ABL8PRP24100

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/5

Phaseo Slim

Power supplies

1
Single phase

2

3

4

Rated Input Voltage AC

120…230V 50/60Hz

120/230V

Permissible input voltage AC

90…264V 47…63 Hz

90…132V / 185…264V 47…63 Hz

Rated Input Voltage DC

100…370V

Input current (120/230 VAC)

1,6A / 0,9A

1,9A / 1,1A

3,5A / 1,8A

Efficiency (120/230 VAC)

>85% / >89%

>86% / >90%

>88% / >90%

>90% / >92%

Dissipated power max

15W

19W

32W

55W

Output Voltage

24V rated adjustable 23…27,5 V

Rated Output current

3,5A

5A

10A

20A

Permissible output current

6A for 30s

8A for 30s

15A for 30s

30A for 5s

Reset after overload

Auto

Diagnostic relay

Yes

Operating temperature

-20…+60°C with derating above 50°C

Certifications

UL

Dimensions (mm)

39x115x134

References

ABL4RSM24035

300…350 V
4,1A / 2A

24V rated 24…28V

64x140x139
ABL4RSM24050

ABL4RSM24100

ABL4RSM24200

5

6

7

8

9

Three phase
Rated Input Voltage AC

400 … 500V 50/60 Hz

Permissible input voltage AC

340 … 550V 47…63 Hz

Working on 2 phases

Possible with output current = 75% of the nominal output current.

Input current (400/500 VAC)

1A / 0,6A

1,4A / 1,1A

2,2A / 1,1A

Efficiency (400/500 VAC)

>93% / >94%

>93% / >94%

>91% / >91%

Dissipated power max

36W

36W

95W

Output Voltage

24V rated 24…28V

Rated Output current

20A

30A

40A

Permissible output current

30A for 5s

45A for 5s

60A for 5s

Reset after overload

Auto

Diagnostic relay

Yes

Operating temperature

-20…+60°C with derating above 50°C

Certifications

UL

Dimensions (mm)

80x127x146

References

ABL4WSR24200

ABL4WSR24300

ABL4WSR24400

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/6

Phaseo

Power supplies
Dedicated

1
Type of power supply

Dedicated, regulated switch mode

Input voltage

85…264 VAC

Output voltage

12 VDC

Power / rated current

60 W / 5 A

85…132 VAC / 170…264 VAC
24 VDC
100 W / 8.3 A

100 W / 4.2 A

150 W / 6.2 A

240 W / 10 A

150x38x98

200x38x98

200x50x98

200x65x98

Certifications

UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick

Dimensions WxDxH (mm)

150x38x98

Fixing (mm)

Panel mount by scew, by bracket ABL1A01 (1) , on DIN rail 35mm by panel ABL1A02 (1).

References

200x38x98

Without filter

ABL1REM12050 –

With filter (2)

–

2

24 VDC

60 W / 2.5 A

ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062 ABL1REM24100

ABL1RPM12083 –

ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062 ABL1RPM24100

3

(1) has to order separately.
(2) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2

4

Filtered rectified

5
Type of power supply

Filtered rectified single-phase or two-phase

Input voltage

215/230/245 V or 385/400/415 VAC

Rated output voltage

24 V

Certifications

cULus, ENEC

Rated power / Rated current

12 W / 0.5 A

24 W / 1 A

48 W / 2 A

96 W / 4 A

144 W / 6 A

240 W / 10 A

360 W / 15 A

480 W / 20 A

Dimensions (mm)

87x124x108

87x124x108

87x142x108

87x165x108

123x153x153

123x185x153

135x185x138

175x215x128

6

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

References

ABL8FEQ24005 ABL8FEQ24010 ABL8FEQ24020 ABL8FEQ24040 ABL8FEQ24060 ABL8FEQ24100 ABL8FEQ24150 ABL8FEQ24200

On panel mount by screw

7

8

Type of power supply

Filtered rectified three-phase

Input voltage

3x 380 / 400 / 420 V

Rated output voltage

24 V

9

Certifications

cULus, ENEC

Rated power / Rated current

240 W / 10 A

480 W / 20 A

720 W / 30 A

960 W / 40 A

1440 W / 60 A

Dimensions (mm)

185x190x78

220x215x104

240x252x108

310x310x140

310x310x154

Fixing (mm)

On panel mount by screw

References

ABL8TEQ24100

ABL8TEQ24300

ABL8TEQ24400

ABL8TEQ24600

ABL8TEQ24200

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/7

Phaseo

Transformers

1

2

Type of transformer

Universal range, double winding operating temperature +60°C

Rated input voltage

230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certifications

c

Rated power / Rated current

25 VA

Visualization

LED display of voltage presenceat primary

Fixing (mm)
References

40 VA

63 VA

100 VA

160 VA

250 VA

320 VA

400 VA

630 VA

1000 VA

Without

DIN rail 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

On panel mount by screw

ABT7PDU•••(1)
Rated output voltage

3

us, ENEC

24/48 V

002B

004B

006B

010B

016B

025B

032B

040B

063B

100B

115/230 V

002G

004G

006G

010G

016G

025G

032G

040G

063G

100G

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

4

5

6

Type of transformer

Optimum range, single winding operating temperature +50°C

Rated input voltage

230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certifications
Nominal power

25 VA

Fixing (mm)

On panel mount by screw

References

40 VA

63 VA

100 VA

160 VA

250 VA

400 VA

630 VA

1000 VA

ABL6TS•••(1)
Rated output voltage

7

24 V

02B

04B

06B

10B

16B

25B

40B

63B

100B

115 V

02G

04G

06G

10G

16G

25G

40G

63G

100G

230 V

02U

04U

06U

10U

16U

25U

40U

63U

100U

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

8

9

10

Type of transformer

Economy range, single winding operating temperature +40°C

Rated input voltage

230 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certifications

Without

Rated power / Rated current

40 VA

Fixing (mm)

On panel mount by screw

References

63 VA

100 VA

160 VA

250 VA

320 VA

400 VA

010B

016B

025B

032B

040B

ABT7ESM•••(1)
Rated output voltage

24 V

004B

006B

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/8

Phaseo

Notes

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/9

AB1

Terminal blocks
Spring clamp technology

1
Terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 100)

Commoning link
(sold in lots of 100)

Conducting

AB1RRN235U2GR

AB1RRNAC242GR

AB1RRAL22 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP235U2

AB1RRNTPAC242

–

Conducting

AB1RRN435U2GR

AB1RRNAC442GR

AB1RRAL42 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP435U2

AB1RRNTPAC442

–

Conducting

AB1RRN635U2GR

AB1RRNAC642GR

AB1RRNAL62 (2)

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP635U2

AB1RRNTPAC642

–

Conducting

AB1RRN1035U2GR (3)

AB1RRNAC1042GR

AB1RRNAL102

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP1035U2 (3)

AB1RRNTPAC1042

–

Conducting

AB1RRN1635U2GR (3)

AB1RRNAC1642GR

AB1RRNAL162

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP1635U2 (3)

AB1RRNTPAC1642

–

Conducting

AB1RRN3535U2GR (4)

–

AB1RRAL352

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRNTP3535U2 (4)

–

–

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm

2

2.5 mm2 c.s.a.
4 mm2 c.s.a.
6 mm2 c.s.a.

3

10 mm2 c.s.a.
16 mm2 c.s.a.
35 mm2 c.s.a.

4

rails

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRAL22 becomes A1BRRAL23)
(2) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRNAL62 becomes A1BRRNAL64)
(3) Sold in lots of 50

Screw clamp technology

(4) Sold in lots of 10

5
Clip-on mounting on 35 mm

6

7

8

Terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 100)

Commoning link
(sold in lots of 100)

Conducting

AB1VV235U

AB1AC24

AB1ALN22 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP235U

AB1AC25

–

4 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VV435U

AB1AC24

AB1ALN42 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP435U

–

–

6 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VV635U

AB1AC6

AB1ALN62 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP635U

–

–

Conducting

AB1VVN1035U (2)

AB1ACN10

AB1ALN102 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP1035U (2)

–

–

16 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN1635U (2)

AB1ACN16

AB1ALN162 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP1635U (2)

–

–

35 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN3535U (3)

_

AB1ALN352 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP3535U (3)

–

–

70 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN7035U (3)

_

AB1ALN702

150 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN15035U (4)

_

AB1ALN1502 (1)

2.5 mm2 c.s.a.

10 mm2 c.s.a.

rails

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1ALN22 becomes AB1ALN23)
(2) Sold in lots of 50

Insulation displacement technology

(3) Sold in lots of 20
(2) Sold in lots of 10

9
Clip-on mounting on 35 mm

10

1 mm2 c.s.a.
2.5 mm2 c.s.a.

rails

2-way terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 10)

2-pole commoning link (1)
(sold in lots of 10)
AB1RRAL22

Conducting

AB1AA135U2GR

AB1AAAC122GR

Protective earth conductor

AB1AATP135U2

AB1AAAC122VE

–

Conducting

AB1AA235U2GR

AB1AAAC122GR

AB1RRAL22

Protective earth conductor

AB1AATP235U2

AB1AAAC122VE

–

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RAL22 becomes AB1RAL23).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/10

DZ5/AZ5

Insulated cable ends
Conforming to DIN 46228 (1)

mm2

Øb

Øb1 c

0.5

3

1.4

13

0.75

3.1

1.6

13

1

3.4

1.8

13.5

1.5

4

2.1

13.5

2.5

4.6

2.7

14.5

1

Type

Single cable ends
Sold in lots of 10 x 100

Packaging
Conductor c.s.a.

0.5

2

in mm

White

Individual or “strings” of bags

Dispenser pack

Strips of 50 in bag

DZ5CE005D

AZ5CE005D

DZ5CEB005D

0.75

Grey

DZ5CE007D

AZ5CE007D

DZ5CEB007D

1

Red

DZ5CE010D

AZ5CE010D

DZ5CEB010D

1.5

Black

DZ5CE015D

AZ5CE015D

DZ5CEB015D

2.5

Blue

DZ5CE025D

AZ5CE025D

DZ5CEB025D

2

3

4
mm2

Øb

Øb1 c

0.75

2.8 x 5

1.8

15

8

1

3.4 x 5.4 2.05 15

8

1.5

3.6 x 6.6 2.3

15

8

2.5

4.2 x 7.8 2.9

18.5 10

c1

5

Type

Double cable ends
Sold in lots of 5 x 100

Packaging

Dispenser pack

Conductor c.s.a.

2 x 0.75

Grey

AZ5DE007D

in mm2

2x1

Red

AZ5DE010D

2 x 1.5

Black

AZ5DE015D

2 x 2.5

Blue

AZ5DE025D

6

(1) For insulated cable ends conforming to standard NF C 63-023 , please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.

7
Accessoires de câblage

8

9
Type

Pliers/cutters

Functions

Stripping

Cutting/stripping Crimping

Crimping (ratchet) Cutting/stripping/crimping (2)

For cable c.s.a.

0.08 to 4 mm2

0.4 to 4 mm2

0.5 to 16 mm2

0.25 to 6 mm2

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

References

AT1PA7

AT2PE1

AT1PA2

AT2PA5

AT2TRIF01

10

(2) For use with cable ends packed in strips of 50.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/11

Advantys is a complete range of
interfaces, inputs/outputs and system
integration platforms for all types of
applications. From simple pre-wired
systems to I/O integration platforms,
from monobloc products to modular
solutions…the Advantys range
provides a solution whatever your
requirements.

Advantys
- Simplified maintenance,
- Reduced set-up and commissioning,
- Reduced enclosure sizes,
- Reduced cabling costs & errors.

Interfaces and I/O
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Distributed I/O
IP20
Expandable Block I/O, Advantys OTB .................................................................................. 7/2

3

Modular I/O with device integration capabilities, Advantys STB ................................ 7/ 3 to 7/6

IP67
Block I/O, Advantys FTB ....................................................................................................... 7/7
Modular I/O, Advantys FTM .................................................................................................. 7/8

4

Distributed I/O with embedded control
IP20
Block I/O, Modicon Momentum ................................................................................ 7/9 to 7/12

5

Interfaces
IP20
Passive I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 .............................................................. 7/13

6

Relay-based I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 ....................................................... 7/14
Twido I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 .................................................................. 7/15

IP67
Embases E/S passives, Advantys Telefast ABE9 .............................................................. 7/16

7

Accessories and Cabling
Connection cables and jumper cables ..................................................................... 7/17 to 7/19

8

9

10

7/1

Advantys OTB

IP 20 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules

1

2

3

Discrete Type of bus

CANopen
Machine bus

Ethernet TCP/IP
network (2)

Number of I/Os

20 I/O

Number of inputs

12 inputs 24 VDC IEC type 1

Number of outputs

6 relay outputs and 2 solid state 24 VDC outputs

Modbus Series
network

Connection method

Removable terminal block

Number of I/O expansion modules (1)

7 discrete or analogue input/output modules, or connection accessories

Maximum I/O configuration

With interface module base: 132 with screw terminal I/O expansion;
244 with HE10 connector I/O expansion; up to 48 analogue channels

Supply voltage
Counting

24 VDC
5 kHz

2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)
dedicated discrete inputs -up counting/down counting with preset

20 kHz

2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)
up/down counting, up counting, down counting, frequency meter

4

Pulse generator, 7 kHz

2 PWM function channels (output with pulse width modulation)
or PLS function (pulse generator output)

Dimension (WxDxH)

55x70x90 mm

References

OTB1C0DM9LP

OTB1E0DM9LP

OTB1S0DM9LP

(1) for the references of discrete I/O and analogue expansion modules, refer to the Twido or Advantys OTB catalogue
(2) Transparent Ready : Class A10

5

6
Accessories

7
Type of accessory
Usage

Commoning modules

Documentation

For grouping input or

User guides for Advantys hardware and software,

output commons, max 8 A

and Advantys Configuration Software for Advantys

Positioning

Inter-module

–

Référence

OTB9ZZ61JP

FTXES01

8

OTB/FTB/FTM. Provided on CD.

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/2

Advantys STB

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system
Communication modules

1
Type of module NIM

EtherNet TCP/IP network

EtherNet/IP network

Binary speed

10 Mbps

10/100 Mbps

Protocol

Modbus TCP/IP

EtherNet/IP

Transparent Ready

Class

B20

N/A

Embedded Web server

Standard services

Standard services

Ethernet services

SNMP agent, FDR client (replacement of faulty equipment), BOOTP (allocation of IP addresses by a server)

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island

32 per island

Dimensions (WxDxH)

40x70x128,3 mm

40x70x128,3 mm

STBNIP2212

STBNIC2212

Reference

2

Standard

3

4
Type of module NIM

Machine bus
CANopen

Fieldbus
Fipio

INTERBUS

Profibus DP

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island (1) (2)

32 per island (1)

32 per island (1) (2)

32 per island (1) (2)

Binary speed

10 K…1 Mbps

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

9.6 K…12 Mbps

Dimensions (WxDxH)

40x70x128,3 mm

Reference

Standard

STBNCO2212

STBNFP2212

STBNIB2212

STBNDP2212

Basic

STBNCO1010

–

STBNIB1010

STBNDP1010

5

(1) On 7 segments max.

6

(2) 12 per island on 1 segment max for basic versions.

7
Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

DeviceNet

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island

32 per island

12 per island

Speed

1 Mbps

125, 250 or 500 Kbps

125, 250 or 500 Kbps

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

8

40x70x128,3 mm
Standard

STBNMP2212

STBNDN2212

–

Basic

–

–

STBNDN1010

9

Connection accessories
Type of accessory

Removable terminals for
24 VDC power supply

Use

All communication modules

Network link DeviceNet module

Screw terminals

STBXTS1120 (1)

STBXTS1111

Spring terminals

STBXTS2120 (1)

STBXTS2111

Reference

DeviceNet

10

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10 only for spares parts.(STBXTSp120 are delivered systematicaly with STBNpppppp)
Marking label sheets

STBXMP6700

Screwdriver

STBXTT0220

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/3

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system

Advantys STB

Power distribution modules (1)

1
Type of module

2

Connection by removable terminals

Maximum current

Screw STBXTS1130 (2) (3)

Screw STBXTS1120 (2)
115…230 VAC

24 VDC

Inputs (4)

4 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C

–

5 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C –

–

Outputs (4)

8 A at 30°C, 5 A at 60°C

–

10 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C –

–

Inputs/Outputs (4)

–

4 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C

–

5 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C –

Logique interne 5 V

–

–

–

–

Sensor/actuator bus voltage range
Reference

Spring STBXTS2120 (2)

24 VDC

19.2…30 VDC

Dimensions (WxDxH)

1.2 A

85…265 VAC

–

18.4x70x128.3 mm
Module

Standard

STBPDT3100

–

STBPDT2100

–

Basic

–

STBPDT3105

–

STBPDT2105

Base

4

Auxiliary
Power supply

Spring STBXTS2130 (2) (3)
Supply voltage

3

PDM

STBXBA2200

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

STBCPS2111

STBXBA2200

STBXBA2100

Bus extension modules for standard range

(3) PDM connector keying pin kit STBXMP7810.
(4) PDM fuse kit STBXMP5600.

5

6

Type of module

“EOS”
End of segment

“BOS”
Beginning of segment

Connection by removable terminals

–

Screw STBXTS1120 (2)

Screw STBXTS1110 (3)

–

Spring STBXTS2120 (2)

Spring STBXTS2110 (3)

For placing at end of segment

For placing at head of each

For placing at end of last

(except for the last)

extension segment

segment

STBXBE1100

STBXBE1300

STBXBE2100

STBXBA2300

STBXBA2300

STBXBA2000

Use
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

7

Extension for CANopen
connection devices

18.4x70x128.3 mm
Module

Standard

Base
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

(3) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Software and memory card

8
Type

Advantys STB, OTB, FTM, FTB configuration software

Removable
memory card

(PC connection cable supplied)
Software User Guide

9

Single station

3 pack

10 pack

Unlimited Site

System Aliance

–

Integrator
Memory size

–

Reference

STBSPU1000
Hardware User Guide

32 Ko
STBSPU1003

STBSPU1011

STBSPU1130

STBSPU1010

STBXMP4440

STBSUS8800

Connection accessories

10

Type of accessory

Câble d’extention de bus d’ilot

Length

0.3 m

1m

4.5 m

10 m

14 m

Reference

STBXCA1001

STBXCA1002

STBXCA1003

STBXCA1004

STBXCA1006

Bus termination module or plug

Programmation connection cable L= 2 m

Reference

STBXMP1100

STBXCA4002

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/4

Discrete modules

1
Type of module

Discrete inputs

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw (2)

STBXTS1100

STBXTS1180 STBXTS1110

Spring (2)

STBXTS2100

STBXTS2180 STBXTS2110

Number of channels

2

Input voltage

24 VDC

115 VAC

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

Module

4

6

16

2

2
2 (isolated)

2
230 VAC

13.9x70x128.3 mm

18.4x70x128.3 mm

Standard

STBDDI3230 STBDDI3420 STBDDI3610 –

STBDAI5230 STBDAI5260 STBDAI7220

Basic

–

STBDDI3425 STBDDI3615 STBDDI3725 (4) –

STBXBA1000

Base (3)

–

–

3

STBXBA3000 STBXBA2000

4
Type of module

Discrete solid state outputs

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw (2)
Spring (2)

STBXTS1100

STBXTS1180

STBXTS2100

STBXTS2100

Number of channels

2

Output voltage

24 VDC

Output current

0.5 A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

13.9x70x128.3 mm

Reference

Module

4

6

24 VDC
2A

0.25 A

Standard

STBDDO3200 STBDDO3230 –

Basic

–

Base (3)

5

–

16

24 VDC
0.5 A

0.25 A

STBDDO3410 –

STBDDO3415 –

24 VDC
0.5 A

0.5 A

6

STBDDO3600 –

STBDDO3605 –

STBDDO3705 (5)

STBXBA1000

STBXBA3000

7

8
Type of module

Discrete outputs
Triac

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw (2)
Spring (2)

Relay

STBXTS1100
STBXTS2100

Number of channels

2

2 (isolated)

2 “OF”

Output voltage

115…230 VAC

115 VAC

24 VDC ou 115…230 VAC

Output current

2 A à 30°C, 1 A à 60°C

Dimensions (WxDxH)

18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference

Module

Standard

Base (3)

STBDAO8210

2 A par contact

2 “O+F”

9

7 A par contact
28.1x70x128.3 mm

STBDAO5260

STBXBA2000

STBDRC3210

STBDRA3290
STBXBA3000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.
(2) I/O connector keying pin kit STBXMP7800
(3) Module keying pin kit STBXMP7700
(4) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6510 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5510
(5) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6610 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5610

10

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/5

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system

Advantys STB

Analog modules

1

2

Type of module (1)

Analog inputs

Connection by removable terminals

Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)

Number of channels

2

4

8

2

Input signal

- 10…+10 V

0…+10 V

0…20 mA

4…20 mA

4…20 / 0…20 mA Selectable

Selectable

Multigamme (3)

Resolution

9 bits + sign

10 bits

12 bits

10 bits

15 bits + sign

–

–

STBACI1230

–

STBACI0320

–

–

–

–

STBACI8320 (4) –

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm)
Reference

13,9x70x128,3
Module
Standard

3

Basic
Base

13,9x70x128,3

18,4x70x128,3

STBAVI1275 STBAVI1255 –

STBAVI0300

STBACI1225 –

STBXBA1000

–

STBACI1400 (5) STBART0200
STBAVI1400 (6) –
–

STBXBA2000

–
STBXBA1000

4

5

Type of module (1)

Analog outputs

Connection by removable terminals

Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)

Number of channels

1

2

Output signal

4…20 mA

- 0…+10 , - 10…+10 V 0…+10 V

Resolution

15 bits + sign 11 bits + sign or 12 bits 10 bits

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm)

6

Reference

-10 V…+10 V

0…20 mA

4…20 mA

4…20 mA

9 bits + sign

12 bits

10 bits

15 bits + sign

–

STBACO1210 –

18,4x70x128,3 13,9x70x128,3
Module

18,4x70x128,3

Standard STBACO0120 STBAVO1250 –
Basic

Base

–

–

Selectable (6)

STBAVO1255 STBAVO1265 –

STBACO0220 STBAVO0200

STBACO1225 –

STBXBA2000 STBXBA1000

–

STBXBA2000

Application-specific modules

7

8

9

Type of module (1)

For motor starters
TeSys model U

Counter

Connection by connector

4 RJ45

Spring STBXTS2150 (2)

Number of inputs/outputs

12 E / 8 S

4E/2S

Input voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

Output voltage/current

24 VDC/0.1 A per channel

24 VDC/0.5 A

Number of channels

4 starters-controllers

1 counter channel 40 kHz

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm)
Reference

10

28.1x70x128.3
Module

Standard

STBEPI2145

STBEHC3020

Base

STBXBA3000

Connection cables

(7)

–

(7)

–

(1) Grounding kit (conseilled for counter > 40 kHz): STBXSP3000 (connecting support) + STBXSP3010 (1.5…6 mm2 cables) + STBXSP3020 (5…11 mm2 cables)
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.
(3) Multirange temperature probe thermocouples B, E, J, K, R, S, T. Thermal probe Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, cu 10, ± 80 mV.
(4) 4 HART-tolerant channels

(5) Input signal selectable / channel 0…20 mA and 4…20 mA

(6) Input signal selectable / channel 1…5 VDC, 0…5 VDC, 0…10 VDC, ± 5 VDC and ± 10 VDC

(7) LU9R03 (0,3 m), LU9R10 (1 m), 490NTW00002 (2 m), LU9R30 (3 m), 490NTW00005 (5 m), 490NTW00012 (12 m)
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/6

Advantys FTB

IP 67 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules, plastic enclosure

1
Type of module

CANopen
machine bus

Number of channels

16

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs

24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box

8A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H

DeviceNet
Fieldbus

ProfiBus
Fieldbus

InterBus
Fieldbus

2

63 x 50.5 x 220 mm

63 x 69 x 220 mm

Diagnostics

Splitter boxes
Channels

By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

References

16 inputs

FTB1CN16EP0

FTB1DN16EP0

FTB1DP16EP0

FTB1IB16EP0

8 inputs/8 outputs

FTB1CN08E08SP0

FTB1DN08E08SP0

FTB1DP08E08SP0

FTB1IB08E08SP0

12 inputs/4 outputs

FTB1CN12E04SP0

FTB1DN12E04SP0

FTB1DP12E04SP0

FTB1IB12E04SP0

16 configurable inputs/outputs

FTB1CN16CP0

FTB1DN16CP0

FTB1DP16CP0

FTB1IB16CP0

3

By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

4

5
Interface modules, metal enclosure

6

7
Type of module

CANopen

Number of channels

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs

24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box

8A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Diagnostics
References

DeviceNet

ProfiBus

8

62.7 x 38.9 x 224.7 mm
Splitter boxes

By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels

By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

16 inputs

FTB1CN16EM0

FTB1DN16EM0

FTB1DP16EM0

8 inputs/8 outputs/configurable outputs

FTB1CN08E08CM0

FTB1DN08E08CM0

FTB1DP08E08CM0

16 configurable inputs/outputs

FTB1CN16CM0

FTB1DN16CM0

FTB1DP16CM0

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/7

Advantys FTM

IP 67 distributed I/O, modular system
Interface modules

1

2

3

Type of bus module

CANopen
machine bus

Max. number of Discrete I/O

256

Max. number of splitter boxes

16

Bus module supply voltage

24 V DC

Bus module max. supply current

9A

Product certification

UL/CSA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

50 x 50.3 x 151 mm

References

FTM1CN10

DeviceNet
fieldbus

Profibus
fieldbus

CULus
FTM1DN10

FTM1DP10

Splitter boxes

4

5

6

Type of splitter box

Discrete inputs/outputs
Compact

Expandable

Input voltage

24 V DC/type 2/200 mA

24 V DC/type 2/200 mA

Output voltage

24 V DC

24 V DC

Type of output

Solid-state

Solid-state

Output current

0.5 A

0.5 A

Maximum supply current by internal bus

4A

4A

Diagnostics

Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Dimensions (WxDxH)

30 x 34.5 x 126 mm

I/O connection

M8 connector

M12 connector

M8 connector

M12 connector

8 inputs

FTM1DE08C08

FTM1DE08C12

FTM1DE08C08E

FTM1DE08C12E

8 configurable inputs/outputs

FTM1DD08C08

FTM1DD08C12

FTM1DD08C08E

FTM1DD08C12E

16 inputs

–

FTM1DE16C12 (1)

–

FTM1DE16C12E (1)

16 configurable inputs/outputs

–

FTM1DD16C12 (1)

–

FTM1DD16C12E (1)

References

7

30 x 34.5 x 151 mm

(1) Dimensions: 50 x 34.5 x 126 mm.

8

9

10

Type of splitter box

Analogue inputs/outputs
Compact

Type of inputs/outputs

Current

Voltage

Measuring range

0…20 mA/4…20 mA

± 10 V DC/0…10 V DC

Diagnostics

Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Conversion time

≤ 2 ms per channel

Dimensions (WxDxH)

30 x 34.5 x 126 mm

Resolution
References

16 bit

12 bit

15 bit + sign

11 bit + sign

4 inputs

FTM1AE04C12C

–

FTM1AE04C12T

–

4 outputs

–

FTM1AS04C12C

–

FTM1AS04C12T

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/8

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
Discrete I/O modules

1
Type of module

Multibus discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Input voltage

24 VDC

120 VAC
32 (2 common points)

2

230 VAC

Number of channels

16 (1 common point)

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

16 (2 common points)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
Reference

170ADI34000

170ADI35000

170ADI54050

170ADI74050

3

4
Type of module

Multibus discrete outputs
Triac
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Output voltage

24 VDC

Number of protected channels

16

32

(2 common pts)

(2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts)

Output current

120 VAC

5

230 VAC

8

16

8

16

Per channel

0,5 A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

Per group of channels

4A

8A

4A

4A

4A

4A

Per module

8A

16 A

8A

8A

8A

8A

170ADO73050

170ADO74050

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

Reference

170ADO34000

6

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
170ADO35000

170ADO53050

170ADO54050

7

8

Type of module

Multibus discrete I/O
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

Inputs

16 (1 common pt) 16 (4 com. pts)

16 (1 com. pt)

10 (1 common pt)

Input logic

Positive

Negative

Positive

Outputs

16 (1 common pt) 16 (2 common pts)

Input voltage

Dimensions (WxDxH)

Positive (2)

Triac

–

8/4 (1 com. pt) 12

8 (2 common pts)

8 (1 com. pt)

12…48 VDC

24 VDC

12…48 VDC

24 VDC

0,5 A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

Per group of channels –

4A

4A

4/2 A

8A

4A

Per module

8A

8A

6A

16 A

4A

Output voltage
Output current

Relay

Per output

8A

120 VAC
24…230 VAC/20…115 VDC 120 VAC

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

10

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
Reference

170ADM85010

170ADM35010

9

170ADM35015

170ADM37010 170ADM39010 170ADM39030 170ARM37030 170ADM69051

(2) For a version with high-speed positive logic, replace 0 at the end of the reference with 1. E.g. 170ADM35010 becomes 170ADM35011
Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/9

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
Analog I/O modules

1

2

Type of module

Multibus analog inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

8 isolated

16 with common point

4 isolated

Input signal

± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA,

± 5 V, ± 10 V, 4...20 mA

Multi-range ± 25 mV, ± 10 mV

1…5 V, 4…20 mA

3

(1)

Resolution

14 bits + sign, 15 bits unipolar

12 bits + sign

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

15 bits + sign

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
Reference

170AAI03000

170AAI14000

170AAI52040

(1) Temperature probe: Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.

4
Type of module

5

Multibus analog outputs

Connection
Number of channels
Input signal

Analog I/O and
multibus discrete I/O

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
6 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)

Inputs

–

4 differential + 4 discrete

Outputs

4

2 + 2 discrete (24VDC) 2 + 2 discrete (12VDC) 4 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)

± 10 V, 0...20 mA ± 10 V, 4...20 mA ± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA,

0…10 V

± 10 V

1…5 V, 4…20 mA

6

Output signal

–

± 10 V, 4...20 mA

0…10 V

± 10 V

Resolution

12 bits + sign

12...14 bits dep. on signal

14 bits

14 bits

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)
170ANR12090

170ANR12091

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
Reference

7

170AAO12000

170AAO92100

170AMM09000

170AMM09001

Application-specific I/O modules

8

9

10

Type of module

High-speed counter

Discrete I/O
with Modbus port

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Type of inputs for

Incremental or absolute encoders

RS 485 Modbus port

Operating voltage

24 VDC

120 VAC

Counting frequency

200 kHz

–

Number of channels

2 independent

–

Number of discrete I/O

2 x 3 inputs/2 x 2 outputs

6 inputs/3 outputs

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or M1/M1E processors)
144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference

170AEC92000

170ADM54080

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/10

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
Communication modules

1
Type of module

Ethernet
TCP/IP network

Fipio
fieldbus

INTERBUS (1)
fieldbus

Profibus DP
fieldbus

Speed

10 Mbps

Manager PLC

–

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

9.6 K…12 Mbps

Premium

-

-

Redundancy
Standard services

No

No

No

No

Modbus TCP/IP

–

–

Reference

170ENT11002

–

170FNT11001

170INT11000 (1)

170DNT11000

10/100 Mbps

170ENT11001

2

(1) Generation 4, twisted pair medium: 170INT11003, with optical fiber medium: 170INT12000

3
Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

DeviceNet

Speed

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

Manager PLC

Premium or Quantum

Quantum

–

Redundancy

No

Yes

No

Standard services

–

–

–

Reference

170PNT11020

170PNT16020

170LNT71000

4

5

Optional modules for M1/M1E processors

Type of module (2)

Modbus Plus

Communication ports

1 Modbus Plus

Real-time clock

Integrated, ± 13 sec/day accuracy

Connection

By 9-way SUB-D connector

Reference

172PNN21022

Asynchronous serial link
2 redundant Modbus Plus

RJ45

172PNN26022

172JNN21032

6

(2) Include save battery of the M1/M1E processors application and data memories.

7
Connection accessories
Type

RS 232C communication cable

Length

1m

3m

6m

Reference

110XCA28201

110XCA28202

110XCA28203

8

Power supply module (3)

9
Type of power supply module for

Momentum processors

Input voltage

120 or 230 VAC (selected by jumper)

Output voltage

24 VDC

Output current

0.7 A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

73 x 44.5 x 146 mm

Reference

170CPS11100

10

(3) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/11

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
M1/M1E processors

1
Type of processor

2

Number of I/O

M1
Discrete

2048 I/O

2048 I/2048 Q

8192 I/O

Registers

2048 words

4096 words

26048 words

1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

1 I/O port

–

Integrated communication ports Modbus

3

4

1 RS 232C

Ethernet TCP/IP

–

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

I/O bus (1)

–

Transparent Ready

Embedded Web server

–

Memory capacity

RAM

64 Kb

256 Kb

512 Kb

Flash

256 Kb

256 Kb

512 Kb
18 K

User, 984 LL language (2)

2.4 K

12 K

User, IEC language (3)

–

160 K

240 K

Data

2K

4K

24 K

Cycle time

1 ms/K

1 ms/K

0.63 ms/K

1 ms/K

Reference

171CCS70000

171CCS78000

171CCS76000

171CCC78010

(1) I/O bus derived from INTERBUS bus.
(2) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.
(3) Concept programming software.

5
Type of processor
Number of I/O

6

M1
Discrete

8192 I/O

Registers

26048 words

Integrated communication ports Modbus

M1E

1 RS 232C

1 RS 485

Ethernet TCP/IP

–

1 integrated Ethernet port

–

I/O bus (1)

1 I/O port

–

Transparent Ready

Embedded Web server

–

Standard services (class A10)

Memory capacity

RAM

512 Kb

544 Kb

Flash

512 Kb

User, 984 LL language (2)

18 K

User, IEC language (3)

240 K

Data

24 K

7

–

Cycle time

1 ms/K

0.3 ms/K

Reference

171CCC76010

171CCC98020

Type of processor

171 CBB97030

1 I/O port

1 Mb

512 Kb

1 Mb

200 K

–

200 K

171CCC98030

171CCC96020

171CCC96030

8

9

Integrated communication ports Modbus
Ethernet TCP/IP

1 RS 232/485
4 integrated Ethernet port

Transparent Ready

Embedded Web server

Standard services (class B)

Memory capacity

RAM

512 Kb

10

Flash

1 Mb

User, 984 LL language (2)

18 K

User, IEC language (3)

200 K

Data

24 K

Cycle time

0.25 ms/K

Reference

171CBB97030

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/12

Advantys ABE7

Telefast® pre-wired system
Passive I/O sub-bases «Discrete»

1
Type of connection sub-base

Optimum

Number of channels

16

16

Max. current per channel

0.5 A

0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

24 VDC / 24 VDC

LED per channel

–

With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number

1/2

1/1

Dimensions (WxDxH)

55 x 59 x 67 mm

106 x 60 x 49 mm

References

2
2/2

3/3

–

ABE7H16C11

ABE7H16C21

ABE7H16C31

Cable L = 1 m

ABE7H20E100 (1)

–

–

–

Cable L = 2 m

ABE7H20E200 (1)

–

–

–

Cable L = 3 m

ABE7H20E300 (1)

–

–

–

3

ABFH20H100

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (2)
(1) Connection cable supplied for PLCs.

(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

4

5
Type of connection sub-base

Universal

Number of channels

16

Max. current per channel

0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

6

LED per channel

–

With

–

–

With

With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number

1/1

1/1

1/2

2/2

2/2

3/3

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 58 x 70 mm

84 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

References

ABE7H16R10

ABE7H16R11

ABE7H16R50

ABE7H16R20

ABE7H16R21

ABE7H16R31

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (2)

7

(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

8

Type of connection sub-base

For counter and
analogue channels

Passive distribution
with shielding continuity

Distribution and supply
of analogue channels

Number of channels

1 counter channel (3)

8

8

Max. current per channel

25 mA

25 mA

25 mA

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

Number of terminals per channel

2

2 or 4

2 or 4

Dimensions (WxDxH)

143 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

References

ABE7CPA01

ABE7CPA02

ABE7CPA03

–

–

Connection cable recommended
for Modicon PLCs (4)

TSX Micro

L = 2.5 m

TSXCCPS15

Premium

L=3m

TSXCAP030

9

10

(3) Or 8 inputs + 2 outputs, analogue .
(4) Connection cables available for other PLCs, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/13

Advantys ABE7

Telefast® pre-wired system
Sockets with plug-in relays and terminals

1
Type of connection sub-base

2

3

With soldered solid-state
relay inputs

With soldered solid-state
relay outputs

With soldered electromechanical relay outputs

Number of channels

16

16

16

Max. current per channel

12 mA

Input voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / -

Number of contacts
Polarity distribution
Number of terminals per channel

2

0.5 A

2A

- / 24 VDC

- / 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC

–

–

1 N/O

–

–

(1)

110 VAC / -

Dimensions (WxDxH)

206 x 58 x 77 mm

References

ABE7S16E2B1 ABE7S16E2F0

5A

Volt-free

ABE7S16S2B0(2) ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R16S111

ABE7R16S210

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (3)
(1) Contact common per group of 8 channels.
(2) With fault detection signal (can only be used with modules with protected outputs).
(3) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomesABFH20H200).

4

5

6

7

Type of connection sub-base

With plug-in electromechanical relays

Number of channels

16

Max. current per channel

5A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 5…24 VDC, 230 VAC

Number of contacts

1 N/O

Polarity distribution

(4)

2.5 A

4A

5A

1 C/O
(5)

2 C/O

Volt-free

Number of terminals per channel

2

2 or 3

2 to 6

Dimensions (WxDxH)

110x54x89 mm

211 x 64 x 89 mm

272 x 74 x 89 mm

References

ABE7R16T111

ABE7R16T212

ABE7R16T210

ABE7R16T230

ABE7R16T330

ABE7R16T370

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (6)
(4) Contact common per group of 4 channels.
(5) Common on both poles.
(6) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Connection cables for PLCs (7)

8

9
Input/Output functions
References

10

Discrete

Analogue

Analogue
and counter

Counter

Axis control

Cable L = 1 m

ABFH20H100

–

–

–

–

Cable L = 2 m

ABFH20H200

ABFY25S200

–

–

TSXCXP213

Cable L = 2.5 m

–

–

TSXCCPS15

TSXCCPH15

–

Cable L = 3 m

ABFH20H300

TSXCAP030

–

–

–

Cable L = 6 m

–

–

–

–

TSXCXP613

(7) Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs.
For other connection cables and accessories, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/14

Advantys ABE7

Telefast® connection interfaces
Sub-bases for input/output module

1
Type of connection sub-base

Discrete outputs

Number of channels

16

16

16

16

Type of outputs

16 I

16 O

16 O, fuse protected

16 O

Relay

2

(1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 4 channels)
Voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC / 5 mA

LED per channel

–

Number of terminals per channel/row number

2/2

Dimensions (WxDxH)

106 x 60 x 49 mm

References

ABE7E16EPN20

24 VDC / 0.1 A

Relay: 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A
With

–

130 x 62.5 x 83 mm
ABE7E16SPN20

ABE7E16SPN22

3

ABE7E16SRM20

4

Connection cables for Twido

5
Type of cable

For linking Twido and Telefast sub-base

For use with

TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK

TWDDI16DK/32DK/DDO16TK/32TK

Type of connectors

HE10, 26-pin, at either end

HE10, 20-pin, at either end

References

Cable

L = 0.5 m

ABFT26B050

ABFT20E050

L=1m

ABFT26B100

ABFT20E100

L=2m

ABFT26B200

ABFT20E200

6

7
Accessories
Type of accessory

Optional clip-in terminals

Number of linked terminals

20

12 + 8

References

ABE7BV20

ABE7BV20TB

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/15

Advantys ABE9

Passive splitter boxes
IP 67

1

2

3

Type of connection

To PLC using multicore cable

Number of channels

4

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals

8

16

Max. current per channel

4A

Max. current per splitter box

16 A (1 mm2)

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH)
References

Without LEDs
With LEDs (1)

Cable L = 5 m

8

50.2 x 42 x 92.2 mm

50.2 x 42 x 149.2 mm

ABE9C1240L05

ABE9C1280L05

Cable L = 10 m

ABE9C1240L10

ABE9C1280L10

Cable L = 5 m

ABE9C1241L05

ABE9C1281L05

Cable L = 10 m

ABE9C1241L10

ABE9C1281L10

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

4

5
Type of connection

6

7

To PLC using M23 connector

Number of channels

4

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals

8

16

Max. current per channel

4A

Max. current per splitter box

16 A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H

50.2 x 36.5 x 92.2 mm

50.2 x 36.5 x 149.2 mm

Without LEDs

ABE9C1240C23

ABE9C1280C23

With LEDs (1)

ABE9C1241C23

ABE9C1281C23

References

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

8

Accessories

9

10

Type of accessory
References

Splitter boxes w/o cable

Terminal connectors

Without LEDs With LEDs

Cable L = 5 m Cable L = 10 m (sold in lots of 10)

4-channel

ABE9C1240M

ABE9C1241M

ABE9XCA1405 ABE9XCA1410 –

8-channel

ABE9C1280M

ABE9C1281M

ABE9XCA1805 ABE9XCA1810 –

for Ø12 connector

–

–

–

–

Sealing plugs

FTXCM12B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/16

Advantys

Accessories for distributed I/O FTM

(1)

Internal bus connection cables

1
(1) For sensor/actuator cabling accessories, see page 7/13

Type of cable

For linking bus module and splitter boxes

Type of connector
References

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end
Cable

L = 0.3 m

FTXCB3203

L = 0.6 m

FTXCB3206

L=1m

FTXCB3210

L=2m

FTXCB3220

L=3m

FTXCB3230

L=5m

FTXCB3250

2

3

Auxiliary power supply connection cables

4

Type of cable
Type of connector
References

5

For connection of 24 V DC auxiliary power supply

Cable

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at one end (other end free)

L = 0.3 m

FTXCA3203

FTXCA3103

L = 0.6 m

FTXCA3206

FTXCA3106

L=1m

FTXCA3210

FTXCA3110

L=2m

FTXCA3220

FTXCA3120

L=3m

FTXCA3230

FTXCA3130

L=5m

FTXCA3250

FTXCA3150

6

7

8
Accessories

Type

9

Line terminator for end of internal bus

Type of connector

M12

References

FTXCBTL12

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/17

Advantys

Accessories for distributed I/O FTB/FTM

(1)

Bus connection cables

1
(1) For sensor and actuator cabling accessories:
see page 7/17

2

Type of bus

CANopen
machine bus

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin, at either end

Connector coding

A encoded

B encoded

–

FTXCN3203

FTXDP3203

–

References

Cable

3

L = 0.3 m

DeviceNet
fieldbus

ProfiBus
fieldbus

INTERBUS
fieldbus
–

L = 0.6 m

FTXCN3206

FTXDP3206

FTXIB1206 (2)

L=1m

FTXCN3210

FTXDP3210

FTXIB1210 (2)

L=2m

FTXCN3220

FTXDP3220

FTXIB1220 (2)

L=3m

FTXCN3230

FTXDP3230

–

L=5m

TXCN3250

FTXDP3250

FTXIB1250 (2)

(2) Reference includes the Bus connection cable + the power supply cable.

4
Power supply connection cables

5

6
Type of bus

CANopen
machine bus

Type of female connector
References

ProfiBus
fieldbus

Type 7/8, 5-pin, at either end
Cable

7

L = 0.6 m

FTXDP2206

L=1m

FTXDP2210

L=2m

FTXDP2220

L=5m

FTXDP2250

L = 1.5 m

FTXDP2115

L=3m

FTXDP2130

L=5m

FTXDP2150

Type of female connector

Type 7/8, 5-pin, at one end (other end free)
Cable

References

8

9

Accessories
Type of bus

10

DeviceNet
fieldbus

References

CANopen
machine bus
Configuration CD-ROM

FTXES00

Diagnostics M12 adaptor

FTXDG12

Power supply T-connector

FTXCNCT1

Line terminator

FTXCNTL12

DeviceNet
fieldbus

ProfiBus
fieldbus

INTERBUS
fieldbus

FTXDPTL12

–

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/18

Advantys

Accessories for sensors/actuators
M12 / M12 jumper cables

1
Type

Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side

M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Cable
References

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

L=1m

XZCR1511040A1

XZCR1511041C1

XZCR1511064D1

L=2m

XZCR1511040A2

XZCR1511041C2

XZCR1511064D2

2

M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables

3
M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables

4

5
Type

Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side

M8, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side

M8, 3-pin

M8, 3-pin

M8, 3-pin

DIN 43650A

straight, screw thread

straight, clip together

straight, screw thread

elbowed, screw thread

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

L=1m

XZCR2705037R1

XZCR1501040G1

XZCR1509040H1

XZCR1523062K1

L=2m

XZCR2705037R2

XZCR1501040G2

XZCR1509040H2

XZCR1523062K2

References

Cable

6

7
Pre-wired connectors and splitter box

8

9
Type

Connectors

Pre-wired connectors

Splitter box “Y”

Type of male connector, interface side

M12, 4-pin

M8, 3-pin

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

1 x M12

1 x M12

Type of female connector, sensor side

–

–

–

2 x M12

2 x M8

Cable

–

–

PUR, black

–

References

Straight connector, screw thread

XZCC12MDM40B XZCC8MDM30V –

FTXCY1212

FTXCY1208

Elbowed connector, screw thread

XZCC12MCM40B –

–

–

–

Cable

L = 0.5 m

–

–

XZCP1564L05

–

–

L=2m

–

–

XZCP1564L2

–

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/19

10

FactoryCast
The scalable
FactoryCast and
FactoryCast Gateway ranges,
tailored to meet all your
needs, bring you open
solutions for a multiplicity
of services.

Schneider Electric provides you with industrial networking communication solutions.
With the intelligent remote or embedded
modules for PLCs, devices and standalone
equipments, you benefit from many advanced features, services and tools, that keep a
close eye on your automation applications,
giving you consistant information for an accurate control and maintenance.

AS-Interface
A quick and expandable
cabling system:
Only 1 cable for connecting
all the components of an
automation system
Management of communications integrated in
the products.

•
•

ConneXium
ConneXium products are fully interoperable with other Schneider Electric automation products, so you are assured of
reliable, dependable performance when
integrated as a part of a complete
Schneider Electric automation solution.

Networks connectivity
and Web servers
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
ConneXium cabling system
Hub, Transceiver, IP 67 Switch ............................................................................................... 8/2
Switches ....................................................................................................................... 8/3 to 8/6
Gateways & Converters ......................................................................................................... 8/7
ConneXview Software ............................................................................................................ 8/8
Cables & Connectors ............................................................................................................. 8/9

3

AS-Interface cabling system

4

Advantys interfaces for generic products .................................................8/10 and 8/11
IP20 interfaces
IP67 interfaces

Dedicated components .................................................................................... 8/12 and 8/13

5

For control
For dialogue

Installation system ................................................................................................ 8/14 to 8/16
Master modules, power supply units
Cables, repeaters
Accessories

6

Tools ....................................................................................................................................... 8/17
Adjustment and addressing terminals

Safety solutions

7

Safety monitors
Safety interfaces

see Chapter 9 “Machine safety”

8
Servers and Gateways
Data server software,
OPC Factory Server ................................................................................................................. 8/18
Embedded Web Servers,
FactoryCast and FactoryCast HMI ......................................................................................... 8/19
Web Gateways for Remote control,
FactoryCast Gateway and FactoryCast HMI Gateway ........................................... 8/20 and 8/21

9

10

8/1

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: ConneXium Hub, Transceiver
and Switch

1
Hub

2

Interfaces

Copper cable ports

Power supply

Number and type

4 x 10BASE-T ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Voltage

24 V (18…32) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection

3

IP 30

Dimensions W x H x D

40 x 125 x 80 mm

Conformity to standards

cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL
FM 3810, FM 3611 Class 1 Division 2 , C-TICK

Reference

499 NEH 104 10

4
Transceiver

5

Interfaces

Copper cable ports

Fiber optic ports

6

Number and type

1 x 100BASE-TX port

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

1 x 100BASE-FX port

Connectors

SC

Medium

Multimode optical fiber

Length of optical fiber
50/125 μm fiber

3000 m (1)

62.2/125 μm fiber

3000 m (1)

Attenuation analysis

7
Power supply

50/125 μm fiber

8 dB:

62.2/125 μm fiber

11 dB:

Voltage

24 V (18…32) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection

8

9

Dimensions W x H x D

47 x 135 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

Reference
499 NTR 101 00
(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber (typical value: 2000 m).

IP 67 switch
Interfaces

10

IP 20

Twisted pair, unmanaged
Copper cable ports

Power supply

Voltage

Degree of protection

Number and type

5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors

M12 (type D)

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m with rated cable
24 VDC (18…32 VDC), safety extra low voltage (SELV)
IP 65/67

Dimensions W x H x D

60 x 126 x 31 mm

Conformity to standards

cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 14 , C-TICK

Reference

TCS ESU 051 F0
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/2

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: ConneXium unmanaged switches

1
Switches
Interfaces

Copper twisted pair, unmanaged
Copper cable ports

Number and type
Shielded connectors

Fiber optic ports

3 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX 4 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

5 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

8 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

ports

ports

ports

ports

2

Type RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

–

1 x 100BASE-FX ports

–

–

Connectors

–

Duplex SC

–

–

Medium

–

Multimode optical fiber

–

–

50/125 μm fiber

–

5000 m (1)

–

–

62,2/125 μm fiber

–

4000 m (1)

–

–

50/125 μm fiber

–

8 dB

–

–

62,2/125 μm fiber

–

11 dB

–

–

Max. 2,2 W

Max. 4,1 W

3

Length of optical fiber

Attenuation analys

Power supply

Voltage, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

c 24 VDC (c 9,6…32 VDC)

Power consumption

Max. 2,2 W

Connector

3 way removable connector

Degree of protection
Dimensionss

Max. 3,9 W

4

IP 30
WxHxD

25 x 114 x 79 mm

35 x 138 x 121 mm

Weight

0,113 kg

0,120 kg

Conformity to standards

UL 508 and CSA 22.2 N° 142

0,113 kg

0,246 kg

TCS ESU 053FN0

TCS ESU 083FN0

5

IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 60825-1 class 1, CISPR 11A
Alarm relay

–

Reference

TCS ESU 033FN0

TCS ESU 043F1N0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fi ber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

6

7
Switches
Interfaces

Copper twisted pair and fibre optic, unmanaged
Copper cable ports

Number and type

4 x 10BASE-T/

3 x 10BASE-T/

4 x 10BASE-T/

3 x 10BASE-T/

8 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports

Fiber optic ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

1 x 100BASE-FX port

Connectors

SC

Medium

Multimode optical fiber

Single mode optical fiber

–

5000 m (1)

–

–

2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port

2 x 100BASE-FX ports –
–

9

Length of optical fiber
50/125 μm fiber

Power supply

62.2/125 μm fiber

4000 m (1)

–

–

9/125 μm fiber

–

32 500 m (2)

–

Voltage

24 VDC (18…32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection
Dimensions

8

IP 20
WxHxD

10

47 x 135 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

cUL 60950, cUL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

References

499 NMS 251 01

499 NMS 251 02

499 NSS 251 01

499 NSS 251 02

499 NES 181 00

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).
(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/3

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

1
Switches

2

Interfaces

Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, managed
Copper cable ports

Number and type

Fiber optic ports

3

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

1 x 100BASE-FX port

Connectors

Duplex SC

Medium

Multimode optical fiber

Single mode optical fiber

2 x 100BASE-FX ports

1 x 100BASE-FX port

2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Length of optical fiber
50/125 μm fiber

Power supply

4

3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Voltage

5,000 m (1)

–

62.2/125 μm fiber 4,000 m (1)

–

9/125 μm fiber

32,500 m (2)

Operation

Degree of protection

–

9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D

47 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),
CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK

References

TCS ESM 043F1CU0

TCS ESM 043F2CU0

TCS ESM 043F1CS0

TCS ESM 043F2CS0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

5

(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

6

7

Switches
Interfaces

8

Power supply

Copper twisted pair, managed
Copper cable ports

Voltage

Number and type

4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Operation

8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection

IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D

47 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

74 x 131 x 111 mm

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK
References

TCS ESM 043F23F0

TCS ESM 083F23F0

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/4

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

1
Switches
Interfaces

Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, managed
Copper cable ports

Fiber optic ports

Number and type

7 x 10/100BASE-TX

6 x 10/100BASE-TX

7 x 10/100BASE-TX

6 x 10/100BASE-T

ports

ports

ports

ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

1 x 100BASE-FX

2 x 100BASE-FX

1 x 100BASE-FX

2 x 100BASE-FX

port

port

port

port

Connectors

Duplex SC

Medium

Multimode optical fiber (MM)

Single mode optical fiber (SM)

2

3

Length of optical fiber
5,000 m (1)

–

62.2/125 μm fiber 4,000 m (1)

–

9/125 μm fiber

32,500 m (2)

50/125 μm fiber

Power supply

Voltage

Operation

Degree of protection

–

4

9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D

74 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

5

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK
TCSESM083F1CU0

References

TCSESM 083F2CU0

TCSESM 083F1CS0

TCSESM 083F2CS0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).
(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

6

7
Switches
Interfaces

Copper cable ports

Fiber optic ports

Copper twisted pair,
managed

Copper twisted pair and
fiber optic, managed

Copper twisted pair and
fiber optic, managed

Number and type

16 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

22 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Number and type

–

Connector

–

Duplex SC

Medium

–

Multimode optical fiber

50/125 μm fiber

–

5,000 m (1)

62.2/125 μm fiber

–

4,000 m (1)

8

2 x 100BASE-FX ports

9

Length of optical fiber

Power supply

Voltage

Degree of protection

Operation

9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
IP 20

10

Dimensions W x H x D

111 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards

cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

References

TCSESM 163F23F0

TCSESM 163F2CU0

TCSESM 243F2CU0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/5

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

1
Switches

2

Interfaces

Copper twisted pair and fibre optic, managed - extended features
Copper cable ports

Fiber optic ports

3

Number and type

8 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

6 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports

Medium

Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

6 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports

Number and type

–

2 x 100BASE-FX ports

2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors

–

Duplex SC

Duplex SC

Medium

–

Multi mode optical fibre

Single mode optical fibre

Length of optical fiber
–

5,000 m (1)

–

62.2/125 μm fiber –

4,000 m (1)

–

9/125 μm fiber

–

32,500 m (2)

50/125 μm fiber

–

Attentuation analysis
8 dB

–

62.2/125 μm fiber –

11 dB

–

9/125 μm fiber

–

16 dB

50/125 μm fibre

4

–
–

FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol, configuration via Web

Ethernet services

access, VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream control, secure port.
Topology

5

Number of switches

Unlimited

Redundant in a ring

max. 50

Operation

18 - 60 V safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Redundancy
Power supply

Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling
Voltage
Power consumption

Degree of protection

6

Cascaded

10 W

12 W

12 W

IP30

Dimensions W x H x D

120 x 137 x 115 mm

Conformity to standards

IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL ISA-12.12.-01 Class 1 Div 2 Group A, B, C, D, CSA 22.2 No.
142 (cUL), CSA 22.2 No. 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), CE, GL, C-Tick

Alarm relay

Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (2 A max. volt-free contact at 30 VDC)

References

TCSESM083F23F1

TCSESM063F2CU1

TCSESM063F2CS1

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the filber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).
(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the filber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/6

Ethernet gateways

ConneXium

Ethernet/Modbus gateway and
Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router

1
Type of gateway
Transparent Ready
services

TSX ETG 100
Class
Standard Web
services

Ethernet TCP/IP
communication
management
services
Ethernet connectivity

Modbus connectivity

B10
Configuration

2

Predefined Web pages

Read/Write

Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus devices registers

Diagnostic

Via predefined Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus links

Modbus messaging

Read/Write Modbus registers of connected devices

SNMP

SNMP Agent, device administration with a SNMP manager

BOOTP protocol

FDR Client (replacement of defective product)

Security

Miniature firewall on-board (IP address filtering) and password protection

Physical interface

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

Data rate

10/100 Mbps with automatic recognition

Medium

Twisted pair

Type of port

RS 485 (2 or 4-wire) or RS 232

Protocol

Modbus (RTU and ASCII)

Maxi transmission speed

38,4 Kbps (RS 485), 57,6 Kbps (RS 232)

Number of devices

32 max.

3

4

Power supply

24 VDC, 4 W or by power supply device PoE (Power Over Ethernet - IEEE 802.3af)

Degree of protection

IP 30

Dimensions W x H x D

72 x 81 x 76 mm, mounting on symmetrical DIN rail

Conformity to standards

UL, cUL (conforming to CSA C22-2 no. 14-M91), UL508 , C-TICK, e

Reference

TSX ETG 100 (1)

5

(1) Fonctions: Twido, Compact, Momentum, TSX Micro, Altivar, Altistart, Magelis, ... All products compatible with Modbus standard.

6
Type of gateway
Transparent Ready
services

Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router Class B10
Class
Standard Web
services

Configuration

Predefined Web pages

Read/Write

Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus Plus devices registers

Diagnostic

Via predefined Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus Plus links

Standard Ethernet TCP/IP communication
Functions

7

B10

Modbus TCP messaging

services

SNMP Agent

Communication gateway

Ethernet/Modbus Plus

8

(many-to-many Modbus Plus)
Interface for programming
Interfaces

Ethernet TCP/IP port

Serial port

1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium

Shielded twisted pair

Max. distances

100 m (327 ft)

Type

1 x Modbus Plus

Shielded connectors

9-way SUB-D connector

Medium
Power supply

Voltage

Ethernet/Modbus Plus

Type

9

Shielded twisted pair (single or double)
110/220 VAC (93.5 VAC…242 VAC), 47…63 Hz

Degree of protection

IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D

122 x 229 x 248 mm

Conformity to standards

UL 508, CSA 142, e

Reference

174 CEV 200 40 (2)

10

(2) Fonctions: 1 Ethernet port, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, 1 Modbus Plus port
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/7

ConneXview V2.0

ConneXium

Ethernet Network Diagnostic Software

1
Introduction
ConneXview is a user friendly software tool used to diagnose industrial Ethernet networks. It provides a

2

very easy and intuitive interface for network operators and maintenance personnel, plus a set of features
and advanced functions that are of great value to system integrators and controls engineers.

Product features and functions

3

Automatic discovery of connected devices
ConneXview performs an automatic discovery of IP devices connected on an Ethernet network and then
automatically maps the network topology and devices, providing a green/ yellow/ red color coding of links
and devices to enable users to quickly evaluate the status of the network.

4

Client/ server architecture
ConnexView v2.0 now provides a client/ server architecture, giving you the ability to monitor your
network, make routine checks on performance and troubleshoot problems, from anywhere you have
access to a PC and a browser.
Alarm Notification

5

In the event of an alarm, you can choose to be automatically notified by eMail, pager or text message,
and even get a list of all alarms and their severity.
Network Assistant
The Network Assistant is a context-sensitive help file containing topics describing every network alarm
and warning reported by ConneXview. Selecting an alarm and clicking on the help button will launch the

6

Network Assistant where you will find the alarm text message, a definition of the alarm, a list of the
possible causes of the alarm, and a series of recommended actions to clear the alarm.
Device Type Editor (DTE)
ConneXview has a device-type library that enables it to identify a large number of Schneider devices.
The DTE can also be used to add 3rd party devices that are not already in the library.

7

8

Product References
ConneXview

9

Server Single License

TCSEAZ01PSFM20S

Client Single License

TCSEAZ01PSFM20C

Single Server Subscription

TCSEAZ01PSSM20S

Single Client Subscription

TCSEAZ01PSSM20C

Subscription services

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/8

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

ConneXium

Cabling system: Connection components
Shielded copper connection cables
ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current standards
and approvals:

These cables conform to:
- EIA/TIA-568 standard, category CAT 5E,
- IEC 11801/EN 50173 standard, class D.
Their fire resistance conforms to:
- NFC 32070# C2 classification
- IEC 322/1 standards
- Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).

EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables

1

EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for CE market
Length

m / (ft)

2 (6.6)

Straight cables

Preformed at both ends

2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)

5 (16.4)

Crossed cord cables

Preformed at both ends

2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers

References

Reerences

–

490 NTW 000 02

References

12 (39.4)

490 NTW 000 05
490 NTC 000 05

490 NTW 000 12
–

40 (131.2)

80 (262.5)

490 NTW 000 40

490 NTW 000 80

490 NTC 000 40

2

490 NTC 000 80

3
EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables
Cable material is :
- CEC type FT-1
- NEC type CM

4

EIA/TIA shielded twisted pair cables for UL markets
Length

m / (ft)

2 (6.6)

Straight cables

Preformed at both ends

2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)

Preformed at both ends

2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers

12 (39.4)

15 (49.2)

40 (131.2)

490 NTW 000 02U 490 NTW 000 05U 490 NTW 000 12U –

References
Crossed cord cables

5 (16.4)

–

References

490 NTC 000 05U –

80 (262.5)

490 NTW 000 40U 490 NTW 000 80U

5

490 NTC 000 12U 490 NTC 000 40U 490 NTC 000 80U

6
Cables M12

7

Cables M12
M12 / M12

Length (m)

Reference
RJ45 / M12

1

3

10

25

40

10

25

40

TCSECL1M1MppS2pp
Length(m)

Reference

1

3

8

TCSECL1M3MppS2pp

Glass fiber optic cables

9

These glass fiber optics are for making connections:
- To a terminal device (DTE)
- Between hubs, transceivers and switches

Glass fiber optic cables
Length

m / (ft)

5 (16.4)

5 (16.4)

3 (9.8)

Glass fiber optic cables

Preformed at both ends

1 SC connector

1 ST connector (BFOC)

2 MT-RJ connectors

References

1 MT-RJ connector

1 MT-RJ connector

490 NOC 000 05

490 NOT 000 05

490 NOR 000 03

10

5 (16.4)

490 NOR 000 05

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/9

AS-Interface

Advantys interfaces for generic products
IP20 for mounting in enclosure

1

2

3

Modular interface, width 25 mm
V2.1 with standard addressing

Analogue

Digital

Number of inputs

2 (0…10V)

2 (0/4…20mA)

4

4

4 isolated

Number of outputs

–

–

4 relay, 2A

4 solid state, 0.5A

4 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing

Standard
–

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

–

–

Outputs

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.7.3.F.D

S.7.3.F.D

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

60 mA

60 mA

110 mA

50 mA

20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

References

ASI20MA2VU

ASI20MA2VI

ASI20MT4I4OR

ASI20MT4I4OS

ASI20MT4I4OSA

Accessory (1) for connection to flat cables

TCSATN01N2

TCSATN01N2

TCSATN01N2

TCSATV01N2

TCSATV01N2

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).

4

5

6

7

Modular interface, width 25 mm
V2.1 with Extended (A/B) addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

2

4

4

4 isolated

Number of outputs

–

1 triac, 2A

3 relay, 2A

3 solid state, 0.5A

3 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing

Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.) (3)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

–

–

Outputs

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.0.A.7.0

S.3.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

50 mA

40 mA

90 mA

50 mA

20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

References

ASI20MT4IE

ASI20MT2I1OTE

ASI20MT4I3ORE

ASI20MT4I3OSE

ASI20MT4I3OSAE

Accessory (1) for connection to flat cables

TCSATN01N2

TCSATN01N2

TCSATN01N2

TCSATV01N2

TCSATV01N2

–

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).
(3) Except ASI20MT4I3ORE (170 mA max.).

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/10

IP67 for mounting on machine

1
Interface
V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12)

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)
–
Outputs
–
Outputs
–

Outputs

–

AS-Interface profile

S.0.A.7.0

S.B.A.7.0

S.8.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.0.A.7.2

S.7.A.7.E

S.0.A.7.2 (2x)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

18 mA

48 mA

45 mA

48 mA

90 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Connection

IDC

2

–

4

4

4

2 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A –

45X42X80mm

45X42X80mm

45X42X80mm

60x30,5X151mm 45X42X80mm

ASI67FFP40E

ASI67FFP22E

ASI67FFP03E

ASI67FFP43E

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03
ASI67FMP22E

ASI67FMP03E

ASI67FMP43E

"Y" (4 x M12)

60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FMP40EY ASI67FMP43EY –

4

5

Interface
V2.1 with standard addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12)

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)
–
Outputs
Outputs
Outputs
Outputs

–

AS-Interface profile

S.0.0.F.E

S.3.0.F.E

S.8.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.1.F.E

S.0.1.F.F (2x)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

19 mA

49 mA

49 mA

90 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

45X42X80mm

45X42X80mm

45X42X80mm

60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm

Interface

ASI67FFP40D

ASI67FFP22D

ASI67FFP04D

ASI67FFP44D

ASI67FFP44DY

ASI67FFP80DY

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1)

ASI67FFB01 (1)

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FMP04D

ASI67FMP44D

ASI67FMP44DY –

IDC

M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40D

3

ASI67FFP40EY ASI67FFP43EY ASI67FFP80EY

(1) A connection base with fixing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

Connection

2

3 solid-state, 2A –

Interface

M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40E

8

"Y" (2 x M12)

2

–

2 solid-state, 2A

ASI67FMP22D

4

4 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

4

8

"Y" (2 x M12)

"Y" (4 x M12)

4 solid-state, 2A

–

6

7

(1) A connection base with fixing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

8
Interface
V2.1 (V1 compatible) with standard addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12 input)

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)
–
Outputs
Outputs

Outputs

AS-Interface profile

S.0.0.F.F

S.3.0.F.F

S.8.0.F.F

S.7.0.F.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

19 mA

49 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Connection

IDC

2

–

4

2 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

60x30.5x151 mm

Interface

ASI67FFP40A

ASI67FFP22A

ASI67FFP04A

ASI67FFP44A

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB03

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/11

Dedicated components

AS-Interface

For control

1

2

3

Starter in insulated enclosure (1)
V1

Control by

Type of addressing

Standard

Black rotary knob (blue bkgrnd.)

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs, sensor supply (2)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.7.F.F. (LF3....) / S.7.A.7.0. (LF4....)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

175x175x195 mm

Pushbuttons

References (3)

Non reversing

LF3PppD

LF3MppD

(see table below)

Reversing

LF4PppD

LF4MppD

Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by accessory for flat cable: TCSATN011F1 (AS-Interface and AUX cables) or TCSATV011F1 (AS-Interface cable).
(1) For an LF3 or LF4 starter in a metal enclosure, add the letter M after the 3rd digit in the references listed above (example: LF3P02D becomes LF3MP02D).
(2) Contactors supplied by AS-Interface or external source, configurable directly on terminal block.
(3) To complete the reference, replace pp by the numbers indicated in the table below. (Example: LF3PppD becomes LF3P00D).

4

5

kW

A

pp

kW

A

pp

–

without MCB

00

0.75

1.6…2.5

07

0.06

0.16…0.25

02

1.1 / 1.5

2.5…4

08

0.09

0.25…0.40

03

2.2

4…6.3

10

0.12 / 0.18

0.40…0.63

04

3/4

6…10

14

0.25

0.63…1

05

5.5

9…14

16

0.37/ 0.55

1…1.6

06

kW= Motor power ratings in category AC-3, 400/415V, in kilowatts.
A= Adjustable range of circuit-breaker thermal trips, in amperes.

6

7

8
Communication interface for
V2.1

9

10

TeSys U

Type of addressing

Standard

Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface

–

–

Supply by external source (AUX)

Coil

Coil

AS-Interface profile

S.7.D.F.0

7.A.7.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

30 mA

30 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

depending on LU model

depending on LU model

References

ASILUFC5

ASILUFC51

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4)

TCSATV01N2

TCSATV01N2

(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/12

For dialogue

1
Control stations
V2.1

Control stations with 2 pushbuttons
Black and white

Green and red

Type of addressing

Extended (A/B)

Extended (A/B)

Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface

Buttons

Buttons

Buttons and pilot lights

Supply by external source (AUX)

–

–

–

AS-Interface profile

S.B.A.E.

S.B.A.E.

S.B.A.E.

Consumption from AS-Interface

< 45 mA

< 45 mA

< 80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

68x62x118 mm

68x62x118 mm

68x65x118 mm

Green and red illuminated

References

XALS2001H

XALS2002H

XALS2003H

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (5)

TCSATN011F1

TCSATN011F1

TCSATN011F1

2

3

(5) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX).

4
Interface (6)
V2.1

For 2 control units and 2 pilot lights

Number of pages available

–

Number of inputs

2

5

Number of outputs

2 solid state, 0.5 A

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and pilot lights

AS-Interface profile

S.B.A.E.

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)
–

52x15x38 mm

References

XALSZ1E

6

(6) Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for flat cable: TCSATN01N2.

7

8
Indicator banks, Ø 70 mm (9)
V2.1

Base units and cover

Illuminated units
“Flash” discharge tube Steady light

Audible
unit

Type of addressing

Standard

Standard

–

–

–

Connection to AS-Interface cable and AUX (male M12 connector)

yes

yes, remote L=1m

–

–

–

Supply by AS-Interface

(7)

(7)

–

–

–

Supply by external source (AUX)

(7)

(7)

–

–

–

AS-Interface profile

S.7.F

S.7.F

–

–

–

Consumption from AS-Interface, supply by AS-Interface / external

250 / 30 mA

250 / 30 mA

–

–

–

Light source

–

–

5 Joule

LED

–
70…80 dB at 1m

Buzzer

–

–

–

–

References

XVBC21A

XVBC21B

XVBC6Bp (8)

XVBC2Bp (8)

XVBC9B

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX

TCSATN011F1

TCSATN011F

–

–

9

(7) Illuminated units supplied by AS-Interface or externally, configurable by shunt.
(8) To complete the reference, replace the p by the following number designating the colour: green: 3, red: 4, orange: 5, blue: 6, clear: 7, yellow: 8.
(9) To obtain a complete indicator bank, order a base unit + the illuminated or audible units (5 units maximum).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/13

10

AS-Interface

Installation system
Master modules

1

2

3

Platform

Twido

Maximum number of master modules per PLC

2

Premium

Micro

Quantum

Ethernet GW

2, 4 or 8 depending

1

8 (1)

–

on processor
Compatibility with AS-Interface interfaces and components

V1 / V2.1

V1 / V2.1

V1

V1

V1 / V2.1 / V3.0

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

Maximum number of addresses

62

62

31

31

62

Type of addressing

Standard /

Standard /

Standard

Standard

Standard /

Extended (A/B)

Extended (A/B)

Compatibility with analogue interfaces

Yes

Yes

–

–

Extended (A/B)
Yes

Compatibility with safety interfaces

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

AS-Interface profile

M.3

M.2.E

M.2

M.2

M.4

References

TWDNOI10M3

TSXSAY1000

TSXSAZ10

140EIA92100

TCSAGEA1SF13F

(1) 4 per local rack, 4 per remote I/O, 2 per distributed I/O.

4

6

7

Current in A at 24 V

5

Power supply units
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

5,8
4,5
3

1
2
3
4
5
Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface

Type of supply

AS-Interface

Input voltage

100…240 VAC

100…240 VAC

100…240 VAC

AS-Interface output voltage

30 VDC

30 VDC

30 VDC

Auxiliary output voltage

–

–

24 VDC

AS-Interface nominal power

73 W

146 W

73 W

Auxiliary nominal power

–

–

72 W

AS-Interface nominal current

2.4 A

4.8 A

2.4 A

AUX nominal current

–

–

3A

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

Dimensions (WxDxH)

54x120x120 mm

81x120x120 mm

81x120x120 mm

without earth fault detection

ASIABLB3002

ASIABLB3004

ASIABLM3024

with earth fault detection

ASIABLD3002

ASIABLD3004

–

References

AS-Interface + Auxiliary

(2) Power supply unit with constant maximum output, see curve above.

8

Insulation control relay

9
Type

10

For AS-Interface line

Degree of protection

IP20

Number of C/O contacts

2 relays, each with 1 N/O contact

Rated operational voltage

50 VDC

Dimensions (WxDxH)

90x58x76 mm

References

RM0PAS101 (3)

(3) Provided with an impedance adapter.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/14

Cables, repeater and line extension

1
Type

Yellow AS-Interface Black Auxiliary
cable
cable

Wire c.s.a.

2 x 1.5 mm2

2 x 1.5 mm2

–

–

XZCB10201 (4)

XZCB10202 (4)

–

–

References

Cable L = 20 m

Repeater (5)

Line Extension

L = 50 m

XZCB10501 (4)

XZCB10502 (4)

–

–

L = 100 m

XZCB11001 (4)

XZCB11002 (4)

–

–

–

–

ASIRPT01

TCSARR011M

Reference of repeater

2

(4) Standard cable. For TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant) add the letter H to the end of the reference, example: XZCB10201 becomes XZCB10201H.
(5) Enables an AS-Interface network to be extended by 100 m. Direct connection to the AS-Interface yellow cable by IDC

3

Tap-offs for flat cable

4

(For connecting interfaces and components)

5
Connection to cable by IDC

AS-Interface
IP67

Connection to the AS-Interface component

M12 connector (6)

Bared wires (7)

M12 connector (6)

Bared wires (8)

References

L=1m

TCSATN011F1

–

TCSATV011F1

–

L=2m

TCSATN011F2

TCSATN01N2

TCSATV011F2

TCSATV01N2

Cable

AS-Interface + Auxiliary
IP67

6

(6) Female 5-pin M12 end connector, screw threaded for connection with M12 male connector.
(7) 2 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.
(8) 4 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.

7
T connectors

8

9
Connection to cable by IDC

T connector
AS-Interface IP 67

Branch
AS-Interface or Auxiliaires IP 67

Connection to the AS-Interface sensor or actuator

1 x M12 connector 5-pin female, screw threaded

Extension for 2 flat cables

References

TCSATN011F

TCSATN02V

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/15

AS-Interface

Installation system
Jumper cables M12 / M12

1

2

Type

Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

Cable L = 1 m

XZCR1511040A1

XZCR1511041C1

XZCR1511064D1

L=2m

XZCR1511040A2

XZCR1511041C2

XZCR1511064D2

References

3
Jumper cables M12 / M8 or DIN

4

5
Type

6

Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side

M8, 3-pin, straight (1)

M8, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

DIN 43650A, elbowed, screw thrd.

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

L=1m

XZCR1501040G1

XZCR1509040H1

XZCR1523062K1

L=2m

XZCR1501040G2

XZCR1509040H2

XZCR1523062K2

References

Cable

(1) Clip together connector.

7
Connectors, splitter box

8

9

Type

Connectors

Splitter box

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 4-pin

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

1 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Female connector type, sensor side

–

–

2 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Cable

10

Pre-wired connectors

References

–

PUR, black

–

Straight connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MDM40B

–

FTXCY1212

Elbowed connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MCM40B

–

–

Cable L = 0.5 m

–

XZCP1564L05

–

Cable L = 2 m

–

XZCP1564L2

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/16

Tools
Adjustment and addressing terminals

1
Display

25 mm LCD screen

Degree of protection

IP40

AS-Interface voltage / current measurement

yes

Addresses stored in memory

yes

Access to functions

direct by selector switch

Compatibility

V1/V2

Operating time

2500 addressing operations

References

ASITERV2

Reference with set of 7 leads + protective cover for terminal

ASITERV2SET

2

3

Addressing accessories for terminals ASITERV2
and XZMC11

4

5
Product connection

Infrared addressing

Socket

For products

ASISSL…

ABE8… / APP1 / ASILUF… /

6

XBZS43 / ASI20M
References

ASITERIR1

XZMG12

7

8

Product connection

M12, male

For products

(2)

M12, female

Jack plug

ASI67FMP

ASI20M… / ASI67FFP…

9

XVB… / XAL… / LF…
References

ASITERACC1M

ASITERACC1F

ASITERACC

10

(2) Possibility to connect AS-Interface cable using T connector TCSATN011F.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/17

OFS

OPC data server software

1

2

Type

OPC data server
OFS Small

OFS Large

Items number

1000 items

Unlimited

OPC DA

OPC DA, OPC XML DA,

OPC protocols
References

Single station li cence

TLX CD SU OFS 33

TLX CD LU OFS

10 stations licence

TLX CD ST OFS 33

TLX CD LT OFS 33

200 stations licence

–

TLX CD LF OFS 33

3

Ethernet TCP/IP network
DCOM ou
HTTP
OFS station
Data symbol
(Concept, PL 7 or Unity pro

Local client
application
program

Remote client
application
program

4
Modbus network

X-Way network

5
Momentum

Premium

TSX Micro

Quantum

6

Description:
Based on the OPC protocols, Schneider-Electric’s OFS software (OPC Factory Server) enables local or
remote OPC client applications such as SCADA, supervisors or custom interfaces, to access Schneider
devices and PLCs data in real time.
OFS software is a multi-device data server which provides simultaneous use of various communication

7

protocols, and allows client applications to access control data via physical addresses or via symbols

Supported devices :
p Modicon Quantum, Premium, Micro, Compact and Momentum PLCs
p TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 Schneider-Electric PLCs
p Serial Modbus or Uni-Telway devices connected via Schneider-Electric and Merlin Gerin gateways
TSX ETG 10xx, EGX xxx ranges etc.

8

Supported networks and protocols :
p Modbus: Serial Modbus, Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP.
p XWAY/UNI-TE: Uni-Telway, FIPWAY, ETHWAY, ISAWAY, PCIWAY.

Openess:
OFS V3.3, integrates the most recent specifications of the OPC Foundation:

9

p OPC-DA (OPC Data Access)
p .NET API interface
p OPC XML-DA V1.0 (OPC XML Data Access)
The development of specialized interfaces is even more easy and open.
Developers and System integrators can develop custom applications (in Visual Basic, VBA for Excel,
C++, etc) requiring access to Schneider Electric control devices. The OPC XML-DA V1.0 interface is

10

designed to provide an interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications and remote access via
the Internet through firewalls.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/18

FactoryCast

Web servers and Gateways

1
FactoryCast modules for PLC
“ Ready to use” diagnostic and monitoring functions embedded in a PLC module accessible
remotely via a simple Internet browser:
b Real-time communication based on Ethernet TCP/IP (Modbus and Uni-TE)
b Secure access to the PLC system and application diagnostics
b Numerical or graphical data monitoring and control
b E-mail notifications
b Web server open to user customization and creation of Web pages for diagnostics suited
to your needs
b Library of animated graphic objects
b Open communications using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)

2

3

FactoryCast HMI modules for PLC
Diagnostic functions Identical as FactoryCast modules + Built-in HMI / SCADA functions
embedded in a PLC module:
Embedded in the TCP/IP communication modules for Modicon M340,
Premium and Quantum PLCs, FactoryCast Web servers provide secured access to the diagnotics, monitoring and maintenance functions
of your automation installations via a simple web browser.

4

b Visualization of Unity Pro PLC program and Operator screens via Web pages
b PLC data acquisition
b Calculations scripts for data-processing Real-time database (1000 variables)
b Alarm and report notifications via E-mail
b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)
b Data logging in CSV files in the module.
b Recipe management with read Database
b Dynamic HTML Reporting function
b Web server open to user Web pages customization
b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages
b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)
b Library of animated graphic objects
b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)

5

6

FactoryCast Gateways - ETG 1000 / 10.. modules
Cost-effective web gateways offer integrating in a stand-alone module:
b All Communications network interfaces: Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus and Uni-Telway
b Remote access functions, RAS server,
b Transparent gateway / Router functions
b Notification of alarms via E-mail
b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)
b A user customizable Web server for creating an interface fully adapted to your needs
b Library of animated graphic objects

7

8
FactoryCast HMI Gateways - ETG 3000 / 30.. modules
“All in one” Web gateway module integrating in a stand-alone device:

In the areas of distributed infrastructures, transport, RTU installations, industry and machines, ETG 1000 / 3000 modules more than
satisfy your requirements for remote diagnotics and maintenance,
remote monitoring and control, and remote programming.

b a built-in modem (PSTN or GSM/GPRS) depending on the reference
b Secured access : VPN, data encryption and IP filtering.
b A Remote Access server function (RAS)
b 2 Ethernet ports and a Modbus serial port
b Transparent gateway router functions NAT to Ethernet or Modbus serial devices
b I/O card : 6 discrete inputs/ 2 discrete outputs
b Operating temperature : -25°C to +75°C
b User customizable Web server
b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages
b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)
b Data Acquisition, Data Processing and Data logging in the module (CSV files)
b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)
b Alarms and reports via E-mail / SMS
b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/19

FactoryCast

FactoryCast PLC
Embedded Web Servers

1
Applications

2

Web Server modules for PLCs
FactoryCast

Target devices

Type

TSX Micro
PLCs

Modicon M340
PLCs

Network & Remote access
services

Remote access

Intranet or via external RAS/modem

FactoryCast HMI

Modicon
Premium PLCs

Modicon
Quantum PLCs

Modicon
Premium PLCs

Modicon
Quantum PLCs

Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser

3

4

5

Gateway function

–

Serial protocols

–

Ethernet protocols

Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE

Modbus TCP

Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE

Modbus TCP

Modbus TCP

TCP/IP protocols

BootP/DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP

Security

Protection by IP address filtering and passwords

Web server

Characteristics

HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc,
Pdf, Excel)

Predefined services

Configuration

Via Web Designer software or predefined Web pages

Diagnostics

System, rack and PLC I/O diagnostics via predefined Web pages

Customizable services

Advanced services and HMI

6

Monitoring of variables

Monitoring of devices and application via animated data (read/write variables)

Alarm management

PLCs and applications alarms monitoring via predefined Web pages

Graphic views

Graphic monitoring via animated pages (integrated graphic editor)

Unity Pro operator screen

–

User Web pages

Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user

Display in the form of Web pages

Calculation scripts

–

E-mail service

Alarm notification by E-mail

Arithmetic and logical scripts

Data logging

–

Data logging in the module with
time stamping (CSV files)

Database connection

–

Direct logging in an SQL,
Oracle, MySQL database servers

Report service

–

Dynamic HTML report management

Recipe service

–

Management of “Recipe” data
(storage and read locally or on
remote database)

–

All the languages supported by
Unity Pro, are accessible by Web
page on Runtime, without Unity Pro

7
PLC programme visualization
by Web page

8

Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE

Application development sofware

Web Designer
Supplied with each module

9
References

TSXETZ510

BMXNOE0110

TSXETY5103

140NOE77111

TSXWMY100

140NWM10000

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/20

FactoryCast Gateway
Web Gateways for Remote control

1
Standalone Gateway, Web Server for Remote Access
FactoryCast Gateway ETG 10p0
All equipment supporting
Modbus

All equipment supporting
Uni-Telway

Intranet or via external Modem, integrated RAS function

FactoryCast HMI Gateway ETG30pp
All Modicon PLCs and third-party equipment supporting Modbus
Intranet or Modem
External modem, integrated RAS

2

Intranet or Modem
Integrated PSTN/RTC/GSM modem and RAS modem, NAT

Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser
Ethernet to Modbus serial
Ethernet to Uni-Telway serial
Ethernet to Modbus serial
Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet Modem to Uni-Telway and Ethernet Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet (Modbus, UNITE)
Modbus (Master)

Uni-Telway (Slave)

Modbus (Master)

Modbus TCP

Modbus TCP, Uni-TE (Modicon
Premium, Modicon TSX Micro)

Modbus TCP

BootP/DHCP, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP

3

Uni-TE TCP
DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP

Protection by IP address fi ltering and password

Protection by IP address filtering and password + Tunnels VPN & encryption of the datas.

HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of
user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)

HTTP and FTP server, 32 Mb memory available for user Web pages, memory extension using Compact
Flash cards 1 Gb max., hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)

4

Via Web Designer software or predefined Web pages
Diagnostics of serial devices via predefined Web pages

Network diagnostics, diagnostics of serial devices and Ethernet via predefined Web pages

Monitoring of devices and application via data tables (read/write variables)
Via E-mail

Via E-mail/SMS

Graphic monitoring via animated views (integrated graphic editor)

5

–
Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user
–

Arithmetic and logical scripts

Alarm notification by E-mail

Alarm notification by E-mail/SMS

–

Data logging in the module with time stamping (CSV files)

–

Direct recording in SQL, Oracle, MySQL database servers

–

Dynamic HTML report management

–

Management of “Recipe” data (storage and revad locally or on remote database)

6

7
–

–

Web Designer

8

Supplied with each module

9
TSXETG1000

TSXETG1010

TSXETG3000

TSXETG3010 (Modem RTC)

TSXETG3021
Modem GSM/GPRS
(Bands 900/1800MHz)
TSXETG3022
Modem GSM/GPRS
(Bands 850/1900 MHz)

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/21

Preventa
As well as the moral obligation to avoid
harming anyone, there are laws that require
machines to be safe, and sound economic
reasons for avoiding accidents.

Safety must be taken into account
right from the design stage and must
be kept in mind at all stages in the life
of a machine: design, manufacture,
installation, adjustment, operation,
maintenance and eventual scrapping.

Preventa, the safety attitude around your machine life cycle

Risk
assesment
analysis

Mainten
nance /
Inspection
& Audit

Your
machine

Implementation &
Certification

Conception
& Design

Machine safety
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Safety standards ..................................................................................................................................9/2 to 9/11
Automation

........................................................................................................................................... 9/12 to 9/17

3

Safety PLCs
Safety controllers and modules

AS-Interface Safety at work

................................................................................................... 9/18 and 9/19

4

Safety monitors and interfaces

Detection ................................................................................................................................................. 9/20 to 9/27
Safety switches
Safety limit switches
Coded magnetic technology
Safety mats
Safety light curtains

5

6

Operator dialogue ............................................................................................................................ 9/28 to 9/32
Emergency stops
Foot switches
Control units
Products for explosive atmospheres (see chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”)

Motor control

7

.................................................................................................................................. 9/33 to 9/35
Switch disconnectors
TeSys motor starters

8

> New machines - the Machinery Directive

9

The Machinery Directive 98/37/EC is to compel manufacturers to guarantee a minimum safety level for machinery
and equipment sold within the European Union.
From 29 December 2009, the new European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC will be effective. Machines have to
comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements (EHSRs) listed in Annex I of the Directive, thus setting a
common minimum level of protection across the EEA (European Economic Area).
Machine manufacturers, or their authorised representatives within the EU, must ensure that the machine is compliant,
the Technical File can be made available to the enforcing authorities on request, the CE marking is affixed, and a
Declaration of Conformity has been signed, before the machine may be placed on the market within the EU.

10

9/1

Functional safety

«Helping you to reach easily your safety
machinery and standard level required»

Thanks to directives and standards as guidelines.

Functional safety
> Safety integrity level (SIL), Performance level (PL)
1
MACHINES

2
SAFETY OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
EN/IEC 61508

EN/ISO 13849-1

Functional safety of electrical / electronic /
programmable electronic safety-related systems

3

Safety related parts of control systems

4

EN/IEC 62061

5

Risk reduction according to EN/IEC 61508 and EN/ISO 13849-1
• Safety is achieved by risk reduction (for those hazards that cannot be designed-out).
• Residual risk is the risk remaining after protective measures have been taken.
• Protective measures realised by E/E/PE* safety related systems contribute to risk reduction.

6

* Electric / Electronic / Programmable electronic

7
RESIDUAL
RISK

EQUIPMENT UNDER
CONTROL RISK

TOLERABLE
RISK

8
Necessary risk reduction
Actual risk reduction
Practical risk covered
by other technology
safety-related
systems

Practical risk covered
by electrical / electronic /
programmable electronic
safety-related systems

9

Practical risk covered
by external risk
reduction facilities

Risk reduction achieved by all safety-related systems
and external risk reduction facilities

10

9/3

Functional safety of machinery
> Approach according to EN/IEC 62061
Risk estimation for SIL assignment

1

Risk related to
the identified
hazard

2

Severity of
the possible
harm

Frequency and duration of exposure
Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event
Probability of avoiding or limiting harm

Fr
Pr
Av

Probability of
occurrence of
that harm

Example of SIL assignment
This assignment should be carried by determining the risk parameters that are shown below in an example.

3

Consequences
Severity (Se)
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm
4
3
Irreversible: broken limb(s), losing a finger(s)
Reversible: requiring attention from a medical practitioner
2
Reversible: requiring first aid
1

4

Frequency and duration of exposure (Fr)
Frequency of exposure
> 10 min
1h
5
> 1 h to 1 day
5
> 1 day to 2 weeks
4
> 2 weeks to 1 year
3
> 1 year
2

5

Serial no.
1
2

Hazard
Hazard X

Se
4

Consequences

6

Probability (Pr)
5
4
3
2
1

Probability of a voiding or limiting harm (Av)
Impossible
5
Rarely
3
Probable
1

Fr
Pr
Av
CI
5 + 4 + 3 = 12

(Se)

Death, losing an eye or arm
Permanent, losing fingers
Reversible, medical attention
Reversible, first aid

Probability of occurrence
Very high
Likely
Possible
Rarely
Negligible

4
3
2
1

Class CI
3-4
5-7
8-10
SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2
OM SIL 1
OM

11-13
SIL 3
SIL 2
SIL 1
OM

14-15
SIL 3
SIL 3
SIL 2
SIL 1

Frequency and duration
Fr
<= 1 hour
> 1 h to <= 1 day
> 1 day to <= 2 wks
2 wks to <= 1 year
> 1 year

5
5
4
3
2

Probability of hzd. Event
Pr
Common
5
Likely
4
Possible
3
Rarely
2
Negligible
1

Avoidance
Av

Impossible
Possible
Likely

5
3
1

In this example the SIL 3 must be achieved by the safety-related control function intended to reduce the risk related
to the identified hazard.

7
Determination of the SIL level achieved by the Safety-related control function (SRCF)
According to standard EN/IEC 62061 for each safety related control function, the SIL level is linked to:
• a target failure value for the probability of dangerous failure by hour of the SRCF: PFHD
• architectural constraints (hardware fault tolerance, diagnosis)
• a set of requirements related to the lifecycle of the safety related electrical control system

8

9

Safety
integrity level
(SIL)

Probability of a dangerous
Failure per Hour
PFHD

3
2
1

>10-8 to <10-7
>10-7 to <10-6
>10-6 to <10-5

λs = rate of safe failures,
λdd = rate of detected dangerous failures,
λdu = rate of undetected dangerous failures

10

In practice, detected dangerous failure are dealt with by fault

• The rate of failures λ can be expressed as follows: λ= λs+ λdd +λdu
• The calculation of the PFHD for a system
or subsystem depends on several parameters:
the dangerous failure rate (λd) of the subsystem elements
the fault tolerance (e.g. redundancy) of the system
the diagnostic test interval (T2)
the proof test interval (T1) or lifetime whichever is smaller
the susceptibility to common cause failures (β)
• For each of the four different logical architectures A to D there is a
different formula to calculate the PFHD. (see EN/IEC 62061)
• For a simple system without redondancy and without diagnostic:
PFHD = λd x 1h λd = λdd +λdu

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/4

> Approach according to EN/ISO 13849-1

Required
performance
level PLr

Determination of the Performance Level requested (PLr)
This determination could be done using the risk graph.

1

S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm
P1 = Possible under specific conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
L = Low contribution to risk reduction
H = High contribution to risk reduction

2

Starting point for
the evaluation of the
contribution to the
risk reduction of a
safety function

3
Determination of the PL achieved by the
Safety-related parts of control systems (SRP/CS)

Performance
level (PL)
a
b
c
d
e

According to standard EN/ISO 13849-1,
the Performance level (PL) is linked to a target
failure value of probability of dangerous failure
per hour for each safety related control function.

MTTFd of each channel = low
MTTFd of each channel = medium
MTTFd of each channel = high

4

5
Safety Integrity Level “EN / IEC 62061”

Performance level “EN / ISO 13849-1”

For a SRP/CS (or a combination of
SRP/CS) designed according the
requirements of the article 6, the PL
could be estimated with the figure
below after estimation of several
factors such as system structure
(categories), mechanism of failures
detection [Diagnosis Coverage (DC)],
components reliability [mean time to
dangerous failure (MTTFd), Common
Cause Failure (CCF)]…

Probability of a dangerous
Failure per Hour
10-5 ... < 10-4
3 x 10-6 ... <10-5
10-6…< 3 x 10-6
10-7…< 10-6
10-8…< 10-7

Cat. B
DCavg =
0

Cat. 1
DCavg =
low

Cat. 2
DCavg =
low

Cat. 2
DCavg =
medium

Cat. 3
DCavg =
low

Cat. 3
DCavg =
medium

6

7

Cat. 4
DCavg =
high

Safety category level according to EN/ISO 13849-1

8
Functional safety and manufacturer
reliability data of electromechanical
components according to
EN/ISO 13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061
Preventa, Harmony, Tesys B10d values of electromechanical components.
The following values apply to high or continuous
demand mode of operations used in machinery
applications.
The B10d value is given to a lifetime of 10 years,
but is mainly limited by mechinacal or contact wear.

Electromechanical components

B10d

Emergency stop push-button Ø22 mm XB4 & XB5 (mushroom head)
Emergency stop trip wire switches XY2 C
Pushbutton Ø22 mm XB4 & XB5
Safety Limit switches with plunger or roller lever head XSC
Safety switches with key (guard switches) XCS
Safety switches with key (electromagnet guard switches) XCS
Safety switches with rotary opening head XCS
Safety coded magnetic switches XCS DMC/DMP/DMR at 10mA
contactors with nominal load
contactors with mechanical load

1 500 000
50 000
25 000 000
50 000 000
5 000 000
5 000 000
5 000 000
50 000 000
1 300 000
20 000 000

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/5

Certified safety chain solutions from
an market leader in automation!
1

2

The concept:

Its are made by:

Combination of products interoperating like
a complete safety chain system to provide
several safety functions for different safety
levels which are certified by an external
notified body

> Layout of solution indicating performance level (PL),
category and safety integrity level (SIL)
> Bill of materials and the system description file
> Example of calculation of the PL and SIL for each safety function
> Complete electrical diagram in detail
> Certification of all product combination from a notify body

3
PL=b, Cat 1 / SIL 1

PL=c, Cat 2 / SIL 1

4

5

6

7
PL=d, Cat 3 / SIL 2

PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 2

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/6

PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 3

1

2

PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 3

3

SAFETY
VALVES

4
CAM
ENCLOSURE

5
VALVE
CONTROL
CH1

MAIN
MOVEMENT

VALVE
CONTROL
CH2

VALVE
CONTROL
CH1

VALVE
CONTROL
CH2

CAM
ENCLOSURE

SAFETY
VALVES

6
PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 3

7

8

Be confident by using certified safety chain
solutions provided by an automation leader
> Save cost by avoiding external safety experts engineering
> Reduce design time by our examples of calculation of the safety
level for each safety function

9

9

Safety

chain solutions
Certified on
the right safety
level required

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/7

Save cost and time with our Preventa offer...
1

2

3

4

5

Safe signal transmission

6

7

Acquire the information:

Monitor and processing:

> Protective devices used as part of safeguarding
systems to control the access under specific conditions
of reduced risk.

> Safety relays modules with a specific safety function
to monitor input signals from safety devices and to
interface with contactors and drives by switch off the
output safety contacts.

> Light curtains and safety mats to detect approach
to dangerous and limited areas.

Protective devices

> Two hand control stations and enabling switches
for starting and enabling of dangerous movements.
> Generic protective measures - Emergency stop.

8

> Safety Controller: configurable safety device capable
of centralized a generic range of safety monitoring
functions.
> Safety PLCs: programmable electronic systems to
carry out safety or non-safety related tasks for machinery and equipment.
> «As-i safety at work»: safety field bus network
certified to work with safety devices to provide safety
functions.

9
Light curtains

Safety mats

Two hand control stations
and enabling switches

10

Safety
relays
Emergency stop

Safety
Controller

Safety
PLCs

As-i safety
at work

Tripwire switch
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/8

1

2

3

4

1

5

Complete
& upgraded
safety offer:
Improve safety level
requirement

Stop the machine:

6

Save costs by optimizing
electrical panel space

> Contactors to cut-off the electrical power supply to
the motors with mechanically linked mirror auxiliary
contacts integrated for the feedback loop diagnosis of
safety modules.
> Variable Speed Drives controlled stopping of the
dangerous movement by safety certified power removal
function integrated.
> Rotary switch disconnectors:
for equipment isolation from the electrical supply and
for emergency stop by direct interruption of the power
supply.

Reduce installation time
by easy and quick wiring

7

Up to 50%
of space
optimization

8

Increase the compactness
by reducing size

9

Save up
to 30%
on installation
time
Variable
Speed Drives

Contactors

Rotary switch
disconnectors

10

Thanks to cage clamp,
option included in our
new products range

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/9

SoSafety software
SoSafety software incorporates 4 software applications for machine safety.
It is available in 4 complete versions and 3 update versions, adapted to your
particular needs:

1
Protect Area Design

2

Safety mats configuration
software

3

ASI SWIN
AS-Interface safety
monitor configuration
software.

4

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design (full version) and
demo versions of the 3 other software applications.

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design and ASI SWIN (full
versions) and demo versions of the other 2 software applications.
Reference: ASISWIN2
ASISWIN update version comprising the new ASISWIN 2+, only if
the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with ASISWIN2 version 2.0.3
(ref: ASISWIN) have been already installed.
Reference: SSVASISWINUP

5
XPS MCWIN
XPS MC safety controllers
configuration software.

6

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN and
XPS MCWIN (full versions) and demo version of XPS MFWIN.
Reference: XPSMCWIN
XPSMCWIN update version comprising the new XPSMCWIN 2.10,
only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with XPSMCWIN
version 2.0 (ref: XPSMCWIN) have been already installed.
Reference: SSVXPSMCWINUP

7
XPS MFWIN

8

XPS MF safety PLCs
programming software.

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN,
XPS MCWIN and XPS MFWIN (full versions).
Reference: SSV1XPSMFWIN
XPSMFWIN update version comprising the new XPSMFWIN 4.1
build 6150, only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with
XPSMFWIN version 4.1 (ref: SSV1XPSMFWIN) have been already
installed.
Reference: SSVXPSMFWINUP

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/10

Notes
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/11

Preventa

Safety PLCs

Automation

Compact

For all XPSMF PLCs
p Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4
(EN 954-1)

1

p Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)
p Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3
(EN IEC 62061)

Safety PLC type

2

Compact

Number of inputs/outputs Digital (configurable with XPSMFWIN software) 24
Memory capacity

Pulsed (1)

2x4

Application

250 Kb

Data

250 Kb

Supply
Communication

3

External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)
On Ethernet network with safe Ethernet protocol

Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45)

On Modbus TCP/IP

–

Integrated (2xRJ45) –

On Modbus (Serial link)

–

–

Integrated (1xRJ45) Integrated (1xRJ45) –

On Profibus DP

–

–

–

Integrated (2xRJ45) –
–

Integrated (2xRJ45)
–

Integrated (SUB-D9) Integrated (SUB-D9)

Input/output connections

Removable screw terminal blocks or removable cage clamp terminal blocks coded with locating device

References

XPSMF4000

XPSMF4002

XPSMF4020

XPSMF4022

XPSMF4040

XPSMF4042

(1) They outputs are not safety outputs.

4

Compact

5

6
Safety PLC type

7

Number of inputs

Number of outputs

8

Memory capacity

Compact
Digital

20

20

24

24

24

Analogue

–

–

8

8

8

Counting

–

–

2

2

2

Digital

8

8

8

8

8

Analogue

–

–

–

–

–

Relay

–

–

–

–

–

Application

250 Kb

Data

250 Kb

Supply
Communication

9

External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)
On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP)

Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45)

On Modbus (Serial link)

Integrated (SUB-D9) –

–

Integrated (SUB-D9) –

On Profibus DP

–

–

–

Integrated (SUB-D9)

XPSMF3522

XPSMF3542

–

Input/output connections

Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2)

XPSMF3022

XPSMF31222

XPSMF3502

(2) Products referenced XPSMF30/MF31/MF35 are marked Himatrix F30, F31 and F35.

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/12

For all XPSMF PLCs
p Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4
(EN 954-1)
p Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)

1

p Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3
(EN IEC 62061)

Type

CPU

Power supply
module

Rack
with 6 slots

Software

Application

500 Kb

–

–

For XPSMF PLCs

Data

500 Kb

–

–

–

External 24 VDC, integrated –

On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP)

Integrated (4xRJ45)

–

–

Complete version

On Modbus bus (Serial link)

Integrated (SUB-D9)

–

–

SSV1XPSMFWIN

Power connections

Screw terminal blocks

Screw terminal blocks

–

(1)

Dimensions W x D x H

–

–

257 x 239 x 310 mm

Update version

References

XPSMFCPU22

XPSMFPS01

XPSMFGEH01

SSVXPSMFWINUP

Memory capacity
Supply
Communication

2

3

4
I/O module type
Number of inputs

Number of outputs

For modular safety PLC
Analogue
Digital
Digital

–

Relay

–

–

24

32

24

–

Analogue

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

Counting

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

Digital

–

–

4

–

–

16

–

Analogue

–

8

–

–

–

–

–

Relay

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

Supply

Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References

XPSMFAI801

XPSMFAO801

XPSMFCIO2401 XPSMFDI2401

XPSMFDI3201

5

XPSMFDIO241601 XPSMFDO801

Decentralised safety I/O modules

Module type

6

Inputs/Ouputs
Digital

Number of inputs

Digital

16

8+2

16

20

Number of outputs

Digital

–

8

8

8

Pulsed

4

2

2

–

Supply
Communication

External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)
On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)

Input/output connections

Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2)

XPSMF1DI1601

I/O module type

Inputs/Outputs Outputs
Analogue
Digital

Number of inputs

Analogue

Number of outputs

Supply
Communication

7

XPSMF3DIO8801

XPSMF3DIO16801

8

XPSMF3DIO20802

9

Relay

8

–

–

–

–

Digital

–

4

16

–

–

Analogue (not safety)

4

–

–

–

–

Relay

–

–

–

8

16

External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)

10

On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)

Input/output connections

Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2)

XPSMF3AIO8401

XPSMF2DO401

XPSMF2DO1601

XPSMF2DO801

XPSMF2DO1602

(1) To be ordered only if the previous version of have been already installed.
(2) Products referenced XPSMF1/MF2/MF3 are marked Himatrix F1, F2 and F3.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/13

Preventa

Safety controllers for monitoring

Automation

emergency stops and limit switches

For all XPSMC controllers
p Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e
p Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3

sal

Univer

1
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

2

Category 4
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

2 x 3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

Communication interface

Modbus

45 mm
Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP

–

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z (1) (2)

XPSMC32ZC (1) (2)

XPSMC32ZP (1) (2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

3
coded magnetic switches
enabling switch

4
sal

Univer

5

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 4

For monitoring
Number of circuits

6

magnetic switches and enabling switch
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

2 x 3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

Communication interface

Modbus

45 mm
Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP

–

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZC (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZP (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

7
safety mats and edging

8

sal

Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

9

10

Number of circuits

Category 3
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

2 x 3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

Communication interface

Modbus

45 mm
Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP

–

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZC (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZP (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

(1) Version with 32 inputs. For version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).
(2) Configuration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors
XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.
(3) For fixed connector version, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/14

Safety modules for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches

1
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

Category 4

Safety

3N/O

3N/O

3N/O

Additional

1 solid-state

–

1N/C + 4 solid-state 2N/C + 4 solid-state 3 solid-state

4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

2

3

4

4

11

4

Width of housing

22.5 mm

22.5 mm

45 mm

90 mm

45 mm

45 mm

Number of circuits

7N/O

3N/O+3N/O time del. 2N/O+3N/O time del.

2

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage (1)

24 VDC

–

–

–

–

XPSAV11113P

–

24 VAC/DC

XPSAC5121P

XPSAF5130P

XPSAK311144P

XPSAR311144P

–

XPSATE5110P

230 VAC

–

–

–

–

–

XPSATE3710P

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113).

3

coded magnetic switches
enabling switch

4

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 4

For monitoring

2 coded magnetic

6 coded magnetic

switches maximum

switches maximum

Number of circuits

5
enabling switch

Safety

2N/O

2N/O

2N/O

Additional

2 solid-state

2 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

3

15

3

Width of housing

22.5 mm

45 mm

22.5 mm

XPSDME1132P (1)

XPSVC1132P (1)

6

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSDMB1132P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSDMB1132P becomes XPSDMB1132).

7

safety mats and edging

8
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 3
Safety

3N/O

Additional

1N/C + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

4

Width of housing

45 mm

9

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

XPSAK311144P (1)

10

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAK311144P becomes XPSAK311144).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/15

Preventa

Safety controllers for monitoring

Automation

two-hand control

For all XPSMC controllers
p Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e
p Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3

sal

Univer

1
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

2

Category 4
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional

–

Display (number of LEDs)

30

Width of housing

74 mm

Communication interface

Modbus

Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZC (1)(2)

XPSMC32ZP (1)(2)

3
light curtains

4
sal

Univer

5

6

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

2 light curtains

Category 4

monitoring max.
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

2x3N/O per function 6 PNP solid-state

Additional

–

3 solid-state

1 PNP + 1 NPN

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

14 + double display units

Width of housing

74 mm

45 mm

100 mm

Integral Muting function

Yes

No

Yes

Communication interface

Modbus

Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP –

–

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z(1)(2)

XPSMC32ZC(1)(2)

XPSMC32ZP(1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

XPSLCM1150 (4)

(1) Version with 32 inputs, for version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

7

(4) Removable terminal blocks

zero speed, time delay

8
1,0
0,8
0,6

sal

Univer

0,4
0,2
0,0

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

9

Category 4

For monitoring
Number of circuits

Motor zero speed condition
Safety

2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional

–

Display (number of LEDs)

10

30

Width of housing

74 mm

Communication interface

Modbus

Modbus, CANopen

Modbus, Profibus DP

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC32Z (5) (2)

XPSMC32ZC (5) (2)

XPSMC32ZP (5) (2)

(2) Configuration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors
XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.
(5) Plug-in connector version only.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/16

Safety modules for monitoring
two-hand control

1
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 1
(type IIIA to EN 574)

Category 4
(type IIIC to EN 574)

Safety

1N/O

2N/O

2N/O

Additional

1N/C

1N/C

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

2

3

3

Width of housing

22.5 mm

45 mm

22.5 mm

Number of circuits

2

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

–

XPSBC1110

XPSBF1132P (1)

24 VAC/DC

XPSBA5120

–

–

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSBF1132P becomes XPSBF1132).

3

light curtains

4
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 2

Category 4

Safety

2N/O

3N/O

3N/O

7N/O

Additional

1N/C + 4 solid-state

4 solid-state

–

1N/C + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

4

3

4

4

Width of housing

45 mm

22.5 mm

45 mm

90 mm

Integral Muting function

Yes

No

No

No

5

6

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSCM1144P (1)

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

XPSAFL5130P (1)

XPSAK311144P (1)

XPSAR311144P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).

7

zero speed, time delay and lifts

8
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

For monitoring
Number of circuits

Category 4

Motor zero speed condition Safety time delay

Lifts

Safety

1N/O + 1N/C

1N/O time delay

1N/O pulse

2N/O

Additional

2 solid-state

2N/C + 2 solid-state

2N/C + 2 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

4

4

4

4

Width of housing

45 mm

45 mm

45 mm

45 mm

9

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSVNE1142P (1)

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

XPSTSA5142P (2)

XPSTSW5142P (2)

XPSDA5142

10

(1) Motor frequency ≤ 60 Hz.. For frequencies ≥ 60 Hz, please refer to the “Safety solution” catalogue.
(2) Removable terminal block version only.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/17

Preventa

Safety monitors

AS-Interface safety at work

Monitors

For all ASISAFEMON monitors

1

p Max performance level for the solution ......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)
p Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3
(EN IEC 62061)

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

2

3

Number of circuits

Category 4

Safety

2N/O

2 x 2N/O

Auxiliary

1 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

5

8

Width of housing

45 mm

45 mm

AS-Interface profile

S.7.F

S.7.F

Master module compatibility

V1 / V2.1

V1 / V2.1

enhanced functions

ASISAFEMON1B

ASISAFEMON2B

standard functions

ASISAFEMON1

ASISAFEMON2

References of monitor with

Configuration software, adjustment terminal and
AS-Interface analyser

4

5

6

Type

“Safety Suite”
Adjustment terminal (2)
configuration software (1)

Multilingual

EN / FR / DE / ES / IT / PT

–

b Analysis and diagnostics of AS-Interface

For use with

ASISAFEMON1/2,

–

line and Safety at Work

Media

CD-ROM PC

–

the local AS-Interface master

Environment

Windows

–

b Maintenance or validation of AS-Interface

Degree of protection

–

IP 40

lines

Supply

–

4 x LR6 batteries

b Print-out of AS-Interface line tests

Dimensions W x D x H

–

70 x 50 x 170 mm

92 x 28 x 139 mm

Complete version

ASISWIN2

ASITERV2

ASISA01

Update version (3)

SSVASISWINUP

–

–

b Complements the diagnostic functions of

ASISAFEMON1B/2B

7

References

AS-Interface Analyser

(1) CD-ROM with hardware and software user guides.
(2) For addressing safety interfaces, use the infrared adaptor ASITERIR1 or the standard adaptor ASISAD1.

8

(3) To be ordered only if a previous version of ASISWIN have been already installed.

Accessories

9
Type

10

Adaptor

Infrared adaptor Tap-off

Cable

Cable

for the adressing

for adjustment terminal for AS-Interface cable

for monitor

for monitor to monitor

of safety interfaces

Degree of protection

–

IP 67

Cable length

–

1m

References

ASISAD1

ASITERIR1

parametering, RS 232

transfer

IP 67

IP 20

IP 20

2m

2m

0.2 m

ASISCPC

ASISCM

TCSATN01N2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/18

Safety interfaces
For Ø 22 Emergency stop

1
Interface type

For mushroom head pushbuttons
(1)
Plastic
Metal

Control stations
Plastic

(1)

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 65

IP 65

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

40 x 90 x 68

40 x 80 x 40

40 x 90 x 64

40 x 90 x 40

66 x 95 x 78

66 x 95 x 78

AS-Interface profile

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

Infrared addressing

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

No

Connection on AS-Interface

IDC (2)

Connector

IDC (2)

Connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

Reference with N/C + N/C contact (head not included)

ASISSLB4

ASISSLE4

ASISSLB5

ASISSLE5

ASISEA1C

ASISEK1C

Reference of head (Ø40 latching mushroom head, turn to release)

ZB4BS844 (3)

ZB4BS844 (3)

ZB4AS844 (3)

ZB5AS844 (3)

Integrated (4)

Integrated (5)

2

3

(1) For installation in enclosures.
(2) IDC: Insulation Displacement Connector.
(3) Head to be ordered separately. For other heads, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.
(4) Turn to release latching mushroom head.
(5) Key release (n° 455) latching mushroom head.

4

For other safety products with
M12 connector outputs or ISO M16/20

5
Type of entry

2 x M12 entries (6)

1 x M12 entry

1 x ISO M16 entry (7)

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Dimensions W x D x H

40 x 40 x 58 mm

40 x 40 x 58 mm

40 x 40 x 57.5 mm

AS-Interface profile

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

Infrared addressing

Yes

Yes

Yes

Connection on AS-Interface

IDC (1)

IDC (1)

IDC (1)

References

ASISSLC2

ASISSLC1

ASISSLLS

6

7

(6) For connection using 2 pre-wired connectors, or 1 pre-wired connector + 1 connector.
(7) For 1 x ISO M20 entry, use adaptor shown below.

8

Accessories

9
Type

Tap-off for

Description

AS-Interface cable
M12 female, threaded elbowed

Connectors

Pre-wired

Adaptor

straight

connector
straight

(sold in lots of 5)
ISO M16/M20

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Length of cable
References

–

–

–

2m

–

TCSATN011F

XZCC12MCM40B

XZCC12MDM40B

XZCP1541L2

DE9RI2016

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/19

10

Preventa

Safety switches

Detection

and actuators
30

21
22

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

40,3
20/22

153.3

13
14

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

20/22

11

21
22

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Plastic, double insulated switches

2

Type XCSMP

Type XCSPA and TA

pre-cabled, L = 2 m

1xISO M16 entry. (2)

Actuation speed (min → max)

0,05 m/s → 1,5 m/s

0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s

0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67 + IP 66

Type XCSLE
2xISO M16 entries. (2)

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

AC 15, C 300 / DC 13, Q 300 AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 15 x 87 mm

3 x ISO M20 cable entries

AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300

30 x 30 x 93,5 mm

52 x 30 x 114,5 mm

43,6 x 205 x 50,6 mm

Solenoid supply voltage

–

–

Complete switch

N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break

XCSMP59L2 (3)

XCSPA592

–
–

XCSLE2525312

N/C+N/C slow break

XCSMP79L2 (3)

XCSPA792

–

XCSLE2727312

N/C+N/O+N/O 2 N/O stag. slow break

XCSMP70L2 (3)

XCSPA892

N/C+N/O+N/O snap action

–

–

XCSTA592
–

–

N/C+N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break

XCSMP80L2 (3)
–

XCSPA992

XCSTA792

XCSLE3737312

XCSPA492

–

–

3

N/C+N/C+N/O snap action

24 VAC/DC

XCSLE3535312

30

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPA592 becomes XCSPA591).
(3) For other models, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.
try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

30

30

153.3

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

60

4

Locking on de-energisation
of solenoid (1)

Without locking

153.3

1

12

20/22

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

5

Metal switches

6

Without locking

With interlocking, manual unlocking
By button
By key lock

Type XCSA/B/C

Locking on de-energisation
of solenoid (1)

Type XCSLF

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (2)

3 x ISO M20 cable entries

Actuation speed (min → max)

0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67 + IP 66

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 43,6 x 205 x 50,6 mm

Solenoid supply voltage
Complete switch

7

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

N/C+N/O+N/O 2 N/O stag. slow break

XCSA502

XCSB502

XCSC502

XCSLF3535312

XCSLF3535412

N/C+N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break

XCSA702

XCSB702

XCSC702

XCSLF3737312

XCSLF3535412

N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break

XCSLF2525312

N/C+N/C snap break

XCSLF2727312

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSA502 becomes XCSA501).

Accessories

8

Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSMP

Actuators

References

XCSZ81

Right-angled actuator

Pivoting actuator, RH door Pivoting actuator, LH door

XCSZ84

XCSZ83

XCSZ85

9
Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSPA/TA/TE
References

Wide actuator L=40 mm (1) Right-angled actuator

Pivoting actuator

Actuators
XCSZ11

Guard/door retainer

Retaining device
XCSZ12

XCSZ14

XCSZ13

XCSZ21

(1) For L = 29 mm, reference = XCSZ15.

10
Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSA/B/C/LE/LF

Actuators

References

XCSZ01

Wide actuator

Pivoting actuator

XCSZ02

XCSZ03

Door lock
XCSZ05

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/20

Safety switches
with rotary lever or spindle

21
22
21
22

14
12

11

13

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)

20/22

1

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with rear of switch) lever Stainless steel straight lever
Lever to left or right Lever centred
Lever to left
Lever centred
Lever to right

Plastic switches

Type XCSPL with rotary lever or XCSPR with spindle

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

0,1 / 0,25 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (selon EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Stainless steel
spindle, L = 30 mm

1 x ISO M16 cable entry (1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 30 x 160 mm

Tripping angle

5°

Complete switch

2
30 x 30 x 96 mm

“N/C+N/O” stag. slow break

XCSPL592

XCSPL582

XCSPL572

XCSPL562

XCSPR552

“N/C+N/C” slow break

XCSPL791 (2)

XCSPL781 (2)

XCSPL771 (2)

XCSPL762

XCSPR752

“N/C+N/C+N/C” slow break

–

–

–

XCSPL862

–

“N/C+N/C+N/C” slow break

–

XCSPL981 (2)

–

XCSPL962

XCSPR952

3

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPL592 becomes XCSPL591).
(2) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

4
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

40,3
20/22

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with Stainless steel straight lever
rear of switch) lever - Lever centred Lever centred

Plastic switches

Type XCSTL with rotary lever or XCSTR with spindle

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

0.1 / 0.45 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x P x H

52 x 30 x 180 mm
5°

5

Stainless steel spindle
Length 30 mm

2 x ISO M16 cable entries (1)

Tripping angle
Complete switch

6
52 x 30 x 117 mm

N/C + N/O + N/O, 2 N/O staggered slow break XCSTL582

XCSTL552

XCSTR552

XCSTL782

XCSTL752

XCSTR752

N/C + N/C + N/O, N/O staggered slow break

7

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSTL582 becomes XCSTL581).

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/21

Safety limit switches
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action

GN-YE

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break

BU

BN

GN-YE

BN

BK BK-WH

RD RD-WH
RD-WH

BK-WH

1

BU

Detection
BK

Limit switches

RD

Preventa

Metal
end plunger

Miniature switches

Roller plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Type XCSM, metal
pre-cabled, L = 1 m (1)

2

3

Maximum actuation speed

0.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

1.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

8.5 N / 42.5 N

7 N / 35 N

0.5 N.m / 0.1 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 16 x 60 mm

30 x 16 x 70.5 mm

30 x 32 x 92.5 mm

Complete switch

N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCSM3910L1

XCSM3902L1

XCSM3915L1

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break

XCSM3710L1

XCSM3702L1

XCSM3715L1

(1) For a 2 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 2 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L2).
For a 5 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 5 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L5).

4

5
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action

6

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break

Metal
end plunger

Compact switches

7

8

Roller
plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Type XCSD, metal
0.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

15 N / 45 N

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (mm)
Complete switch

Roller
plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Type XCSP, plastic

1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)
Maximum actuation speed

Metal
end plunger

1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

12 N / 36 N

10 N.m / 0.1 N.m 15 N / 45 N

34 x 34.5 x 89

34 x 34.5 x 99.5

34 x 43 x 121.5

N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCSD3910P20

XCSD3902P20

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break

XCSD3710P20

XCSD3702P20

1.5 m/s
12 N / 36 N

10 N.m / 0.1 N.m

34 x 34.5 x 89

34 x 34.5 x 99.5

34 x 43 x 121.5

XCSD3918P20

XCSP3910P20

XCSP3902P20

XCSP3918P20

XCSD3718P20

XCSP3710P20

XCSP3702P20

XCSP3718P20

IP 66 + IP 67

(2) For Pg 13.5 and 1/2" NPT cable entries, refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/22

Preventa

Coded magnetic technology

Detection

Plastic coded magnetic system

(1)

(1)
F1

F1
1/BN

1/BN

+

Diag

2A
I1 7/GY +

XCSDM3

+

XCSDM4

Er 7/VT

NO

I1 5/GY +
NO

O1 4/BK

O1 4/BK
I2 6/PK +

I2 6/PK +

NO

2A

+

O2 2/WH
K2

NO

K1

K2

6
K1

7

3
1

3/BU

2

8/OG

3/BU

5

4

7

1

3
1

4

6
–

O2 2/WH

8

2

–
+

K2

K1

Type of system
With integrated safety module

SIL2/Category 3
XCSDM3

Sil3/Category 4
XCSDM4

Switches for actuation

Face to face, face to side, side to side

Degree of protection

Pre-cabled: IP66 / IP67, IP69K, connector: IP67

Type of contact

2 solid-state output PNP/NO, 1,5 A / 24VDC (2 A up to 60°C)

Rated operational characteristics

Ub: 24 VDC +10% - 20%

Dimensions W x D x H

34 x 27 x 100 mm

Operating zone
References

2

Sao= 10 mm / Sar= 20 mm
Connection

for cable L= 2m

XCSDM379102

XCSDM480102

for cable L= 5m

XCSDM379105

XCSDM480105

for cable L= 10m

XCSDM379110

XCSDM480110

for connector M12

XCSDM3791M12

XCSDM4801M12

3

4
Coded magnetic

5
BN
BU
BN

BK

BU

GY

WH

PK
GY

WH

Contact
(N/O + N/O,
1N/O
staggered)

BK

BN

Contact
(N/C + N/O,
N/C
staggered)

PK

WH

BN
BU

BK

WH

BU

(1)

BK

(1)

Contact
(N/C + N/C
+ N/O, 1N/C
staggered)
Contact
(N/C + N/O
+ N/O, 1N/O
staggered)

6
Rectangular
Without LED (2)

Rectangular
Cylindrical
Rectangular
Rectangular
Cylindrical
Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2)

Plastic switches

Type XCSDM coded magnetic

Switches for actuation

Pre-cabled, L = 2 m
Face to face, face to side, side to side

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67

Type of contact

REED

REED

Rated operational characteristics

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Dimensions W x D x H

16 x 7 x 51 mm

Operating zone (4)

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

Switch with coded magnet

Connector on flying lead, L = 10 cm (3)
Face to face

7

Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face
IP 66 + IP 67

25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38,5 mm

16 x 7 x 51 mm

25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38.5 mm

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

N/C + N/O, N/C staggered

XCSDMC5902

XCSDMP5902

XCSDMR5902

XCSDMC590L01M8 XCSDMP590L01M12 XCSDMR590L01M12

N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

XCSDMC7902

XCSDMR7902

XCSDMR7902

XCSDMC790L01M8 XCSDMP790L01M12 XCSDMR790L01M12

N/C + N/C + N/O, 1N/C staggered

–

XCSDMP5002

–

–

XCSDMP500L01M12 –

N/C + N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

–

XCSDMP7002

–

–

XCSDMP700L01M12 –

(1) NB. Contact states shown are with the magnet present.
(2) For version with LED indicator, replace the last 0 in the reference by 1 (example: XCSDMC5902 becomes XCSDMC5912).
(3) For associated pre-wired female connectors, please refer to the “Safety solution” catalogue.
(4) Sao: assured operating distance. Sar: assured release distance.

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/23

Preventa

Mats

Detection

Safety mats (1)

1
(1) For simplification of installation, see the “Protect Area design”
software configuration tool. Reference: SISCD104200

2

3

Maximum category usage
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

Degree of protection

IP 67

Response time (s)

Mat itself: 20 ms, with module: XPSAK ≤ 40 ms, XPSMP < 30 ms

Sensitivity

Single mat > 20 kg / Group of mats > 35 kg

Maximum load

2000 N/cm2

Connection (2)

By M8 jumper cable (1 male / 1 female), L = 100 mm

Dimensions W x D x H

500 x 500 x 11 mm

500 x 750 x 11 mm

References
XY2TP1
XY2TP2
(2) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com
www.Schneider-electric.com.

750 x 750 x 11 mm

750 x 1250 x 11 mm

XY2TP3

XY2TP4

Accessories
Rails (set of 2)

4

Length

194 mm

394 mm

444 mm

494 mm

644 mm

694 mm

744 mm

1194 mm

1244 mm

References

XY2TZ10

XY2TZ20

XY2TZ30

XY2TZ40

XY2TZ50

XY2TZ60

XY2TZ70

XY2TZ80

XY2TZ90

Corners and rail connectors

External corners

Internal corner

Rail connectors, L = 56 mm

(set of 4)

+ external corner

with outlet for cable (set of 2) (set of 2)

XY2TZ4

XY2TZ5

XY2TZ1

References

Rail connectors, L = 6 mm
XY2TZ2

5

6
Selection guidance software

7

Protect Area Design (2)

8
For light curtains

XUSLT, XUSLM

Reference

XUSLPDM

(2) "Protect Area Design" sofware is integrated in SafetySuite V2

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/24

Light curtains
Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Light curtain functions
• Auto/Manual,
• Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),
• LED display of operating modes

1

Type
Slim range

Multi-beam, infrared transmission
Manual starting

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

0.3…15 m

Detection capacity

30 mm “hand”

Number of safety circuits

2 solid-state PNP

Response time (depending on model)

14…24 ms

Connection

M12 Connector

Height protected (mm)

Automatic starting

2

150

XUSLNG5D0150

XUSLNG5C0150

300

XUSLNG5D0300

XUSLNG5C0300

450

XUSLNG5D0450

XUSLNG5C0450

600

XUSLNG5D0600

XUSLNG5C0600

750

XUSLNG5D0750

XUSLNG5C0750

900

XUSLNG5D0900

XUSLNG5C0900

1050

XUSLNG5D1050

XUSLNG5C1050

1200

XUSLNG5D1200

XUSLNG5C1200

1350

XUSLNG5D1350

XUSLNG5C1350

1500

XUSLNG5D1500

XUSLNG5C1500

3

4

Accessories
Cable length

3m

10 m

30 m

Pre-wired connector for XUSLN For receiver
(screened cable)
For transmitter

XSZNCR03

XSZNCR10

XSZNCR30

XSZNCT03

XSZNCT10

XSZNCT30

5

6
Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-1 et 2

7

Light curtain functions
• Auto/Manual,
• Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),
• LED display of operating modes
• Integral muting function.

Type

Single-beam, infrared transmission

Height protected (conforming to prEN 999)

750…1200 mm (1 to 4 beams)

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

8m

Number of circuits

Safety

2N/O

Additional

4 solid-state

Response time

< 25 ms

Modules (integral muting function)
Thru-beam pairs,
axially aligned

8

24 VDC

XPSCM1144P (1)

Pre-cabled, L = 5m

PNP

XU2S18PP340L5 (2)

M12 connector

PNP

XU2S18PP340D (2)

9

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference. Example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).
(2) For alignment at 90° to the mounting axes, insert the letter W in the reference before the last letter. Example: XU2S18PP340L5 becomes XU2S18PP340WL5).

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/25

1

2

Preventa

Light curtains

Detection

Type 4 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Functions accessible by cabling alone
b Automatic start
b Auxiliary output (PNP, status signalling)
b Alignment aid by display of each light beam broken
b LED display of operating modes and faults

Type

Multi-beam, infrared transmission
Light curtains

Cascadable light curtains

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

0,3…7 or 3 m with

0,3…8 or 20 m with

0,3…7 or 3 m with

0,3…20 or 8 m with

PDM Box (2)

PDM Box (2)

PDM Box (2)

PDM Box (2)

14 mm "finger"

30 mm "hand"

14 mm "finger"

30 mm "hand"

Detection capacity
Number of circuits

3

Safety

2 solid-state PNP

Auxiliary (alarm)

1 solid-state PNP

1 solid-state PNP or NPN

Response time (depending on model)

23…41 ms

Connection

M12 connector

Functions accessible via programming and diagnostic module

b Auto/Manual
b Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Device Monitoring)
b Test (MTS : Monitoring Test Signal),
b Light beam coding (A or B)
b Sensing distance (short, long)
b Programming and downloading of configuration
settings, via programming and diagnostic
module (PDM)
b Display of operating modes and faults by LED
and/or PDM (2)

Transmitter + receiver

XUSLBQ6A0280

(1) Other height protected, see catalog:
"Preventa safety Solutions"
(2) PDM module : Programming and Diagnostic Module,
see following page.

7

–
–

XUSLDMQ6A0320

–

360

XUSLBQ6A0360

XUSLBR5A0360

–

XUSLDMY5A0360

440

XUSLBQ6A0440

–

XUSLDMQ6A0440

–

520

XUSLBQ6A0520

XUSLBR5A0520

XUSLDMQ6A0520

XUSLDMY5A0520

600

XUSLBQ6A0600

–

XUSLDMQ6A0600

–

680

–

XUSLBR5A0680

–

XUSLDMY5A0680

720

XUSLBQ6A0720

–

XUSLDMQ6A0720

–

880

XUSLBQ6A0880

XUSLBR5A0880

XUSLDMQ6A0880

XUSLDMY5A0880

1040

–

XUSLBR5A1040

–

XUSLDMY5A1040

1200

–

XUSLBR5A1200

–

–

1400

–

XUSLBR5A1400

–

XUSLDMY5A1400

1560

–

XUSLBR5A1560

–

XUSLDMY5A1560

Segments for cascadable light curtains

Detection capacity

8

9

23…32 ms

–

Type
Transmitter + receiver

23…41 ms

320

(1) Height protected (mm) 280

6

23…32 ms

b Auto/Manual, manual 1st cycle
b Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Device Monitoring)
b Test (MTS : Monitoring Test Signal),
b Blanking (ECS/B), Monitored Blanking,
Floating Blanking (FB)
b Reduction of resolution
b Response time (normal, slow)
b Light beam coding (A or B)
b Sensing distance (short, long)
b Auxiliary output (alarm or status signalling,
PNP or NPN)
b Start button (N/O or N/C, 0 V or 24 V)
b Muting
b Display of operating modes and faults by LED
and/or PDM (2)
XUSLDMQ6A0280
–

4

5

2 solid-state PNP

Height protected (mm) 280

14 mm "finger"

30 mm "hand"

XUSLDSQ6A0280

–

320

XUSLDSQ6A0320

–

360

–

XUSLDSY5A0360

440

XUSLDSQ6A0440

–

520

XUSLDSQ6A0520

XUSLDSY5A0520

600

XUSLDSQ6A0600

–

680

–

XUSLDSY5A0680

720

XUSLDSQ6A0720

–

880

XUSLDSQ6A0880

XUSLDSY5A0880

1040

–

XUSLDSY5A1040

1400

–

XUSLDSY5A1400

1560

–

XUSLDSY5A1560

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/26

Type 4 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Light curtain functions
b Auto/Manual/Manual 1st cycle
b Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),
b Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal),
b Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,
b LED display of operating modes and alarms,
b Coding of the beams

1

Type
Compact range

Single-beam and multi-beam, infrared transmission
Transmitter/receiver
Transmitter/passive receiver

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

0.8…20 ou 70 m (according to config)

Detection capacity

Body

Number of circuits

Safety

2 solid-state PNP

Auxiliary (alarm or following)

1 solid-state PNP

Response time (depending on model)

M12 Connector (1)
Interval

2

16…24 ms

Connection
Beam

0.8…8 m

M12 Connector

Number

–
300 mm

1 XUSLPZ1AM

–

4 XUSLPZ4A300M

–

5 XUSLPZ5A300M

–

6 XUSLPZ6A300M

–

3

400 mm

3 XUSLPZ3A400M

–

500 mm

2 XUSLPZ2A500M

XUSLPB2A500M

3 XUSLPZ3A500M

–

2 XUSLPZ2A600M

XUSLPB2A600M

600 mm

4

(1) Light curtain with M12 connector output, for terminal block output, replace M from the end of the reference by B. Example : XUSLPZ1AM becomes XUSLPZ1AB

5

Cabling accessories

Type

Pre-wired connectors

Cable length

5m

Pre-wired connector for
(screened cable)

XUSLT
XUSLB/XUSLDM
XUSLP

15 m

6

30 m

For receiver

XSZTCR05

XSZTCR10

XSZTCR15

XSZTCR30

For transmitter

XSZTCT05

XSZTCT10

XSZTCT15

XSZTCT30

For receiver

XSZBCR05

XSZBCR10

XSZBCR15

XSZBCR30

For transmitter

XSZBCT05

XSZBCT10

XSZBCT15

XSZBCT30

For receiver

XSZPCR05

XSZPCR10

XSZPCR15

XSZPCR30

For transmitter

XSZPCT05

XSZPCT10

XSZPCT15

XSZPCT30

Type

7

Jumper cables for segments XUS LDS

Cable length
Reference

10 m

0,3 m

0,5 m

1m

2m

2m

5m

10 m

For receiver

XSZDCR003 XSZDCR005 XSZDCR010 XSZDCR020 XSZDCR030 XSZDCR050 XSZDCR100

For transmitter

XSZDCT003

XSZDCT005

XSZDCT010

XSZDCT020

XSZDCT030

XSZDCT050

XSZDCT100

8

Setting-up accessories

9

Type

Programming and Diagnostic Module

Laser alignment tool

For light curtains

XUSLB / XUSLDM

All type XUSL

Reference

XUSLPDM

XUSLAT1

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/27

Emergency stops

Operator dialog

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons

2

N/C + N/O
contact

31

14

N/C + N/O + N/C
contact

Turn to release

32

14
13

13

22
22

1

21

21

Preventa

Turn to release

Key release
(key n° 455)

Pushbuttons

Metal

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.3

0.3

Shock / vibration resistance

10 gn / 5 gn

10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions Ø x Depth
Contact

3

Key release
(key n° 455)

Plastic

Ø 40 x 82 mm

Ø 40 x 104 mm

Ø 40 x 81.5 mm

Ø 40 x 103 mm

N/C + N/O

XB4BS8445

XB5AS8445

XB5AS8445

XB5AS9445

2 N/C + 1 N/O

XB4BS84441

–

–

ZB5AS944 + ZB5AZ141

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations

6

7

31
32

13
14
31
32
13
14

21
22

N/C + N/C
contact

21

21

N/C + N/O
contact

22

5

22

4

N/C + N/O + N/C
contact

Turn to release

Key release (key n° 455)

Enclosure

Plastic

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.1

0.1

Shock / vibration resistance

10 gn / 5 gn

10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

68 x 91 x 68 mm

2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland

Contact

68 x 113 x 68 mm

N/C + N/O

XALK178E

XALK188E

N/C + N/C

XALK178F

XALK188F

2 N/C + 1 N/O

–

XALK188G

Accessories

8

9
With legend holder

10

Type

Étiquettes

Colour

Red with white lettering

Yellow with black lettering

Dimensions

30 x 40 mm (1)

Ø 60 mm

“Emergency stop”

ZBY2130

“Arrêt d'urgence”

ZBY2330

“Not Halt”

Références

Marking:

Padlocking kit

Bellows seals

Yellow

Red Silicone

Black EPDM

ZBY9130

–

–

–

ZBY9330

–

–

–

ZBY2230

ZBY9230

–

–

–

–

–

ZBZ3605

ZBZ48

ZBZ28

(1) circular appearance
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/28

Emergency stops
Cable (tripwire) operated

11

13

12

14

11

21

12

22

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

N/C + N/O contact
slow break

1

N/C + N/C contact
slow break

Booted pushbutton reset

For operating cable length ≤ 15 m

Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

Latching, without indicator light

with indicator light

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (1)
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

Shock / vibration resistance

50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

201 x 71 x 68 mm

Operating cable length

≤ 15 m

2

Operating cable anchoring point

To right or to left

Contact

1 “N/C + N/O” slow break

XY2CH13250H29

XY2CH13450H29

XY2CH13253

1 “N/C + N/C” slow break

XY2CH13270H29

XY2CH13470H29

XY2CH13273

3

(1) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, delete H29 from the end of the reference (example: XY2-CH13250H29 becomes XY2-CH13250).

14
21
22

13

12
11
12

11

4
N/C + N/O contact
slow break

5
N/C + N/C contact
slow break

Booted pusbutton reset

For operating cable length ≤ 50 m

Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

Latching, without indicator light

6

3 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

0.01

Shock / vibration resistance

50 gn / 10 gn

50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

229 x 82 x 142 mm

229 x 82 x 142 mm

Operating cable length

≤ 50 m

≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point

To left

To right

To left

To right

Contact

1 “N/C + N/O” slow break

XY2CE2A250

XY2CE1A250

XY2CE2A450

XY2CE1A450

1 “N/C + N/C” slow break

XY2CE2A270

XY2CE1A270

XY2CE2A470

XY2CE1A470

2 “N/C + N/O” slow break

XY2CE2A290 (2)

XY2CE1A290 (2)

XY2CE2A490 (2)

XY2CE1A290 (2)

7

8

(2) With 24V, 48 V, 130 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb not included, add 6 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A296).
With 230 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb included, add 7 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A297).

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/29

Preventa

Foot switches - metal

Operator dialog

Single pedal switches

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

1
Type

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

2

3

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.) Without

Colour

Orange

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

15

Degree of protection

IP 66

Shock resistance

100 joules

Blue

Orange

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

104 x 172 x 59 mm

Contact operation

1 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPER810

XPEM110

XPER110

2 N/C + N/O

XPER811

XPEM111

XPER111

2 step

2 N/C + N/O

XPER911

XPEM211

XPER211

Analogue output

2 N/C + N/O

XPER929

–

XPER229

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

4

5

6

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

Type

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Blue

Blue

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

15

Degree of protection

IP 66

Shock resistance

100 joules

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

7

Orange

Orange

160 x 186 x 152 mm
1 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPEM510

XPER510

XPEM310

XPER310

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM511

XPER511

XPEM311

XPER311

1 step latching

1 N/C + N/O

–

–

XPEM410

XPER410

2 step

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM711

XPER711

XPEM611

XPER611

Analogue output

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM529

XPER529

XPEM329

–

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

Double pedal switches
try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

8
Type

9

10

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Blue

Blue

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

15

Degree of protection

IP 66

Shock resistance

100 joules

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Orange

Orange

295 x 190 x 155 mm
1 step

2 x 1 N/C + N/O

XPEM5100D

XPER510D

XPEM3100D

XPER3100D

2 x 2 N/C + N/O

XPEM5110D

XPER5110D

XPEM3110D

XPER3110D

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/30

Foot switches - plastic
Single pedal switches

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

1
Type

Without protective cover

With protective cover

2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland
Trigger mechanism

Without

Colour

Yellow

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

Degree of protection

IP 55

Shock resistance

30 joules

With (positive operating action reqd.)
Yellow

Yellow

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

160 x 280 x 70 mm

160 x 280 x 162 mm

160 x 280 x 162 mm

XPEY110

XPEY310

XPEY510

2 N/C + N/O

–

XPEY311

XPEY511

2 N/C + N/O

XPEY211

XPEY611

XPEY711

Contact operation

1 step
2 step

1 N/C + N/O

3

4

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

Type

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

1 entry (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.) Without

Without

Colour

Grey+

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

10

2

Degree of protection

IP 66

IP 43

Shock resistance

100 joules

Blue

Grey

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

160 x 280 x 70 mm

Contact operation

1 step
2 step

2

5

Black

6
94 x 161 x 54 mm

1 N/C + N/O

XPEG810

XPEB110

XPEG110

XPEA110

2 N/C + N/O

–

XPEB111

XPEG111

XPEA111

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG911

XPEB211

XPEG211

–

(1) Cable entry for ISO M16 or n° 9 (Pg 9) cable gland and for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland.

7

try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

8
Type

Foot switches with protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Grey

Grey

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

10

Degree of protection

IP 66

Shock resistance

100 joules

Blue

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

180 x 280 x 162 mm

Contact operation

1 step
2 step

9
Blue

10

1 N/C + N/O

XPEG510

XPEB510

XPEG310

XPEB310

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG511

XPEB511

XPEG311

XPEB311

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG711

XPEB711

XPEG611

XPEB611

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/31

Preventa

Control units

Operator dialog

Two-hand control
try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

1
2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head
Emergency stop or Lock out pushbutton

2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head Emergency
stop or Lock out pushbutton, with pre-wired terminal block

Type

Two-hand control stations

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

1

1

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

2 cable entries for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, 1 cable entry for n° 21 (Pg 21) cable gland (2)

455 x 170 x 188.5 mm

Red emergency stop (N/C + N/C slow break)

XY2SB71 (1)

XY2SB72 (1)

Yellow lock out (N/C + N/O break before make)

XY2SB75

XY2SB76

(1) To order a two-hand control station with pedestal XY2SB90, add 4 to the end of the reference (example: XY2SB71 becomes XY2SB714).
(2) For entry for ISO M25 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA2125 + fixing nut DE9EC21 (sold in lots of 5).

2

Contact open

1

3

5
6

7

1

4

Contact closed

0

012

2

012

5

2

6

4

1

3

0
1-2
5-6
3-4

1

Enabling switch

Contact states

4

3

Dimensions W x D x H

2

2

8

1-2
5-6
3-4
7

5

8

(XY2-AU2)

Type

Plastic grip

Number of contacts

3

3

Type of contacts

2 “NO” + 1 “NC”

2 “NO” + 1 “NC”

Description

3 positions

3 positions with button for N/O contact (auxiliary)

Shock / vibration resistance

10 gn / 6 gn

Entry for Ø 7 to 13 mm cable

1 "NO" auxiliary

6

7

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, C300 / DC 13, R300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

IP 65

Dimensions W x D x H

46 x 58 x 261 mm

46 x 58 x 269 mm

References

XY2AU1

XY2AU2

For fixing accessories, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/32

Front mounting

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

5/L3

Motor control

3/L2

Switch disconnectors

1/L1

Vario

Door mounting

Type

Mini-Vario for standard applications

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

1

Backplate
mounting in
enclosure

12 A

VCDN12

VCCDN12

20 A

VCDN20

VCCDN20

2

3/L2

5/L3

Backplate
mounting in
enclosure

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

1/L1

3

Door mounting

4

Type

Vario for high performance applications

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

60 x 60

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Ø 22.5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

90 x 90

12 A

VCD02

VCF02

–

VCCD02

VCCF02

–

20 A

VCD01

VCF01

–

VCCD01

VCCF01

–

25 A

VCD0

VCF0

–

VCCD0

VCCF0

–

32 A

VCD1

VCF1

–

VCCD1

VCCF1

–

40 A

VCD2

VCF2

–

VCCD2

VCCF2

–

63 A

–

VCF3

–

–

VCCF3

–
–

80 A

–

VCF4

–

–

VCCF4

125 A

–

–

VCF5

–

–

VCCF5

175 A

–

–

VCF6

–

–

VCCF6

5

6

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Enclosed

7

8

Type

Mini-Vario

Vario

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

Dimensions W x D x H

82.5 x 106 x 131 mm

90 x 131 x 146 mm

241 x 191 x 291 mm

Degree of protection

IP 55

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

690 V

10 A

VCFN12GE

VCF02GE

–

Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe)

16 A

VCFN20GE

VCF01GE

–

20 A

VCFN25GE

VCF0GE

–

25 A

VCFN32GE

VCF1GE

–

32 A

VCFN40GE

VCF2GE

–

50 A

–

VCF3GE (1)

–

63 A

–

VCF4GE (1)

–

100 A

–

–

VCF5GEN

140 A

–

–

VCF6GEN

9

10

(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/33

Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

5/L3

Motor control
3/L2

Motor starters

1/L1

TeSys

T3

T2

T1

1

Complete circuit-breaker: circuit-breaker
+ enclosure + safety device.
Ex.: GV2ME01 + GV2MC02 + GV2K04.

Type

2

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

–

0.06

0.09

0.12…0.18

Setting range

A

0.1…0.16

0.16…0.25

0.25…0.40

0.40…0.63

0.63…1

Current Id ± 20%

A

1.5

2.4

5

8

13

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

Reference

3

0.16

0.25

0.40

0.63

1

GV2ME01

GV2ME02

GV2ME03

GV2ME04

GV2ME05

0.37…0.55

0.75

1.1…1.5

2.2

3…4

Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

Setting range

A

1…1.6

1.6…2.5

2.5…4

4…6.3

6…10

Current Id ± 20%

A

22.5

33.5

51

78

138

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

Reference

4

0.25…0.37

1.6

2.5

4

6.3

9

GV2ME06

GV2ME07

GV2ME08

GV2ME10

GV2ME14

5.5

7.5

9…11

11

15

Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

Setting range

A

9…14

13…18

17…23

20…25

24…32

Current Id ± 20%

A

170

223

327

327

416

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

Reference

13

17

21

23

24

GV2ME16

GV2ME20

GV2ME21

GV2ME22

GV2ME32

Enclosure

5

6

7

Type

Empty enclosure

Mounting

Surface mounting

Flush mounting

Degree of protection

IP 55

IP 55 (front face)

Dimensions W x D x H (1)

93 x 145.5 x 147 mm

93 x 55 x 126 mm

References

GV2MC02

GV2MP02

(1) Dimensions with safety device GV2K04 fitted.

8

Safety device

9

10

Type

Safety devices

With red mushroom head

Turn to release

Turn to release

Key release

GV2K031

GV2K021

Padlockable in “Off” position
References

GV2K04

(key n° 455)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/34

1
Type

Non reversing

Reversing

Degree of protection

IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic reference, to be completed by code indicating voltage (1)

IP 657

IP 657

2

220/230 V

400/415 V

440 V

–

0.06

0.06

0.16…0.25

LG1K065 pp02

LG7K06pp02

LG8K06pp02

0.06

0.09

0.12

0.25…0.40

LG1K065pp03

LG7K06pp03

LG8K06pp03

–

0.18

0.18

0.40…0.63

LG1K065pp04

LG7K06pp04

LG8K06pp04

0.12

0.25

0.25

0.63…1

LG1K065pp05

LG7K06pp05

LG8K06pp05

0.25

0.55

0.55

1…1.6

LG1K065pp06

LG7K06pp06

LG8K06pp06

0.37

0.75

1.1

1.6…2.5

LG1K065pp07

LG7K06pp07

LG8K06pp07

0.75

1.5

1.5

2.5…4

LG1K065pp08

LG7K06pp08

LG8K06pp08

1.1

2.2

3

4…6.3

LG1K065pp10

LG7K06pp10

LG8K06pp10

1.5

4

4

6…10

LG1K095pp14

LG7K09pp14

LG8K09pp14

3

5.5

5.5

9…14

LG1D122pp16

LG7D12pp16

LG8K12pp16

4

7.5

9

13…18

LG1D182pp20

LG7D18pp20

–

4

9

9

17…23

LG1D182pp21

LG7D18pp21

–

range (A)

3

4

5

With integral control transformer, 400/24 V

Type

Non reversing

Reversing

Degree of protection

IP 657

IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic references

380/400 V
0.06

6

With integral control transformer, 400/24 V

range (A)

(The code Q7 (380/400 V) designates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected)

0.16…0.25

LJ7K06Q702

LJ8K06Q702

0.09

0.25…0.40

LJ7K06Q703

LJ8K06Q703

0.18

0.40…0.63

LJ7K06Q704

LJ8K06Q704

0.25

0.63…1

LJ7K06Q705

LJ8K06Q705

0.55

1…1.6

LJ7K06Q706

LJ8K06Q706

0.75

1.6…2.5

LJ7K06Q707

LJ8K06Q707

1.5

2.5…4

LJ7K06Q708

LJ8K06Q708

2.2

4…6.3

LJ7K06Q710

LJ8K06Q710

4

6…10

LJ7K09Q714

LJ8K09Q714

7

8

9
Control circuit voltages available
Volts 50/60 Hz

24 V

230 V

400 V

415 V

(1) Voltage code

B7

P7

V7

N7

10

The control circuit must be cabled by the user.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/35

A reference for installations in ATEX Dust
explosive atmospheres.
What is an explosive atmosphere according
to the Directive?
It is the mixing with air, in atmospheric conditions, of flammable
substances in the form of gas, vapour, mist or dust which, in
the event of combustion, spreads throughout the non burning mix.

1

2
A selection of certified
products, conforming to
the European Directive
ATEX94/9/EC, to ensure
maximum safety for your
installations in a zone where
the risk of explosion or fire is
high.

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The products in
this catalogue
are certified by a
European Union
Commission
notified body.

Implementation of European Directives
Directive 99/92/EC
This requires that a risk analysis be performed for all industrial processes.
If there is any risk of an explosion:
p the zones are defined and physically identified,
p the installation is classified by governing bodies.
Directive 94/9/EC
This requires certification of the products in accordance with the classification of the zones of
use

ZONE 20

10

ZONE 21

ZONE 22

Dust zones
p Zone 20: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust
in the air, either permanently, for long periods or frequently.
p Zone 21: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust in
the air during normal operation occasionally.
p Zone 22: area where an explosive atmosphere in the form of combustible clouds of dust
in the air is unlikely to occur during normal operation but, if it does occur, it is only for a short
period.

Explosive atmospheres
1


ent is a selection of
.
This docum
ng products
the top selli

2
Detection
Inductive proximity sensors ......................................................................................... 10/2
Universal and Analog, XS

3

Proximity sensors ............................................................................................... 10/3 and 10/4
Rotation monitoring, XS, Namur XS

Intrinsically safe enclosures ......................................................................................... 10/5
Processing module, NY3

Limit switches .......................................................................................................... 10/6 to 10/9

4

Miniature, XCM
Compact, XCKD
Classic, XCKM
Applications: Hoisting, Handling and Conveying

Pressure and vacuum switches ................................................................10/10 and 10/11

5

Adjustable differential, XMLB

Operator dialog
Control and signalling units
Pushbuttons and mushroom heads Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ................................................. 10/12
Selector switches and key switches Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ................................................. 10/13
Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ........................................... 10/14
Control stations, Harmony XAW ........................................................................................ 10/15

6

Human/Machine Interface
Small Panels and Advanced Panels, Magelis XBT N, R, RT, GT ........................ 10/16 to 10/19

7

Machine safety
Tripwire operated Emergency stops, Preventa XY2 .......................................................... 10/20
Foot switches, Preventa XPE ............................................................................................ 10/20
Safety switches, Preventa XCS ......................................................................................... 10/21

8

Automation
Weighing system, Modicon Premium ............................................................................... 10/22
I/O modules, Modicon Quantum ....................................................................................... 10/22

9

10

10/1

Inductive proximity sensors
Universal, metal case

Osiprox

1
M12

2

3

4

M18

M30

Sensor type

3-wire DC PNP, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

4 mm

8 mm

15 mm

Operating zone

0...3.2 mm

0...6.4 mm

0...12 mm

M18 x 60 mm

M30 x 60 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP68

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 10 m

Dimensions

M12 x 50 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal

≤2V

Switching frequency
References

D-Ex tD A21 IP68 T90°C

2500 Hz

1000 Hz

500 Hz

NO function

XS612B1PAL10EX

XS618B1PAL10EX

XS630B1PAL10EX

NC function

XS612B1PBL10EX

XS618B1PBL10EX

XS630B1PBL10EX

5
Analog, metal case

6

7

8

9

M12

M18

M30

Sensor type

Analogue, 2-wire AC/DC, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

Operating zone

0.2...2 mm

0.5…5 mm

1...10 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M12 x 50 mm

M18 x 60 mm

M30 x 60 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10…38 VAC/DC

Linearity error

10%

Operating frequency
References

4…20 mA output

D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

1500 Hz

500 Hz

300 Hz

XS1M12AB120EX

XS1M18AB120EX

XS1M30AB120EX

10
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/2

Proximity sensors
Rotation monitoring, metal case

1
M30

Sensor type

3-wire DC PNP, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

10 mm

Operating zone

0…8 mm

D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M30 x 81 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal

≤2V

Version

Slow

Fast

Maximum speed of passing object

6000 impulses/minute

48,000 impulses/minute

Adjustable frequency range

6…150 impulses/minute

120…3000 impulses/minute

XSAV11373EX

XSAV12373EX

References

NC function

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/3

Namur inductive sensors
Metal or plastic case

Osiprox

1
M5

2

3

4

M8

M12

M18

M30

Sensor type
Case type

2-wire DC, flush mountable in metal
Metal
Plastic

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

20 (to be used in conjunction with intrinsically safe enclosures, see page 5)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0016X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

0.8 mm

1.5 mm

Operating zone

0…0.6 mm

0…0.8 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M5 x 30 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

Residual current, open state

≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency
References

NC function

5

D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C
0…1.2 mm

M8 x 26.5 mm

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

0…1.6 mm

0…4 mm

0…8 mm

M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm

M30 x 43.5 mm

1500 Hz

1000 Hz

800 Hz

500 Hz

300 Hz

XSMN08122EX XSAN01122EX

XSPN01122EX

XSPN02122EX

XSPN05122EX

XSPN10122EX

Plastic case

6

7

8

9

M12

M30

Forme D

2-wire DC, non flush mountable in metal
Plastic

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

20

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0016X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

4 mm

8 mm

15 mm

40 mm

Operating zone

0…3.2 mm

0…6.4 mm

0…12 mm

0…32 mm

M18 x 41 mm

M30 x 43.5 mm

100 x 80 x 40 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M12 x 38.5 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Residual current, open state

≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency

10

M18

Sensor type
Case type

References

NC function

D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C

400 Hz

300 Hz

200 Hz

25 Hz

XSPN04122EX

XSPN08122EX

XSPN15122EX

XSDN401229EX

(1) Flush mountable in metal

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/4

Intrinsically safe module
Processing module

1
Module type

Discrete
Inputs

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking
Zone 20

Relay inputs/outputs

LCIE 00ATEX6034X /

Number of input channels

2

Number of output channels

–

Type of output channel,

–

G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

4

Number of recopying channels

2

2

1

1

Low consumption solenoid valve, < 7 mA High consumption solenoid valve, < 40 mA

load excitation
Outside zone

–
2

2

4

with hysteresis

2

5…230 VAC; 5…24 VDC

Switching current

10 mA…0.5 A (AC); 10 mA…0.5 A, L/R 48 ms (DC)
– 20...+ 60°C

Connection

Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting

On 35 mm DIN rail

Dimensions, W x D x H

29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption

5W

References

NY320N2RB1

with hysteresis

2

Switching voltage
Temperature range

–

3

4

NY340N4RB1

NY321L2RB1

NY321L1RB1

NY321H2RB1

NY321H1RB1

5

6

7

Module type

Discrete
Load excitation outputs

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking
Zone 20
Outside zone

LCIE 00ATEX6034X /

G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

Number of load excitation channels

2

Maximum current

< 7 mA

Control voltage

24 VDC ± 10%

Control current

State 1 = 6.5 < I < 9 mA and 21.6 < U < 26.4 V; State 0 = I ≤ 0.4 mA and U ≤ 1.2 V

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Connection

Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting

On 35 mm DIN rail

Dimensions, W x D x H

29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption

5W

References

NY302L0NB1

8

4
< 40 mA

< 7 mA

< 40 mA

9
NY302H0NB1

NY304L0NB1

NY304H0NB1

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/5

Limit switches
Miniature, fixing by the body

Osiswitch

1
Limit switch type
With head for movement

2

XCMD metal, pre-cabled
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal end

Metal end

Steel roller

Retractable

plunger

plunger with

plunger

steel roller

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

elastomer boot

3

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

10

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

lever plunger

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

4

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m

Fixing centres

20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

30 x 16 x 50 mm
2 N/C + 2 N/O snap action

5

XCMD4110L5EX

XCMD4111L5EX

XCMD4102L5EX

XCMD4124L5EX

Compact, fixing by the body

6

7

8

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X

Type of operator

Metal end

Metal end

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller

Thermoplastic roller

plunger

plunger with

plunger

lever plunger, horiz.

lever plunger, vert.

/D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

elastomer boot
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

15

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

actuation in 1 direct. actuation in 1 direct.
10

15
1 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

9

10

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland

Fixing centres

20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

31 x 30 x 65 mm
N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCKD3910P16EX

XCKD3911P16EX

XCKD3902P16EX

XCKD3921P16EX

XCKD3927P16EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/6

Miniature, fixing by the head

1
XCMD metal, pre-cabled
Rotary (lever)

Linear (plunger)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

2

21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller

Roller lever

Variable length

M12 with metal

M16 with metal

M12 with steel

lever

lever

with ball bearing

thermoplastic

end plunger

end plunger with

roller plunger

mounted roller

roller lever

elastomer boot

10
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

3

0.1 m/s

– 20...+ 60°C
IP66 and IP67
AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

4

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m
20 mm

M12 x 1

M16 x 1

M12 x 1

XCMD41F0L5EX

XCMD41G1L5EX

XCMD41F2L5EX

30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCMD4116L5EX

XCMD4115L5EX

XCMD4117L5EX

XCMD4145L5EX

5

Compact, fixing by
the head

6

7

XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever)

Multi-directional

Linear (plunger)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0014X /
Thermoplastic roller

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Thermoplastic

Thermoplastic

Variable length

Variable length

lever plunger, horiz. or roller lever

roller lever,

thermoplastic

thermoplastic

vert. actuation in 1 dir.

Ø 50 mm

roller lever

roller lever, Ø 50 mm

“Cat’s whisker”

M18 with metal

M18 with steel

end plunger

roller plunger

15

10

5

10

1 m/s

1.5 m/s

1 m/s

0.5 m/s

8

–
– 20...+ 60°C

9

IP66 and IP67
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland
20 mm

M18 x 1

30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCKD3928P16EX

XCKD3918P16EX

XCKD3939P16EX

XCKD3945P16EX

XCKD3949P16EX

XCKD3906P16EX

XCKD39H0P16EX

XCKD39H2P16EX

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/7

10

Limit switches
Classic, fixing by the body

Osiswitch

1

2

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Rotary (lever)

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal end

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic

plunger

plunger

lever plunger, horiz.

Multi-directional

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C
“Cat’s whisker”

roller lever

actuation in 1 direct.

3

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

20

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

10
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

4

–

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres

41 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

63 x 30 x 64 mm
N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCKM3910H29EX XCKM3902H29EX

XCKM3921H29EX

XCKM3915H29EX

XCKM3906H29EX

(1) 2 entries fitted with blanking plugs, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

5

Application - hoisting, handling, conveying

6

7

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKMR metal, 3 cable entries
Rotary (lever)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal rod levers, ”crossed”

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C
Metal rod levers, ”crossed”
reversed head

8

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

2

Actuation speed

1.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

9

10

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres

61.5 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H

118 x 59 x 77 mm

2 x N/C + N/C staggered, slow break contacts

XCKMR54D1H29EX

XCKMR54D2H29EX

2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, both actuated in each direction –
2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, 1 actuated in each direction

–

2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts

–

(1) 2 entries fitted with blanking plugs, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/8

1
XCKJ metal, fixed body, conforming to standard EN 50041
Linear (plunger)
Rotary (lever)
Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

2

21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Metal end

Steel roller

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller

Variable length

Polyamide rod

plunger

plunger

lever

lever

thermoplastic

lever, Ø 6 x 200 mm

roller lever
30

25

30

0.5 m/s

1 m/s

1.5 m/s

20

3

–
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

4

1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
30 x 60 mm
40 x 44 x 77 mm
XCKJ3961H29EX

XCKJ3967H29EX

XCKJ390513H29EX

XCKJ390511H29EX

XCKJ390541H29EX

XCKJ390559H29EX

5

6
XCR metal
Rotary (lever)

Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches

7

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0024X /

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Square (6 mm)

Thermoplastic roller

Large thermoplastic roller

Metal rod levers,

Galvanised steel

Stainless steel

rod lever, spring

(Ø 30 mm) lever, spring

(Ø 50 mm) lever, spring

”crossed”, stay put

operating lever

operating lever

return to off position

return to off position

return to off position

10

8

0.3

1.5 m/s
–
– 20...+ 60°C
IP65
AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

9

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
1 entry fitted with n° 13 cable gland
85 x 75 mm
85 x 75 x 95 mm
–
XCRA111EX

XCRA121EX

XCRA151EX

XCRE181EX (2)

–

XCRB111EX

XCRB121EX

XCRB151EX

XCRF171EX (3)

–

–

XCRT115EX

10
XCRT215EX

(2) “Crossed” rods (3) “T” rods

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/9

Electromechanical pressure & vacuum switches
Adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Nautilus

1

2

3

Type
Size

Vacuum switches and vacu-pressure switches with setting scale
- 1 bar
- 0.2 bar
5 bar

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

Fluid connection

1/4” BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH)

–0.14…–1 bar

–0.02…–0.2 bar

–0.5…5 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

150 x 155.5 x 145 mm

113 x 35 x 75 mm

Fluids controlled

4

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Oil, air, up to +160°C

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential

Min. at low setting

0.13 bar

0.018 bar

0.5 bar

(subtract from PH

Min. at high setting

0.13 bar

0.018 bar

0.5 bar

to give PB) (1)

Max. at high setting

0.8 bar

0.18 bar

6 bar

XMLBM02V2S12EX

XMLBM03R2S12EX

XMLBM05A2S12EX

Single-pole snap action contact

(1) For XMLBM02V2S12EX and XMLBM03R2S12EX vacuum switches add to PB to give PH

5

6

7

8

9

Type

Pressure switches with setting scale

Size

10 bar

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

35 bar

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

Fluid connection

1/4” BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH)

0.7…10 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H

35 x 75 x 113 mm

Fluids controlled

10

20 bar

1.3…20 bar

3.5…35 bar

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential

Min. at low setting

0.57 bar

1 bar

1.7 bar

(subtract from PH

Min. at high setting

0.85 bar

1.6 bar

2.55 bar

to give PB)

Max. at high setting

7.5 bar

11 bar

20 bar

XMLB010A2S12EX

XMLB020A2S12EX

XMLB035A2S12EX

Single-pole snap action contact

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/10

1
Pressure switches with setting scale
0.05 bar
0.35 bar

1 bar

2.5 bar

4 bar

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

2

21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4” BSP female
Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66

3

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
0.026…0.05 bar

0.045…0.35 bar

200 x 204 x 145 mm

110 x 110 x 162 mm

0.05…1 bar

Oil, air, up to +160°C

0.3…2.5 bar

0.25…4 bar

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

0.0014 bar

0.042 bar

0.04 bar

0.16 bar

0.2 bar

0.004 bar

0.05 bar

0.06 bar

0.21 bar

0.25 bar

0.04 bar

0.3 bar

0.75 bar

1.75 bar

2.4 bar

XMLBL05R2S12EX

XMLBL35R2S12EX

XMLB001R2S12EX

XMLB002A2S12EX

XMLB004A2S12EX

4

5

6

Pressure switches with setting scale
70 bar
160 bar

7
300 bar

500 bar

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4” BSP female

8

Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
7…70 bar

10…160 bar

22…300 bar

30…500 bar

4.7 bar

9.3 bar

19.4 bar

23 bar

8.8 bar

20.8 bar

37 bar

52.6 bar

50 bar

100 bar

200 bar

300 bar

XMLB070D2S12EX

XMLB160D2S12EX

XMLB300D2S12EX

XMLB500D2S12EX

9

35 x 75 x 113 mm
Oil, up to +160°C

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/11

Pushbuttons and mushroom heads
Contact functions

Harmony

1

2

Type

Ø 22 pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

3

Mounting

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

IP65 and IP66
Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

4

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Pushbutton type

Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact

N/O

N/C

N/O

Colour of push

p white

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

Insertion of legend not possible

–

XB4BP21EX

XB4BP31EX

XB4BP42EX

XB4BP51EX

XB4BP61EX

Insertion of legend possible

XB4BP181EX

–

XB4BP381EX

XB4BP482EX

XB4BP581EX

XB4BP681EX

N/C

N/O

References

5

6

p blue

Pushbutton type

Flush with coloured silicone boot

Contact

N/O

Colour of silicone boot

p white

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

References

XB4BPS11EX

XB4BPS21EX

XB4BPS31EX

XB4BPS42EX

XB4BPS51EX

XB4BS61EX

Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton type

Spring return

Contact

N/O

Colour of push

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

References

XB4BC21EX

XB4BC31EX

XB4BC42EX

XB4BC51EX

XB4BC61EX

Type

Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-5

N/C

N/O

7

8

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

0.3

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection
Mounting

9

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

IP65
Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

10

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Ø 40 latching mushroom head pushbutton type

Push-pull with trigger action

Key release ( n° 455)

Turn to release

Contact(s)

N/C + N/O

N/C

N/C

Colour of push

p red

p red

p red

References

XB4BT845EX

XB4BS142EX

XB4BS542EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/12

Selector switches and key switches
Contact functions

1
Type

Ø 22 selector switches and key switches with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

3

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Mounting

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

2

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

3

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Selector switch type

Standard handle

Contacts

N/C + N/O

N/O + N/O

Colour

p black

p black

2 position stay put

XB4BD25EX

–

3 position stay put

–

XB4BD33EX

3 position spring return to centre

–

XB4BD53EX

References

4

Selector switch type

Long handle

Contact(s)

N/O

N/O + N/O

Colour

p black

p black

2 position stay put

XB4BJ21EX

–

3 position stay put

–

XB4BJ33EX

3 position spring return to centre

–

XB4BJ53EX

References

Key switch type

Key n° 455

Contact(s)

N/O

N/O + N/O

Colour

p black

p black

2 position stay put, key withdrawal in LH position

XB4BG21EX

–

2 position stay put, key withdrawal in both positions

XB4BG41EX

–

2 position spring return, key withdrawal in LH position

XB4BG61EX

–

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in centre position

–

XB4BG33EX

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in all 3 positions

–

XB4BG03EX

References

5

6

7

8

9

10
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/13

Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights
Contact and light functions (integral LED)

Harmony

1

2

3

4

5

Type

Ø 22 illuminated pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Service life

100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection
Mounting

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

IP65
Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source

Integral LED

Illuminated pushbutton type, with integral LED

Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact

N/O

Colour of push

p white

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

XB4BP183B5EX

XB4BP383B5EX

XB4BP483B5EX

XB4BP583B5EX

XB4BP683B5EX

110…120 VAC

XB4BP183G5EX

XB4BP383G5EX

XB4BP483G5EX

XB4BP583G5EX

XB4BP683G5EX

240 VAC

XB4BP183M5EX

XB4BP383M5EX

XB4BP483M5EX

XB4BP583M5EX

XB4BP683M5EX

24…120 VAC/DC

XB4BP183BG5EX

XB4BP383BG5EX

XB4BP483BG5EX

XB4BP583BG5EX

XB4BP683BG5EX

References

LED voltage 24 VAC/DC

N/C

N/O

6
Type

7

8

9

Ø 22 pilot lights with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Service life

100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection
Mounting

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

IP65
Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source

Integral LED

Pilot light type

Pilot lights with integral LED, plain lens

p white

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

24 VAC/DC

XB4BVB1EX

XB4BVB3EX

XB4BVB4EX

XB4BVB5EX

XB4BVB6EX

110…120 VAC

XB4BVG1EX

XB4BVG3EX

XB4BVG4EX

XB4BVG5EX

XB4BVG6EX

240 VAC

XB4BVM1EX

XB4BVM3EX

XB4BVM4EX

XB4BVM5EX

XB4BVM6EX

24…120 VAC/DC

XB4BVBG1EX

XB4BVBG3EX

XB4BVBG4EX

XB4BVBG5EX

XB4BVBG6EX

Colour of LED
References

10

LED voltage

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/14

Control stations
Complete stations, metal or plastic

1
Type

Complete control stations

Type of operators

Ø 22 flush pushbuttons

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0023/

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

2

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

3

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function

1 function, Start or Stop

2 functions, Start - Stop

Composition

1 spring return pushbutton

2 spring ret. pushbuttons

3 spring ret. pushbuttons

Contact(s)

N/O

N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/C + N/O

p green

p red

p green + p red

p green + p red + p black

Dimensions, W x D x H

80 x 77 x 80 mm

80 x 77 x 130 mm

80 x 77 x 175 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

50 x 65 mm

50 x 115 mm

50 x 160 mm

XAWF210EX

XAWF310EX

Dimensions, W x D x H

85 x 70 x 146 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

70 x 105 mm

Colour of pushbutton(s)
Metal control stations
References
Plastic control stations

3 functions

XAWF100EX

References

XAWF110EX

4

85 x 70 x 226 mm
70 x 108 mm

XAWG100EX

XAWG110EX

XAWG210EX

XAWG310EX

5

6
Type

Complete control stations

Type of operator

Ø 22 selector switch or key switch with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0023 /

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

7

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

8

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function

1 function, Start/Stop

Composition

1 selector switch (1)

standard black handle key n° 455

turn to release

key release

with trigger action

Contact

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/C

N/C + N/C

N/C + N/C

N/C + N/C

Colour of operator

p black

p black

p red

p red

p red

XAWF140EX

XAWF174EX

XAWF184EX

XAWF198EX

XAWG140EX

XAWG174EX

XAWG184EX

XAWG198EX

Metal control stations

Dimensions, W x D x H

80 x 77 x 80 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

50 x 65 mm

References
Plastic control stations

XAWF130EX
Dimensions, W x D x H
Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

References

Emergency stop
1 key switch (1)

1 Ø 40 mushroom head 1 Ø 40 mushroom head 1 push/pull Ø 40

80 x 70 x 146 mm

10

70 x 105 mm
XAWG130EX

9

(1) 2 position stay put

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/15

Small Panel
Magelis XBT N
with matrix screen (1)

Magelis

1

2

Type

Characteristics

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 50281-1-1 + A1, IEC 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking
Capacity
Display

INERIS 05ATEX3016X /
G D EEx nA nC IIC T5 - Ex tD A22 IP65 T100°C
2 lines, 20 characters 1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

Type

3

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD

green

3 colours

green

green, orange, red
Data entry
Function
Communication

Via keypad with 8 keys (4 customizable keys)
Representation of variables

Alphanumeric

Alarm log

No

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Uni-TE, Modbus Master

Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens,

Downloadable protocols

4

Back-lit LCD

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes
Modbus

Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi
Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Motor starter

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Tesys Model U

Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340

5

Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTN200

XBTN410

XBTN400

XBTN401

XBTNU400

(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/16

Small Panel
Magelis XBT R
with matrix screen

1
Type

Characteristics

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 50281-1-1 + A1, IEC 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 05ATEX3016X /

Display

4 lines, 20 characters

Capacity
Type

Data entry
Function
Communication

2

G D EEx nA nC IIC T5 - Ex tD A22 IP65 T100°C

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD, 3 colours

green

green, orange, red

Via keypad with 20 keys (12 customizable keys)

3

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric

Alarm log

Yes

Yes

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus Master

Yes

Uni-TE,Modbus Master/Slave (1), Siemens, Rockwell,
Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

4

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340 Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340
Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTR400

XBTR410

XBTR411

(1) for XBTR411 only

5
Magelis XBT RT
with semi-graphic and touchscreen

6

7
Type

Characteristics

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 07ATEX3019X /

Display

Capacity

10 lines, 33 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD green

Back-lit LCD green, orange, red

Via keypad with 12 keys (10 customizable keys)

Via keypad with 12 customizable keys

Data entry
Functions
Communication

8

G D Ex nA nC IIC T6 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T85°C

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log

Yes

Yes

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens, Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon M340, Modicon Quantum

Supply voltages

5 VDC or PLC power supply

24 VDC

References

XBTRT500

XBTRT511

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/17

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 3.8” touchscreen

Magelis

1

2

Type

Characteristics

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1, EN 60079-0 (1)

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 06ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X / INERIS 06ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X /

Display

3.8”

G D EEx nA nC IIC T4 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C

3

Functions
Communication

LCD screen size
Type

STN monochrome, amber or red

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

TFT colour

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols

4

5

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H

130x41x104mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port

–

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT1100

1

–

1

1

XBTGT1135

XBTGT1335

Yes
XBTGT1105

XBTGT1130

(1) Does not take effect for XBTG1100 and XBTG1130

Magelis XBT GT with 5.7” touchscreen

6
Type
Type

7

8

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 06ATEX3024X /

Display

LCD screen size

5.7”

Type

Back-lit STN, monochrome

STN, colour

TFT, colour

blue

4096 colours

65536 colours

Functions
Communication

9

10

Characteristics

Downloadable protocols

G D EEx nA nC IIB T3 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T200°C

black and white

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 –

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development soft ware

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H

167.5x60x135mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum

«Compact Flash» card slot

No

USB port

1

Video in

No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

No

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT2110

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

XBTGT2120

XBTGT2130

XBTGT2220

XBTGT2330

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/18

Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 7.5”, 10.4”, 12.1”,15” touchscreen

1
Type

Characteristics

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 06ATEX3024X /

GD

INERIS 06ATEX3024X /

EEx nA nC IIB T4 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C
Display

2
D

Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C

LCD screen size

7.5”

Type (colour)

STN

TFT

TFT

STN

TFT

TFT

TFT

TFT

TFT

Number of colours

4096

65536

65536

4096

65536

65536

65536

65536

65536

Functions

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs

Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication

Serial link

1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols

10.4”

12.1”

15”

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software

3

4

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

215x60x170

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

313x56x239 271x57x213

313x56x239

395x60x294

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

USB port

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

Video in

No

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP

Yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

References

XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/19

Emergency stops and foot switches
Cable (tripwire) operated Emergency stops

Preventa

1

2

3

4

For operating cable up to 50 m long

Latching, without indicator light

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0015 /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

3 entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H

229 x 82 x 142 mm

229 x 105 x 142 mm

Reset

By booted pushbutton

By key release pushbutton (key n° 421)

Operating cable length

≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point

To left

To right

To left

To right

References

N/C + N/O slow break

XY2CE2A250EX

XY2CE1A250EX

XY2CE2A450EX

XY2CE1A450EX

N/C + N/C slow break

XY2CE2A270EX

XY2CE1A270EX

XY2CE2A470EX

XY2CE1A470EX

≤ 50 m

Foot switches, metal

5

6

7

8

9

Type

Single pedal switches

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0025 /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

Connection

2 entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H

104 x 172 x 59 mm

Colour

Blue

Contact operation

1 step

2 step

1 step

2 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPEM110EX

–

XPER110EX

–

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM111EX

XPEM211EX

XPER111EX

XPER211EX

References

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Orange

(1) 1 entry fitted with blanking plug, 1 entry fitted with n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland

10
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Machine safety” catalogue
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/20

Safety switches
and actuators

Preventa
try
ISO en 262)
(to EN 50

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

1

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Metal switches type

XCSA/B/C, 1 x ISO M20 cable entry

With head

Without locking

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Actuation speed (min → max)

0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s

Degree of protection

IP 67

Interlocking, unlocking by button

Interlocking, unlocking by key lock

2

D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T85°C

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300
Temperature range

-20…+60°C

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

40 x 44 x 113.5 mm

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Complete switch

52 x 44 x 113.5 mm

52 x 44 x 113.5 mm

N/C + N/O + N/O

XCSA502EX

XCSB502EX

XCSC502EX

N/C + N/C + N/O

XCSA702EX

XCSB702EX

XCSC702EX

3

4

Accessories

Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSA/B/C/E

Actuators

References

XCSZ01

Wide actuator

Pivoting actuator

XCSZ02

XCSZ03

5
Door lock
XCSZ05

6
BN
BN
BU

BU

WH
BK

BK

WH

Coded magnetic
Contact
(N/C + N/O,
N/C
staggered)

7

Contact
(N/O + N/O,
1N/O
staggered)

Plastic switches type

XCSDM coded magnetic, Pre-cabled, L = 2 m

8

Rectangular without LED
Conformity

Directive Atex 94/9/CE, EN 50281-1.1 & 1.2, EN/IEC 61241-0, EN/IEC 61241-1, EN/IEC 60304, EN 1088, EN954-1

Zone D (dust)

0-1-2/20-21-22*(according to protection mode, mD or ia).

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0036 /

Switches for actuation

Face to face, face to side, side to side

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67

Type of contact

REED

Rated operational characteristics

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Temperature range

-20…+60°C

Dimensions W x D x H

16 x 7 x 51 mm

Operating zone (4)

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15

Short-circuit protection
Switch with coded magnet

GD-Ex tD A21 IP67 T135°C

9

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
N/C + N/O, N/C staggered

XCSDMC5902EX

N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

XCSDMC7902EX

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/21

Automation platform
Weighing system for Modicon Premium

1

2

Module type

ISP Plus
Supplied calibrated

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50039, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

LCIE 03ATEX6399X /

Connection

By connectors: Sub-D 15-way male for sensors and Sub-D 9-way male for transfer of weights

Load cell inputs

50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells)

Outputs

3

References

SYST GD-EEx ib IIC T6 or IIB T6

2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display
Without display

TSXISPY101

With display TSXXBTH100

TSXISPY111

4
Intrinsically safe I/O modules for Modicon
Quantum

5

6

7

8

Module type

Inputs/outputs
Discrete

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

Analogue

EC type examination certificate number / marking

SIRA 02ATEX2345X /

Connection

By screw terminal block 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

GD-[EEx ia] IIC; Ta = - 20…+ 60 °C

Number of inputs

8

–

8

Number of outputs

–

8

–

Signal inputs

–

–

Thermal probes

Resolution

9

References
(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

140DII33000

140DIO33000

–
8
0…25/20 mA

Thermocouple (1)

4…25 mA

12 bits + sign

0…25,000 points

15 bits

140AII33000

140AII33010

140AIO33000

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/22

Notes

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10/23

Head Office
35, rue Joseph Monier - CS 30323
F92500 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex
France

www.schneider-electric.com

The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein.
Design : IGS-CP
Photos : Schneider Electric
Print :

ART. 960015

02/2010 - V7.0

DIA1ED2040506EN

Schneider Electric Industries SAS



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c321 44.398116, Tue Aug 04 2009 14:24:39
Instance ID                     : uuid:6150b1af-2912-4b06-8218-7187c3d83894
Document ID                     : adobe:docid:indd:d785c332-1710-11df-b244-ac9fe9ba2ce6
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : d785c32d-1710-11df-b244-ac9fe9ba2ce6
Derived From Document ID        : adobe:docid:indd:f8a2797c-119a-11df-97bd-c9052784dda9
Manifest Link Form              : ReferenceStream, ReferenceStream, ReferenceStream
Manifest Placed X Resolution    : 300.00, 300.00, 300.00
Manifest Placed Y Resolution    : 300.00, 300.00, 300.00
Manifest Placed Resolution Unit : Inches, Inches, Inches
Manifest Reference Instance ID  : uuid:E3682EEC5F07DF11AEE3C27AF1F6D936, uuid:6E0D3B400C17DF119A69E6FAA051FF43, uuid:6E0D3B400C17DF119A69E6FAA051FF43
Manifest Reference Document ID  : uuid:85F965A2F82211DCB0138057E99C72FC, uuid:658AE10FA225DE118E43FA5FFF68C821, uuid:658AE10FA225DE118E43FA5FFF68C821
Create Date                     : 2010:02:11 15:21:36+01:00
Modify Date                     : 2010:02:11 15:21:36+01:00
Metadata Date                   : 2010:02:11 15:19:10+01:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS2 (4.0.5)
Thumbnail Format                : JPEG
Thumbnail Width                 : 256
Thumbnail Height                : 256
Thumbnail Image                 : (Binary data 8752 bytes, use -b option to extract)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Couverture_V7.0 EN.indd
Creator                         : Ordinateur
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.2.0 (Windows)
Trapped                         : False
GTS PDFX Version                : PDF/X-1:2001
GTS PDFX Conformance            : PDF/X-1a:2001
Page Count                      : 376
Author                          : Ordinateur

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools